ee2254 lica qb

34
Prepared by P.Neeraja, Jansons Institute of Technology, Coimbatore EE2254 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS AND APPLICATIONS QUESTION BANK

Upload: njpar

Post on 28-Nov-2015

34 views

Category:

Documents


3 download

DESCRIPTION

EE2254 - Question bank for Linear Integrated circuits and applications

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: EE2254 LICA QB

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

EE2254

LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS AND

APPLICATIONS

QUESTION BANK

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

EE2254 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS AND APPLICATIONS

UNIT I IC FABRICATION

SYLLABUS IC classification fundamental of monolithic IC technology epitaxial growth

masking and etching diffusion of impurities Realisation of monolithic ICs and packaging Fabrication of diodescapacitance resistance and FETs

TWO MARK QUESTIONS

1 Define an Integrated circuit

An integrated circuit(IC) is a miniature low cost electronic circuit consisting of active and

passive components fabricated together on a single crystal of silicon The active components are

transistors and diodes and passive components are resistors and capacitors

2 Mention the advantages of integrated circuits

Miniaturisation and hence increased equipment density

Cost reduction due to batch processing

Increased system reliability due to the elimination of soldered joints

Improved functional performance

Matched devices

Increased operating speeds

Reduction in power consumption

3 Write down the various processes used to fabricate ICrsquos using silicon planar technology

Silicon wafer preparation

Epitaxial growth

Oxidation

Photolithography

Diffusion

Ion implantation

Isolation

Metallisation

Assembly processing and packaging

4 List out the steps used in the preparation of Si ndash wafers

bullCrystal growth ampdoping

bullIngot trimming amp grinding

bullIngot slicing

bullWafer policing amp etching

bullWafer cleaning

5 What is the purpose of oxidation

SiO2 is an extremely hard protective coating and is unaffected by almost all

reagents

By selective etching of SiO2 diffusion of impurities through carefully defined

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

windows can be accomplished to fabricate various components

6 Why aluminum is preferred for metallization

bullIt is a good conductor

bullIt is easy to deposit aluminum films using vacuum deposition

bullIt makes good mechanical bonds with silicon

bullIt forms a low resistance contact

7 What are the popular IC packages available

bullMetal can package

bullDual-in-line package

bullCeramic flat package

8 Write the basic chemical reaction in the epitaxial growth process of pure silicon

The basic chemical reaction in the epitaxial growth process of pure silicon is the

hydrogen reduction of silicon tetrachloride

12000C

SiCl4+2H2lt-------gt Si + 4 HCl

9 Explain the process of oxidation

The silicon wafers are stacked up in a quartz boat amp then inserted into quartz furnace tube The

Si wafers are raised to a high temperature in the range of 950 to 1150oC amp at the same time

exposed to a gas containing O2 or H2O or bothThe chemical action is

Si + 2H2O --gt Si O2+ 2H2

10 What is meant by molecular beam epitaxy(MBE)

In the molecular beam epitaxy silicon along with dopants is evaporatedThe evaporated species

are transported at a relatively high velocity in a vacuum to the substrateThe relatively low

vapour pressure of silicon amp the dopants ensures condensation on a low temperature

substrateUsually silicon MBE is performed under ultra high vacuum (UHV) condition of 10-8

to

10-10

Torr

11 Enumerate the advantages of Molecular Beam Epitaxy( MBE )

( i ) It is a low temperature process useful for VLSI This minimizes auto diffusion amp auto

doping

( ii ) It allows precise control of dopingamp permits complicated profiles to be generated

( iii )Linear doping profile desirable for varactor diode in FM can be obtained with MBE

( iv )Wider choice of dopants can be used

12 Explain the term parasitic capacitance

In electrical circuits parasitic capacitance or stray capacitance or when relevant self-

capacitance (of an inductor) is an unavoidable and usually unwanted capacitance that exists

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

between the parts of an electronic component or circuit simply because of their proximity to each

other All actual circuit elements such as inductors diodes and transistors have internal

capacitance which can cause their behavior to depart from that of ideal circuit elements

13 What are oxidation induced defects in semi conductor

1Stacking faults

2Oxide isolation defects

Stacking faults

Structural defects in the silicon lattice is called oxidation induced stacking faultsThe growth of

stacking faults is a strong function of substrate orientation conductivity type amp defect nuclei

presentThe

stacking faults formation can be suppressed by the addition of HCl

Oxide isolation defects

The stress along the edges of an oxidised area produce severe damage in the silicon Such

defects results in increased leakage in nearby devicesHigh temperatures (around 950oC ) will

prevent

stress induced defect formation

14 Elaborate on birdrsquos beak

In local oxidation process the oxidation of silicon proceeds slightly under the nitride as well

Also a large mismatch in the thermal expansion co-efficients of Si3N4 amp Silicon results in

damage to the semi conductor during local oxidationThis damage can be graetly reduced

by growing a thin layer of SiO2 prior to placement of the Si3N4 mask Typically 100 to 200Ao

is used for this puspose Unfortunately this greatly enhances the penetration of oxide under the

nitride masked regions resulting in oxide configurations called birdrsquos beak

15 What is lithography

Lithography is a process bywhich the pattern appearing on the mask is transfered to the waferIt

involves two steps the first step requires applying a few drops of photoresist to the surface of the

wafer amp

the second step is spinning the surface to get an even coating of the photoresist across the surface

of the

wafer

16 What are the different types of lithography What is optical lithography

The different types of lithography are

1Photolithography

2Electron beam lithography

3X ray beam lithography

4Ion beam lithography

Optical lithography

Optical lithography comprises the formation images with visible or UV radiation in a photoresist

using contact proximity or projection printing

17 List down the two processes involved in photolithography

a) Making a photographic mask

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

b) Photo etching

The development of photographic mask involves the preparation of initial artwork and its

reduction

decomposition of initial artwork or layout into several mask layers

Photo etching is used for the removal of SiO2 from desired regions so that the desired impurities

can be

diffused

18 Distinguish between dry etching amp wet etching

SNo Dry etching Wet etching

1 Gaseous mixture is used as the chemical

reagent

Chemical reagents used are in the

liquid form

2 Smaller line openings(le1microm) possible with dry

etching

Line openings are larger (gt1microm)

3 It produces straight walled etching process It produces patterns with undercutting

19 Give an account of reactive plasma etching

The term reactive plasma is meant to describe a discharge in which ionization amp fragmentation

of gases takes placeamp produce chemically active plasma species frequently oxidizers and

reducing agents Such plasmas are reactive both in the gas phase amp with solid surfaces exposed

to them When these interactions are used to form volatile products so that material is removed

or etching of material form surfaces that are not masked to form lithographic patterns the

technique is known as reactive plasma etching

20 What makes isotropic etching process different from that of anisotropic etching

process

Isotropic etching is a wet etching process which involves undercutting Anisotropic etching is a

dry etching process which provides straight walled patterns

21 Define diffusion

The process of introducing impurities into selected regions of a silicon wafer is called diffusion

The rate at which various impurities diffuse into the silicon will be of the order of 1 micromhr range

of 900oC to 1100oC The impurity atoms have the tendency to move from regions of higher

concentrations to lower concentrations

22 What is the significance of using buried layer

The buried layer is for increasing the conductivity of the path the charges take to reach the

collector terminalBuried layers are used in bipolar devices to lower collector resistance in bulk

silicon and SOI (silicon-on-insulator) technologies

23 Describe about dielectric isolation

In dielectric isolation a layer of solid dielectric such as SiO2 or ruby completely surrounds each

components thereby producing isolation both electrical amp physical This isolating dielectric

layer is thick enough so that its associated capacitance is negligible Also it is possible to

fabricate both pnp amp npn transistors within the same silicon substrate

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

24What is metallization

The process of producing a thin metal film layer that will serve to make interconnection of the

various components on the chip is called metallization

25 Bring out the advantages of ion implantation technique

1 It is performed at low temperature Therefore previously diffused regions have a lesser

tendency for lateral spreading

2 In diffusion process temperature has to be controlled over a large area inside the oven

whereas in ion implantation process accelerating potential amp beam content are dielectrically

controlled from outside

26 Compare monolithic and hybrid ICs

SNo Monolithic ICs Hybrid ICs

1 All circuit components (both active and

passive) and their interconnections are formed

into or on the top of a single chip of silicon

In hybrid circuits separate component

parts are attached to a ceramic substrate

and interconnected by means of either

metallization pattern or wire bonds

2 The components are mounted on the surface of

a single piece crystal semiconductor material

which is usually silicon based

Here the components are bonded to a

substrate or printed circuit board

3 No possibility of fabrication of inductors Inductors can be included in hybrid ICs

4 Small range of values of passive components

used in the ICs

Any range of components can be

included

5 No encapsulation Encapsulated by epoxy

6 Smaller in size Comparitively larger in size

7 The monolithic circuit is ideal for applications

where identical circuits are required in very

large quantities and hence provides lowest

per-unit cost and highest order of reliability

This technology is more adaptable

to small quantity custom circuits

27 What is meant by ion implantation

Ion implantation is the dominant technique to introduce dopant impurities into crystalline silicon

This is performed with an electric field which accelerates the ionized atoms or molecules so that

these particles penetrate into the target material until they come to rest because of interactions

with the silicon atoms Ion implantation is able to control exactly the distribution and dose of the

dopants in silicon because the penetration depth depends on the kinetic energy of the ions which

is proportional to the electric field The dopant dose can be controlled by varying the ion source

28 What are the advantages of polysilicon gate MOSFET over aluminium gate

When aluminum gate is used excess surface state charges and mobile ion contamination results

in threshold variation Excessive overlap capacitance is created and parasitic capacitance reduces

the switching speed When Aluminum is used as gate material it can erode completely causing

contact spiking

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

Poly-silicon reduces surface state density and improve threshold voltage control Polysilicon-

gate can be doped with phosphorus to minimize mobile ion contamination resulting in faster

switching speeds and better control of threshold voltage

16 MARKS

1Explain in detail the fabrication of ICs using silicon planar technology

2Explain the various methods of fabricating transistor in monolithic integrated circuit

3Describe the process involved in the fabrication of capacitor and transistor with suitable figures

4 Discuss the various methods of fabricating IC resistors and compare their performance

5 (i) Briefly explain the various types of IC packages Mention the criteria for selecting an IC

package

(ii) Write short notes on classification of integrated circuits

6 (i) Explain the process of epitaxial growth with neat diagrams

(ii) With neat sketches explain the fabrication of diodes

7 (i)Explain the different isolation techniques

(ii) Describe in detail about the diffusion process in IC fabrication

8 With neat sketches describe the process of epitaxial growth and photolithography

9 (i) Explain the process of masking and etching in the IC fabrication with neat sketches

(ii) Explain how monolithic IC is different from Hybrid IC

10 Explain in detail the fabrication process of passive component in integrated circuits

11 With necessary diagrams explain the fabrication of MOSFET

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

UNIT II CHARACTERISTICS OF OPAMP

SYLLABUS Ideal OP-AMP characteristics DC characteristics AC characteristics offset

voltage and currentvoltage series feedback and shunt feedback amplifiers differential amplifier

frequency response of OP-AMP Basic applications of op-amp ndash summer differentiator and

integrator

TWO MARK QUESTIONS

1 What is OPAMP

An operational amplifier is a direct coupled high gain amplifier consisting of one or more

differential amplifiers followed by a level translator and an output stageIt is a versatile device

that can be used to amplify ac as well as dc input signals amp designed for computing

mathamatical functions such as addition subtraction multiplication integration amp

differentiation

2 Draw the pin configuration of IC741

3 List out the ideal characteristics of OPAMP

1 Open loop voltage gain is infinity

2 Input impedance is infinity

3 Output impedance is zero

4 Bandwidth is infinity

5 Zero offset

6 Infinite bandwidth

7 Infinite CMRR

8 Infinite slew rate

9 Infinite PSRR

4 What do you infer from ideal opamp characteristics

i)The current drawn by either of the input terminals(non- invertinginverting) is negligible

ii)The potential difference between the inverting amp non-inverting input terminals is zero

5 Draw the equivalent circuit of op-amp and its voltage transfer characteristics

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

Equivalent circuit of op-amp

Voltage transfer curve of op-amp

6 Why open loop op-amp configurations is not used in linear applications a The open loop gain of the op-amp is very high Hence a very small input signal will drive the

output to saturation This results in distortion Therefore only the smaller signals having low

frequency may be amplified accurately without distortion

b Open loop Voltage gain of the op-amp is not a constant voltage gain varies with changes in

temperature and power supply as well as mass production techniques This makes op-amp

unsuitable for many linear applications

7 Why negative feedback is used in op-amp

The open loop gain of op-amp is close to infinity Hence even a small signal at the input is able

to drive the output to saturation When negative feedback is used the gain is reduced and hence

the op-amp operates in linear region without saturation Negative feedback is the key to having a

self-stabilizing system This stability gives the op-amp the capacity to work in its linear (active)

mode as opposed to merely being saturated fully on or off as it was when used as a

comparator with no feedback at all

8 With respect to op-amp explain what is virtual ground A virtual ground is a ground which acts like a ground It may not have physical connection to

ground For an ideal op-amp the inverting and non-inverting terminals are at the same potentials

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

The non-inverting input is grounded for the inverting amplifier circuit This means that the

inverting input of the op-amp is also at ground potential

9Mention some of the linear applications of op ndash amps

Adder subtractor voltage ndashto- current converter current ndashto- voltage converters instrumentation

amplifier analog computation power amplifier etc are some of the linear op-amp circuits

10 Mention some of the non ndash linear applications of op-amps-

Rectifier peak detector clipper clamper sample and hold circuit log amplifier anti ndashlog

amplifier multiplier are some of the non ndash linear op-amp circuits

11What happens when the common terminal of V+ and V- sources is not grounded

If the common point of the two supplies is not grounded twice the supply voltage will get

applied and it may damage the op-amp

12Define input offset voltage

A small voltage applied to the input terminals to make the output voltage as zero when the two

input terminals are grounded is called input offset voltage

13Define input offset current State the reasons for the offset currents at the input of the

op-amp

The difference between the bias currents at the input terminals of the op-amp is called as input

offset current The input terminals conduct a small value of dc current to bias the input

transistors Since the input transistors cannot be made identical there exists a difference in bias

currents

14Define thermal drift

The bias current offset current amp offset voltage is dependent on changes in temperature A

circuit carefully nulled at 25oC may not remain so when the temperature raises to 35

oCThis is

called thermal drift Often offset current drift is expressed in nA oC and offset voltage drift in

mV oC

15Define supply voltage rejection ratio(SVRR)

The change in OPAMPrsquos input offset voltage due to variations in supply voltage is called the

supply voltage rejection ratio It is also called Power Supply Rejection Ratio(PSRR) or Power

Supply Sensitivity(PSS)

16Define i) Input bias current iii) Input offset current of an op-amp

i) Input bias current

Input bias current IB is the average of the currents that flow into the inverting and non-inverting

input erminals of the op-amp

ie IB = (IB1+IB2)2

ii) Input offset current

The algebraic difference between the current into the inverting and non-inverting terminals is

referred to as input offset current Iio Mathematically it is represented as Iio = |IB - IB |

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

Where

I B+is the current into the non-inverting input terminals

IB- is the current into the inverting input terminals

17Define CMRR of an op-amp

The relative sensitivity of an op-amp to a difference signal as compared to a common ndashmode

signal is called the common ndashmode rejection ratio It is expressed in decibels CMRR= AdAc

18 Define slew rate What causes slew rate

The slew rate is defined as the maximum rate of change of output voltage caused by a step input

voltage An ideal slew rate is infinite which means that op-amprsquos output voltage should change

instantaneously in response to input step voltage

There is a capacitor with-in or outside of an op-amp to prevent oscillation It is this capacitor

which prevents the output voltage from responding immediately to a fast changing input

19 Define Unity Gain Bandwidth of Op-amp

For a certain frequency of the input signal the gain of the Op-amp reduces to 0 dB Thismeans

20 log |AOL(f) | is 0dB ie |AOL(f) | = 1 Such a frequency is called gain cross overfrequency or

unity gain bandwidth (UGB)

20Why IC 741 is not used for high frequency applications

IC741 has a low slew rate because of the predominance of capacitance present in the circuit at

higher frequencies As frequency increases the output gets distorted due to limited slew rate

21In practical op-amps what is the effect of high frequency on its performance

The open-loop gain of op-amp decreases at higher frequencies due to the presence of parasitic

capacitance The closed-loop gain increases at higher frequencies and leads to instability

22What is the need for frequency compensation in practical op-amps

Frequency compensation is needed when large bandwidth and lower closed loop gain is desired

Compensating networks are used to control the phase shift and hence to improve the stability

23Mention the frequency compensation methods

Dominant-pole compensation

Pole-zero compensation

24What are the merits and demerits of Dominant-pole compensation

noise immunity of the system is improved

Open-loop bandwidth is reduced

25 Draw the voltage follower circuit of an OP-AMP

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

26 What are the limitations of an ideal active differentiator At high frequency differentiators may become unstable and break into oscillation The input

impedance ie (1ωC1) decreases with increase in frequency thereby making the circuit

sensitive to high frequency noise

27 Draw a subtractor using op-amp

If all the resistors in the above circuit are equal the circuit functions as a subtractor

28 Design an amplifier with a gain of -10 and input resistance of 10k

Since negative gain is required an inverting amplifier should be used

Gain of inverting amplifier = -RfR1= -10 (Given)

Given R1=10k

10 Rf =1k

29 Draw the circuit diagram of an integrator and give its output equation

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

30 Classify the negative feedback configuration and draw the corresponding block

diagram

A closed loop amplifier can be represented by two blocks one for an OPAMP and other for a

feedback circuits There are four following ways to connect these blocks These connections are

classified according to whether the voltage or current is feedback to the input in series or in

parallel

Voltage ndash series feedback

Voltage ndash shunt feedback

Current ndash series feedback

Current ndash shunt feedback

These connections are shown in figure below

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1 (i) Explain the functions of all the basic building blocks of Op-amp

(ii) Explain the application of op-amp as (i) Integrator (ii) Differentiator

2 Discuss about the methods of frequency compensation in opamp

3 Explain the operation of a basic differential amplifier

4 Obtain the frequency response of an open-loop op-amp

5 (i) With neat diagrams explain the types of feedback configurations available

(ii) Briefly explain summing amplifier and draw an adder circuit for the given expression

V0= V1+V2-V3-(V4+2)

6 (i) Explain the DC characteristics of op-amp with the help of neat diagrams

(ii)With neat circuit diagram and equations discuss the operation of summer and differentiator

using opamp

7 (i) Explain the AC characteristics of an operational amplifier

(ii) Sketch the basic circuit using op-amp to perform the mathematical operation of

differentiation and explain What are the limitations of an ordinary OP-AMP differentiator

Draw and explain the circuit of a practical differentiators that will eliminate these limitations

8 (i) Explain in detail the characteristic of an ideal opamp (8)

(ii) Draw the block diagram and equivalent circuit of op-ampExplain them (10)

9 (i) Explain the application of op amp as (1)summer (2)integrator (8)

(ii) Define and explain (1) slew rate (2) SVRR (4)

(iii) Explain the frequency response of op-amp (4)

10 What are the different open-loop configurations of op-amp Explain the differential amplifier

configuration

11 With the help of circuit diagram explain the operation of non-inverting and inverting

configuration of op-amp and derive expressions for voltage gain for each configuration

12 (i) Draw and explain the closed loop frequency response of op-amp

(ii) Elaborate on pole-zero compensation technique

13 Find the output voltage of the above circuit

14(i) Define and explain slew rate What is full power bandwidth Describe methods to improve

slewrate

(ii) Define output offset voltage Explain methods to nullify offset voltage

15 (i) With neat circuit diagram explain the operation of the following circuits

(a) Voltage follower (b)Integrator

(ii) For the non inverting opamp shown in fig find the output voltage

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

UNIT III APPLICATIONS OF OPAMP

SYLLABUS Instrumentation amplifier first and second order active filters VI amp IV converters

comparatorsmultivibrators waveform generators clippers clampers peak detector SH circuit DA converter (R-2R ladder and weighted resistor types) AD converter - Dual slope successive approximation and flash types

TWO MARK QUESTIONS

1What is the need for an instrumentation amplifier

In a number of industrial and consumer applications the measurement of physical quantities is

usually done with the help of transducers The output of transducer has to be amplified So that it

can drive the indicator or display system This function is performed by an instrumentation

amplifier

2List the features of instrumentation amplifier

o high gain accuracy

o high CMRR

o high gain stability with low temperature co-efficient

o low dc offset

o low output impedance

3 What is a comparator

A comparator is a circuit which compares a signal voltage applied at one input of an opamp with

a known reference voltage at the other input It is an open loop op - amp with output + Vsat or -

Vsat

4 What are the applications of comparator

Zero crossing detectors

Window detector

Time marker generator

Phase detector

5 What is a Schmitt trigger

Schmitt trigger is a regenerative comparator It converts sinusoidal input into a square wave

output The output of Schmitt trigger swings between upper and lower threshold voltages which

are the reference voltages of the input waveform

6 What is a multivibrator

Multivibrators are a group of regenerative circuits that are used extensively in timing

applications It is a wave shaping circuit which gives symmetric or asymmetric square output It

has two states either stable or quasi- stable depending on the type of multivibrator

7 What do you mean by monostable multivibrator

Monostable multivibrator is one which generates a single pulse of specified duration in

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

response to each external trigger signal It has only one stable state Application of a trigger

causes a change to the quasi-stable stateAn external trigger signal generated due to charging and

discharging of the capacitor produces the transition to the original stable state

8 Write a brief note on astable multivibrator

Astable multivibrator is a free running oscillator having two quasi-stable states Thus there are

oscillations between these two states and no external signal is required to produce the change in

state

9 What is a bistable multivibrator

Bistable multivibrator is one that maintains a given output voltage level unless an external

trigger is applied Application of an external trigger signal causes a change of state and this

output level is maintained indefinitely until an second trigger is applied Thus it requires two

external triggers before it returns to its initial state

10 What are the requirements for producing sustained oscillations in feedback circuits

For sustained oscillations

The total phase shift around the loop must be zero at the desired frequency of oscillation fo

ieL AB=00 or 360

0

At fo the magnitu

11Draw the circuit diagram of positive clipper

12 What is hysteresis with reference to Schmitt trigger circuit

In the non-inverting configuration when the input is higher than a certain chosen threshold the

output is high When the input is below a different (lower) chosen threshold the output is low

and when the input is between the two levels the output retains its value This dual threshold

action is called hysteresis and implies that the Schmitt trigger possesses memory and can act as a

bistable circuit (latch)

13 Differentiate between Schmitt trigger and comparator

SNo Comparator Schmitt trigger

1 Feedback is not used that is Op-amp is used

in open loop mode

Feedback is used that is Op-ampis used in

closed loop mode

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

2 False triggering due to noise voltages is

possible

False triggering due to noise voltages is

not possible

3 A single reference voltage exists Two different threshold voltages exists as

VUT and VLT

4 No hysteresis exists Hysteresis exists with a width H=VUT -

VLT

14 What is a filter

Filter is a frequency selective circuit that passes signal of specified band of frequencies

andattenuates the signals of frequencies outside the band

15 What are the demerits of passive filters

Passive filters works well for high frequencies But at audio frequencies the inductorsbecome

problematic as they become large heavy and expensive For low frequencyapplications more

number of turns of wire must be used which in turn adds to the seriesresistance degrading

inductorrsquos performance ie low Q resulting in high power dissipation

16 What are the advantages of active filters

bull Active filters used op- amp as the active element and resistors and capacitors as

passiveelements

bull By enclosing a capacitor in the feed back loop inductor less active filters can be obtained

bull Op-amp used in non ndash inverting configuration offers high input impedance and low output

impedance thus improving the load drive capacity

17What are the different types of filters

Based on the components used Active filters and passive filters

Based on frequency responses Low pass filterHigh pass filterBand pass filterBand reject filter

Based on order of transfer function first second third higher order filters

Based on configuration Bessel Chebyshev Butterworth filters

18What is frequency scaling

Once the filter is designed sometimes it is necessary to change the value of cut-off frequency

The method used to change the original cut-off frequency to new cut-off frequency is called

frequency scaling

19Briefly describe a voltage follower

bull A circuit in which the output voltage follows the input voltage is called voltage followercircuit

bull In Op-amp if the inverting input and the output terminals are shorted and if any signal isapplied

at the non-inverting terminal it appears at the output without any change

bullIt is also called as source follower unity gain amplifier buffer amplifier or isolationamplifier

20 Describe about a bandpass filter

A bandpass filter is basically a frequency selector It allows one particular band of frequencies to

pass Thus the pass band is between the two cut-off frequencies fH and fL where fH gt fL Any

frequency outside this band gets attenuated

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

21Sketch the circuit diagram of first order active low pass filter

22 What is a notch filter and what is its application

A narrow band reject filter is called a notch filter and is used for rejection of a single frequency

such as 50Hz power line frequency

23 Classify the ADCs broadly

1 Direct type ADC

2 Integrating type ADC

24 Differentiate between direct ADC and integrating type ADC a) The integrating type of ADCrsquos do not need a sampleHold circuit at the input

b) It is possible to transmit frequency even in noisy environment or in an isolated form

25 List out some integrating type converters

1 Charge balancing ADC

2 Dual slope ADC

26 What is integrating type converter

An ADC converter that perform conversion in an indirect manner by first changing the

analog IP signal to a linear function of time or frequency and then to a digital code is known as

integrating type AD converter

27List the main advantages of integrating type ADCs

i The integrating type of ADCrsquos doing not need a sampleHold circuit at the input

ii It is possible to transmit frequency even in noisy environment or in an isolated form

28 What are the types of ADC and DAC Types of ADC 1 Flash (comparator) type converter

2 Counter type converter

3 Tracking or servo converter

4 Successive approximation type converter

Types of DAC 1 Weighted resistor DAC

2 R-2R Ladder

3 Inverted R-2R Ladder

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

29 Explain in brief the principle of operation of successive Approximation ADC

The circuit of successive approximation ADC consists of a successive approximation

register (SAR) to find the required value of each bit by trial amp error With the arrival of START

command SAR sets the MSB bit to 1 The OP is converted into an analog signal amp it is

compared with IP signal This OP is low or High This process continues until all bits are

checked

30 Provide the advantages and disadvantages of flash type ADC Flash type ADC is the fastest as well as the most expensive

The disadvantage is the number of comparators needed almost doubles for each added bit (For a

n-bit convertor 2(n-1) comparators 2n resistors are required)

31Define conversion time

It is defined as the total time required converting an analog signal into its digital output It

depends on the conversion technique used amp the propagation delay of circuit components

The conversion time of a successive approximation type ADC is given by T(n+1) Where T---

clock period Tc---conversion time n- no of bits

32 Define resolution of a data converter

The resolution of a converter is the smallest change in voltage which may be produced at the

output or input of the converter Resolution (in volts)= VFS2n-1=1 LSB increment The

resolution of an ADC is defined as the smallest change in analog input for a one-bit change at the

output

33 Explain in brief stability of a converter

The performance of converter changes with temperature age amp power supply variation So all the

relevant parameters such as offset gain linearity error amp monotonicity must be specified over

the full temperature amp power supply ranges to have better stability performances

34 What is meant by linearity

The linearity of an ADCDAC is an important measure of its accuracy amp tells us how close the

converter output is to its ideal transfer characteristics The linearity error is usually expressed as

a fraction of LSB increment or percentage of full-scale voltage A good converter exhibits a

linearity error of less than plusmnfrac12LSB

35 What is a sample and hold circuit Where it is used

A sample and hold circuit is one which samples an input signal and holds on to its last sampled

value until the input is sampled again This circuit is mainly used in digital interfacing analog to

digital systems and pulse code modulation systems

36 Explain the operation of basic sample and hold circuit A typical sample and hold circuit stores electric charge in a capacitor and contains at least one

fast FET switch and at least one operational amplifier To sample the input signal the switch

connects the capacitor to the output of a buffer amplifier The buffer amplifier charges or

discharges the capacitor so that the voltage across the capacitor is practically equal or

proportional to input voltage In hold mode the switch disconnects the capacitor from the buffer

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

The capacitor is invariably discharged by its own leakage currents and useful load currents

which makes the circuit inherently volatile but the loss of voltage (voltage droop) within a

specified hold time remains within an acceptable error margin

37 Define start of conversion and end of conversion Start of Conversion in ADC (SOC) This is the control signal for start of conversion which

initiates AD conversion process

End of Conversion in ADC (EOC) This is the control signal which is activated when the

conversion is completed

38 Define sample period and hold period

The time during which the voltage across the capacitor in sample and hold circuit is equal to

the input voltage is called sample period The time period during which the voltage across the

capacitor is held constant is called hold period

39 Define the following performance parameters of DA converters

(a) Resolution (b)Accuracy (c) Monotonicity d) Conversion time

a) Resolution The resolution of a converter is the smallest change in voltage which may be produced at the

output or input of the converter

Resolution (in volts)= VFS2n-1=1 LSB increment

Example 8 bit DAC has 28-1 =255 equal intervals Hence the smallest change in output voltage

is (1255) of full scale output range

The resolution of an ADC is defined as the smallest change in analog input for a one bit change

at the output

Example The input range of 8 bit AD converter is divided into 255 intervals So the resolution

for 10V input range = 10V255 = 3922mV

b) Accuracy

Absolute accuracy It is the maximum deviation between the actual converter output amp the ideal converter output

Relative accuracy It is the maximum deviation after gain amp offset errors have been removed

The accuracy of a converter is also specified in form of LSB increments or of full scale

voltage

c) Monotonicity A monotonic DAC is one whose analog output increases for an increase in digital input A

monotonic characteristic is essential in control applications otherwise oscillations result

d) Conversion time It is defined as the total time required to convert an analog signal into its digital output It

depends on the conversion technique used amp the propagation delay of circuit componentsThe

conversion time of a successive approximation type ADC is given by T(n+1)

where T---clock period

Tc---conversion time n----no of bits

What is settling time

It represents the time it takes for the output to settle within a specified band plusmnfrac12LSB of itsfinal

value following a code change at the input (usually a full scale change) It depends uponthe

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

switching time of the logic circuitry due to internal parasitic capacitance amp inductancesSettling

time ranges from 100ns to 10micros depending on word length amp type circuit used

40 List the drawbacks of binary weighted resistor technique of DA conversion a) Wide range of resistor values needed

b) Difficulty in achieving and maintaining accurate ratios over a wide range of variations

41 The basic step of a 9 bit DAC is 103 mV If 000000000 represents 0Volts what is the

output for an input of 101101111 The output voltage for input of 101101111 is

= 103 mV (128+027+126+125+024+123+122+121+120)

= 103 10-3 367 = 378 V

42 What are the advantages and disadvantages of R-2R ladder DAC

Advantages a) Easier to build accurately as only two precision metal films are required

b) Number of bits can be expanded by adding more sections of same R2R values

Disadvantage In this type of DAC when there is a change in the input changes the current flow in the resistor

which causes more power dissipation which creates non-linearity in DAC

43 Which is the fastest AD converter and why

Flash type AD converter is the fastest ADC because the fast conversion speed isaccomplished

by providing 2n-1 comparators and simultaneously comparing the input signal with unique

reference levels spaced 1 LSB apart

44 What are the applications of V-I converter

bull Low voltage dc and ac voltmeter

bull L E D

bull Zener diode tester

45 What do you mean by a precision diode

The major limitation of ordinary diode is that it cannot rectify voltages below the cut ndash involtage

of the diode A circuit designed by placing a diode in the feedback loop of an op ndash ampis called

the precision diode and it is capable of rectifying input signals of the order of millivolt

46 Write down the applications of precision diode

bullHalf - wave rectifier

bullFull - Wave rectifier

bullPeak ndash value detector

bullClipper

bullClamper

47 Draw the circuit diagram of sample and hold circuit

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1 Design and explain triangular wave generator using Schmitt trigger and integrator circuit

2 (i) Explain the operation of dual slope ADC

(ii)Explain the following characteristics of ADC

(i)Resolution (ii) Accuracy (iii)Settling time (iv) Linearity

3 (i) Describe the first order lowpass butterworth filter Derive its frequency response and plot

the same

(ii) Design a low pass filter with a cutoff frequency if 1kHz and with a passband gain of 2

4 What is an instrumentation amplifier List its features Explain the operation of three op-amp

instrumentation amplifier and give its application

5 Explain the following applications of opamp (i)voltage to current converter (ii)Clamper

6 Explain the working of (i) Weighted resistor type DAC (ii) Dual slope type ADC

7 Discuss the operation of ladder network DAC with relevant circuit diagram and waveforms

8 Draw and explain the circuit of a voltage to current converter if the load is

(1) Floating

(2) Grounded

9 (i) Explain the working of OP-AMP based Schmitt trigger circuit (8)

(ii) Design an OP-AMP based second order active low pass filter with cut offfrequency 2 kHz

10 (i)draw an instrumentation amplifier using op amp and explain (6)

(ii) Explain the following op amp circuits

(1) Peak detector (2) Clamper (10)

11(i)draw a neat R-2R ladder DAC and explain its principle(6)

(ii) draw a flash type ADC and explain its working(10)

12(i) Explain how to measure phase difference between two signals

(ii) Explain the operation of square wave generator by drawing the capacitor and output voltage

waveforms

13 (i) Draw a sample and hold circuit Explain its operation and indicate its uses

(ii) Describe a circuit which will clip the input signal below a reference voltage

14 (i) Describe the operation of current to voltage converter with appropriate diagrams

(ii) Draw and explain the operation of the following

(i) Triangle wave generator (ii) monostable multivibrator

15 Elaborate on the operation of comparator and describe its applications

16Explain the working principle of RC phase shift sine wave generator using op-amp and derive

expression for f

17 (i) Explain the important specifications of DAC

(ii) With diagrams and example explain the working principle of successive approximation type

ADC

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

UNIT IV SPECIAL ICs

SYLLABUS 555 Timer circuit ndash Functional block characteristics amp applications 566-voltage

controlled oscillator circuit 565-phase lock loop circuit functioning and applications Analog multiplier ICs

TWO MARK QUESTIONS

1 Mention some applications of 555 timer

Oscillator

pulse generator

ramp and square wave generator

burglar alarm

traffic light control

Missing pulse detector

Linear ramp generator

Frequency divider

Pulse width modulation

FSK generator

Pulse position modulator

Schmitt trigger

2 List the applications of 555 timer in monostable mode of operation

Missing pulse detector

Linear ramp generator

Frequency divider

Pulse width modulation

3 List the applications of 555 timer in Astable mode of operation

FSK generator

Pulse-position modulator

4 Enumerate the basic blocks of IC 555 timer

5 Highlight the features of 555 Timer

available in three packages 8 pin metal can 8 pin dip 14 pin dip

6 What is the use of reset pin of 555 timer

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

This is an interrupt for the timing device when pin 4 is grounded it stops the working of device

and turns it off

7 What is the purpose of control voltage pin (5) of 555 timer This pin is the inverting input terminal of comparator This is reference level for comparator with

which threshold is compared If reference level is other than 23 VCC then external input is to

be given to pin 5 Pulse width modulation is possible due to pin 5

8Write the expression for pulse width of 555 timer in monostable mode Pulse width W = 11 RC seconds

R ndash resistor in ohms C ndash capacitor in farads

9Write the expression for total time period of 555 timer in astable mode T = 0693 (RA + 2 RB) C seconds

10 Define duty cycle

The ratio of high output and low output period is given by a mathematical parameter called duty

cycle It is defined as the ratio of ON Time to total time

11 What is a voltage controlled oscillator V o l t age con t r o l l ed o s c i l l a to r i s a f r e e r u nn in g m ul t i v i b ra to r op e r a t in g a t a

s e t frequency called the free running frequency This frequency can be shifted to

either side by applying a dc control voltage and the frequency deviation is

proportional to the dc control voltage

12 On what parameters does the free running frequency of VCO depend on bullExternal timing resistor RT

bullExternal timing capacitor CT

bullThe dc control voltage Vc

13 Give the expression for the VCO free running frequency

f o= 025 RTCT

14 Define Voltage to Frequency conversion factor Voltage to Frequency conversion factor is defined as

Kv = Δfo ΔVc = Vcc

Where ΔVc is the modulation voltage required to produce the frequency shift Δfo

15 List the features of 566 VCO

-24V)

temperature stability

16 State the function of a PLL

A PLL is a basically a closed loop system designed to lock output frequency and phase to the

frequency and phase of an input signal

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

17 Define lock range capture range and pull in time

Lock range

When PLL is in lock it can trap freq changes in the incoming signal The range of frequencies

over which the PLL can maintain lock with the incoming signal is called as lock range Lock in

range ∆fL = +- 78 fo V fo is free running frequency

Capture range

The range of frequencies over which the PLL can acquire lock with the input signal is called as

capture range Capture range = +- = [∆fL (2prodRC)] 12

Define pull-in time

The total time taken by the PLL to establish lock is called pull-in time

18 List out the blocks of PLL a Frequency multiplicationdivision

b Frequency translation c AM detection

d FM demodulation

e FSK demodulation

19 What is the purpose of having a low pass filter in PLL bullIt removes the high frequency components and noise

bullControls the dynamic characteristics of the PLL such as capture range lock -in

range band-width and transient response

bullThe charge on the filter capacitor gives a short- time memory to the PLL

20 Discuss the effect of having large capture range The PLL cannot acquire a signal outside the capture range but once captured it will hold on till

the frequency goes beyond the lock-in range Thus to increase the ability of lock range large

capture range is required But a large capture range will make the PLL more

susceptible to noise and undesirable signal

21 List the applications of 565 PLL

22 What is a switch type phase detector An electronic switch is opened and closed by signal coming from VCO and the input signal is

chopped at a repetition rate determined by the VCO frequency This type of Phase detector is

called a half wave detector since the phase information for only one half of the input signal is

detected and averaged

23 What are the problems associated with switch type phase detector The output voltage Ve is proportional to the input signal amplitude This is undesirable because

it makes phase detector gain and loop gain dependent on the input signal amplitude The output

is proportional to cosφ making it non linear

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

24 What is analog multiplier

An analog multiplier is a circuit in which the output is proportional to the multiplication of two

input voltages It is used in modulation frequency converters and to solve non-linear equations

25 Mention any two analog multiplier Ics

a) IC AD 533

b) IC AD 534

26 What is ICAD 533

It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is a low cost IC comprising a transconductance

multiplying element stable reference and an output amplifier

27 List the features of ICAD533

28 What is ICAD 534List its features

It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is the first general purpose multiplier capable of

providing gain upto X100

Features

Adjustable scale factor

Low noise

Excellent long time stability

29 Mention the applications of analog multipliers 1 Voltage squarer

2 Frequency doubler

3 Voltage divider

4 Square rooter

5 Phase angle detector

6 Rectifier

30 Explain how a frequency doubler can be realized using analog multiplier The multiplication of two sine waves of the same frequency but of possibly different amplitudes

and phase allows doubling a frequency using an analog multiplier

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1 Explain the functional block diagram of 555timer

2 Explain working of PLL using appropriate block diagram and explain any one application of

the same

3 Draw the block diagram of an Astable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression

for its frequency of oscillation

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

4 Draw the block diagram of monostable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression

for its frequency of oscillation Discuss some applications of 555 timer in monostable mode

5 write short notes on

i) capture range

ii) Lock in range

iii) Pull in time

6 Briefly explain the block diagram of PLL and derive the expression for Lock range and

capture range

7 With a neat functional diagram explain the operation of VCO Also derive an expression for

fodiscuss the applications of PLL

8 What is 555 timer What are the features of 555 timer Explain the monostable mode in detail

With neat block diagram explain IC566 VCO operation and discuss any 2 applications

9 What are the modes of operation of IC555 Derive the expression of time delay of monostable

multivibrator

10 (i)Explain the VCO with neat block diagram Give its typical connection diagram and output

waveforms

(ii)Derive the expression for capture range for PLL where a simple RC network is used as a LPF

11 (i)Explain the working of VCO

(ii)What is PLL Explain its operation as frequency multiplier

12 Explain the astable and bistable operation of IC555 with necessary waveforms

13 With the help of schematic circuit explain the operation of 566 VCO Also derive the

expression for output frequenct

14 (i) List and define the various performance parameters of a Multiplier IC (6)

(ii) How the multiplier is used as voltage divider (5)

(iii) How the multiplier is used as frequency doubler (5)

15 Explain with neat block diagrams how PLL is used as

(i) AM Detector (5)

(ii) FM Detector (5)

(iii) Frequency Synthesizer (6)

16(i) describe in details the characteristics and applications of 555 timer (6)

(ii) Draw a neat block diagram of VCO and explain (10)

17(i) Draw the 565 PLL and explain itrsquos functioning in detail (8)

(ii) Give an account on ldquoAnalog multiplier ICrdquo (8)

18 (i)How is an astable multivibrator connected into a pulse position modulator

(ii) Draw the circuit of Schmitt trigger using 555 timer and explain its operation

19Design and draw the waveforms of a 1KHz square wave generator using 555 timer for duty

cycle (i) D=25 (ii) D=50

20(i) Perform the closed loop analysis of PLL

(ii) Explain any two applications of PLL

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

UNIT V APPLICATION ICs

SYLLABUS IC voltage regulators - LM317 723 regulators switching regulator MA 7840 LM

380 power amplifier ICL 8038 function generator IC isolation amplifiers opto coupler opto

electronic ICs

TWO MARK QUESTIONS

1 What is a voltage regulator

A voltage regulator is an electronic circuit that provides a stable dc voltage independent of the

load current temperature and ac line voltage variations

2 Give the classification of voltage regulators

Series Linear regulators

Switching regulators

3 Write about a linear voltage regulator

Series or linear regulator uses a power transistor connected in series between the unregulated dc

input and the load and it conducts in the linear region The output voltage is controlled by the

continuous voltage drop taking place across the series pass transistor

4 What is a switching regulator

Switching regulators are those which operate the power transistor as a high frequency onoff

switchso that the power transistor does not conduct current continouslyThis give improved

efficiency over series regulators

5 List the advantages of IC voltage regulators

Low cost high reliability reduction in size and excellent performance

6 Give some examples of monolithic IC voltage regulators

78XX series fixed output positive voltage regulators

79XX series fixed output negative voltage regulators

723 general purpose regulator

7 What is the purpose of having input and output capacitors in three terminal IC

regulators

A capacitor connected between the input terminal and ground cancels the inductive effects due to

long distribution leads The output capacitor improves the transient response

8 Define line regulation

Line regulation is defined as the percentage change in the output voltage for a change in the

input voltageIt is expressed in millivolts or as a percentage of the output voltage

9 Define load regulation

Load regulation is defined as the change in output voltage for a change in load current It is

expressed in mill volts or as a percentage of the output voltage

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

10 What is meant by current limiting

Current limiting refers to the ability of a regulator to prevent the load current from increasing

above a preset value

11 Give the drawbacks of linear regulators

The input step down transformer is bulky and expensive because of low line frequency Because

of low line frequency large values of filter capacitors are required to decrease the ripple

Efficiency is reduced due to the continuous power dissipation by the transistor as it operates in

the linear region

12 What is the advantage of switching regulators

Greater efficiency is achieved as the power transistor is made to operate as low impedance

switch Power transmitted across the transistor is in discrete pulses rather than as a steady current

flowBy using suitable switching loss reduction technique the switching frequency can be

increased so as to reduce the size and weight of the inductors and capacitors

13 Why do switching regulators have better efficiency than series regulators

The transistor in linear regulator will operate in linear area at all times Considerable power is

dissipated in linear operation since the transistor has voltage across it and current flowing

through itSince the series element in a switching regulator is either fully conducting(V=0 hence

power=0) or switched off(I=0 hence power=0) it dissipates almost no power this is what gives

the switching design its efficiency

14 What are the advantages of adjustable voltage regulators over the fixed voltage

regulators i) Improved line and load regulation by a factor of 10 or more

ii) Because of the improved overload protection greater load current can be drawn

iii) Improved reliability

15 List out the parameters related to the fixed voltage regulators 1) Line regulation

2) Load regulation

3) Ripple rejection

4) Output impedance

5) Maximum power dissipation

6) Rated output current

16 Define dropout voltage of a fixed voltage regulator It is the minimum voltage that must exist between input and output terminals For most of

regulators it is 2 to 3 volts

17 What is an opto-coupler IC

Opto-coupler IC is a combined package of a photo-emitting device and a photo-sensing device

14 What are the types of opto couplers

LED and a photo diode

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

LED and photo transistor

LED and Darlington

15 Give two examples of IC optocouplers

Examples for opto-coupler IC

MCT 2F

16 Mention the advantages of opto-couplers

Better isolation between the two stages

Impedance problem between the stages is eliminated

Wide frequency response

Easily interfaced with digital circuit

Compact and light weight

Problems such as noise transients contact bounce are eliminated

17 Specify the need for isolation amplifier

Isolation amplifiers provide electrical isolation and an electrical safety barrier They protect data

acquisition components from common mode voltages which are potential differences between

instrument ground and signal ground Instruments that are applied in the presence of a common

mode voltage without an isolation barrier allow ground currents to circulate leading in the best

case to a noisy representation of the signal under investigation In the worst case assuming that

the magnitude of common mode voltage or current is sufficient instrument destruction is likely

Isolation amplifiers are used in medical instruments to ensure isolation of a patient from power

supply leakage current

18What are the features of MA78s40

Step upstep down or inverting operation

Operation from 25 to 40 V

80Db line and load regulation

19List the important parts of a regulated power supply

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

(i) Transformer (ii) Rectifier (iii) Filter (iv)Regulator

20 Using LM380 draw the circuit for audio power amplifier

21 What are onetwo and four quadrant multipliers

A four-quadrant multiplier is one where inputs and outputs may swing positive and negative

Many multipliers only work in 2 quadrants (one input may only have one polarity) or single

quadrant (inputs and outputs have only one polarity usually all positive)

22 List the parameters of optocoupler

a Current transfer ratio

b Isolation voltage

c Response time

d Common mode rejection

23Why current boosting is done in 723 regulator

The maximum current capability of 723 regulator is 140mA In certain applications this value of

current is not sufficient Hence current boosting is done using series pass transistor

24 What are the limitations of three terminal regulator

1 For fixed output regulators the output voltage is not precise

2 Only selected values of output voltages are available

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

3 Current boosting by external series pass transistor is required if load current beyond the

capability of basic regulator is required

25 Draw the typical connection diagram of IC LM317

26 What is the function od a series pass transistor in voltage regulator

The series pass transistor acsts as a control element The value of VcE gets adjusted in such a

way that the output voltage of the regulator always remains constant In addition the series pass

transistor supplies the load current

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1Draw and explain the functional block diagram of 723 voltage regulator and how this IC can be

used as high voltage regulator

2Write an explanatory note on

(i) Power amplifier (ii) Isolation amplifier

3 With neat diagrams explain the working of switched mode power supply

4 Write brief notes on

(i)IC MA 7840

(ii) Optocoupler

5 (i)Explain the working of series voltage regulator

(ii)Write notes on optocoupler

6 What is a switching regulator With neat block diagram explain the internals of MA7840

7 Draw the functional block diagram of IC 723 and explain

8 Explain with the help of functional block diagram the working of voltage regulator IC723

Clearly explain how current limit and foldback type current limiting facility can be provided with

723 circuits

9 Draw the circuit of series voltage regulator Design this circuit to operate from a supply of 20v

and to provide an output of 12V with maximum load current of 40mA

10 Draw the functional diagram of ICL 8038 Function generator IC and explain its operation

Give its frequency of oscillation at the output

11 (i) With neat diagram explain the working principle of isolation amplifier (8)

(ii) With neat diagram explain the principle of operation of optocouplers (8)

12 With the help of neat circuit diagram explain the operation of an adjustable regulator using

LM317

13 State the features and applications of IC LM 380 and explain them

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

14 Design a waveform generator using IC8038 The frequency of oscillation is 5kHz and duty

cycle is 50 From data sheet Vcc=5V VoH=36V VoL=02V ILL=16mA ILH=409uA

15 (i) Design low voltage regulator using IC 723 for 5V and explain its characteristics

(ii) Describe the features of function generator IC

(iii)Write short notes on optocoupler ICs

Page 2: EE2254 LICA QB

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

EE2254 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS AND APPLICATIONS

UNIT I IC FABRICATION

SYLLABUS IC classification fundamental of monolithic IC technology epitaxial growth

masking and etching diffusion of impurities Realisation of monolithic ICs and packaging Fabrication of diodescapacitance resistance and FETs

TWO MARK QUESTIONS

1 Define an Integrated circuit

An integrated circuit(IC) is a miniature low cost electronic circuit consisting of active and

passive components fabricated together on a single crystal of silicon The active components are

transistors and diodes and passive components are resistors and capacitors

2 Mention the advantages of integrated circuits

Miniaturisation and hence increased equipment density

Cost reduction due to batch processing

Increased system reliability due to the elimination of soldered joints

Improved functional performance

Matched devices

Increased operating speeds

Reduction in power consumption

3 Write down the various processes used to fabricate ICrsquos using silicon planar technology

Silicon wafer preparation

Epitaxial growth

Oxidation

Photolithography

Diffusion

Ion implantation

Isolation

Metallisation

Assembly processing and packaging

4 List out the steps used in the preparation of Si ndash wafers

bullCrystal growth ampdoping

bullIngot trimming amp grinding

bullIngot slicing

bullWafer policing amp etching

bullWafer cleaning

5 What is the purpose of oxidation

SiO2 is an extremely hard protective coating and is unaffected by almost all

reagents

By selective etching of SiO2 diffusion of impurities through carefully defined

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

windows can be accomplished to fabricate various components

6 Why aluminum is preferred for metallization

bullIt is a good conductor

bullIt is easy to deposit aluminum films using vacuum deposition

bullIt makes good mechanical bonds with silicon

bullIt forms a low resistance contact

7 What are the popular IC packages available

bullMetal can package

bullDual-in-line package

bullCeramic flat package

8 Write the basic chemical reaction in the epitaxial growth process of pure silicon

The basic chemical reaction in the epitaxial growth process of pure silicon is the

hydrogen reduction of silicon tetrachloride

12000C

SiCl4+2H2lt-------gt Si + 4 HCl

9 Explain the process of oxidation

The silicon wafers are stacked up in a quartz boat amp then inserted into quartz furnace tube The

Si wafers are raised to a high temperature in the range of 950 to 1150oC amp at the same time

exposed to a gas containing O2 or H2O or bothThe chemical action is

Si + 2H2O --gt Si O2+ 2H2

10 What is meant by molecular beam epitaxy(MBE)

In the molecular beam epitaxy silicon along with dopants is evaporatedThe evaporated species

are transported at a relatively high velocity in a vacuum to the substrateThe relatively low

vapour pressure of silicon amp the dopants ensures condensation on a low temperature

substrateUsually silicon MBE is performed under ultra high vacuum (UHV) condition of 10-8

to

10-10

Torr

11 Enumerate the advantages of Molecular Beam Epitaxy( MBE )

( i ) It is a low temperature process useful for VLSI This minimizes auto diffusion amp auto

doping

( ii ) It allows precise control of dopingamp permits complicated profiles to be generated

( iii )Linear doping profile desirable for varactor diode in FM can be obtained with MBE

( iv )Wider choice of dopants can be used

12 Explain the term parasitic capacitance

In electrical circuits parasitic capacitance or stray capacitance or when relevant self-

capacitance (of an inductor) is an unavoidable and usually unwanted capacitance that exists

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

between the parts of an electronic component or circuit simply because of their proximity to each

other All actual circuit elements such as inductors diodes and transistors have internal

capacitance which can cause their behavior to depart from that of ideal circuit elements

13 What are oxidation induced defects in semi conductor

1Stacking faults

2Oxide isolation defects

Stacking faults

Structural defects in the silicon lattice is called oxidation induced stacking faultsThe growth of

stacking faults is a strong function of substrate orientation conductivity type amp defect nuclei

presentThe

stacking faults formation can be suppressed by the addition of HCl

Oxide isolation defects

The stress along the edges of an oxidised area produce severe damage in the silicon Such

defects results in increased leakage in nearby devicesHigh temperatures (around 950oC ) will

prevent

stress induced defect formation

14 Elaborate on birdrsquos beak

In local oxidation process the oxidation of silicon proceeds slightly under the nitride as well

Also a large mismatch in the thermal expansion co-efficients of Si3N4 amp Silicon results in

damage to the semi conductor during local oxidationThis damage can be graetly reduced

by growing a thin layer of SiO2 prior to placement of the Si3N4 mask Typically 100 to 200Ao

is used for this puspose Unfortunately this greatly enhances the penetration of oxide under the

nitride masked regions resulting in oxide configurations called birdrsquos beak

15 What is lithography

Lithography is a process bywhich the pattern appearing on the mask is transfered to the waferIt

involves two steps the first step requires applying a few drops of photoresist to the surface of the

wafer amp

the second step is spinning the surface to get an even coating of the photoresist across the surface

of the

wafer

16 What are the different types of lithography What is optical lithography

The different types of lithography are

1Photolithography

2Electron beam lithography

3X ray beam lithography

4Ion beam lithography

Optical lithography

Optical lithography comprises the formation images with visible or UV radiation in a photoresist

using contact proximity or projection printing

17 List down the two processes involved in photolithography

a) Making a photographic mask

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

b) Photo etching

The development of photographic mask involves the preparation of initial artwork and its

reduction

decomposition of initial artwork or layout into several mask layers

Photo etching is used for the removal of SiO2 from desired regions so that the desired impurities

can be

diffused

18 Distinguish between dry etching amp wet etching

SNo Dry etching Wet etching

1 Gaseous mixture is used as the chemical

reagent

Chemical reagents used are in the

liquid form

2 Smaller line openings(le1microm) possible with dry

etching

Line openings are larger (gt1microm)

3 It produces straight walled etching process It produces patterns with undercutting

19 Give an account of reactive plasma etching

The term reactive plasma is meant to describe a discharge in which ionization amp fragmentation

of gases takes placeamp produce chemically active plasma species frequently oxidizers and

reducing agents Such plasmas are reactive both in the gas phase amp with solid surfaces exposed

to them When these interactions are used to form volatile products so that material is removed

or etching of material form surfaces that are not masked to form lithographic patterns the

technique is known as reactive plasma etching

20 What makes isotropic etching process different from that of anisotropic etching

process

Isotropic etching is a wet etching process which involves undercutting Anisotropic etching is a

dry etching process which provides straight walled patterns

21 Define diffusion

The process of introducing impurities into selected regions of a silicon wafer is called diffusion

The rate at which various impurities diffuse into the silicon will be of the order of 1 micromhr range

of 900oC to 1100oC The impurity atoms have the tendency to move from regions of higher

concentrations to lower concentrations

22 What is the significance of using buried layer

The buried layer is for increasing the conductivity of the path the charges take to reach the

collector terminalBuried layers are used in bipolar devices to lower collector resistance in bulk

silicon and SOI (silicon-on-insulator) technologies

23 Describe about dielectric isolation

In dielectric isolation a layer of solid dielectric such as SiO2 or ruby completely surrounds each

components thereby producing isolation both electrical amp physical This isolating dielectric

layer is thick enough so that its associated capacitance is negligible Also it is possible to

fabricate both pnp amp npn transistors within the same silicon substrate

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

24What is metallization

The process of producing a thin metal film layer that will serve to make interconnection of the

various components on the chip is called metallization

25 Bring out the advantages of ion implantation technique

1 It is performed at low temperature Therefore previously diffused regions have a lesser

tendency for lateral spreading

2 In diffusion process temperature has to be controlled over a large area inside the oven

whereas in ion implantation process accelerating potential amp beam content are dielectrically

controlled from outside

26 Compare monolithic and hybrid ICs

SNo Monolithic ICs Hybrid ICs

1 All circuit components (both active and

passive) and their interconnections are formed

into or on the top of a single chip of silicon

In hybrid circuits separate component

parts are attached to a ceramic substrate

and interconnected by means of either

metallization pattern or wire bonds

2 The components are mounted on the surface of

a single piece crystal semiconductor material

which is usually silicon based

Here the components are bonded to a

substrate or printed circuit board

3 No possibility of fabrication of inductors Inductors can be included in hybrid ICs

4 Small range of values of passive components

used in the ICs

Any range of components can be

included

5 No encapsulation Encapsulated by epoxy

6 Smaller in size Comparitively larger in size

7 The monolithic circuit is ideal for applications

where identical circuits are required in very

large quantities and hence provides lowest

per-unit cost and highest order of reliability

This technology is more adaptable

to small quantity custom circuits

27 What is meant by ion implantation

Ion implantation is the dominant technique to introduce dopant impurities into crystalline silicon

This is performed with an electric field which accelerates the ionized atoms or molecules so that

these particles penetrate into the target material until they come to rest because of interactions

with the silicon atoms Ion implantation is able to control exactly the distribution and dose of the

dopants in silicon because the penetration depth depends on the kinetic energy of the ions which

is proportional to the electric field The dopant dose can be controlled by varying the ion source

28 What are the advantages of polysilicon gate MOSFET over aluminium gate

When aluminum gate is used excess surface state charges and mobile ion contamination results

in threshold variation Excessive overlap capacitance is created and parasitic capacitance reduces

the switching speed When Aluminum is used as gate material it can erode completely causing

contact spiking

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

Poly-silicon reduces surface state density and improve threshold voltage control Polysilicon-

gate can be doped with phosphorus to minimize mobile ion contamination resulting in faster

switching speeds and better control of threshold voltage

16 MARKS

1Explain in detail the fabrication of ICs using silicon planar technology

2Explain the various methods of fabricating transistor in monolithic integrated circuit

3Describe the process involved in the fabrication of capacitor and transistor with suitable figures

4 Discuss the various methods of fabricating IC resistors and compare their performance

5 (i) Briefly explain the various types of IC packages Mention the criteria for selecting an IC

package

(ii) Write short notes on classification of integrated circuits

6 (i) Explain the process of epitaxial growth with neat diagrams

(ii) With neat sketches explain the fabrication of diodes

7 (i)Explain the different isolation techniques

(ii) Describe in detail about the diffusion process in IC fabrication

8 With neat sketches describe the process of epitaxial growth and photolithography

9 (i) Explain the process of masking and etching in the IC fabrication with neat sketches

(ii) Explain how monolithic IC is different from Hybrid IC

10 Explain in detail the fabrication process of passive component in integrated circuits

11 With necessary diagrams explain the fabrication of MOSFET

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

UNIT II CHARACTERISTICS OF OPAMP

SYLLABUS Ideal OP-AMP characteristics DC characteristics AC characteristics offset

voltage and currentvoltage series feedback and shunt feedback amplifiers differential amplifier

frequency response of OP-AMP Basic applications of op-amp ndash summer differentiator and

integrator

TWO MARK QUESTIONS

1 What is OPAMP

An operational amplifier is a direct coupled high gain amplifier consisting of one or more

differential amplifiers followed by a level translator and an output stageIt is a versatile device

that can be used to amplify ac as well as dc input signals amp designed for computing

mathamatical functions such as addition subtraction multiplication integration amp

differentiation

2 Draw the pin configuration of IC741

3 List out the ideal characteristics of OPAMP

1 Open loop voltage gain is infinity

2 Input impedance is infinity

3 Output impedance is zero

4 Bandwidth is infinity

5 Zero offset

6 Infinite bandwidth

7 Infinite CMRR

8 Infinite slew rate

9 Infinite PSRR

4 What do you infer from ideal opamp characteristics

i)The current drawn by either of the input terminals(non- invertinginverting) is negligible

ii)The potential difference between the inverting amp non-inverting input terminals is zero

5 Draw the equivalent circuit of op-amp and its voltage transfer characteristics

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

Equivalent circuit of op-amp

Voltage transfer curve of op-amp

6 Why open loop op-amp configurations is not used in linear applications a The open loop gain of the op-amp is very high Hence a very small input signal will drive the

output to saturation This results in distortion Therefore only the smaller signals having low

frequency may be amplified accurately without distortion

b Open loop Voltage gain of the op-amp is not a constant voltage gain varies with changes in

temperature and power supply as well as mass production techniques This makes op-amp

unsuitable for many linear applications

7 Why negative feedback is used in op-amp

The open loop gain of op-amp is close to infinity Hence even a small signal at the input is able

to drive the output to saturation When negative feedback is used the gain is reduced and hence

the op-amp operates in linear region without saturation Negative feedback is the key to having a

self-stabilizing system This stability gives the op-amp the capacity to work in its linear (active)

mode as opposed to merely being saturated fully on or off as it was when used as a

comparator with no feedback at all

8 With respect to op-amp explain what is virtual ground A virtual ground is a ground which acts like a ground It may not have physical connection to

ground For an ideal op-amp the inverting and non-inverting terminals are at the same potentials

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

The non-inverting input is grounded for the inverting amplifier circuit This means that the

inverting input of the op-amp is also at ground potential

9Mention some of the linear applications of op ndash amps

Adder subtractor voltage ndashto- current converter current ndashto- voltage converters instrumentation

amplifier analog computation power amplifier etc are some of the linear op-amp circuits

10 Mention some of the non ndash linear applications of op-amps-

Rectifier peak detector clipper clamper sample and hold circuit log amplifier anti ndashlog

amplifier multiplier are some of the non ndash linear op-amp circuits

11What happens when the common terminal of V+ and V- sources is not grounded

If the common point of the two supplies is not grounded twice the supply voltage will get

applied and it may damage the op-amp

12Define input offset voltage

A small voltage applied to the input terminals to make the output voltage as zero when the two

input terminals are grounded is called input offset voltage

13Define input offset current State the reasons for the offset currents at the input of the

op-amp

The difference between the bias currents at the input terminals of the op-amp is called as input

offset current The input terminals conduct a small value of dc current to bias the input

transistors Since the input transistors cannot be made identical there exists a difference in bias

currents

14Define thermal drift

The bias current offset current amp offset voltage is dependent on changes in temperature A

circuit carefully nulled at 25oC may not remain so when the temperature raises to 35

oCThis is

called thermal drift Often offset current drift is expressed in nA oC and offset voltage drift in

mV oC

15Define supply voltage rejection ratio(SVRR)

The change in OPAMPrsquos input offset voltage due to variations in supply voltage is called the

supply voltage rejection ratio It is also called Power Supply Rejection Ratio(PSRR) or Power

Supply Sensitivity(PSS)

16Define i) Input bias current iii) Input offset current of an op-amp

i) Input bias current

Input bias current IB is the average of the currents that flow into the inverting and non-inverting

input erminals of the op-amp

ie IB = (IB1+IB2)2

ii) Input offset current

The algebraic difference between the current into the inverting and non-inverting terminals is

referred to as input offset current Iio Mathematically it is represented as Iio = |IB - IB |

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

Where

I B+is the current into the non-inverting input terminals

IB- is the current into the inverting input terminals

17Define CMRR of an op-amp

The relative sensitivity of an op-amp to a difference signal as compared to a common ndashmode

signal is called the common ndashmode rejection ratio It is expressed in decibels CMRR= AdAc

18 Define slew rate What causes slew rate

The slew rate is defined as the maximum rate of change of output voltage caused by a step input

voltage An ideal slew rate is infinite which means that op-amprsquos output voltage should change

instantaneously in response to input step voltage

There is a capacitor with-in or outside of an op-amp to prevent oscillation It is this capacitor

which prevents the output voltage from responding immediately to a fast changing input

19 Define Unity Gain Bandwidth of Op-amp

For a certain frequency of the input signal the gain of the Op-amp reduces to 0 dB Thismeans

20 log |AOL(f) | is 0dB ie |AOL(f) | = 1 Such a frequency is called gain cross overfrequency or

unity gain bandwidth (UGB)

20Why IC 741 is not used for high frequency applications

IC741 has a low slew rate because of the predominance of capacitance present in the circuit at

higher frequencies As frequency increases the output gets distorted due to limited slew rate

21In practical op-amps what is the effect of high frequency on its performance

The open-loop gain of op-amp decreases at higher frequencies due to the presence of parasitic

capacitance The closed-loop gain increases at higher frequencies and leads to instability

22What is the need for frequency compensation in practical op-amps

Frequency compensation is needed when large bandwidth and lower closed loop gain is desired

Compensating networks are used to control the phase shift and hence to improve the stability

23Mention the frequency compensation methods

Dominant-pole compensation

Pole-zero compensation

24What are the merits and demerits of Dominant-pole compensation

noise immunity of the system is improved

Open-loop bandwidth is reduced

25 Draw the voltage follower circuit of an OP-AMP

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

26 What are the limitations of an ideal active differentiator At high frequency differentiators may become unstable and break into oscillation The input

impedance ie (1ωC1) decreases with increase in frequency thereby making the circuit

sensitive to high frequency noise

27 Draw a subtractor using op-amp

If all the resistors in the above circuit are equal the circuit functions as a subtractor

28 Design an amplifier with a gain of -10 and input resistance of 10k

Since negative gain is required an inverting amplifier should be used

Gain of inverting amplifier = -RfR1= -10 (Given)

Given R1=10k

10 Rf =1k

29 Draw the circuit diagram of an integrator and give its output equation

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

30 Classify the negative feedback configuration and draw the corresponding block

diagram

A closed loop amplifier can be represented by two blocks one for an OPAMP and other for a

feedback circuits There are four following ways to connect these blocks These connections are

classified according to whether the voltage or current is feedback to the input in series or in

parallel

Voltage ndash series feedback

Voltage ndash shunt feedback

Current ndash series feedback

Current ndash shunt feedback

These connections are shown in figure below

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1 (i) Explain the functions of all the basic building blocks of Op-amp

(ii) Explain the application of op-amp as (i) Integrator (ii) Differentiator

2 Discuss about the methods of frequency compensation in opamp

3 Explain the operation of a basic differential amplifier

4 Obtain the frequency response of an open-loop op-amp

5 (i) With neat diagrams explain the types of feedback configurations available

(ii) Briefly explain summing amplifier and draw an adder circuit for the given expression

V0= V1+V2-V3-(V4+2)

6 (i) Explain the DC characteristics of op-amp with the help of neat diagrams

(ii)With neat circuit diagram and equations discuss the operation of summer and differentiator

using opamp

7 (i) Explain the AC characteristics of an operational amplifier

(ii) Sketch the basic circuit using op-amp to perform the mathematical operation of

differentiation and explain What are the limitations of an ordinary OP-AMP differentiator

Draw and explain the circuit of a practical differentiators that will eliminate these limitations

8 (i) Explain in detail the characteristic of an ideal opamp (8)

(ii) Draw the block diagram and equivalent circuit of op-ampExplain them (10)

9 (i) Explain the application of op amp as (1)summer (2)integrator (8)

(ii) Define and explain (1) slew rate (2) SVRR (4)

(iii) Explain the frequency response of op-amp (4)

10 What are the different open-loop configurations of op-amp Explain the differential amplifier

configuration

11 With the help of circuit diagram explain the operation of non-inverting and inverting

configuration of op-amp and derive expressions for voltage gain for each configuration

12 (i) Draw and explain the closed loop frequency response of op-amp

(ii) Elaborate on pole-zero compensation technique

13 Find the output voltage of the above circuit

14(i) Define and explain slew rate What is full power bandwidth Describe methods to improve

slewrate

(ii) Define output offset voltage Explain methods to nullify offset voltage

15 (i) With neat circuit diagram explain the operation of the following circuits

(a) Voltage follower (b)Integrator

(ii) For the non inverting opamp shown in fig find the output voltage

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

UNIT III APPLICATIONS OF OPAMP

SYLLABUS Instrumentation amplifier first and second order active filters VI amp IV converters

comparatorsmultivibrators waveform generators clippers clampers peak detector SH circuit DA converter (R-2R ladder and weighted resistor types) AD converter - Dual slope successive approximation and flash types

TWO MARK QUESTIONS

1What is the need for an instrumentation amplifier

In a number of industrial and consumer applications the measurement of physical quantities is

usually done with the help of transducers The output of transducer has to be amplified So that it

can drive the indicator or display system This function is performed by an instrumentation

amplifier

2List the features of instrumentation amplifier

o high gain accuracy

o high CMRR

o high gain stability with low temperature co-efficient

o low dc offset

o low output impedance

3 What is a comparator

A comparator is a circuit which compares a signal voltage applied at one input of an opamp with

a known reference voltage at the other input It is an open loop op - amp with output + Vsat or -

Vsat

4 What are the applications of comparator

Zero crossing detectors

Window detector

Time marker generator

Phase detector

5 What is a Schmitt trigger

Schmitt trigger is a regenerative comparator It converts sinusoidal input into a square wave

output The output of Schmitt trigger swings between upper and lower threshold voltages which

are the reference voltages of the input waveform

6 What is a multivibrator

Multivibrators are a group of regenerative circuits that are used extensively in timing

applications It is a wave shaping circuit which gives symmetric or asymmetric square output It

has two states either stable or quasi- stable depending on the type of multivibrator

7 What do you mean by monostable multivibrator

Monostable multivibrator is one which generates a single pulse of specified duration in

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

response to each external trigger signal It has only one stable state Application of a trigger

causes a change to the quasi-stable stateAn external trigger signal generated due to charging and

discharging of the capacitor produces the transition to the original stable state

8 Write a brief note on astable multivibrator

Astable multivibrator is a free running oscillator having two quasi-stable states Thus there are

oscillations between these two states and no external signal is required to produce the change in

state

9 What is a bistable multivibrator

Bistable multivibrator is one that maintains a given output voltage level unless an external

trigger is applied Application of an external trigger signal causes a change of state and this

output level is maintained indefinitely until an second trigger is applied Thus it requires two

external triggers before it returns to its initial state

10 What are the requirements for producing sustained oscillations in feedback circuits

For sustained oscillations

The total phase shift around the loop must be zero at the desired frequency of oscillation fo

ieL AB=00 or 360

0

At fo the magnitu

11Draw the circuit diagram of positive clipper

12 What is hysteresis with reference to Schmitt trigger circuit

In the non-inverting configuration when the input is higher than a certain chosen threshold the

output is high When the input is below a different (lower) chosen threshold the output is low

and when the input is between the two levels the output retains its value This dual threshold

action is called hysteresis and implies that the Schmitt trigger possesses memory and can act as a

bistable circuit (latch)

13 Differentiate between Schmitt trigger and comparator

SNo Comparator Schmitt trigger

1 Feedback is not used that is Op-amp is used

in open loop mode

Feedback is used that is Op-ampis used in

closed loop mode

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

2 False triggering due to noise voltages is

possible

False triggering due to noise voltages is

not possible

3 A single reference voltage exists Two different threshold voltages exists as

VUT and VLT

4 No hysteresis exists Hysteresis exists with a width H=VUT -

VLT

14 What is a filter

Filter is a frequency selective circuit that passes signal of specified band of frequencies

andattenuates the signals of frequencies outside the band

15 What are the demerits of passive filters

Passive filters works well for high frequencies But at audio frequencies the inductorsbecome

problematic as they become large heavy and expensive For low frequencyapplications more

number of turns of wire must be used which in turn adds to the seriesresistance degrading

inductorrsquos performance ie low Q resulting in high power dissipation

16 What are the advantages of active filters

bull Active filters used op- amp as the active element and resistors and capacitors as

passiveelements

bull By enclosing a capacitor in the feed back loop inductor less active filters can be obtained

bull Op-amp used in non ndash inverting configuration offers high input impedance and low output

impedance thus improving the load drive capacity

17What are the different types of filters

Based on the components used Active filters and passive filters

Based on frequency responses Low pass filterHigh pass filterBand pass filterBand reject filter

Based on order of transfer function first second third higher order filters

Based on configuration Bessel Chebyshev Butterworth filters

18What is frequency scaling

Once the filter is designed sometimes it is necessary to change the value of cut-off frequency

The method used to change the original cut-off frequency to new cut-off frequency is called

frequency scaling

19Briefly describe a voltage follower

bull A circuit in which the output voltage follows the input voltage is called voltage followercircuit

bull In Op-amp if the inverting input and the output terminals are shorted and if any signal isapplied

at the non-inverting terminal it appears at the output without any change

bullIt is also called as source follower unity gain amplifier buffer amplifier or isolationamplifier

20 Describe about a bandpass filter

A bandpass filter is basically a frequency selector It allows one particular band of frequencies to

pass Thus the pass band is between the two cut-off frequencies fH and fL where fH gt fL Any

frequency outside this band gets attenuated

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

21Sketch the circuit diagram of first order active low pass filter

22 What is a notch filter and what is its application

A narrow band reject filter is called a notch filter and is used for rejection of a single frequency

such as 50Hz power line frequency

23 Classify the ADCs broadly

1 Direct type ADC

2 Integrating type ADC

24 Differentiate between direct ADC and integrating type ADC a) The integrating type of ADCrsquos do not need a sampleHold circuit at the input

b) It is possible to transmit frequency even in noisy environment or in an isolated form

25 List out some integrating type converters

1 Charge balancing ADC

2 Dual slope ADC

26 What is integrating type converter

An ADC converter that perform conversion in an indirect manner by first changing the

analog IP signal to a linear function of time or frequency and then to a digital code is known as

integrating type AD converter

27List the main advantages of integrating type ADCs

i The integrating type of ADCrsquos doing not need a sampleHold circuit at the input

ii It is possible to transmit frequency even in noisy environment or in an isolated form

28 What are the types of ADC and DAC Types of ADC 1 Flash (comparator) type converter

2 Counter type converter

3 Tracking or servo converter

4 Successive approximation type converter

Types of DAC 1 Weighted resistor DAC

2 R-2R Ladder

3 Inverted R-2R Ladder

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

29 Explain in brief the principle of operation of successive Approximation ADC

The circuit of successive approximation ADC consists of a successive approximation

register (SAR) to find the required value of each bit by trial amp error With the arrival of START

command SAR sets the MSB bit to 1 The OP is converted into an analog signal amp it is

compared with IP signal This OP is low or High This process continues until all bits are

checked

30 Provide the advantages and disadvantages of flash type ADC Flash type ADC is the fastest as well as the most expensive

The disadvantage is the number of comparators needed almost doubles for each added bit (For a

n-bit convertor 2(n-1) comparators 2n resistors are required)

31Define conversion time

It is defined as the total time required converting an analog signal into its digital output It

depends on the conversion technique used amp the propagation delay of circuit components

The conversion time of a successive approximation type ADC is given by T(n+1) Where T---

clock period Tc---conversion time n- no of bits

32 Define resolution of a data converter

The resolution of a converter is the smallest change in voltage which may be produced at the

output or input of the converter Resolution (in volts)= VFS2n-1=1 LSB increment The

resolution of an ADC is defined as the smallest change in analog input for a one-bit change at the

output

33 Explain in brief stability of a converter

The performance of converter changes with temperature age amp power supply variation So all the

relevant parameters such as offset gain linearity error amp monotonicity must be specified over

the full temperature amp power supply ranges to have better stability performances

34 What is meant by linearity

The linearity of an ADCDAC is an important measure of its accuracy amp tells us how close the

converter output is to its ideal transfer characteristics The linearity error is usually expressed as

a fraction of LSB increment or percentage of full-scale voltage A good converter exhibits a

linearity error of less than plusmnfrac12LSB

35 What is a sample and hold circuit Where it is used

A sample and hold circuit is one which samples an input signal and holds on to its last sampled

value until the input is sampled again This circuit is mainly used in digital interfacing analog to

digital systems and pulse code modulation systems

36 Explain the operation of basic sample and hold circuit A typical sample and hold circuit stores electric charge in a capacitor and contains at least one

fast FET switch and at least one operational amplifier To sample the input signal the switch

connects the capacitor to the output of a buffer amplifier The buffer amplifier charges or

discharges the capacitor so that the voltage across the capacitor is practically equal or

proportional to input voltage In hold mode the switch disconnects the capacitor from the buffer

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

The capacitor is invariably discharged by its own leakage currents and useful load currents

which makes the circuit inherently volatile but the loss of voltage (voltage droop) within a

specified hold time remains within an acceptable error margin

37 Define start of conversion and end of conversion Start of Conversion in ADC (SOC) This is the control signal for start of conversion which

initiates AD conversion process

End of Conversion in ADC (EOC) This is the control signal which is activated when the

conversion is completed

38 Define sample period and hold period

The time during which the voltage across the capacitor in sample and hold circuit is equal to

the input voltage is called sample period The time period during which the voltage across the

capacitor is held constant is called hold period

39 Define the following performance parameters of DA converters

(a) Resolution (b)Accuracy (c) Monotonicity d) Conversion time

a) Resolution The resolution of a converter is the smallest change in voltage which may be produced at the

output or input of the converter

Resolution (in volts)= VFS2n-1=1 LSB increment

Example 8 bit DAC has 28-1 =255 equal intervals Hence the smallest change in output voltage

is (1255) of full scale output range

The resolution of an ADC is defined as the smallest change in analog input for a one bit change

at the output

Example The input range of 8 bit AD converter is divided into 255 intervals So the resolution

for 10V input range = 10V255 = 3922mV

b) Accuracy

Absolute accuracy It is the maximum deviation between the actual converter output amp the ideal converter output

Relative accuracy It is the maximum deviation after gain amp offset errors have been removed

The accuracy of a converter is also specified in form of LSB increments or of full scale

voltage

c) Monotonicity A monotonic DAC is one whose analog output increases for an increase in digital input A

monotonic characteristic is essential in control applications otherwise oscillations result

d) Conversion time It is defined as the total time required to convert an analog signal into its digital output It

depends on the conversion technique used amp the propagation delay of circuit componentsThe

conversion time of a successive approximation type ADC is given by T(n+1)

where T---clock period

Tc---conversion time n----no of bits

What is settling time

It represents the time it takes for the output to settle within a specified band plusmnfrac12LSB of itsfinal

value following a code change at the input (usually a full scale change) It depends uponthe

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

switching time of the logic circuitry due to internal parasitic capacitance amp inductancesSettling

time ranges from 100ns to 10micros depending on word length amp type circuit used

40 List the drawbacks of binary weighted resistor technique of DA conversion a) Wide range of resistor values needed

b) Difficulty in achieving and maintaining accurate ratios over a wide range of variations

41 The basic step of a 9 bit DAC is 103 mV If 000000000 represents 0Volts what is the

output for an input of 101101111 The output voltage for input of 101101111 is

= 103 mV (128+027+126+125+024+123+122+121+120)

= 103 10-3 367 = 378 V

42 What are the advantages and disadvantages of R-2R ladder DAC

Advantages a) Easier to build accurately as only two precision metal films are required

b) Number of bits can be expanded by adding more sections of same R2R values

Disadvantage In this type of DAC when there is a change in the input changes the current flow in the resistor

which causes more power dissipation which creates non-linearity in DAC

43 Which is the fastest AD converter and why

Flash type AD converter is the fastest ADC because the fast conversion speed isaccomplished

by providing 2n-1 comparators and simultaneously comparing the input signal with unique

reference levels spaced 1 LSB apart

44 What are the applications of V-I converter

bull Low voltage dc and ac voltmeter

bull L E D

bull Zener diode tester

45 What do you mean by a precision diode

The major limitation of ordinary diode is that it cannot rectify voltages below the cut ndash involtage

of the diode A circuit designed by placing a diode in the feedback loop of an op ndash ampis called

the precision diode and it is capable of rectifying input signals of the order of millivolt

46 Write down the applications of precision diode

bullHalf - wave rectifier

bullFull - Wave rectifier

bullPeak ndash value detector

bullClipper

bullClamper

47 Draw the circuit diagram of sample and hold circuit

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1 Design and explain triangular wave generator using Schmitt trigger and integrator circuit

2 (i) Explain the operation of dual slope ADC

(ii)Explain the following characteristics of ADC

(i)Resolution (ii) Accuracy (iii)Settling time (iv) Linearity

3 (i) Describe the first order lowpass butterworth filter Derive its frequency response and plot

the same

(ii) Design a low pass filter with a cutoff frequency if 1kHz and with a passband gain of 2

4 What is an instrumentation amplifier List its features Explain the operation of three op-amp

instrumentation amplifier and give its application

5 Explain the following applications of opamp (i)voltage to current converter (ii)Clamper

6 Explain the working of (i) Weighted resistor type DAC (ii) Dual slope type ADC

7 Discuss the operation of ladder network DAC with relevant circuit diagram and waveforms

8 Draw and explain the circuit of a voltage to current converter if the load is

(1) Floating

(2) Grounded

9 (i) Explain the working of OP-AMP based Schmitt trigger circuit (8)

(ii) Design an OP-AMP based second order active low pass filter with cut offfrequency 2 kHz

10 (i)draw an instrumentation amplifier using op amp and explain (6)

(ii) Explain the following op amp circuits

(1) Peak detector (2) Clamper (10)

11(i)draw a neat R-2R ladder DAC and explain its principle(6)

(ii) draw a flash type ADC and explain its working(10)

12(i) Explain how to measure phase difference between two signals

(ii) Explain the operation of square wave generator by drawing the capacitor and output voltage

waveforms

13 (i) Draw a sample and hold circuit Explain its operation and indicate its uses

(ii) Describe a circuit which will clip the input signal below a reference voltage

14 (i) Describe the operation of current to voltage converter with appropriate diagrams

(ii) Draw and explain the operation of the following

(i) Triangle wave generator (ii) monostable multivibrator

15 Elaborate on the operation of comparator and describe its applications

16Explain the working principle of RC phase shift sine wave generator using op-amp and derive

expression for f

17 (i) Explain the important specifications of DAC

(ii) With diagrams and example explain the working principle of successive approximation type

ADC

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

UNIT IV SPECIAL ICs

SYLLABUS 555 Timer circuit ndash Functional block characteristics amp applications 566-voltage

controlled oscillator circuit 565-phase lock loop circuit functioning and applications Analog multiplier ICs

TWO MARK QUESTIONS

1 Mention some applications of 555 timer

Oscillator

pulse generator

ramp and square wave generator

burglar alarm

traffic light control

Missing pulse detector

Linear ramp generator

Frequency divider

Pulse width modulation

FSK generator

Pulse position modulator

Schmitt trigger

2 List the applications of 555 timer in monostable mode of operation

Missing pulse detector

Linear ramp generator

Frequency divider

Pulse width modulation

3 List the applications of 555 timer in Astable mode of operation

FSK generator

Pulse-position modulator

4 Enumerate the basic blocks of IC 555 timer

5 Highlight the features of 555 Timer

available in three packages 8 pin metal can 8 pin dip 14 pin dip

6 What is the use of reset pin of 555 timer

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

This is an interrupt for the timing device when pin 4 is grounded it stops the working of device

and turns it off

7 What is the purpose of control voltage pin (5) of 555 timer This pin is the inverting input terminal of comparator This is reference level for comparator with

which threshold is compared If reference level is other than 23 VCC then external input is to

be given to pin 5 Pulse width modulation is possible due to pin 5

8Write the expression for pulse width of 555 timer in monostable mode Pulse width W = 11 RC seconds

R ndash resistor in ohms C ndash capacitor in farads

9Write the expression for total time period of 555 timer in astable mode T = 0693 (RA + 2 RB) C seconds

10 Define duty cycle

The ratio of high output and low output period is given by a mathematical parameter called duty

cycle It is defined as the ratio of ON Time to total time

11 What is a voltage controlled oscillator V o l t age con t r o l l ed o s c i l l a to r i s a f r e e r u nn in g m ul t i v i b ra to r op e r a t in g a t a

s e t frequency called the free running frequency This frequency can be shifted to

either side by applying a dc control voltage and the frequency deviation is

proportional to the dc control voltage

12 On what parameters does the free running frequency of VCO depend on bullExternal timing resistor RT

bullExternal timing capacitor CT

bullThe dc control voltage Vc

13 Give the expression for the VCO free running frequency

f o= 025 RTCT

14 Define Voltage to Frequency conversion factor Voltage to Frequency conversion factor is defined as

Kv = Δfo ΔVc = Vcc

Where ΔVc is the modulation voltage required to produce the frequency shift Δfo

15 List the features of 566 VCO

-24V)

temperature stability

16 State the function of a PLL

A PLL is a basically a closed loop system designed to lock output frequency and phase to the

frequency and phase of an input signal

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

17 Define lock range capture range and pull in time

Lock range

When PLL is in lock it can trap freq changes in the incoming signal The range of frequencies

over which the PLL can maintain lock with the incoming signal is called as lock range Lock in

range ∆fL = +- 78 fo V fo is free running frequency

Capture range

The range of frequencies over which the PLL can acquire lock with the input signal is called as

capture range Capture range = +- = [∆fL (2prodRC)] 12

Define pull-in time

The total time taken by the PLL to establish lock is called pull-in time

18 List out the blocks of PLL a Frequency multiplicationdivision

b Frequency translation c AM detection

d FM demodulation

e FSK demodulation

19 What is the purpose of having a low pass filter in PLL bullIt removes the high frequency components and noise

bullControls the dynamic characteristics of the PLL such as capture range lock -in

range band-width and transient response

bullThe charge on the filter capacitor gives a short- time memory to the PLL

20 Discuss the effect of having large capture range The PLL cannot acquire a signal outside the capture range but once captured it will hold on till

the frequency goes beyond the lock-in range Thus to increase the ability of lock range large

capture range is required But a large capture range will make the PLL more

susceptible to noise and undesirable signal

21 List the applications of 565 PLL

22 What is a switch type phase detector An electronic switch is opened and closed by signal coming from VCO and the input signal is

chopped at a repetition rate determined by the VCO frequency This type of Phase detector is

called a half wave detector since the phase information for only one half of the input signal is

detected and averaged

23 What are the problems associated with switch type phase detector The output voltage Ve is proportional to the input signal amplitude This is undesirable because

it makes phase detector gain and loop gain dependent on the input signal amplitude The output

is proportional to cosφ making it non linear

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

24 What is analog multiplier

An analog multiplier is a circuit in which the output is proportional to the multiplication of two

input voltages It is used in modulation frequency converters and to solve non-linear equations

25 Mention any two analog multiplier Ics

a) IC AD 533

b) IC AD 534

26 What is ICAD 533

It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is a low cost IC comprising a transconductance

multiplying element stable reference and an output amplifier

27 List the features of ICAD533

28 What is ICAD 534List its features

It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is the first general purpose multiplier capable of

providing gain upto X100

Features

Adjustable scale factor

Low noise

Excellent long time stability

29 Mention the applications of analog multipliers 1 Voltage squarer

2 Frequency doubler

3 Voltage divider

4 Square rooter

5 Phase angle detector

6 Rectifier

30 Explain how a frequency doubler can be realized using analog multiplier The multiplication of two sine waves of the same frequency but of possibly different amplitudes

and phase allows doubling a frequency using an analog multiplier

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1 Explain the functional block diagram of 555timer

2 Explain working of PLL using appropriate block diagram and explain any one application of

the same

3 Draw the block diagram of an Astable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression

for its frequency of oscillation

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

4 Draw the block diagram of monostable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression

for its frequency of oscillation Discuss some applications of 555 timer in monostable mode

5 write short notes on

i) capture range

ii) Lock in range

iii) Pull in time

6 Briefly explain the block diagram of PLL and derive the expression for Lock range and

capture range

7 With a neat functional diagram explain the operation of VCO Also derive an expression for

fodiscuss the applications of PLL

8 What is 555 timer What are the features of 555 timer Explain the monostable mode in detail

With neat block diagram explain IC566 VCO operation and discuss any 2 applications

9 What are the modes of operation of IC555 Derive the expression of time delay of monostable

multivibrator

10 (i)Explain the VCO with neat block diagram Give its typical connection diagram and output

waveforms

(ii)Derive the expression for capture range for PLL where a simple RC network is used as a LPF

11 (i)Explain the working of VCO

(ii)What is PLL Explain its operation as frequency multiplier

12 Explain the astable and bistable operation of IC555 with necessary waveforms

13 With the help of schematic circuit explain the operation of 566 VCO Also derive the

expression for output frequenct

14 (i) List and define the various performance parameters of a Multiplier IC (6)

(ii) How the multiplier is used as voltage divider (5)

(iii) How the multiplier is used as frequency doubler (5)

15 Explain with neat block diagrams how PLL is used as

(i) AM Detector (5)

(ii) FM Detector (5)

(iii) Frequency Synthesizer (6)

16(i) describe in details the characteristics and applications of 555 timer (6)

(ii) Draw a neat block diagram of VCO and explain (10)

17(i) Draw the 565 PLL and explain itrsquos functioning in detail (8)

(ii) Give an account on ldquoAnalog multiplier ICrdquo (8)

18 (i)How is an astable multivibrator connected into a pulse position modulator

(ii) Draw the circuit of Schmitt trigger using 555 timer and explain its operation

19Design and draw the waveforms of a 1KHz square wave generator using 555 timer for duty

cycle (i) D=25 (ii) D=50

20(i) Perform the closed loop analysis of PLL

(ii) Explain any two applications of PLL

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

UNIT V APPLICATION ICs

SYLLABUS IC voltage regulators - LM317 723 regulators switching regulator MA 7840 LM

380 power amplifier ICL 8038 function generator IC isolation amplifiers opto coupler opto

electronic ICs

TWO MARK QUESTIONS

1 What is a voltage regulator

A voltage regulator is an electronic circuit that provides a stable dc voltage independent of the

load current temperature and ac line voltage variations

2 Give the classification of voltage regulators

Series Linear regulators

Switching regulators

3 Write about a linear voltage regulator

Series or linear regulator uses a power transistor connected in series between the unregulated dc

input and the load and it conducts in the linear region The output voltage is controlled by the

continuous voltage drop taking place across the series pass transistor

4 What is a switching regulator

Switching regulators are those which operate the power transistor as a high frequency onoff

switchso that the power transistor does not conduct current continouslyThis give improved

efficiency over series regulators

5 List the advantages of IC voltage regulators

Low cost high reliability reduction in size and excellent performance

6 Give some examples of monolithic IC voltage regulators

78XX series fixed output positive voltage regulators

79XX series fixed output negative voltage regulators

723 general purpose regulator

7 What is the purpose of having input and output capacitors in three terminal IC

regulators

A capacitor connected between the input terminal and ground cancels the inductive effects due to

long distribution leads The output capacitor improves the transient response

8 Define line regulation

Line regulation is defined as the percentage change in the output voltage for a change in the

input voltageIt is expressed in millivolts or as a percentage of the output voltage

9 Define load regulation

Load regulation is defined as the change in output voltage for a change in load current It is

expressed in mill volts or as a percentage of the output voltage

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

10 What is meant by current limiting

Current limiting refers to the ability of a regulator to prevent the load current from increasing

above a preset value

11 Give the drawbacks of linear regulators

The input step down transformer is bulky and expensive because of low line frequency Because

of low line frequency large values of filter capacitors are required to decrease the ripple

Efficiency is reduced due to the continuous power dissipation by the transistor as it operates in

the linear region

12 What is the advantage of switching regulators

Greater efficiency is achieved as the power transistor is made to operate as low impedance

switch Power transmitted across the transistor is in discrete pulses rather than as a steady current

flowBy using suitable switching loss reduction technique the switching frequency can be

increased so as to reduce the size and weight of the inductors and capacitors

13 Why do switching regulators have better efficiency than series regulators

The transistor in linear regulator will operate in linear area at all times Considerable power is

dissipated in linear operation since the transistor has voltage across it and current flowing

through itSince the series element in a switching regulator is either fully conducting(V=0 hence

power=0) or switched off(I=0 hence power=0) it dissipates almost no power this is what gives

the switching design its efficiency

14 What are the advantages of adjustable voltage regulators over the fixed voltage

regulators i) Improved line and load regulation by a factor of 10 or more

ii) Because of the improved overload protection greater load current can be drawn

iii) Improved reliability

15 List out the parameters related to the fixed voltage regulators 1) Line regulation

2) Load regulation

3) Ripple rejection

4) Output impedance

5) Maximum power dissipation

6) Rated output current

16 Define dropout voltage of a fixed voltage regulator It is the minimum voltage that must exist between input and output terminals For most of

regulators it is 2 to 3 volts

17 What is an opto-coupler IC

Opto-coupler IC is a combined package of a photo-emitting device and a photo-sensing device

14 What are the types of opto couplers

LED and a photo diode

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

LED and photo transistor

LED and Darlington

15 Give two examples of IC optocouplers

Examples for opto-coupler IC

MCT 2F

16 Mention the advantages of opto-couplers

Better isolation between the two stages

Impedance problem between the stages is eliminated

Wide frequency response

Easily interfaced with digital circuit

Compact and light weight

Problems such as noise transients contact bounce are eliminated

17 Specify the need for isolation amplifier

Isolation amplifiers provide electrical isolation and an electrical safety barrier They protect data

acquisition components from common mode voltages which are potential differences between

instrument ground and signal ground Instruments that are applied in the presence of a common

mode voltage without an isolation barrier allow ground currents to circulate leading in the best

case to a noisy representation of the signal under investigation In the worst case assuming that

the magnitude of common mode voltage or current is sufficient instrument destruction is likely

Isolation amplifiers are used in medical instruments to ensure isolation of a patient from power

supply leakage current

18What are the features of MA78s40

Step upstep down or inverting operation

Operation from 25 to 40 V

80Db line and load regulation

19List the important parts of a regulated power supply

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

(i) Transformer (ii) Rectifier (iii) Filter (iv)Regulator

20 Using LM380 draw the circuit for audio power amplifier

21 What are onetwo and four quadrant multipliers

A four-quadrant multiplier is one where inputs and outputs may swing positive and negative

Many multipliers only work in 2 quadrants (one input may only have one polarity) or single

quadrant (inputs and outputs have only one polarity usually all positive)

22 List the parameters of optocoupler

a Current transfer ratio

b Isolation voltage

c Response time

d Common mode rejection

23Why current boosting is done in 723 regulator

The maximum current capability of 723 regulator is 140mA In certain applications this value of

current is not sufficient Hence current boosting is done using series pass transistor

24 What are the limitations of three terminal regulator

1 For fixed output regulators the output voltage is not precise

2 Only selected values of output voltages are available

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

3 Current boosting by external series pass transistor is required if load current beyond the

capability of basic regulator is required

25 Draw the typical connection diagram of IC LM317

26 What is the function od a series pass transistor in voltage regulator

The series pass transistor acsts as a control element The value of VcE gets adjusted in such a

way that the output voltage of the regulator always remains constant In addition the series pass

transistor supplies the load current

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1Draw and explain the functional block diagram of 723 voltage regulator and how this IC can be

used as high voltage regulator

2Write an explanatory note on

(i) Power amplifier (ii) Isolation amplifier

3 With neat diagrams explain the working of switched mode power supply

4 Write brief notes on

(i)IC MA 7840

(ii) Optocoupler

5 (i)Explain the working of series voltage regulator

(ii)Write notes on optocoupler

6 What is a switching regulator With neat block diagram explain the internals of MA7840

7 Draw the functional block diagram of IC 723 and explain

8 Explain with the help of functional block diagram the working of voltage regulator IC723

Clearly explain how current limit and foldback type current limiting facility can be provided with

723 circuits

9 Draw the circuit of series voltage regulator Design this circuit to operate from a supply of 20v

and to provide an output of 12V with maximum load current of 40mA

10 Draw the functional diagram of ICL 8038 Function generator IC and explain its operation

Give its frequency of oscillation at the output

11 (i) With neat diagram explain the working principle of isolation amplifier (8)

(ii) With neat diagram explain the principle of operation of optocouplers (8)

12 With the help of neat circuit diagram explain the operation of an adjustable regulator using

LM317

13 State the features and applications of IC LM 380 and explain them

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

14 Design a waveform generator using IC8038 The frequency of oscillation is 5kHz and duty

cycle is 50 From data sheet Vcc=5V VoH=36V VoL=02V ILL=16mA ILH=409uA

15 (i) Design low voltage regulator using IC 723 for 5V and explain its characteristics

(ii) Describe the features of function generator IC

(iii)Write short notes on optocoupler ICs

Page 3: EE2254 LICA QB

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

windows can be accomplished to fabricate various components

6 Why aluminum is preferred for metallization

bullIt is a good conductor

bullIt is easy to deposit aluminum films using vacuum deposition

bullIt makes good mechanical bonds with silicon

bullIt forms a low resistance contact

7 What are the popular IC packages available

bullMetal can package

bullDual-in-line package

bullCeramic flat package

8 Write the basic chemical reaction in the epitaxial growth process of pure silicon

The basic chemical reaction in the epitaxial growth process of pure silicon is the

hydrogen reduction of silicon tetrachloride

12000C

SiCl4+2H2lt-------gt Si + 4 HCl

9 Explain the process of oxidation

The silicon wafers are stacked up in a quartz boat amp then inserted into quartz furnace tube The

Si wafers are raised to a high temperature in the range of 950 to 1150oC amp at the same time

exposed to a gas containing O2 or H2O or bothThe chemical action is

Si + 2H2O --gt Si O2+ 2H2

10 What is meant by molecular beam epitaxy(MBE)

In the molecular beam epitaxy silicon along with dopants is evaporatedThe evaporated species

are transported at a relatively high velocity in a vacuum to the substrateThe relatively low

vapour pressure of silicon amp the dopants ensures condensation on a low temperature

substrateUsually silicon MBE is performed under ultra high vacuum (UHV) condition of 10-8

to

10-10

Torr

11 Enumerate the advantages of Molecular Beam Epitaxy( MBE )

( i ) It is a low temperature process useful for VLSI This minimizes auto diffusion amp auto

doping

( ii ) It allows precise control of dopingamp permits complicated profiles to be generated

( iii )Linear doping profile desirable for varactor diode in FM can be obtained with MBE

( iv )Wider choice of dopants can be used

12 Explain the term parasitic capacitance

In electrical circuits parasitic capacitance or stray capacitance or when relevant self-

capacitance (of an inductor) is an unavoidable and usually unwanted capacitance that exists

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

between the parts of an electronic component or circuit simply because of their proximity to each

other All actual circuit elements such as inductors diodes and transistors have internal

capacitance which can cause their behavior to depart from that of ideal circuit elements

13 What are oxidation induced defects in semi conductor

1Stacking faults

2Oxide isolation defects

Stacking faults

Structural defects in the silicon lattice is called oxidation induced stacking faultsThe growth of

stacking faults is a strong function of substrate orientation conductivity type amp defect nuclei

presentThe

stacking faults formation can be suppressed by the addition of HCl

Oxide isolation defects

The stress along the edges of an oxidised area produce severe damage in the silicon Such

defects results in increased leakage in nearby devicesHigh temperatures (around 950oC ) will

prevent

stress induced defect formation

14 Elaborate on birdrsquos beak

In local oxidation process the oxidation of silicon proceeds slightly under the nitride as well

Also a large mismatch in the thermal expansion co-efficients of Si3N4 amp Silicon results in

damage to the semi conductor during local oxidationThis damage can be graetly reduced

by growing a thin layer of SiO2 prior to placement of the Si3N4 mask Typically 100 to 200Ao

is used for this puspose Unfortunately this greatly enhances the penetration of oxide under the

nitride masked regions resulting in oxide configurations called birdrsquos beak

15 What is lithography

Lithography is a process bywhich the pattern appearing on the mask is transfered to the waferIt

involves two steps the first step requires applying a few drops of photoresist to the surface of the

wafer amp

the second step is spinning the surface to get an even coating of the photoresist across the surface

of the

wafer

16 What are the different types of lithography What is optical lithography

The different types of lithography are

1Photolithography

2Electron beam lithography

3X ray beam lithography

4Ion beam lithography

Optical lithography

Optical lithography comprises the formation images with visible or UV radiation in a photoresist

using contact proximity or projection printing

17 List down the two processes involved in photolithography

a) Making a photographic mask

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

b) Photo etching

The development of photographic mask involves the preparation of initial artwork and its

reduction

decomposition of initial artwork or layout into several mask layers

Photo etching is used for the removal of SiO2 from desired regions so that the desired impurities

can be

diffused

18 Distinguish between dry etching amp wet etching

SNo Dry etching Wet etching

1 Gaseous mixture is used as the chemical

reagent

Chemical reagents used are in the

liquid form

2 Smaller line openings(le1microm) possible with dry

etching

Line openings are larger (gt1microm)

3 It produces straight walled etching process It produces patterns with undercutting

19 Give an account of reactive plasma etching

The term reactive plasma is meant to describe a discharge in which ionization amp fragmentation

of gases takes placeamp produce chemically active plasma species frequently oxidizers and

reducing agents Such plasmas are reactive both in the gas phase amp with solid surfaces exposed

to them When these interactions are used to form volatile products so that material is removed

or etching of material form surfaces that are not masked to form lithographic patterns the

technique is known as reactive plasma etching

20 What makes isotropic etching process different from that of anisotropic etching

process

Isotropic etching is a wet etching process which involves undercutting Anisotropic etching is a

dry etching process which provides straight walled patterns

21 Define diffusion

The process of introducing impurities into selected regions of a silicon wafer is called diffusion

The rate at which various impurities diffuse into the silicon will be of the order of 1 micromhr range

of 900oC to 1100oC The impurity atoms have the tendency to move from regions of higher

concentrations to lower concentrations

22 What is the significance of using buried layer

The buried layer is for increasing the conductivity of the path the charges take to reach the

collector terminalBuried layers are used in bipolar devices to lower collector resistance in bulk

silicon and SOI (silicon-on-insulator) technologies

23 Describe about dielectric isolation

In dielectric isolation a layer of solid dielectric such as SiO2 or ruby completely surrounds each

components thereby producing isolation both electrical amp physical This isolating dielectric

layer is thick enough so that its associated capacitance is negligible Also it is possible to

fabricate both pnp amp npn transistors within the same silicon substrate

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

24What is metallization

The process of producing a thin metal film layer that will serve to make interconnection of the

various components on the chip is called metallization

25 Bring out the advantages of ion implantation technique

1 It is performed at low temperature Therefore previously diffused regions have a lesser

tendency for lateral spreading

2 In diffusion process temperature has to be controlled over a large area inside the oven

whereas in ion implantation process accelerating potential amp beam content are dielectrically

controlled from outside

26 Compare monolithic and hybrid ICs

SNo Monolithic ICs Hybrid ICs

1 All circuit components (both active and

passive) and their interconnections are formed

into or on the top of a single chip of silicon

In hybrid circuits separate component

parts are attached to a ceramic substrate

and interconnected by means of either

metallization pattern or wire bonds

2 The components are mounted on the surface of

a single piece crystal semiconductor material

which is usually silicon based

Here the components are bonded to a

substrate or printed circuit board

3 No possibility of fabrication of inductors Inductors can be included in hybrid ICs

4 Small range of values of passive components

used in the ICs

Any range of components can be

included

5 No encapsulation Encapsulated by epoxy

6 Smaller in size Comparitively larger in size

7 The monolithic circuit is ideal for applications

where identical circuits are required in very

large quantities and hence provides lowest

per-unit cost and highest order of reliability

This technology is more adaptable

to small quantity custom circuits

27 What is meant by ion implantation

Ion implantation is the dominant technique to introduce dopant impurities into crystalline silicon

This is performed with an electric field which accelerates the ionized atoms or molecules so that

these particles penetrate into the target material until they come to rest because of interactions

with the silicon atoms Ion implantation is able to control exactly the distribution and dose of the

dopants in silicon because the penetration depth depends on the kinetic energy of the ions which

is proportional to the electric field The dopant dose can be controlled by varying the ion source

28 What are the advantages of polysilicon gate MOSFET over aluminium gate

When aluminum gate is used excess surface state charges and mobile ion contamination results

in threshold variation Excessive overlap capacitance is created and parasitic capacitance reduces

the switching speed When Aluminum is used as gate material it can erode completely causing

contact spiking

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

Poly-silicon reduces surface state density and improve threshold voltage control Polysilicon-

gate can be doped with phosphorus to minimize mobile ion contamination resulting in faster

switching speeds and better control of threshold voltage

16 MARKS

1Explain in detail the fabrication of ICs using silicon planar technology

2Explain the various methods of fabricating transistor in monolithic integrated circuit

3Describe the process involved in the fabrication of capacitor and transistor with suitable figures

4 Discuss the various methods of fabricating IC resistors and compare their performance

5 (i) Briefly explain the various types of IC packages Mention the criteria for selecting an IC

package

(ii) Write short notes on classification of integrated circuits

6 (i) Explain the process of epitaxial growth with neat diagrams

(ii) With neat sketches explain the fabrication of diodes

7 (i)Explain the different isolation techniques

(ii) Describe in detail about the diffusion process in IC fabrication

8 With neat sketches describe the process of epitaxial growth and photolithography

9 (i) Explain the process of masking and etching in the IC fabrication with neat sketches

(ii) Explain how monolithic IC is different from Hybrid IC

10 Explain in detail the fabrication process of passive component in integrated circuits

11 With necessary diagrams explain the fabrication of MOSFET

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

UNIT II CHARACTERISTICS OF OPAMP

SYLLABUS Ideal OP-AMP characteristics DC characteristics AC characteristics offset

voltage and currentvoltage series feedback and shunt feedback amplifiers differential amplifier

frequency response of OP-AMP Basic applications of op-amp ndash summer differentiator and

integrator

TWO MARK QUESTIONS

1 What is OPAMP

An operational amplifier is a direct coupled high gain amplifier consisting of one or more

differential amplifiers followed by a level translator and an output stageIt is a versatile device

that can be used to amplify ac as well as dc input signals amp designed for computing

mathamatical functions such as addition subtraction multiplication integration amp

differentiation

2 Draw the pin configuration of IC741

3 List out the ideal characteristics of OPAMP

1 Open loop voltage gain is infinity

2 Input impedance is infinity

3 Output impedance is zero

4 Bandwidth is infinity

5 Zero offset

6 Infinite bandwidth

7 Infinite CMRR

8 Infinite slew rate

9 Infinite PSRR

4 What do you infer from ideal opamp characteristics

i)The current drawn by either of the input terminals(non- invertinginverting) is negligible

ii)The potential difference between the inverting amp non-inverting input terminals is zero

5 Draw the equivalent circuit of op-amp and its voltage transfer characteristics

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

Equivalent circuit of op-amp

Voltage transfer curve of op-amp

6 Why open loop op-amp configurations is not used in linear applications a The open loop gain of the op-amp is very high Hence a very small input signal will drive the

output to saturation This results in distortion Therefore only the smaller signals having low

frequency may be amplified accurately without distortion

b Open loop Voltage gain of the op-amp is not a constant voltage gain varies with changes in

temperature and power supply as well as mass production techniques This makes op-amp

unsuitable for many linear applications

7 Why negative feedback is used in op-amp

The open loop gain of op-amp is close to infinity Hence even a small signal at the input is able

to drive the output to saturation When negative feedback is used the gain is reduced and hence

the op-amp operates in linear region without saturation Negative feedback is the key to having a

self-stabilizing system This stability gives the op-amp the capacity to work in its linear (active)

mode as opposed to merely being saturated fully on or off as it was when used as a

comparator with no feedback at all

8 With respect to op-amp explain what is virtual ground A virtual ground is a ground which acts like a ground It may not have physical connection to

ground For an ideal op-amp the inverting and non-inverting terminals are at the same potentials

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

The non-inverting input is grounded for the inverting amplifier circuit This means that the

inverting input of the op-amp is also at ground potential

9Mention some of the linear applications of op ndash amps

Adder subtractor voltage ndashto- current converter current ndashto- voltage converters instrumentation

amplifier analog computation power amplifier etc are some of the linear op-amp circuits

10 Mention some of the non ndash linear applications of op-amps-

Rectifier peak detector clipper clamper sample and hold circuit log amplifier anti ndashlog

amplifier multiplier are some of the non ndash linear op-amp circuits

11What happens when the common terminal of V+ and V- sources is not grounded

If the common point of the two supplies is not grounded twice the supply voltage will get

applied and it may damage the op-amp

12Define input offset voltage

A small voltage applied to the input terminals to make the output voltage as zero when the two

input terminals are grounded is called input offset voltage

13Define input offset current State the reasons for the offset currents at the input of the

op-amp

The difference between the bias currents at the input terminals of the op-amp is called as input

offset current The input terminals conduct a small value of dc current to bias the input

transistors Since the input transistors cannot be made identical there exists a difference in bias

currents

14Define thermal drift

The bias current offset current amp offset voltage is dependent on changes in temperature A

circuit carefully nulled at 25oC may not remain so when the temperature raises to 35

oCThis is

called thermal drift Often offset current drift is expressed in nA oC and offset voltage drift in

mV oC

15Define supply voltage rejection ratio(SVRR)

The change in OPAMPrsquos input offset voltage due to variations in supply voltage is called the

supply voltage rejection ratio It is also called Power Supply Rejection Ratio(PSRR) or Power

Supply Sensitivity(PSS)

16Define i) Input bias current iii) Input offset current of an op-amp

i) Input bias current

Input bias current IB is the average of the currents that flow into the inverting and non-inverting

input erminals of the op-amp

ie IB = (IB1+IB2)2

ii) Input offset current

The algebraic difference between the current into the inverting and non-inverting terminals is

referred to as input offset current Iio Mathematically it is represented as Iio = |IB - IB |

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

Where

I B+is the current into the non-inverting input terminals

IB- is the current into the inverting input terminals

17Define CMRR of an op-amp

The relative sensitivity of an op-amp to a difference signal as compared to a common ndashmode

signal is called the common ndashmode rejection ratio It is expressed in decibels CMRR= AdAc

18 Define slew rate What causes slew rate

The slew rate is defined as the maximum rate of change of output voltage caused by a step input

voltage An ideal slew rate is infinite which means that op-amprsquos output voltage should change

instantaneously in response to input step voltage

There is a capacitor with-in or outside of an op-amp to prevent oscillation It is this capacitor

which prevents the output voltage from responding immediately to a fast changing input

19 Define Unity Gain Bandwidth of Op-amp

For a certain frequency of the input signal the gain of the Op-amp reduces to 0 dB Thismeans

20 log |AOL(f) | is 0dB ie |AOL(f) | = 1 Such a frequency is called gain cross overfrequency or

unity gain bandwidth (UGB)

20Why IC 741 is not used for high frequency applications

IC741 has a low slew rate because of the predominance of capacitance present in the circuit at

higher frequencies As frequency increases the output gets distorted due to limited slew rate

21In practical op-amps what is the effect of high frequency on its performance

The open-loop gain of op-amp decreases at higher frequencies due to the presence of parasitic

capacitance The closed-loop gain increases at higher frequencies and leads to instability

22What is the need for frequency compensation in practical op-amps

Frequency compensation is needed when large bandwidth and lower closed loop gain is desired

Compensating networks are used to control the phase shift and hence to improve the stability

23Mention the frequency compensation methods

Dominant-pole compensation

Pole-zero compensation

24What are the merits and demerits of Dominant-pole compensation

noise immunity of the system is improved

Open-loop bandwidth is reduced

25 Draw the voltage follower circuit of an OP-AMP

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

26 What are the limitations of an ideal active differentiator At high frequency differentiators may become unstable and break into oscillation The input

impedance ie (1ωC1) decreases with increase in frequency thereby making the circuit

sensitive to high frequency noise

27 Draw a subtractor using op-amp

If all the resistors in the above circuit are equal the circuit functions as a subtractor

28 Design an amplifier with a gain of -10 and input resistance of 10k

Since negative gain is required an inverting amplifier should be used

Gain of inverting amplifier = -RfR1= -10 (Given)

Given R1=10k

10 Rf =1k

29 Draw the circuit diagram of an integrator and give its output equation

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

30 Classify the negative feedback configuration and draw the corresponding block

diagram

A closed loop amplifier can be represented by two blocks one for an OPAMP and other for a

feedback circuits There are four following ways to connect these blocks These connections are

classified according to whether the voltage or current is feedback to the input in series or in

parallel

Voltage ndash series feedback

Voltage ndash shunt feedback

Current ndash series feedback

Current ndash shunt feedback

These connections are shown in figure below

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1 (i) Explain the functions of all the basic building blocks of Op-amp

(ii) Explain the application of op-amp as (i) Integrator (ii) Differentiator

2 Discuss about the methods of frequency compensation in opamp

3 Explain the operation of a basic differential amplifier

4 Obtain the frequency response of an open-loop op-amp

5 (i) With neat diagrams explain the types of feedback configurations available

(ii) Briefly explain summing amplifier and draw an adder circuit for the given expression

V0= V1+V2-V3-(V4+2)

6 (i) Explain the DC characteristics of op-amp with the help of neat diagrams

(ii)With neat circuit diagram and equations discuss the operation of summer and differentiator

using opamp

7 (i) Explain the AC characteristics of an operational amplifier

(ii) Sketch the basic circuit using op-amp to perform the mathematical operation of

differentiation and explain What are the limitations of an ordinary OP-AMP differentiator

Draw and explain the circuit of a practical differentiators that will eliminate these limitations

8 (i) Explain in detail the characteristic of an ideal opamp (8)

(ii) Draw the block diagram and equivalent circuit of op-ampExplain them (10)

9 (i) Explain the application of op amp as (1)summer (2)integrator (8)

(ii) Define and explain (1) slew rate (2) SVRR (4)

(iii) Explain the frequency response of op-amp (4)

10 What are the different open-loop configurations of op-amp Explain the differential amplifier

configuration

11 With the help of circuit diagram explain the operation of non-inverting and inverting

configuration of op-amp and derive expressions for voltage gain for each configuration

12 (i) Draw and explain the closed loop frequency response of op-amp

(ii) Elaborate on pole-zero compensation technique

13 Find the output voltage of the above circuit

14(i) Define and explain slew rate What is full power bandwidth Describe methods to improve

slewrate

(ii) Define output offset voltage Explain methods to nullify offset voltage

15 (i) With neat circuit diagram explain the operation of the following circuits

(a) Voltage follower (b)Integrator

(ii) For the non inverting opamp shown in fig find the output voltage

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

UNIT III APPLICATIONS OF OPAMP

SYLLABUS Instrumentation amplifier first and second order active filters VI amp IV converters

comparatorsmultivibrators waveform generators clippers clampers peak detector SH circuit DA converter (R-2R ladder and weighted resistor types) AD converter - Dual slope successive approximation and flash types

TWO MARK QUESTIONS

1What is the need for an instrumentation amplifier

In a number of industrial and consumer applications the measurement of physical quantities is

usually done with the help of transducers The output of transducer has to be amplified So that it

can drive the indicator or display system This function is performed by an instrumentation

amplifier

2List the features of instrumentation amplifier

o high gain accuracy

o high CMRR

o high gain stability with low temperature co-efficient

o low dc offset

o low output impedance

3 What is a comparator

A comparator is a circuit which compares a signal voltage applied at one input of an opamp with

a known reference voltage at the other input It is an open loop op - amp with output + Vsat or -

Vsat

4 What are the applications of comparator

Zero crossing detectors

Window detector

Time marker generator

Phase detector

5 What is a Schmitt trigger

Schmitt trigger is a regenerative comparator It converts sinusoidal input into a square wave

output The output of Schmitt trigger swings between upper and lower threshold voltages which

are the reference voltages of the input waveform

6 What is a multivibrator

Multivibrators are a group of regenerative circuits that are used extensively in timing

applications It is a wave shaping circuit which gives symmetric or asymmetric square output It

has two states either stable or quasi- stable depending on the type of multivibrator

7 What do you mean by monostable multivibrator

Monostable multivibrator is one which generates a single pulse of specified duration in

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

response to each external trigger signal It has only one stable state Application of a trigger

causes a change to the quasi-stable stateAn external trigger signal generated due to charging and

discharging of the capacitor produces the transition to the original stable state

8 Write a brief note on astable multivibrator

Astable multivibrator is a free running oscillator having two quasi-stable states Thus there are

oscillations between these two states and no external signal is required to produce the change in

state

9 What is a bistable multivibrator

Bistable multivibrator is one that maintains a given output voltage level unless an external

trigger is applied Application of an external trigger signal causes a change of state and this

output level is maintained indefinitely until an second trigger is applied Thus it requires two

external triggers before it returns to its initial state

10 What are the requirements for producing sustained oscillations in feedback circuits

For sustained oscillations

The total phase shift around the loop must be zero at the desired frequency of oscillation fo

ieL AB=00 or 360

0

At fo the magnitu

11Draw the circuit diagram of positive clipper

12 What is hysteresis with reference to Schmitt trigger circuit

In the non-inverting configuration when the input is higher than a certain chosen threshold the

output is high When the input is below a different (lower) chosen threshold the output is low

and when the input is between the two levels the output retains its value This dual threshold

action is called hysteresis and implies that the Schmitt trigger possesses memory and can act as a

bistable circuit (latch)

13 Differentiate between Schmitt trigger and comparator

SNo Comparator Schmitt trigger

1 Feedback is not used that is Op-amp is used

in open loop mode

Feedback is used that is Op-ampis used in

closed loop mode

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

2 False triggering due to noise voltages is

possible

False triggering due to noise voltages is

not possible

3 A single reference voltage exists Two different threshold voltages exists as

VUT and VLT

4 No hysteresis exists Hysteresis exists with a width H=VUT -

VLT

14 What is a filter

Filter is a frequency selective circuit that passes signal of specified band of frequencies

andattenuates the signals of frequencies outside the band

15 What are the demerits of passive filters

Passive filters works well for high frequencies But at audio frequencies the inductorsbecome

problematic as they become large heavy and expensive For low frequencyapplications more

number of turns of wire must be used which in turn adds to the seriesresistance degrading

inductorrsquos performance ie low Q resulting in high power dissipation

16 What are the advantages of active filters

bull Active filters used op- amp as the active element and resistors and capacitors as

passiveelements

bull By enclosing a capacitor in the feed back loop inductor less active filters can be obtained

bull Op-amp used in non ndash inverting configuration offers high input impedance and low output

impedance thus improving the load drive capacity

17What are the different types of filters

Based on the components used Active filters and passive filters

Based on frequency responses Low pass filterHigh pass filterBand pass filterBand reject filter

Based on order of transfer function first second third higher order filters

Based on configuration Bessel Chebyshev Butterworth filters

18What is frequency scaling

Once the filter is designed sometimes it is necessary to change the value of cut-off frequency

The method used to change the original cut-off frequency to new cut-off frequency is called

frequency scaling

19Briefly describe a voltage follower

bull A circuit in which the output voltage follows the input voltage is called voltage followercircuit

bull In Op-amp if the inverting input and the output terminals are shorted and if any signal isapplied

at the non-inverting terminal it appears at the output without any change

bullIt is also called as source follower unity gain amplifier buffer amplifier or isolationamplifier

20 Describe about a bandpass filter

A bandpass filter is basically a frequency selector It allows one particular band of frequencies to

pass Thus the pass band is between the two cut-off frequencies fH and fL where fH gt fL Any

frequency outside this band gets attenuated

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

21Sketch the circuit diagram of first order active low pass filter

22 What is a notch filter and what is its application

A narrow band reject filter is called a notch filter and is used for rejection of a single frequency

such as 50Hz power line frequency

23 Classify the ADCs broadly

1 Direct type ADC

2 Integrating type ADC

24 Differentiate between direct ADC and integrating type ADC a) The integrating type of ADCrsquos do not need a sampleHold circuit at the input

b) It is possible to transmit frequency even in noisy environment or in an isolated form

25 List out some integrating type converters

1 Charge balancing ADC

2 Dual slope ADC

26 What is integrating type converter

An ADC converter that perform conversion in an indirect manner by first changing the

analog IP signal to a linear function of time or frequency and then to a digital code is known as

integrating type AD converter

27List the main advantages of integrating type ADCs

i The integrating type of ADCrsquos doing not need a sampleHold circuit at the input

ii It is possible to transmit frequency even in noisy environment or in an isolated form

28 What are the types of ADC and DAC Types of ADC 1 Flash (comparator) type converter

2 Counter type converter

3 Tracking or servo converter

4 Successive approximation type converter

Types of DAC 1 Weighted resistor DAC

2 R-2R Ladder

3 Inverted R-2R Ladder

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

29 Explain in brief the principle of operation of successive Approximation ADC

The circuit of successive approximation ADC consists of a successive approximation

register (SAR) to find the required value of each bit by trial amp error With the arrival of START

command SAR sets the MSB bit to 1 The OP is converted into an analog signal amp it is

compared with IP signal This OP is low or High This process continues until all bits are

checked

30 Provide the advantages and disadvantages of flash type ADC Flash type ADC is the fastest as well as the most expensive

The disadvantage is the number of comparators needed almost doubles for each added bit (For a

n-bit convertor 2(n-1) comparators 2n resistors are required)

31Define conversion time

It is defined as the total time required converting an analog signal into its digital output It

depends on the conversion technique used amp the propagation delay of circuit components

The conversion time of a successive approximation type ADC is given by T(n+1) Where T---

clock period Tc---conversion time n- no of bits

32 Define resolution of a data converter

The resolution of a converter is the smallest change in voltage which may be produced at the

output or input of the converter Resolution (in volts)= VFS2n-1=1 LSB increment The

resolution of an ADC is defined as the smallest change in analog input for a one-bit change at the

output

33 Explain in brief stability of a converter

The performance of converter changes with temperature age amp power supply variation So all the

relevant parameters such as offset gain linearity error amp monotonicity must be specified over

the full temperature amp power supply ranges to have better stability performances

34 What is meant by linearity

The linearity of an ADCDAC is an important measure of its accuracy amp tells us how close the

converter output is to its ideal transfer characteristics The linearity error is usually expressed as

a fraction of LSB increment or percentage of full-scale voltage A good converter exhibits a

linearity error of less than plusmnfrac12LSB

35 What is a sample and hold circuit Where it is used

A sample and hold circuit is one which samples an input signal and holds on to its last sampled

value until the input is sampled again This circuit is mainly used in digital interfacing analog to

digital systems and pulse code modulation systems

36 Explain the operation of basic sample and hold circuit A typical sample and hold circuit stores electric charge in a capacitor and contains at least one

fast FET switch and at least one operational amplifier To sample the input signal the switch

connects the capacitor to the output of a buffer amplifier The buffer amplifier charges or

discharges the capacitor so that the voltage across the capacitor is practically equal or

proportional to input voltage In hold mode the switch disconnects the capacitor from the buffer

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

The capacitor is invariably discharged by its own leakage currents and useful load currents

which makes the circuit inherently volatile but the loss of voltage (voltage droop) within a

specified hold time remains within an acceptable error margin

37 Define start of conversion and end of conversion Start of Conversion in ADC (SOC) This is the control signal for start of conversion which

initiates AD conversion process

End of Conversion in ADC (EOC) This is the control signal which is activated when the

conversion is completed

38 Define sample period and hold period

The time during which the voltage across the capacitor in sample and hold circuit is equal to

the input voltage is called sample period The time period during which the voltage across the

capacitor is held constant is called hold period

39 Define the following performance parameters of DA converters

(a) Resolution (b)Accuracy (c) Monotonicity d) Conversion time

a) Resolution The resolution of a converter is the smallest change in voltage which may be produced at the

output or input of the converter

Resolution (in volts)= VFS2n-1=1 LSB increment

Example 8 bit DAC has 28-1 =255 equal intervals Hence the smallest change in output voltage

is (1255) of full scale output range

The resolution of an ADC is defined as the smallest change in analog input for a one bit change

at the output

Example The input range of 8 bit AD converter is divided into 255 intervals So the resolution

for 10V input range = 10V255 = 3922mV

b) Accuracy

Absolute accuracy It is the maximum deviation between the actual converter output amp the ideal converter output

Relative accuracy It is the maximum deviation after gain amp offset errors have been removed

The accuracy of a converter is also specified in form of LSB increments or of full scale

voltage

c) Monotonicity A monotonic DAC is one whose analog output increases for an increase in digital input A

monotonic characteristic is essential in control applications otherwise oscillations result

d) Conversion time It is defined as the total time required to convert an analog signal into its digital output It

depends on the conversion technique used amp the propagation delay of circuit componentsThe

conversion time of a successive approximation type ADC is given by T(n+1)

where T---clock period

Tc---conversion time n----no of bits

What is settling time

It represents the time it takes for the output to settle within a specified band plusmnfrac12LSB of itsfinal

value following a code change at the input (usually a full scale change) It depends uponthe

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

switching time of the logic circuitry due to internal parasitic capacitance amp inductancesSettling

time ranges from 100ns to 10micros depending on word length amp type circuit used

40 List the drawbacks of binary weighted resistor technique of DA conversion a) Wide range of resistor values needed

b) Difficulty in achieving and maintaining accurate ratios over a wide range of variations

41 The basic step of a 9 bit DAC is 103 mV If 000000000 represents 0Volts what is the

output for an input of 101101111 The output voltage for input of 101101111 is

= 103 mV (128+027+126+125+024+123+122+121+120)

= 103 10-3 367 = 378 V

42 What are the advantages and disadvantages of R-2R ladder DAC

Advantages a) Easier to build accurately as only two precision metal films are required

b) Number of bits can be expanded by adding more sections of same R2R values

Disadvantage In this type of DAC when there is a change in the input changes the current flow in the resistor

which causes more power dissipation which creates non-linearity in DAC

43 Which is the fastest AD converter and why

Flash type AD converter is the fastest ADC because the fast conversion speed isaccomplished

by providing 2n-1 comparators and simultaneously comparing the input signal with unique

reference levels spaced 1 LSB apart

44 What are the applications of V-I converter

bull Low voltage dc and ac voltmeter

bull L E D

bull Zener diode tester

45 What do you mean by a precision diode

The major limitation of ordinary diode is that it cannot rectify voltages below the cut ndash involtage

of the diode A circuit designed by placing a diode in the feedback loop of an op ndash ampis called

the precision diode and it is capable of rectifying input signals of the order of millivolt

46 Write down the applications of precision diode

bullHalf - wave rectifier

bullFull - Wave rectifier

bullPeak ndash value detector

bullClipper

bullClamper

47 Draw the circuit diagram of sample and hold circuit

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1 Design and explain triangular wave generator using Schmitt trigger and integrator circuit

2 (i) Explain the operation of dual slope ADC

(ii)Explain the following characteristics of ADC

(i)Resolution (ii) Accuracy (iii)Settling time (iv) Linearity

3 (i) Describe the first order lowpass butterworth filter Derive its frequency response and plot

the same

(ii) Design a low pass filter with a cutoff frequency if 1kHz and with a passband gain of 2

4 What is an instrumentation amplifier List its features Explain the operation of three op-amp

instrumentation amplifier and give its application

5 Explain the following applications of opamp (i)voltage to current converter (ii)Clamper

6 Explain the working of (i) Weighted resistor type DAC (ii) Dual slope type ADC

7 Discuss the operation of ladder network DAC with relevant circuit diagram and waveforms

8 Draw and explain the circuit of a voltage to current converter if the load is

(1) Floating

(2) Grounded

9 (i) Explain the working of OP-AMP based Schmitt trigger circuit (8)

(ii) Design an OP-AMP based second order active low pass filter with cut offfrequency 2 kHz

10 (i)draw an instrumentation amplifier using op amp and explain (6)

(ii) Explain the following op amp circuits

(1) Peak detector (2) Clamper (10)

11(i)draw a neat R-2R ladder DAC and explain its principle(6)

(ii) draw a flash type ADC and explain its working(10)

12(i) Explain how to measure phase difference between two signals

(ii) Explain the operation of square wave generator by drawing the capacitor and output voltage

waveforms

13 (i) Draw a sample and hold circuit Explain its operation and indicate its uses

(ii) Describe a circuit which will clip the input signal below a reference voltage

14 (i) Describe the operation of current to voltage converter with appropriate diagrams

(ii) Draw and explain the operation of the following

(i) Triangle wave generator (ii) monostable multivibrator

15 Elaborate on the operation of comparator and describe its applications

16Explain the working principle of RC phase shift sine wave generator using op-amp and derive

expression for f

17 (i) Explain the important specifications of DAC

(ii) With diagrams and example explain the working principle of successive approximation type

ADC

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

UNIT IV SPECIAL ICs

SYLLABUS 555 Timer circuit ndash Functional block characteristics amp applications 566-voltage

controlled oscillator circuit 565-phase lock loop circuit functioning and applications Analog multiplier ICs

TWO MARK QUESTIONS

1 Mention some applications of 555 timer

Oscillator

pulse generator

ramp and square wave generator

burglar alarm

traffic light control

Missing pulse detector

Linear ramp generator

Frequency divider

Pulse width modulation

FSK generator

Pulse position modulator

Schmitt trigger

2 List the applications of 555 timer in monostable mode of operation

Missing pulse detector

Linear ramp generator

Frequency divider

Pulse width modulation

3 List the applications of 555 timer in Astable mode of operation

FSK generator

Pulse-position modulator

4 Enumerate the basic blocks of IC 555 timer

5 Highlight the features of 555 Timer

available in three packages 8 pin metal can 8 pin dip 14 pin dip

6 What is the use of reset pin of 555 timer

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

This is an interrupt for the timing device when pin 4 is grounded it stops the working of device

and turns it off

7 What is the purpose of control voltage pin (5) of 555 timer This pin is the inverting input terminal of comparator This is reference level for comparator with

which threshold is compared If reference level is other than 23 VCC then external input is to

be given to pin 5 Pulse width modulation is possible due to pin 5

8Write the expression for pulse width of 555 timer in monostable mode Pulse width W = 11 RC seconds

R ndash resistor in ohms C ndash capacitor in farads

9Write the expression for total time period of 555 timer in astable mode T = 0693 (RA + 2 RB) C seconds

10 Define duty cycle

The ratio of high output and low output period is given by a mathematical parameter called duty

cycle It is defined as the ratio of ON Time to total time

11 What is a voltage controlled oscillator V o l t age con t r o l l ed o s c i l l a to r i s a f r e e r u nn in g m ul t i v i b ra to r op e r a t in g a t a

s e t frequency called the free running frequency This frequency can be shifted to

either side by applying a dc control voltage and the frequency deviation is

proportional to the dc control voltage

12 On what parameters does the free running frequency of VCO depend on bullExternal timing resistor RT

bullExternal timing capacitor CT

bullThe dc control voltage Vc

13 Give the expression for the VCO free running frequency

f o= 025 RTCT

14 Define Voltage to Frequency conversion factor Voltage to Frequency conversion factor is defined as

Kv = Δfo ΔVc = Vcc

Where ΔVc is the modulation voltage required to produce the frequency shift Δfo

15 List the features of 566 VCO

-24V)

temperature stability

16 State the function of a PLL

A PLL is a basically a closed loop system designed to lock output frequency and phase to the

frequency and phase of an input signal

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

17 Define lock range capture range and pull in time

Lock range

When PLL is in lock it can trap freq changes in the incoming signal The range of frequencies

over which the PLL can maintain lock with the incoming signal is called as lock range Lock in

range ∆fL = +- 78 fo V fo is free running frequency

Capture range

The range of frequencies over which the PLL can acquire lock with the input signal is called as

capture range Capture range = +- = [∆fL (2prodRC)] 12

Define pull-in time

The total time taken by the PLL to establish lock is called pull-in time

18 List out the blocks of PLL a Frequency multiplicationdivision

b Frequency translation c AM detection

d FM demodulation

e FSK demodulation

19 What is the purpose of having a low pass filter in PLL bullIt removes the high frequency components and noise

bullControls the dynamic characteristics of the PLL such as capture range lock -in

range band-width and transient response

bullThe charge on the filter capacitor gives a short- time memory to the PLL

20 Discuss the effect of having large capture range The PLL cannot acquire a signal outside the capture range but once captured it will hold on till

the frequency goes beyond the lock-in range Thus to increase the ability of lock range large

capture range is required But a large capture range will make the PLL more

susceptible to noise and undesirable signal

21 List the applications of 565 PLL

22 What is a switch type phase detector An electronic switch is opened and closed by signal coming from VCO and the input signal is

chopped at a repetition rate determined by the VCO frequency This type of Phase detector is

called a half wave detector since the phase information for only one half of the input signal is

detected and averaged

23 What are the problems associated with switch type phase detector The output voltage Ve is proportional to the input signal amplitude This is undesirable because

it makes phase detector gain and loop gain dependent on the input signal amplitude The output

is proportional to cosφ making it non linear

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

24 What is analog multiplier

An analog multiplier is a circuit in which the output is proportional to the multiplication of two

input voltages It is used in modulation frequency converters and to solve non-linear equations

25 Mention any two analog multiplier Ics

a) IC AD 533

b) IC AD 534

26 What is ICAD 533

It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is a low cost IC comprising a transconductance

multiplying element stable reference and an output amplifier

27 List the features of ICAD533

28 What is ICAD 534List its features

It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is the first general purpose multiplier capable of

providing gain upto X100

Features

Adjustable scale factor

Low noise

Excellent long time stability

29 Mention the applications of analog multipliers 1 Voltage squarer

2 Frequency doubler

3 Voltage divider

4 Square rooter

5 Phase angle detector

6 Rectifier

30 Explain how a frequency doubler can be realized using analog multiplier The multiplication of two sine waves of the same frequency but of possibly different amplitudes

and phase allows doubling a frequency using an analog multiplier

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1 Explain the functional block diagram of 555timer

2 Explain working of PLL using appropriate block diagram and explain any one application of

the same

3 Draw the block diagram of an Astable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression

for its frequency of oscillation

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

4 Draw the block diagram of monostable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression

for its frequency of oscillation Discuss some applications of 555 timer in monostable mode

5 write short notes on

i) capture range

ii) Lock in range

iii) Pull in time

6 Briefly explain the block diagram of PLL and derive the expression for Lock range and

capture range

7 With a neat functional diagram explain the operation of VCO Also derive an expression for

fodiscuss the applications of PLL

8 What is 555 timer What are the features of 555 timer Explain the monostable mode in detail

With neat block diagram explain IC566 VCO operation and discuss any 2 applications

9 What are the modes of operation of IC555 Derive the expression of time delay of monostable

multivibrator

10 (i)Explain the VCO with neat block diagram Give its typical connection diagram and output

waveforms

(ii)Derive the expression for capture range for PLL where a simple RC network is used as a LPF

11 (i)Explain the working of VCO

(ii)What is PLL Explain its operation as frequency multiplier

12 Explain the astable and bistable operation of IC555 with necessary waveforms

13 With the help of schematic circuit explain the operation of 566 VCO Also derive the

expression for output frequenct

14 (i) List and define the various performance parameters of a Multiplier IC (6)

(ii) How the multiplier is used as voltage divider (5)

(iii) How the multiplier is used as frequency doubler (5)

15 Explain with neat block diagrams how PLL is used as

(i) AM Detector (5)

(ii) FM Detector (5)

(iii) Frequency Synthesizer (6)

16(i) describe in details the characteristics and applications of 555 timer (6)

(ii) Draw a neat block diagram of VCO and explain (10)

17(i) Draw the 565 PLL and explain itrsquos functioning in detail (8)

(ii) Give an account on ldquoAnalog multiplier ICrdquo (8)

18 (i)How is an astable multivibrator connected into a pulse position modulator

(ii) Draw the circuit of Schmitt trigger using 555 timer and explain its operation

19Design and draw the waveforms of a 1KHz square wave generator using 555 timer for duty

cycle (i) D=25 (ii) D=50

20(i) Perform the closed loop analysis of PLL

(ii) Explain any two applications of PLL

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

UNIT V APPLICATION ICs

SYLLABUS IC voltage regulators - LM317 723 regulators switching regulator MA 7840 LM

380 power amplifier ICL 8038 function generator IC isolation amplifiers opto coupler opto

electronic ICs

TWO MARK QUESTIONS

1 What is a voltage regulator

A voltage regulator is an electronic circuit that provides a stable dc voltage independent of the

load current temperature and ac line voltage variations

2 Give the classification of voltage regulators

Series Linear regulators

Switching regulators

3 Write about a linear voltage regulator

Series or linear regulator uses a power transistor connected in series between the unregulated dc

input and the load and it conducts in the linear region The output voltage is controlled by the

continuous voltage drop taking place across the series pass transistor

4 What is a switching regulator

Switching regulators are those which operate the power transistor as a high frequency onoff

switchso that the power transistor does not conduct current continouslyThis give improved

efficiency over series regulators

5 List the advantages of IC voltage regulators

Low cost high reliability reduction in size and excellent performance

6 Give some examples of monolithic IC voltage regulators

78XX series fixed output positive voltage regulators

79XX series fixed output negative voltage regulators

723 general purpose regulator

7 What is the purpose of having input and output capacitors in three terminal IC

regulators

A capacitor connected between the input terminal and ground cancels the inductive effects due to

long distribution leads The output capacitor improves the transient response

8 Define line regulation

Line regulation is defined as the percentage change in the output voltage for a change in the

input voltageIt is expressed in millivolts or as a percentage of the output voltage

9 Define load regulation

Load regulation is defined as the change in output voltage for a change in load current It is

expressed in mill volts or as a percentage of the output voltage

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

10 What is meant by current limiting

Current limiting refers to the ability of a regulator to prevent the load current from increasing

above a preset value

11 Give the drawbacks of linear regulators

The input step down transformer is bulky and expensive because of low line frequency Because

of low line frequency large values of filter capacitors are required to decrease the ripple

Efficiency is reduced due to the continuous power dissipation by the transistor as it operates in

the linear region

12 What is the advantage of switching regulators

Greater efficiency is achieved as the power transistor is made to operate as low impedance

switch Power transmitted across the transistor is in discrete pulses rather than as a steady current

flowBy using suitable switching loss reduction technique the switching frequency can be

increased so as to reduce the size and weight of the inductors and capacitors

13 Why do switching regulators have better efficiency than series regulators

The transistor in linear regulator will operate in linear area at all times Considerable power is

dissipated in linear operation since the transistor has voltage across it and current flowing

through itSince the series element in a switching regulator is either fully conducting(V=0 hence

power=0) or switched off(I=0 hence power=0) it dissipates almost no power this is what gives

the switching design its efficiency

14 What are the advantages of adjustable voltage regulators over the fixed voltage

regulators i) Improved line and load regulation by a factor of 10 or more

ii) Because of the improved overload protection greater load current can be drawn

iii) Improved reliability

15 List out the parameters related to the fixed voltage regulators 1) Line regulation

2) Load regulation

3) Ripple rejection

4) Output impedance

5) Maximum power dissipation

6) Rated output current

16 Define dropout voltage of a fixed voltage regulator It is the minimum voltage that must exist between input and output terminals For most of

regulators it is 2 to 3 volts

17 What is an opto-coupler IC

Opto-coupler IC is a combined package of a photo-emitting device and a photo-sensing device

14 What are the types of opto couplers

LED and a photo diode

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

LED and photo transistor

LED and Darlington

15 Give two examples of IC optocouplers

Examples for opto-coupler IC

MCT 2F

16 Mention the advantages of opto-couplers

Better isolation between the two stages

Impedance problem between the stages is eliminated

Wide frequency response

Easily interfaced with digital circuit

Compact and light weight

Problems such as noise transients contact bounce are eliminated

17 Specify the need for isolation amplifier

Isolation amplifiers provide electrical isolation and an electrical safety barrier They protect data

acquisition components from common mode voltages which are potential differences between

instrument ground and signal ground Instruments that are applied in the presence of a common

mode voltage without an isolation barrier allow ground currents to circulate leading in the best

case to a noisy representation of the signal under investigation In the worst case assuming that

the magnitude of common mode voltage or current is sufficient instrument destruction is likely

Isolation amplifiers are used in medical instruments to ensure isolation of a patient from power

supply leakage current

18What are the features of MA78s40

Step upstep down or inverting operation

Operation from 25 to 40 V

80Db line and load regulation

19List the important parts of a regulated power supply

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

(i) Transformer (ii) Rectifier (iii) Filter (iv)Regulator

20 Using LM380 draw the circuit for audio power amplifier

21 What are onetwo and four quadrant multipliers

A four-quadrant multiplier is one where inputs and outputs may swing positive and negative

Many multipliers only work in 2 quadrants (one input may only have one polarity) or single

quadrant (inputs and outputs have only one polarity usually all positive)

22 List the parameters of optocoupler

a Current transfer ratio

b Isolation voltage

c Response time

d Common mode rejection

23Why current boosting is done in 723 regulator

The maximum current capability of 723 regulator is 140mA In certain applications this value of

current is not sufficient Hence current boosting is done using series pass transistor

24 What are the limitations of three terminal regulator

1 For fixed output regulators the output voltage is not precise

2 Only selected values of output voltages are available

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

3 Current boosting by external series pass transistor is required if load current beyond the

capability of basic regulator is required

25 Draw the typical connection diagram of IC LM317

26 What is the function od a series pass transistor in voltage regulator

The series pass transistor acsts as a control element The value of VcE gets adjusted in such a

way that the output voltage of the regulator always remains constant In addition the series pass

transistor supplies the load current

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1Draw and explain the functional block diagram of 723 voltage regulator and how this IC can be

used as high voltage regulator

2Write an explanatory note on

(i) Power amplifier (ii) Isolation amplifier

3 With neat diagrams explain the working of switched mode power supply

4 Write brief notes on

(i)IC MA 7840

(ii) Optocoupler

5 (i)Explain the working of series voltage regulator

(ii)Write notes on optocoupler

6 What is a switching regulator With neat block diagram explain the internals of MA7840

7 Draw the functional block diagram of IC 723 and explain

8 Explain with the help of functional block diagram the working of voltage regulator IC723

Clearly explain how current limit and foldback type current limiting facility can be provided with

723 circuits

9 Draw the circuit of series voltage regulator Design this circuit to operate from a supply of 20v

and to provide an output of 12V with maximum load current of 40mA

10 Draw the functional diagram of ICL 8038 Function generator IC and explain its operation

Give its frequency of oscillation at the output

11 (i) With neat diagram explain the working principle of isolation amplifier (8)

(ii) With neat diagram explain the principle of operation of optocouplers (8)

12 With the help of neat circuit diagram explain the operation of an adjustable regulator using

LM317

13 State the features and applications of IC LM 380 and explain them

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

14 Design a waveform generator using IC8038 The frequency of oscillation is 5kHz and duty

cycle is 50 From data sheet Vcc=5V VoH=36V VoL=02V ILL=16mA ILH=409uA

15 (i) Design low voltage regulator using IC 723 for 5V and explain its characteristics

(ii) Describe the features of function generator IC

(iii)Write short notes on optocoupler ICs

Page 4: EE2254 LICA QB

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

between the parts of an electronic component or circuit simply because of their proximity to each

other All actual circuit elements such as inductors diodes and transistors have internal

capacitance which can cause their behavior to depart from that of ideal circuit elements

13 What are oxidation induced defects in semi conductor

1Stacking faults

2Oxide isolation defects

Stacking faults

Structural defects in the silicon lattice is called oxidation induced stacking faultsThe growth of

stacking faults is a strong function of substrate orientation conductivity type amp defect nuclei

presentThe

stacking faults formation can be suppressed by the addition of HCl

Oxide isolation defects

The stress along the edges of an oxidised area produce severe damage in the silicon Such

defects results in increased leakage in nearby devicesHigh temperatures (around 950oC ) will

prevent

stress induced defect formation

14 Elaborate on birdrsquos beak

In local oxidation process the oxidation of silicon proceeds slightly under the nitride as well

Also a large mismatch in the thermal expansion co-efficients of Si3N4 amp Silicon results in

damage to the semi conductor during local oxidationThis damage can be graetly reduced

by growing a thin layer of SiO2 prior to placement of the Si3N4 mask Typically 100 to 200Ao

is used for this puspose Unfortunately this greatly enhances the penetration of oxide under the

nitride masked regions resulting in oxide configurations called birdrsquos beak

15 What is lithography

Lithography is a process bywhich the pattern appearing on the mask is transfered to the waferIt

involves two steps the first step requires applying a few drops of photoresist to the surface of the

wafer amp

the second step is spinning the surface to get an even coating of the photoresist across the surface

of the

wafer

16 What are the different types of lithography What is optical lithography

The different types of lithography are

1Photolithography

2Electron beam lithography

3X ray beam lithography

4Ion beam lithography

Optical lithography

Optical lithography comprises the formation images with visible or UV radiation in a photoresist

using contact proximity or projection printing

17 List down the two processes involved in photolithography

a) Making a photographic mask

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

b) Photo etching

The development of photographic mask involves the preparation of initial artwork and its

reduction

decomposition of initial artwork or layout into several mask layers

Photo etching is used for the removal of SiO2 from desired regions so that the desired impurities

can be

diffused

18 Distinguish between dry etching amp wet etching

SNo Dry etching Wet etching

1 Gaseous mixture is used as the chemical

reagent

Chemical reagents used are in the

liquid form

2 Smaller line openings(le1microm) possible with dry

etching

Line openings are larger (gt1microm)

3 It produces straight walled etching process It produces patterns with undercutting

19 Give an account of reactive plasma etching

The term reactive plasma is meant to describe a discharge in which ionization amp fragmentation

of gases takes placeamp produce chemically active plasma species frequently oxidizers and

reducing agents Such plasmas are reactive both in the gas phase amp with solid surfaces exposed

to them When these interactions are used to form volatile products so that material is removed

or etching of material form surfaces that are not masked to form lithographic patterns the

technique is known as reactive plasma etching

20 What makes isotropic etching process different from that of anisotropic etching

process

Isotropic etching is a wet etching process which involves undercutting Anisotropic etching is a

dry etching process which provides straight walled patterns

21 Define diffusion

The process of introducing impurities into selected regions of a silicon wafer is called diffusion

The rate at which various impurities diffuse into the silicon will be of the order of 1 micromhr range

of 900oC to 1100oC The impurity atoms have the tendency to move from regions of higher

concentrations to lower concentrations

22 What is the significance of using buried layer

The buried layer is for increasing the conductivity of the path the charges take to reach the

collector terminalBuried layers are used in bipolar devices to lower collector resistance in bulk

silicon and SOI (silicon-on-insulator) technologies

23 Describe about dielectric isolation

In dielectric isolation a layer of solid dielectric such as SiO2 or ruby completely surrounds each

components thereby producing isolation both electrical amp physical This isolating dielectric

layer is thick enough so that its associated capacitance is negligible Also it is possible to

fabricate both pnp amp npn transistors within the same silicon substrate

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

24What is metallization

The process of producing a thin metal film layer that will serve to make interconnection of the

various components on the chip is called metallization

25 Bring out the advantages of ion implantation technique

1 It is performed at low temperature Therefore previously diffused regions have a lesser

tendency for lateral spreading

2 In diffusion process temperature has to be controlled over a large area inside the oven

whereas in ion implantation process accelerating potential amp beam content are dielectrically

controlled from outside

26 Compare monolithic and hybrid ICs

SNo Monolithic ICs Hybrid ICs

1 All circuit components (both active and

passive) and their interconnections are formed

into or on the top of a single chip of silicon

In hybrid circuits separate component

parts are attached to a ceramic substrate

and interconnected by means of either

metallization pattern or wire bonds

2 The components are mounted on the surface of

a single piece crystal semiconductor material

which is usually silicon based

Here the components are bonded to a

substrate or printed circuit board

3 No possibility of fabrication of inductors Inductors can be included in hybrid ICs

4 Small range of values of passive components

used in the ICs

Any range of components can be

included

5 No encapsulation Encapsulated by epoxy

6 Smaller in size Comparitively larger in size

7 The monolithic circuit is ideal for applications

where identical circuits are required in very

large quantities and hence provides lowest

per-unit cost and highest order of reliability

This technology is more adaptable

to small quantity custom circuits

27 What is meant by ion implantation

Ion implantation is the dominant technique to introduce dopant impurities into crystalline silicon

This is performed with an electric field which accelerates the ionized atoms or molecules so that

these particles penetrate into the target material until they come to rest because of interactions

with the silicon atoms Ion implantation is able to control exactly the distribution and dose of the

dopants in silicon because the penetration depth depends on the kinetic energy of the ions which

is proportional to the electric field The dopant dose can be controlled by varying the ion source

28 What are the advantages of polysilicon gate MOSFET over aluminium gate

When aluminum gate is used excess surface state charges and mobile ion contamination results

in threshold variation Excessive overlap capacitance is created and parasitic capacitance reduces

the switching speed When Aluminum is used as gate material it can erode completely causing

contact spiking

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

Poly-silicon reduces surface state density and improve threshold voltage control Polysilicon-

gate can be doped with phosphorus to minimize mobile ion contamination resulting in faster

switching speeds and better control of threshold voltage

16 MARKS

1Explain in detail the fabrication of ICs using silicon planar technology

2Explain the various methods of fabricating transistor in monolithic integrated circuit

3Describe the process involved in the fabrication of capacitor and transistor with suitable figures

4 Discuss the various methods of fabricating IC resistors and compare their performance

5 (i) Briefly explain the various types of IC packages Mention the criteria for selecting an IC

package

(ii) Write short notes on classification of integrated circuits

6 (i) Explain the process of epitaxial growth with neat diagrams

(ii) With neat sketches explain the fabrication of diodes

7 (i)Explain the different isolation techniques

(ii) Describe in detail about the diffusion process in IC fabrication

8 With neat sketches describe the process of epitaxial growth and photolithography

9 (i) Explain the process of masking and etching in the IC fabrication with neat sketches

(ii) Explain how monolithic IC is different from Hybrid IC

10 Explain in detail the fabrication process of passive component in integrated circuits

11 With necessary diagrams explain the fabrication of MOSFET

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

UNIT II CHARACTERISTICS OF OPAMP

SYLLABUS Ideal OP-AMP characteristics DC characteristics AC characteristics offset

voltage and currentvoltage series feedback and shunt feedback amplifiers differential amplifier

frequency response of OP-AMP Basic applications of op-amp ndash summer differentiator and

integrator

TWO MARK QUESTIONS

1 What is OPAMP

An operational amplifier is a direct coupled high gain amplifier consisting of one or more

differential amplifiers followed by a level translator and an output stageIt is a versatile device

that can be used to amplify ac as well as dc input signals amp designed for computing

mathamatical functions such as addition subtraction multiplication integration amp

differentiation

2 Draw the pin configuration of IC741

3 List out the ideal characteristics of OPAMP

1 Open loop voltage gain is infinity

2 Input impedance is infinity

3 Output impedance is zero

4 Bandwidth is infinity

5 Zero offset

6 Infinite bandwidth

7 Infinite CMRR

8 Infinite slew rate

9 Infinite PSRR

4 What do you infer from ideal opamp characteristics

i)The current drawn by either of the input terminals(non- invertinginverting) is negligible

ii)The potential difference between the inverting amp non-inverting input terminals is zero

5 Draw the equivalent circuit of op-amp and its voltage transfer characteristics

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

Equivalent circuit of op-amp

Voltage transfer curve of op-amp

6 Why open loop op-amp configurations is not used in linear applications a The open loop gain of the op-amp is very high Hence a very small input signal will drive the

output to saturation This results in distortion Therefore only the smaller signals having low

frequency may be amplified accurately without distortion

b Open loop Voltage gain of the op-amp is not a constant voltage gain varies with changes in

temperature and power supply as well as mass production techniques This makes op-amp

unsuitable for many linear applications

7 Why negative feedback is used in op-amp

The open loop gain of op-amp is close to infinity Hence even a small signal at the input is able

to drive the output to saturation When negative feedback is used the gain is reduced and hence

the op-amp operates in linear region without saturation Negative feedback is the key to having a

self-stabilizing system This stability gives the op-amp the capacity to work in its linear (active)

mode as opposed to merely being saturated fully on or off as it was when used as a

comparator with no feedback at all

8 With respect to op-amp explain what is virtual ground A virtual ground is a ground which acts like a ground It may not have physical connection to

ground For an ideal op-amp the inverting and non-inverting terminals are at the same potentials

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

The non-inverting input is grounded for the inverting amplifier circuit This means that the

inverting input of the op-amp is also at ground potential

9Mention some of the linear applications of op ndash amps

Adder subtractor voltage ndashto- current converter current ndashto- voltage converters instrumentation

amplifier analog computation power amplifier etc are some of the linear op-amp circuits

10 Mention some of the non ndash linear applications of op-amps-

Rectifier peak detector clipper clamper sample and hold circuit log amplifier anti ndashlog

amplifier multiplier are some of the non ndash linear op-amp circuits

11What happens when the common terminal of V+ and V- sources is not grounded

If the common point of the two supplies is not grounded twice the supply voltage will get

applied and it may damage the op-amp

12Define input offset voltage

A small voltage applied to the input terminals to make the output voltage as zero when the two

input terminals are grounded is called input offset voltage

13Define input offset current State the reasons for the offset currents at the input of the

op-amp

The difference between the bias currents at the input terminals of the op-amp is called as input

offset current The input terminals conduct a small value of dc current to bias the input

transistors Since the input transistors cannot be made identical there exists a difference in bias

currents

14Define thermal drift

The bias current offset current amp offset voltage is dependent on changes in temperature A

circuit carefully nulled at 25oC may not remain so when the temperature raises to 35

oCThis is

called thermal drift Often offset current drift is expressed in nA oC and offset voltage drift in

mV oC

15Define supply voltage rejection ratio(SVRR)

The change in OPAMPrsquos input offset voltage due to variations in supply voltage is called the

supply voltage rejection ratio It is also called Power Supply Rejection Ratio(PSRR) or Power

Supply Sensitivity(PSS)

16Define i) Input bias current iii) Input offset current of an op-amp

i) Input bias current

Input bias current IB is the average of the currents that flow into the inverting and non-inverting

input erminals of the op-amp

ie IB = (IB1+IB2)2

ii) Input offset current

The algebraic difference between the current into the inverting and non-inverting terminals is

referred to as input offset current Iio Mathematically it is represented as Iio = |IB - IB |

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

Where

I B+is the current into the non-inverting input terminals

IB- is the current into the inverting input terminals

17Define CMRR of an op-amp

The relative sensitivity of an op-amp to a difference signal as compared to a common ndashmode

signal is called the common ndashmode rejection ratio It is expressed in decibels CMRR= AdAc

18 Define slew rate What causes slew rate

The slew rate is defined as the maximum rate of change of output voltage caused by a step input

voltage An ideal slew rate is infinite which means that op-amprsquos output voltage should change

instantaneously in response to input step voltage

There is a capacitor with-in or outside of an op-amp to prevent oscillation It is this capacitor

which prevents the output voltage from responding immediately to a fast changing input

19 Define Unity Gain Bandwidth of Op-amp

For a certain frequency of the input signal the gain of the Op-amp reduces to 0 dB Thismeans

20 log |AOL(f) | is 0dB ie |AOL(f) | = 1 Such a frequency is called gain cross overfrequency or

unity gain bandwidth (UGB)

20Why IC 741 is not used for high frequency applications

IC741 has a low slew rate because of the predominance of capacitance present in the circuit at

higher frequencies As frequency increases the output gets distorted due to limited slew rate

21In practical op-amps what is the effect of high frequency on its performance

The open-loop gain of op-amp decreases at higher frequencies due to the presence of parasitic

capacitance The closed-loop gain increases at higher frequencies and leads to instability

22What is the need for frequency compensation in practical op-amps

Frequency compensation is needed when large bandwidth and lower closed loop gain is desired

Compensating networks are used to control the phase shift and hence to improve the stability

23Mention the frequency compensation methods

Dominant-pole compensation

Pole-zero compensation

24What are the merits and demerits of Dominant-pole compensation

noise immunity of the system is improved

Open-loop bandwidth is reduced

25 Draw the voltage follower circuit of an OP-AMP

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

26 What are the limitations of an ideal active differentiator At high frequency differentiators may become unstable and break into oscillation The input

impedance ie (1ωC1) decreases with increase in frequency thereby making the circuit

sensitive to high frequency noise

27 Draw a subtractor using op-amp

If all the resistors in the above circuit are equal the circuit functions as a subtractor

28 Design an amplifier with a gain of -10 and input resistance of 10k

Since negative gain is required an inverting amplifier should be used

Gain of inverting amplifier = -RfR1= -10 (Given)

Given R1=10k

10 Rf =1k

29 Draw the circuit diagram of an integrator and give its output equation

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

30 Classify the negative feedback configuration and draw the corresponding block

diagram

A closed loop amplifier can be represented by two blocks one for an OPAMP and other for a

feedback circuits There are four following ways to connect these blocks These connections are

classified according to whether the voltage or current is feedback to the input in series or in

parallel

Voltage ndash series feedback

Voltage ndash shunt feedback

Current ndash series feedback

Current ndash shunt feedback

These connections are shown in figure below

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1 (i) Explain the functions of all the basic building blocks of Op-amp

(ii) Explain the application of op-amp as (i) Integrator (ii) Differentiator

2 Discuss about the methods of frequency compensation in opamp

3 Explain the operation of a basic differential amplifier

4 Obtain the frequency response of an open-loop op-amp

5 (i) With neat diagrams explain the types of feedback configurations available

(ii) Briefly explain summing amplifier and draw an adder circuit for the given expression

V0= V1+V2-V3-(V4+2)

6 (i) Explain the DC characteristics of op-amp with the help of neat diagrams

(ii)With neat circuit diagram and equations discuss the operation of summer and differentiator

using opamp

7 (i) Explain the AC characteristics of an operational amplifier

(ii) Sketch the basic circuit using op-amp to perform the mathematical operation of

differentiation and explain What are the limitations of an ordinary OP-AMP differentiator

Draw and explain the circuit of a practical differentiators that will eliminate these limitations

8 (i) Explain in detail the characteristic of an ideal opamp (8)

(ii) Draw the block diagram and equivalent circuit of op-ampExplain them (10)

9 (i) Explain the application of op amp as (1)summer (2)integrator (8)

(ii) Define and explain (1) slew rate (2) SVRR (4)

(iii) Explain the frequency response of op-amp (4)

10 What are the different open-loop configurations of op-amp Explain the differential amplifier

configuration

11 With the help of circuit diagram explain the operation of non-inverting and inverting

configuration of op-amp and derive expressions for voltage gain for each configuration

12 (i) Draw and explain the closed loop frequency response of op-amp

(ii) Elaborate on pole-zero compensation technique

13 Find the output voltage of the above circuit

14(i) Define and explain slew rate What is full power bandwidth Describe methods to improve

slewrate

(ii) Define output offset voltage Explain methods to nullify offset voltage

15 (i) With neat circuit diagram explain the operation of the following circuits

(a) Voltage follower (b)Integrator

(ii) For the non inverting opamp shown in fig find the output voltage

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

UNIT III APPLICATIONS OF OPAMP

SYLLABUS Instrumentation amplifier first and second order active filters VI amp IV converters

comparatorsmultivibrators waveform generators clippers clampers peak detector SH circuit DA converter (R-2R ladder and weighted resistor types) AD converter - Dual slope successive approximation and flash types

TWO MARK QUESTIONS

1What is the need for an instrumentation amplifier

In a number of industrial and consumer applications the measurement of physical quantities is

usually done with the help of transducers The output of transducer has to be amplified So that it

can drive the indicator or display system This function is performed by an instrumentation

amplifier

2List the features of instrumentation amplifier

o high gain accuracy

o high CMRR

o high gain stability with low temperature co-efficient

o low dc offset

o low output impedance

3 What is a comparator

A comparator is a circuit which compares a signal voltage applied at one input of an opamp with

a known reference voltage at the other input It is an open loop op - amp with output + Vsat or -

Vsat

4 What are the applications of comparator

Zero crossing detectors

Window detector

Time marker generator

Phase detector

5 What is a Schmitt trigger

Schmitt trigger is a regenerative comparator It converts sinusoidal input into a square wave

output The output of Schmitt trigger swings between upper and lower threshold voltages which

are the reference voltages of the input waveform

6 What is a multivibrator

Multivibrators are a group of regenerative circuits that are used extensively in timing

applications It is a wave shaping circuit which gives symmetric or asymmetric square output It

has two states either stable or quasi- stable depending on the type of multivibrator

7 What do you mean by monostable multivibrator

Monostable multivibrator is one which generates a single pulse of specified duration in

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

response to each external trigger signal It has only one stable state Application of a trigger

causes a change to the quasi-stable stateAn external trigger signal generated due to charging and

discharging of the capacitor produces the transition to the original stable state

8 Write a brief note on astable multivibrator

Astable multivibrator is a free running oscillator having two quasi-stable states Thus there are

oscillations between these two states and no external signal is required to produce the change in

state

9 What is a bistable multivibrator

Bistable multivibrator is one that maintains a given output voltage level unless an external

trigger is applied Application of an external trigger signal causes a change of state and this

output level is maintained indefinitely until an second trigger is applied Thus it requires two

external triggers before it returns to its initial state

10 What are the requirements for producing sustained oscillations in feedback circuits

For sustained oscillations

The total phase shift around the loop must be zero at the desired frequency of oscillation fo

ieL AB=00 or 360

0

At fo the magnitu

11Draw the circuit diagram of positive clipper

12 What is hysteresis with reference to Schmitt trigger circuit

In the non-inverting configuration when the input is higher than a certain chosen threshold the

output is high When the input is below a different (lower) chosen threshold the output is low

and when the input is between the two levels the output retains its value This dual threshold

action is called hysteresis and implies that the Schmitt trigger possesses memory and can act as a

bistable circuit (latch)

13 Differentiate between Schmitt trigger and comparator

SNo Comparator Schmitt trigger

1 Feedback is not used that is Op-amp is used

in open loop mode

Feedback is used that is Op-ampis used in

closed loop mode

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

2 False triggering due to noise voltages is

possible

False triggering due to noise voltages is

not possible

3 A single reference voltage exists Two different threshold voltages exists as

VUT and VLT

4 No hysteresis exists Hysteresis exists with a width H=VUT -

VLT

14 What is a filter

Filter is a frequency selective circuit that passes signal of specified band of frequencies

andattenuates the signals of frequencies outside the band

15 What are the demerits of passive filters

Passive filters works well for high frequencies But at audio frequencies the inductorsbecome

problematic as they become large heavy and expensive For low frequencyapplications more

number of turns of wire must be used which in turn adds to the seriesresistance degrading

inductorrsquos performance ie low Q resulting in high power dissipation

16 What are the advantages of active filters

bull Active filters used op- amp as the active element and resistors and capacitors as

passiveelements

bull By enclosing a capacitor in the feed back loop inductor less active filters can be obtained

bull Op-amp used in non ndash inverting configuration offers high input impedance and low output

impedance thus improving the load drive capacity

17What are the different types of filters

Based on the components used Active filters and passive filters

Based on frequency responses Low pass filterHigh pass filterBand pass filterBand reject filter

Based on order of transfer function first second third higher order filters

Based on configuration Bessel Chebyshev Butterworth filters

18What is frequency scaling

Once the filter is designed sometimes it is necessary to change the value of cut-off frequency

The method used to change the original cut-off frequency to new cut-off frequency is called

frequency scaling

19Briefly describe a voltage follower

bull A circuit in which the output voltage follows the input voltage is called voltage followercircuit

bull In Op-amp if the inverting input and the output terminals are shorted and if any signal isapplied

at the non-inverting terminal it appears at the output without any change

bullIt is also called as source follower unity gain amplifier buffer amplifier or isolationamplifier

20 Describe about a bandpass filter

A bandpass filter is basically a frequency selector It allows one particular band of frequencies to

pass Thus the pass band is between the two cut-off frequencies fH and fL where fH gt fL Any

frequency outside this band gets attenuated

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

21Sketch the circuit diagram of first order active low pass filter

22 What is a notch filter and what is its application

A narrow band reject filter is called a notch filter and is used for rejection of a single frequency

such as 50Hz power line frequency

23 Classify the ADCs broadly

1 Direct type ADC

2 Integrating type ADC

24 Differentiate between direct ADC and integrating type ADC a) The integrating type of ADCrsquos do not need a sampleHold circuit at the input

b) It is possible to transmit frequency even in noisy environment or in an isolated form

25 List out some integrating type converters

1 Charge balancing ADC

2 Dual slope ADC

26 What is integrating type converter

An ADC converter that perform conversion in an indirect manner by first changing the

analog IP signal to a linear function of time or frequency and then to a digital code is known as

integrating type AD converter

27List the main advantages of integrating type ADCs

i The integrating type of ADCrsquos doing not need a sampleHold circuit at the input

ii It is possible to transmit frequency even in noisy environment or in an isolated form

28 What are the types of ADC and DAC Types of ADC 1 Flash (comparator) type converter

2 Counter type converter

3 Tracking or servo converter

4 Successive approximation type converter

Types of DAC 1 Weighted resistor DAC

2 R-2R Ladder

3 Inverted R-2R Ladder

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

29 Explain in brief the principle of operation of successive Approximation ADC

The circuit of successive approximation ADC consists of a successive approximation

register (SAR) to find the required value of each bit by trial amp error With the arrival of START

command SAR sets the MSB bit to 1 The OP is converted into an analog signal amp it is

compared with IP signal This OP is low or High This process continues until all bits are

checked

30 Provide the advantages and disadvantages of flash type ADC Flash type ADC is the fastest as well as the most expensive

The disadvantage is the number of comparators needed almost doubles for each added bit (For a

n-bit convertor 2(n-1) comparators 2n resistors are required)

31Define conversion time

It is defined as the total time required converting an analog signal into its digital output It

depends on the conversion technique used amp the propagation delay of circuit components

The conversion time of a successive approximation type ADC is given by T(n+1) Where T---

clock period Tc---conversion time n- no of bits

32 Define resolution of a data converter

The resolution of a converter is the smallest change in voltage which may be produced at the

output or input of the converter Resolution (in volts)= VFS2n-1=1 LSB increment The

resolution of an ADC is defined as the smallest change in analog input for a one-bit change at the

output

33 Explain in brief stability of a converter

The performance of converter changes with temperature age amp power supply variation So all the

relevant parameters such as offset gain linearity error amp monotonicity must be specified over

the full temperature amp power supply ranges to have better stability performances

34 What is meant by linearity

The linearity of an ADCDAC is an important measure of its accuracy amp tells us how close the

converter output is to its ideal transfer characteristics The linearity error is usually expressed as

a fraction of LSB increment or percentage of full-scale voltage A good converter exhibits a

linearity error of less than plusmnfrac12LSB

35 What is a sample and hold circuit Where it is used

A sample and hold circuit is one which samples an input signal and holds on to its last sampled

value until the input is sampled again This circuit is mainly used in digital interfacing analog to

digital systems and pulse code modulation systems

36 Explain the operation of basic sample and hold circuit A typical sample and hold circuit stores electric charge in a capacitor and contains at least one

fast FET switch and at least one operational amplifier To sample the input signal the switch

connects the capacitor to the output of a buffer amplifier The buffer amplifier charges or

discharges the capacitor so that the voltage across the capacitor is practically equal or

proportional to input voltage In hold mode the switch disconnects the capacitor from the buffer

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

The capacitor is invariably discharged by its own leakage currents and useful load currents

which makes the circuit inherently volatile but the loss of voltage (voltage droop) within a

specified hold time remains within an acceptable error margin

37 Define start of conversion and end of conversion Start of Conversion in ADC (SOC) This is the control signal for start of conversion which

initiates AD conversion process

End of Conversion in ADC (EOC) This is the control signal which is activated when the

conversion is completed

38 Define sample period and hold period

The time during which the voltage across the capacitor in sample and hold circuit is equal to

the input voltage is called sample period The time period during which the voltage across the

capacitor is held constant is called hold period

39 Define the following performance parameters of DA converters

(a) Resolution (b)Accuracy (c) Monotonicity d) Conversion time

a) Resolution The resolution of a converter is the smallest change in voltage which may be produced at the

output or input of the converter

Resolution (in volts)= VFS2n-1=1 LSB increment

Example 8 bit DAC has 28-1 =255 equal intervals Hence the smallest change in output voltage

is (1255) of full scale output range

The resolution of an ADC is defined as the smallest change in analog input for a one bit change

at the output

Example The input range of 8 bit AD converter is divided into 255 intervals So the resolution

for 10V input range = 10V255 = 3922mV

b) Accuracy

Absolute accuracy It is the maximum deviation between the actual converter output amp the ideal converter output

Relative accuracy It is the maximum deviation after gain amp offset errors have been removed

The accuracy of a converter is also specified in form of LSB increments or of full scale

voltage

c) Monotonicity A monotonic DAC is one whose analog output increases for an increase in digital input A

monotonic characteristic is essential in control applications otherwise oscillations result

d) Conversion time It is defined as the total time required to convert an analog signal into its digital output It

depends on the conversion technique used amp the propagation delay of circuit componentsThe

conversion time of a successive approximation type ADC is given by T(n+1)

where T---clock period

Tc---conversion time n----no of bits

What is settling time

It represents the time it takes for the output to settle within a specified band plusmnfrac12LSB of itsfinal

value following a code change at the input (usually a full scale change) It depends uponthe

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

switching time of the logic circuitry due to internal parasitic capacitance amp inductancesSettling

time ranges from 100ns to 10micros depending on word length amp type circuit used

40 List the drawbacks of binary weighted resistor technique of DA conversion a) Wide range of resistor values needed

b) Difficulty in achieving and maintaining accurate ratios over a wide range of variations

41 The basic step of a 9 bit DAC is 103 mV If 000000000 represents 0Volts what is the

output for an input of 101101111 The output voltage for input of 101101111 is

= 103 mV (128+027+126+125+024+123+122+121+120)

= 103 10-3 367 = 378 V

42 What are the advantages and disadvantages of R-2R ladder DAC

Advantages a) Easier to build accurately as only two precision metal films are required

b) Number of bits can be expanded by adding more sections of same R2R values

Disadvantage In this type of DAC when there is a change in the input changes the current flow in the resistor

which causes more power dissipation which creates non-linearity in DAC

43 Which is the fastest AD converter and why

Flash type AD converter is the fastest ADC because the fast conversion speed isaccomplished

by providing 2n-1 comparators and simultaneously comparing the input signal with unique

reference levels spaced 1 LSB apart

44 What are the applications of V-I converter

bull Low voltage dc and ac voltmeter

bull L E D

bull Zener diode tester

45 What do you mean by a precision diode

The major limitation of ordinary diode is that it cannot rectify voltages below the cut ndash involtage

of the diode A circuit designed by placing a diode in the feedback loop of an op ndash ampis called

the precision diode and it is capable of rectifying input signals of the order of millivolt

46 Write down the applications of precision diode

bullHalf - wave rectifier

bullFull - Wave rectifier

bullPeak ndash value detector

bullClipper

bullClamper

47 Draw the circuit diagram of sample and hold circuit

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1 Design and explain triangular wave generator using Schmitt trigger and integrator circuit

2 (i) Explain the operation of dual slope ADC

(ii)Explain the following characteristics of ADC

(i)Resolution (ii) Accuracy (iii)Settling time (iv) Linearity

3 (i) Describe the first order lowpass butterworth filter Derive its frequency response and plot

the same

(ii) Design a low pass filter with a cutoff frequency if 1kHz and with a passband gain of 2

4 What is an instrumentation amplifier List its features Explain the operation of three op-amp

instrumentation amplifier and give its application

5 Explain the following applications of opamp (i)voltage to current converter (ii)Clamper

6 Explain the working of (i) Weighted resistor type DAC (ii) Dual slope type ADC

7 Discuss the operation of ladder network DAC with relevant circuit diagram and waveforms

8 Draw and explain the circuit of a voltage to current converter if the load is

(1) Floating

(2) Grounded

9 (i) Explain the working of OP-AMP based Schmitt trigger circuit (8)

(ii) Design an OP-AMP based second order active low pass filter with cut offfrequency 2 kHz

10 (i)draw an instrumentation amplifier using op amp and explain (6)

(ii) Explain the following op amp circuits

(1) Peak detector (2) Clamper (10)

11(i)draw a neat R-2R ladder DAC and explain its principle(6)

(ii) draw a flash type ADC and explain its working(10)

12(i) Explain how to measure phase difference between two signals

(ii) Explain the operation of square wave generator by drawing the capacitor and output voltage

waveforms

13 (i) Draw a sample and hold circuit Explain its operation and indicate its uses

(ii) Describe a circuit which will clip the input signal below a reference voltage

14 (i) Describe the operation of current to voltage converter with appropriate diagrams

(ii) Draw and explain the operation of the following

(i) Triangle wave generator (ii) monostable multivibrator

15 Elaborate on the operation of comparator and describe its applications

16Explain the working principle of RC phase shift sine wave generator using op-amp and derive

expression for f

17 (i) Explain the important specifications of DAC

(ii) With diagrams and example explain the working principle of successive approximation type

ADC

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

UNIT IV SPECIAL ICs

SYLLABUS 555 Timer circuit ndash Functional block characteristics amp applications 566-voltage

controlled oscillator circuit 565-phase lock loop circuit functioning and applications Analog multiplier ICs

TWO MARK QUESTIONS

1 Mention some applications of 555 timer

Oscillator

pulse generator

ramp and square wave generator

burglar alarm

traffic light control

Missing pulse detector

Linear ramp generator

Frequency divider

Pulse width modulation

FSK generator

Pulse position modulator

Schmitt trigger

2 List the applications of 555 timer in monostable mode of operation

Missing pulse detector

Linear ramp generator

Frequency divider

Pulse width modulation

3 List the applications of 555 timer in Astable mode of operation

FSK generator

Pulse-position modulator

4 Enumerate the basic blocks of IC 555 timer

5 Highlight the features of 555 Timer

available in three packages 8 pin metal can 8 pin dip 14 pin dip

6 What is the use of reset pin of 555 timer

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

This is an interrupt for the timing device when pin 4 is grounded it stops the working of device

and turns it off

7 What is the purpose of control voltage pin (5) of 555 timer This pin is the inverting input terminal of comparator This is reference level for comparator with

which threshold is compared If reference level is other than 23 VCC then external input is to

be given to pin 5 Pulse width modulation is possible due to pin 5

8Write the expression for pulse width of 555 timer in monostable mode Pulse width W = 11 RC seconds

R ndash resistor in ohms C ndash capacitor in farads

9Write the expression for total time period of 555 timer in astable mode T = 0693 (RA + 2 RB) C seconds

10 Define duty cycle

The ratio of high output and low output period is given by a mathematical parameter called duty

cycle It is defined as the ratio of ON Time to total time

11 What is a voltage controlled oscillator V o l t age con t r o l l ed o s c i l l a to r i s a f r e e r u nn in g m ul t i v i b ra to r op e r a t in g a t a

s e t frequency called the free running frequency This frequency can be shifted to

either side by applying a dc control voltage and the frequency deviation is

proportional to the dc control voltage

12 On what parameters does the free running frequency of VCO depend on bullExternal timing resistor RT

bullExternal timing capacitor CT

bullThe dc control voltage Vc

13 Give the expression for the VCO free running frequency

f o= 025 RTCT

14 Define Voltage to Frequency conversion factor Voltage to Frequency conversion factor is defined as

Kv = Δfo ΔVc = Vcc

Where ΔVc is the modulation voltage required to produce the frequency shift Δfo

15 List the features of 566 VCO

-24V)

temperature stability

16 State the function of a PLL

A PLL is a basically a closed loop system designed to lock output frequency and phase to the

frequency and phase of an input signal

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

17 Define lock range capture range and pull in time

Lock range

When PLL is in lock it can trap freq changes in the incoming signal The range of frequencies

over which the PLL can maintain lock with the incoming signal is called as lock range Lock in

range ∆fL = +- 78 fo V fo is free running frequency

Capture range

The range of frequencies over which the PLL can acquire lock with the input signal is called as

capture range Capture range = +- = [∆fL (2prodRC)] 12

Define pull-in time

The total time taken by the PLL to establish lock is called pull-in time

18 List out the blocks of PLL a Frequency multiplicationdivision

b Frequency translation c AM detection

d FM demodulation

e FSK demodulation

19 What is the purpose of having a low pass filter in PLL bullIt removes the high frequency components and noise

bullControls the dynamic characteristics of the PLL such as capture range lock -in

range band-width and transient response

bullThe charge on the filter capacitor gives a short- time memory to the PLL

20 Discuss the effect of having large capture range The PLL cannot acquire a signal outside the capture range but once captured it will hold on till

the frequency goes beyond the lock-in range Thus to increase the ability of lock range large

capture range is required But a large capture range will make the PLL more

susceptible to noise and undesirable signal

21 List the applications of 565 PLL

22 What is a switch type phase detector An electronic switch is opened and closed by signal coming from VCO and the input signal is

chopped at a repetition rate determined by the VCO frequency This type of Phase detector is

called a half wave detector since the phase information for only one half of the input signal is

detected and averaged

23 What are the problems associated with switch type phase detector The output voltage Ve is proportional to the input signal amplitude This is undesirable because

it makes phase detector gain and loop gain dependent on the input signal amplitude The output

is proportional to cosφ making it non linear

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

24 What is analog multiplier

An analog multiplier is a circuit in which the output is proportional to the multiplication of two

input voltages It is used in modulation frequency converters and to solve non-linear equations

25 Mention any two analog multiplier Ics

a) IC AD 533

b) IC AD 534

26 What is ICAD 533

It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is a low cost IC comprising a transconductance

multiplying element stable reference and an output amplifier

27 List the features of ICAD533

28 What is ICAD 534List its features

It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is the first general purpose multiplier capable of

providing gain upto X100

Features

Adjustable scale factor

Low noise

Excellent long time stability

29 Mention the applications of analog multipliers 1 Voltage squarer

2 Frequency doubler

3 Voltage divider

4 Square rooter

5 Phase angle detector

6 Rectifier

30 Explain how a frequency doubler can be realized using analog multiplier The multiplication of two sine waves of the same frequency but of possibly different amplitudes

and phase allows doubling a frequency using an analog multiplier

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1 Explain the functional block diagram of 555timer

2 Explain working of PLL using appropriate block diagram and explain any one application of

the same

3 Draw the block diagram of an Astable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression

for its frequency of oscillation

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

4 Draw the block diagram of monostable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression

for its frequency of oscillation Discuss some applications of 555 timer in monostable mode

5 write short notes on

i) capture range

ii) Lock in range

iii) Pull in time

6 Briefly explain the block diagram of PLL and derive the expression for Lock range and

capture range

7 With a neat functional diagram explain the operation of VCO Also derive an expression for

fodiscuss the applications of PLL

8 What is 555 timer What are the features of 555 timer Explain the monostable mode in detail

With neat block diagram explain IC566 VCO operation and discuss any 2 applications

9 What are the modes of operation of IC555 Derive the expression of time delay of monostable

multivibrator

10 (i)Explain the VCO with neat block diagram Give its typical connection diagram and output

waveforms

(ii)Derive the expression for capture range for PLL where a simple RC network is used as a LPF

11 (i)Explain the working of VCO

(ii)What is PLL Explain its operation as frequency multiplier

12 Explain the astable and bistable operation of IC555 with necessary waveforms

13 With the help of schematic circuit explain the operation of 566 VCO Also derive the

expression for output frequenct

14 (i) List and define the various performance parameters of a Multiplier IC (6)

(ii) How the multiplier is used as voltage divider (5)

(iii) How the multiplier is used as frequency doubler (5)

15 Explain with neat block diagrams how PLL is used as

(i) AM Detector (5)

(ii) FM Detector (5)

(iii) Frequency Synthesizer (6)

16(i) describe in details the characteristics and applications of 555 timer (6)

(ii) Draw a neat block diagram of VCO and explain (10)

17(i) Draw the 565 PLL and explain itrsquos functioning in detail (8)

(ii) Give an account on ldquoAnalog multiplier ICrdquo (8)

18 (i)How is an astable multivibrator connected into a pulse position modulator

(ii) Draw the circuit of Schmitt trigger using 555 timer and explain its operation

19Design and draw the waveforms of a 1KHz square wave generator using 555 timer for duty

cycle (i) D=25 (ii) D=50

20(i) Perform the closed loop analysis of PLL

(ii) Explain any two applications of PLL

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

UNIT V APPLICATION ICs

SYLLABUS IC voltage regulators - LM317 723 regulators switching regulator MA 7840 LM

380 power amplifier ICL 8038 function generator IC isolation amplifiers opto coupler opto

electronic ICs

TWO MARK QUESTIONS

1 What is a voltage regulator

A voltage regulator is an electronic circuit that provides a stable dc voltage independent of the

load current temperature and ac line voltage variations

2 Give the classification of voltage regulators

Series Linear regulators

Switching regulators

3 Write about a linear voltage regulator

Series or linear regulator uses a power transistor connected in series between the unregulated dc

input and the load and it conducts in the linear region The output voltage is controlled by the

continuous voltage drop taking place across the series pass transistor

4 What is a switching regulator

Switching regulators are those which operate the power transistor as a high frequency onoff

switchso that the power transistor does not conduct current continouslyThis give improved

efficiency over series regulators

5 List the advantages of IC voltage regulators

Low cost high reliability reduction in size and excellent performance

6 Give some examples of monolithic IC voltage regulators

78XX series fixed output positive voltage regulators

79XX series fixed output negative voltage regulators

723 general purpose regulator

7 What is the purpose of having input and output capacitors in three terminal IC

regulators

A capacitor connected between the input terminal and ground cancels the inductive effects due to

long distribution leads The output capacitor improves the transient response

8 Define line regulation

Line regulation is defined as the percentage change in the output voltage for a change in the

input voltageIt is expressed in millivolts or as a percentage of the output voltage

9 Define load regulation

Load regulation is defined as the change in output voltage for a change in load current It is

expressed in mill volts or as a percentage of the output voltage

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

10 What is meant by current limiting

Current limiting refers to the ability of a regulator to prevent the load current from increasing

above a preset value

11 Give the drawbacks of linear regulators

The input step down transformer is bulky and expensive because of low line frequency Because

of low line frequency large values of filter capacitors are required to decrease the ripple

Efficiency is reduced due to the continuous power dissipation by the transistor as it operates in

the linear region

12 What is the advantage of switching regulators

Greater efficiency is achieved as the power transistor is made to operate as low impedance

switch Power transmitted across the transistor is in discrete pulses rather than as a steady current

flowBy using suitable switching loss reduction technique the switching frequency can be

increased so as to reduce the size and weight of the inductors and capacitors

13 Why do switching regulators have better efficiency than series regulators

The transistor in linear regulator will operate in linear area at all times Considerable power is

dissipated in linear operation since the transistor has voltage across it and current flowing

through itSince the series element in a switching regulator is either fully conducting(V=0 hence

power=0) or switched off(I=0 hence power=0) it dissipates almost no power this is what gives

the switching design its efficiency

14 What are the advantages of adjustable voltage regulators over the fixed voltage

regulators i) Improved line and load regulation by a factor of 10 or more

ii) Because of the improved overload protection greater load current can be drawn

iii) Improved reliability

15 List out the parameters related to the fixed voltage regulators 1) Line regulation

2) Load regulation

3) Ripple rejection

4) Output impedance

5) Maximum power dissipation

6) Rated output current

16 Define dropout voltage of a fixed voltage regulator It is the minimum voltage that must exist between input and output terminals For most of

regulators it is 2 to 3 volts

17 What is an opto-coupler IC

Opto-coupler IC is a combined package of a photo-emitting device and a photo-sensing device

14 What are the types of opto couplers

LED and a photo diode

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

LED and photo transistor

LED and Darlington

15 Give two examples of IC optocouplers

Examples for opto-coupler IC

MCT 2F

16 Mention the advantages of opto-couplers

Better isolation between the two stages

Impedance problem between the stages is eliminated

Wide frequency response

Easily interfaced with digital circuit

Compact and light weight

Problems such as noise transients contact bounce are eliminated

17 Specify the need for isolation amplifier

Isolation amplifiers provide electrical isolation and an electrical safety barrier They protect data

acquisition components from common mode voltages which are potential differences between

instrument ground and signal ground Instruments that are applied in the presence of a common

mode voltage without an isolation barrier allow ground currents to circulate leading in the best

case to a noisy representation of the signal under investigation In the worst case assuming that

the magnitude of common mode voltage or current is sufficient instrument destruction is likely

Isolation amplifiers are used in medical instruments to ensure isolation of a patient from power

supply leakage current

18What are the features of MA78s40

Step upstep down or inverting operation

Operation from 25 to 40 V

80Db line and load regulation

19List the important parts of a regulated power supply

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

(i) Transformer (ii) Rectifier (iii) Filter (iv)Regulator

20 Using LM380 draw the circuit for audio power amplifier

21 What are onetwo and four quadrant multipliers

A four-quadrant multiplier is one where inputs and outputs may swing positive and negative

Many multipliers only work in 2 quadrants (one input may only have one polarity) or single

quadrant (inputs and outputs have only one polarity usually all positive)

22 List the parameters of optocoupler

a Current transfer ratio

b Isolation voltage

c Response time

d Common mode rejection

23Why current boosting is done in 723 regulator

The maximum current capability of 723 regulator is 140mA In certain applications this value of

current is not sufficient Hence current boosting is done using series pass transistor

24 What are the limitations of three terminal regulator

1 For fixed output regulators the output voltage is not precise

2 Only selected values of output voltages are available

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

3 Current boosting by external series pass transistor is required if load current beyond the

capability of basic regulator is required

25 Draw the typical connection diagram of IC LM317

26 What is the function od a series pass transistor in voltage regulator

The series pass transistor acsts as a control element The value of VcE gets adjusted in such a

way that the output voltage of the regulator always remains constant In addition the series pass

transistor supplies the load current

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1Draw and explain the functional block diagram of 723 voltage regulator and how this IC can be

used as high voltage regulator

2Write an explanatory note on

(i) Power amplifier (ii) Isolation amplifier

3 With neat diagrams explain the working of switched mode power supply

4 Write brief notes on

(i)IC MA 7840

(ii) Optocoupler

5 (i)Explain the working of series voltage regulator

(ii)Write notes on optocoupler

6 What is a switching regulator With neat block diagram explain the internals of MA7840

7 Draw the functional block diagram of IC 723 and explain

8 Explain with the help of functional block diagram the working of voltage regulator IC723

Clearly explain how current limit and foldback type current limiting facility can be provided with

723 circuits

9 Draw the circuit of series voltage regulator Design this circuit to operate from a supply of 20v

and to provide an output of 12V with maximum load current of 40mA

10 Draw the functional diagram of ICL 8038 Function generator IC and explain its operation

Give its frequency of oscillation at the output

11 (i) With neat diagram explain the working principle of isolation amplifier (8)

(ii) With neat diagram explain the principle of operation of optocouplers (8)

12 With the help of neat circuit diagram explain the operation of an adjustable regulator using

LM317

13 State the features and applications of IC LM 380 and explain them

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

14 Design a waveform generator using IC8038 The frequency of oscillation is 5kHz and duty

cycle is 50 From data sheet Vcc=5V VoH=36V VoL=02V ILL=16mA ILH=409uA

15 (i) Design low voltage regulator using IC 723 for 5V and explain its characteristics

(ii) Describe the features of function generator IC

(iii)Write short notes on optocoupler ICs

Page 5: EE2254 LICA QB

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

b) Photo etching

The development of photographic mask involves the preparation of initial artwork and its

reduction

decomposition of initial artwork or layout into several mask layers

Photo etching is used for the removal of SiO2 from desired regions so that the desired impurities

can be

diffused

18 Distinguish between dry etching amp wet etching

SNo Dry etching Wet etching

1 Gaseous mixture is used as the chemical

reagent

Chemical reagents used are in the

liquid form

2 Smaller line openings(le1microm) possible with dry

etching

Line openings are larger (gt1microm)

3 It produces straight walled etching process It produces patterns with undercutting

19 Give an account of reactive plasma etching

The term reactive plasma is meant to describe a discharge in which ionization amp fragmentation

of gases takes placeamp produce chemically active plasma species frequently oxidizers and

reducing agents Such plasmas are reactive both in the gas phase amp with solid surfaces exposed

to them When these interactions are used to form volatile products so that material is removed

or etching of material form surfaces that are not masked to form lithographic patterns the

technique is known as reactive plasma etching

20 What makes isotropic etching process different from that of anisotropic etching

process

Isotropic etching is a wet etching process which involves undercutting Anisotropic etching is a

dry etching process which provides straight walled patterns

21 Define diffusion

The process of introducing impurities into selected regions of a silicon wafer is called diffusion

The rate at which various impurities diffuse into the silicon will be of the order of 1 micromhr range

of 900oC to 1100oC The impurity atoms have the tendency to move from regions of higher

concentrations to lower concentrations

22 What is the significance of using buried layer

The buried layer is for increasing the conductivity of the path the charges take to reach the

collector terminalBuried layers are used in bipolar devices to lower collector resistance in bulk

silicon and SOI (silicon-on-insulator) technologies

23 Describe about dielectric isolation

In dielectric isolation a layer of solid dielectric such as SiO2 or ruby completely surrounds each

components thereby producing isolation both electrical amp physical This isolating dielectric

layer is thick enough so that its associated capacitance is negligible Also it is possible to

fabricate both pnp amp npn transistors within the same silicon substrate

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

24What is metallization

The process of producing a thin metal film layer that will serve to make interconnection of the

various components on the chip is called metallization

25 Bring out the advantages of ion implantation technique

1 It is performed at low temperature Therefore previously diffused regions have a lesser

tendency for lateral spreading

2 In diffusion process temperature has to be controlled over a large area inside the oven

whereas in ion implantation process accelerating potential amp beam content are dielectrically

controlled from outside

26 Compare monolithic and hybrid ICs

SNo Monolithic ICs Hybrid ICs

1 All circuit components (both active and

passive) and their interconnections are formed

into or on the top of a single chip of silicon

In hybrid circuits separate component

parts are attached to a ceramic substrate

and interconnected by means of either

metallization pattern or wire bonds

2 The components are mounted on the surface of

a single piece crystal semiconductor material

which is usually silicon based

Here the components are bonded to a

substrate or printed circuit board

3 No possibility of fabrication of inductors Inductors can be included in hybrid ICs

4 Small range of values of passive components

used in the ICs

Any range of components can be

included

5 No encapsulation Encapsulated by epoxy

6 Smaller in size Comparitively larger in size

7 The monolithic circuit is ideal for applications

where identical circuits are required in very

large quantities and hence provides lowest

per-unit cost and highest order of reliability

This technology is more adaptable

to small quantity custom circuits

27 What is meant by ion implantation

Ion implantation is the dominant technique to introduce dopant impurities into crystalline silicon

This is performed with an electric field which accelerates the ionized atoms or molecules so that

these particles penetrate into the target material until they come to rest because of interactions

with the silicon atoms Ion implantation is able to control exactly the distribution and dose of the

dopants in silicon because the penetration depth depends on the kinetic energy of the ions which

is proportional to the electric field The dopant dose can be controlled by varying the ion source

28 What are the advantages of polysilicon gate MOSFET over aluminium gate

When aluminum gate is used excess surface state charges and mobile ion contamination results

in threshold variation Excessive overlap capacitance is created and parasitic capacitance reduces

the switching speed When Aluminum is used as gate material it can erode completely causing

contact spiking

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

Poly-silicon reduces surface state density and improve threshold voltage control Polysilicon-

gate can be doped with phosphorus to minimize mobile ion contamination resulting in faster

switching speeds and better control of threshold voltage

16 MARKS

1Explain in detail the fabrication of ICs using silicon planar technology

2Explain the various methods of fabricating transistor in monolithic integrated circuit

3Describe the process involved in the fabrication of capacitor and transistor with suitable figures

4 Discuss the various methods of fabricating IC resistors and compare their performance

5 (i) Briefly explain the various types of IC packages Mention the criteria for selecting an IC

package

(ii) Write short notes on classification of integrated circuits

6 (i) Explain the process of epitaxial growth with neat diagrams

(ii) With neat sketches explain the fabrication of diodes

7 (i)Explain the different isolation techniques

(ii) Describe in detail about the diffusion process in IC fabrication

8 With neat sketches describe the process of epitaxial growth and photolithography

9 (i) Explain the process of masking and etching in the IC fabrication with neat sketches

(ii) Explain how monolithic IC is different from Hybrid IC

10 Explain in detail the fabrication process of passive component in integrated circuits

11 With necessary diagrams explain the fabrication of MOSFET

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

UNIT II CHARACTERISTICS OF OPAMP

SYLLABUS Ideal OP-AMP characteristics DC characteristics AC characteristics offset

voltage and currentvoltage series feedback and shunt feedback amplifiers differential amplifier

frequency response of OP-AMP Basic applications of op-amp ndash summer differentiator and

integrator

TWO MARK QUESTIONS

1 What is OPAMP

An operational amplifier is a direct coupled high gain amplifier consisting of one or more

differential amplifiers followed by a level translator and an output stageIt is a versatile device

that can be used to amplify ac as well as dc input signals amp designed for computing

mathamatical functions such as addition subtraction multiplication integration amp

differentiation

2 Draw the pin configuration of IC741

3 List out the ideal characteristics of OPAMP

1 Open loop voltage gain is infinity

2 Input impedance is infinity

3 Output impedance is zero

4 Bandwidth is infinity

5 Zero offset

6 Infinite bandwidth

7 Infinite CMRR

8 Infinite slew rate

9 Infinite PSRR

4 What do you infer from ideal opamp characteristics

i)The current drawn by either of the input terminals(non- invertinginverting) is negligible

ii)The potential difference between the inverting amp non-inverting input terminals is zero

5 Draw the equivalent circuit of op-amp and its voltage transfer characteristics

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

Equivalent circuit of op-amp

Voltage transfer curve of op-amp

6 Why open loop op-amp configurations is not used in linear applications a The open loop gain of the op-amp is very high Hence a very small input signal will drive the

output to saturation This results in distortion Therefore only the smaller signals having low

frequency may be amplified accurately without distortion

b Open loop Voltage gain of the op-amp is not a constant voltage gain varies with changes in

temperature and power supply as well as mass production techniques This makes op-amp

unsuitable for many linear applications

7 Why negative feedback is used in op-amp

The open loop gain of op-amp is close to infinity Hence even a small signal at the input is able

to drive the output to saturation When negative feedback is used the gain is reduced and hence

the op-amp operates in linear region without saturation Negative feedback is the key to having a

self-stabilizing system This stability gives the op-amp the capacity to work in its linear (active)

mode as opposed to merely being saturated fully on or off as it was when used as a

comparator with no feedback at all

8 With respect to op-amp explain what is virtual ground A virtual ground is a ground which acts like a ground It may not have physical connection to

ground For an ideal op-amp the inverting and non-inverting terminals are at the same potentials

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

The non-inverting input is grounded for the inverting amplifier circuit This means that the

inverting input of the op-amp is also at ground potential

9Mention some of the linear applications of op ndash amps

Adder subtractor voltage ndashto- current converter current ndashto- voltage converters instrumentation

amplifier analog computation power amplifier etc are some of the linear op-amp circuits

10 Mention some of the non ndash linear applications of op-amps-

Rectifier peak detector clipper clamper sample and hold circuit log amplifier anti ndashlog

amplifier multiplier are some of the non ndash linear op-amp circuits

11What happens when the common terminal of V+ and V- sources is not grounded

If the common point of the two supplies is not grounded twice the supply voltage will get

applied and it may damage the op-amp

12Define input offset voltage

A small voltage applied to the input terminals to make the output voltage as zero when the two

input terminals are grounded is called input offset voltage

13Define input offset current State the reasons for the offset currents at the input of the

op-amp

The difference between the bias currents at the input terminals of the op-amp is called as input

offset current The input terminals conduct a small value of dc current to bias the input

transistors Since the input transistors cannot be made identical there exists a difference in bias

currents

14Define thermal drift

The bias current offset current amp offset voltage is dependent on changes in temperature A

circuit carefully nulled at 25oC may not remain so when the temperature raises to 35

oCThis is

called thermal drift Often offset current drift is expressed in nA oC and offset voltage drift in

mV oC

15Define supply voltage rejection ratio(SVRR)

The change in OPAMPrsquos input offset voltage due to variations in supply voltage is called the

supply voltage rejection ratio It is also called Power Supply Rejection Ratio(PSRR) or Power

Supply Sensitivity(PSS)

16Define i) Input bias current iii) Input offset current of an op-amp

i) Input bias current

Input bias current IB is the average of the currents that flow into the inverting and non-inverting

input erminals of the op-amp

ie IB = (IB1+IB2)2

ii) Input offset current

The algebraic difference between the current into the inverting and non-inverting terminals is

referred to as input offset current Iio Mathematically it is represented as Iio = |IB - IB |

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

Where

I B+is the current into the non-inverting input terminals

IB- is the current into the inverting input terminals

17Define CMRR of an op-amp

The relative sensitivity of an op-amp to a difference signal as compared to a common ndashmode

signal is called the common ndashmode rejection ratio It is expressed in decibels CMRR= AdAc

18 Define slew rate What causes slew rate

The slew rate is defined as the maximum rate of change of output voltage caused by a step input

voltage An ideal slew rate is infinite which means that op-amprsquos output voltage should change

instantaneously in response to input step voltage

There is a capacitor with-in or outside of an op-amp to prevent oscillation It is this capacitor

which prevents the output voltage from responding immediately to a fast changing input

19 Define Unity Gain Bandwidth of Op-amp

For a certain frequency of the input signal the gain of the Op-amp reduces to 0 dB Thismeans

20 log |AOL(f) | is 0dB ie |AOL(f) | = 1 Such a frequency is called gain cross overfrequency or

unity gain bandwidth (UGB)

20Why IC 741 is not used for high frequency applications

IC741 has a low slew rate because of the predominance of capacitance present in the circuit at

higher frequencies As frequency increases the output gets distorted due to limited slew rate

21In practical op-amps what is the effect of high frequency on its performance

The open-loop gain of op-amp decreases at higher frequencies due to the presence of parasitic

capacitance The closed-loop gain increases at higher frequencies and leads to instability

22What is the need for frequency compensation in practical op-amps

Frequency compensation is needed when large bandwidth and lower closed loop gain is desired

Compensating networks are used to control the phase shift and hence to improve the stability

23Mention the frequency compensation methods

Dominant-pole compensation

Pole-zero compensation

24What are the merits and demerits of Dominant-pole compensation

noise immunity of the system is improved

Open-loop bandwidth is reduced

25 Draw the voltage follower circuit of an OP-AMP

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

26 What are the limitations of an ideal active differentiator At high frequency differentiators may become unstable and break into oscillation The input

impedance ie (1ωC1) decreases with increase in frequency thereby making the circuit

sensitive to high frequency noise

27 Draw a subtractor using op-amp

If all the resistors in the above circuit are equal the circuit functions as a subtractor

28 Design an amplifier with a gain of -10 and input resistance of 10k

Since negative gain is required an inverting amplifier should be used

Gain of inverting amplifier = -RfR1= -10 (Given)

Given R1=10k

10 Rf =1k

29 Draw the circuit diagram of an integrator and give its output equation

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

30 Classify the negative feedback configuration and draw the corresponding block

diagram

A closed loop amplifier can be represented by two blocks one for an OPAMP and other for a

feedback circuits There are four following ways to connect these blocks These connections are

classified according to whether the voltage or current is feedback to the input in series or in

parallel

Voltage ndash series feedback

Voltage ndash shunt feedback

Current ndash series feedback

Current ndash shunt feedback

These connections are shown in figure below

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1 (i) Explain the functions of all the basic building blocks of Op-amp

(ii) Explain the application of op-amp as (i) Integrator (ii) Differentiator

2 Discuss about the methods of frequency compensation in opamp

3 Explain the operation of a basic differential amplifier

4 Obtain the frequency response of an open-loop op-amp

5 (i) With neat diagrams explain the types of feedback configurations available

(ii) Briefly explain summing amplifier and draw an adder circuit for the given expression

V0= V1+V2-V3-(V4+2)

6 (i) Explain the DC characteristics of op-amp with the help of neat diagrams

(ii)With neat circuit diagram and equations discuss the operation of summer and differentiator

using opamp

7 (i) Explain the AC characteristics of an operational amplifier

(ii) Sketch the basic circuit using op-amp to perform the mathematical operation of

differentiation and explain What are the limitations of an ordinary OP-AMP differentiator

Draw and explain the circuit of a practical differentiators that will eliminate these limitations

8 (i) Explain in detail the characteristic of an ideal opamp (8)

(ii) Draw the block diagram and equivalent circuit of op-ampExplain them (10)

9 (i) Explain the application of op amp as (1)summer (2)integrator (8)

(ii) Define and explain (1) slew rate (2) SVRR (4)

(iii) Explain the frequency response of op-amp (4)

10 What are the different open-loop configurations of op-amp Explain the differential amplifier

configuration

11 With the help of circuit diagram explain the operation of non-inverting and inverting

configuration of op-amp and derive expressions for voltage gain for each configuration

12 (i) Draw and explain the closed loop frequency response of op-amp

(ii) Elaborate on pole-zero compensation technique

13 Find the output voltage of the above circuit

14(i) Define and explain slew rate What is full power bandwidth Describe methods to improve

slewrate

(ii) Define output offset voltage Explain methods to nullify offset voltage

15 (i) With neat circuit diagram explain the operation of the following circuits

(a) Voltage follower (b)Integrator

(ii) For the non inverting opamp shown in fig find the output voltage

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

UNIT III APPLICATIONS OF OPAMP

SYLLABUS Instrumentation amplifier first and second order active filters VI amp IV converters

comparatorsmultivibrators waveform generators clippers clampers peak detector SH circuit DA converter (R-2R ladder and weighted resistor types) AD converter - Dual slope successive approximation and flash types

TWO MARK QUESTIONS

1What is the need for an instrumentation amplifier

In a number of industrial and consumer applications the measurement of physical quantities is

usually done with the help of transducers The output of transducer has to be amplified So that it

can drive the indicator or display system This function is performed by an instrumentation

amplifier

2List the features of instrumentation amplifier

o high gain accuracy

o high CMRR

o high gain stability with low temperature co-efficient

o low dc offset

o low output impedance

3 What is a comparator

A comparator is a circuit which compares a signal voltage applied at one input of an opamp with

a known reference voltage at the other input It is an open loop op - amp with output + Vsat or -

Vsat

4 What are the applications of comparator

Zero crossing detectors

Window detector

Time marker generator

Phase detector

5 What is a Schmitt trigger

Schmitt trigger is a regenerative comparator It converts sinusoidal input into a square wave

output The output of Schmitt trigger swings between upper and lower threshold voltages which

are the reference voltages of the input waveform

6 What is a multivibrator

Multivibrators are a group of regenerative circuits that are used extensively in timing

applications It is a wave shaping circuit which gives symmetric or asymmetric square output It

has two states either stable or quasi- stable depending on the type of multivibrator

7 What do you mean by monostable multivibrator

Monostable multivibrator is one which generates a single pulse of specified duration in

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

response to each external trigger signal It has only one stable state Application of a trigger

causes a change to the quasi-stable stateAn external trigger signal generated due to charging and

discharging of the capacitor produces the transition to the original stable state

8 Write a brief note on astable multivibrator

Astable multivibrator is a free running oscillator having two quasi-stable states Thus there are

oscillations between these two states and no external signal is required to produce the change in

state

9 What is a bistable multivibrator

Bistable multivibrator is one that maintains a given output voltage level unless an external

trigger is applied Application of an external trigger signal causes a change of state and this

output level is maintained indefinitely until an second trigger is applied Thus it requires two

external triggers before it returns to its initial state

10 What are the requirements for producing sustained oscillations in feedback circuits

For sustained oscillations

The total phase shift around the loop must be zero at the desired frequency of oscillation fo

ieL AB=00 or 360

0

At fo the magnitu

11Draw the circuit diagram of positive clipper

12 What is hysteresis with reference to Schmitt trigger circuit

In the non-inverting configuration when the input is higher than a certain chosen threshold the

output is high When the input is below a different (lower) chosen threshold the output is low

and when the input is between the two levels the output retains its value This dual threshold

action is called hysteresis and implies that the Schmitt trigger possesses memory and can act as a

bistable circuit (latch)

13 Differentiate between Schmitt trigger and comparator

SNo Comparator Schmitt trigger

1 Feedback is not used that is Op-amp is used

in open loop mode

Feedback is used that is Op-ampis used in

closed loop mode

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

2 False triggering due to noise voltages is

possible

False triggering due to noise voltages is

not possible

3 A single reference voltage exists Two different threshold voltages exists as

VUT and VLT

4 No hysteresis exists Hysteresis exists with a width H=VUT -

VLT

14 What is a filter

Filter is a frequency selective circuit that passes signal of specified band of frequencies

andattenuates the signals of frequencies outside the band

15 What are the demerits of passive filters

Passive filters works well for high frequencies But at audio frequencies the inductorsbecome

problematic as they become large heavy and expensive For low frequencyapplications more

number of turns of wire must be used which in turn adds to the seriesresistance degrading

inductorrsquos performance ie low Q resulting in high power dissipation

16 What are the advantages of active filters

bull Active filters used op- amp as the active element and resistors and capacitors as

passiveelements

bull By enclosing a capacitor in the feed back loop inductor less active filters can be obtained

bull Op-amp used in non ndash inverting configuration offers high input impedance and low output

impedance thus improving the load drive capacity

17What are the different types of filters

Based on the components used Active filters and passive filters

Based on frequency responses Low pass filterHigh pass filterBand pass filterBand reject filter

Based on order of transfer function first second third higher order filters

Based on configuration Bessel Chebyshev Butterworth filters

18What is frequency scaling

Once the filter is designed sometimes it is necessary to change the value of cut-off frequency

The method used to change the original cut-off frequency to new cut-off frequency is called

frequency scaling

19Briefly describe a voltage follower

bull A circuit in which the output voltage follows the input voltage is called voltage followercircuit

bull In Op-amp if the inverting input and the output terminals are shorted and if any signal isapplied

at the non-inverting terminal it appears at the output without any change

bullIt is also called as source follower unity gain amplifier buffer amplifier or isolationamplifier

20 Describe about a bandpass filter

A bandpass filter is basically a frequency selector It allows one particular band of frequencies to

pass Thus the pass band is between the two cut-off frequencies fH and fL where fH gt fL Any

frequency outside this band gets attenuated

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

21Sketch the circuit diagram of first order active low pass filter

22 What is a notch filter and what is its application

A narrow band reject filter is called a notch filter and is used for rejection of a single frequency

such as 50Hz power line frequency

23 Classify the ADCs broadly

1 Direct type ADC

2 Integrating type ADC

24 Differentiate between direct ADC and integrating type ADC a) The integrating type of ADCrsquos do not need a sampleHold circuit at the input

b) It is possible to transmit frequency even in noisy environment or in an isolated form

25 List out some integrating type converters

1 Charge balancing ADC

2 Dual slope ADC

26 What is integrating type converter

An ADC converter that perform conversion in an indirect manner by first changing the

analog IP signal to a linear function of time or frequency and then to a digital code is known as

integrating type AD converter

27List the main advantages of integrating type ADCs

i The integrating type of ADCrsquos doing not need a sampleHold circuit at the input

ii It is possible to transmit frequency even in noisy environment or in an isolated form

28 What are the types of ADC and DAC Types of ADC 1 Flash (comparator) type converter

2 Counter type converter

3 Tracking or servo converter

4 Successive approximation type converter

Types of DAC 1 Weighted resistor DAC

2 R-2R Ladder

3 Inverted R-2R Ladder

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

29 Explain in brief the principle of operation of successive Approximation ADC

The circuit of successive approximation ADC consists of a successive approximation

register (SAR) to find the required value of each bit by trial amp error With the arrival of START

command SAR sets the MSB bit to 1 The OP is converted into an analog signal amp it is

compared with IP signal This OP is low or High This process continues until all bits are

checked

30 Provide the advantages and disadvantages of flash type ADC Flash type ADC is the fastest as well as the most expensive

The disadvantage is the number of comparators needed almost doubles for each added bit (For a

n-bit convertor 2(n-1) comparators 2n resistors are required)

31Define conversion time

It is defined as the total time required converting an analog signal into its digital output It

depends on the conversion technique used amp the propagation delay of circuit components

The conversion time of a successive approximation type ADC is given by T(n+1) Where T---

clock period Tc---conversion time n- no of bits

32 Define resolution of a data converter

The resolution of a converter is the smallest change in voltage which may be produced at the

output or input of the converter Resolution (in volts)= VFS2n-1=1 LSB increment The

resolution of an ADC is defined as the smallest change in analog input for a one-bit change at the

output

33 Explain in brief stability of a converter

The performance of converter changes with temperature age amp power supply variation So all the

relevant parameters such as offset gain linearity error amp monotonicity must be specified over

the full temperature amp power supply ranges to have better stability performances

34 What is meant by linearity

The linearity of an ADCDAC is an important measure of its accuracy amp tells us how close the

converter output is to its ideal transfer characteristics The linearity error is usually expressed as

a fraction of LSB increment or percentage of full-scale voltage A good converter exhibits a

linearity error of less than plusmnfrac12LSB

35 What is a sample and hold circuit Where it is used

A sample and hold circuit is one which samples an input signal and holds on to its last sampled

value until the input is sampled again This circuit is mainly used in digital interfacing analog to

digital systems and pulse code modulation systems

36 Explain the operation of basic sample and hold circuit A typical sample and hold circuit stores electric charge in a capacitor and contains at least one

fast FET switch and at least one operational amplifier To sample the input signal the switch

connects the capacitor to the output of a buffer amplifier The buffer amplifier charges or

discharges the capacitor so that the voltage across the capacitor is practically equal or

proportional to input voltage In hold mode the switch disconnects the capacitor from the buffer

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

The capacitor is invariably discharged by its own leakage currents and useful load currents

which makes the circuit inherently volatile but the loss of voltage (voltage droop) within a

specified hold time remains within an acceptable error margin

37 Define start of conversion and end of conversion Start of Conversion in ADC (SOC) This is the control signal for start of conversion which

initiates AD conversion process

End of Conversion in ADC (EOC) This is the control signal which is activated when the

conversion is completed

38 Define sample period and hold period

The time during which the voltage across the capacitor in sample and hold circuit is equal to

the input voltage is called sample period The time period during which the voltage across the

capacitor is held constant is called hold period

39 Define the following performance parameters of DA converters

(a) Resolution (b)Accuracy (c) Monotonicity d) Conversion time

a) Resolution The resolution of a converter is the smallest change in voltage which may be produced at the

output or input of the converter

Resolution (in volts)= VFS2n-1=1 LSB increment

Example 8 bit DAC has 28-1 =255 equal intervals Hence the smallest change in output voltage

is (1255) of full scale output range

The resolution of an ADC is defined as the smallest change in analog input for a one bit change

at the output

Example The input range of 8 bit AD converter is divided into 255 intervals So the resolution

for 10V input range = 10V255 = 3922mV

b) Accuracy

Absolute accuracy It is the maximum deviation between the actual converter output amp the ideal converter output

Relative accuracy It is the maximum deviation after gain amp offset errors have been removed

The accuracy of a converter is also specified in form of LSB increments or of full scale

voltage

c) Monotonicity A monotonic DAC is one whose analog output increases for an increase in digital input A

monotonic characteristic is essential in control applications otherwise oscillations result

d) Conversion time It is defined as the total time required to convert an analog signal into its digital output It

depends on the conversion technique used amp the propagation delay of circuit componentsThe

conversion time of a successive approximation type ADC is given by T(n+1)

where T---clock period

Tc---conversion time n----no of bits

What is settling time

It represents the time it takes for the output to settle within a specified band plusmnfrac12LSB of itsfinal

value following a code change at the input (usually a full scale change) It depends uponthe

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

switching time of the logic circuitry due to internal parasitic capacitance amp inductancesSettling

time ranges from 100ns to 10micros depending on word length amp type circuit used

40 List the drawbacks of binary weighted resistor technique of DA conversion a) Wide range of resistor values needed

b) Difficulty in achieving and maintaining accurate ratios over a wide range of variations

41 The basic step of a 9 bit DAC is 103 mV If 000000000 represents 0Volts what is the

output for an input of 101101111 The output voltage for input of 101101111 is

= 103 mV (128+027+126+125+024+123+122+121+120)

= 103 10-3 367 = 378 V

42 What are the advantages and disadvantages of R-2R ladder DAC

Advantages a) Easier to build accurately as only two precision metal films are required

b) Number of bits can be expanded by adding more sections of same R2R values

Disadvantage In this type of DAC when there is a change in the input changes the current flow in the resistor

which causes more power dissipation which creates non-linearity in DAC

43 Which is the fastest AD converter and why

Flash type AD converter is the fastest ADC because the fast conversion speed isaccomplished

by providing 2n-1 comparators and simultaneously comparing the input signal with unique

reference levels spaced 1 LSB apart

44 What are the applications of V-I converter

bull Low voltage dc and ac voltmeter

bull L E D

bull Zener diode tester

45 What do you mean by a precision diode

The major limitation of ordinary diode is that it cannot rectify voltages below the cut ndash involtage

of the diode A circuit designed by placing a diode in the feedback loop of an op ndash ampis called

the precision diode and it is capable of rectifying input signals of the order of millivolt

46 Write down the applications of precision diode

bullHalf - wave rectifier

bullFull - Wave rectifier

bullPeak ndash value detector

bullClipper

bullClamper

47 Draw the circuit diagram of sample and hold circuit

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1 Design and explain triangular wave generator using Schmitt trigger and integrator circuit

2 (i) Explain the operation of dual slope ADC

(ii)Explain the following characteristics of ADC

(i)Resolution (ii) Accuracy (iii)Settling time (iv) Linearity

3 (i) Describe the first order lowpass butterworth filter Derive its frequency response and plot

the same

(ii) Design a low pass filter with a cutoff frequency if 1kHz and with a passband gain of 2

4 What is an instrumentation amplifier List its features Explain the operation of three op-amp

instrumentation amplifier and give its application

5 Explain the following applications of opamp (i)voltage to current converter (ii)Clamper

6 Explain the working of (i) Weighted resistor type DAC (ii) Dual slope type ADC

7 Discuss the operation of ladder network DAC with relevant circuit diagram and waveforms

8 Draw and explain the circuit of a voltage to current converter if the load is

(1) Floating

(2) Grounded

9 (i) Explain the working of OP-AMP based Schmitt trigger circuit (8)

(ii) Design an OP-AMP based second order active low pass filter with cut offfrequency 2 kHz

10 (i)draw an instrumentation amplifier using op amp and explain (6)

(ii) Explain the following op amp circuits

(1) Peak detector (2) Clamper (10)

11(i)draw a neat R-2R ladder DAC and explain its principle(6)

(ii) draw a flash type ADC and explain its working(10)

12(i) Explain how to measure phase difference between two signals

(ii) Explain the operation of square wave generator by drawing the capacitor and output voltage

waveforms

13 (i) Draw a sample and hold circuit Explain its operation and indicate its uses

(ii) Describe a circuit which will clip the input signal below a reference voltage

14 (i) Describe the operation of current to voltage converter with appropriate diagrams

(ii) Draw and explain the operation of the following

(i) Triangle wave generator (ii) monostable multivibrator

15 Elaborate on the operation of comparator and describe its applications

16Explain the working principle of RC phase shift sine wave generator using op-amp and derive

expression for f

17 (i) Explain the important specifications of DAC

(ii) With diagrams and example explain the working principle of successive approximation type

ADC

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

UNIT IV SPECIAL ICs

SYLLABUS 555 Timer circuit ndash Functional block characteristics amp applications 566-voltage

controlled oscillator circuit 565-phase lock loop circuit functioning and applications Analog multiplier ICs

TWO MARK QUESTIONS

1 Mention some applications of 555 timer

Oscillator

pulse generator

ramp and square wave generator

burglar alarm

traffic light control

Missing pulse detector

Linear ramp generator

Frequency divider

Pulse width modulation

FSK generator

Pulse position modulator

Schmitt trigger

2 List the applications of 555 timer in monostable mode of operation

Missing pulse detector

Linear ramp generator

Frequency divider

Pulse width modulation

3 List the applications of 555 timer in Astable mode of operation

FSK generator

Pulse-position modulator

4 Enumerate the basic blocks of IC 555 timer

5 Highlight the features of 555 Timer

available in three packages 8 pin metal can 8 pin dip 14 pin dip

6 What is the use of reset pin of 555 timer

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

This is an interrupt for the timing device when pin 4 is grounded it stops the working of device

and turns it off

7 What is the purpose of control voltage pin (5) of 555 timer This pin is the inverting input terminal of comparator This is reference level for comparator with

which threshold is compared If reference level is other than 23 VCC then external input is to

be given to pin 5 Pulse width modulation is possible due to pin 5

8Write the expression for pulse width of 555 timer in monostable mode Pulse width W = 11 RC seconds

R ndash resistor in ohms C ndash capacitor in farads

9Write the expression for total time period of 555 timer in astable mode T = 0693 (RA + 2 RB) C seconds

10 Define duty cycle

The ratio of high output and low output period is given by a mathematical parameter called duty

cycle It is defined as the ratio of ON Time to total time

11 What is a voltage controlled oscillator V o l t age con t r o l l ed o s c i l l a to r i s a f r e e r u nn in g m ul t i v i b ra to r op e r a t in g a t a

s e t frequency called the free running frequency This frequency can be shifted to

either side by applying a dc control voltage and the frequency deviation is

proportional to the dc control voltage

12 On what parameters does the free running frequency of VCO depend on bullExternal timing resistor RT

bullExternal timing capacitor CT

bullThe dc control voltage Vc

13 Give the expression for the VCO free running frequency

f o= 025 RTCT

14 Define Voltage to Frequency conversion factor Voltage to Frequency conversion factor is defined as

Kv = Δfo ΔVc = Vcc

Where ΔVc is the modulation voltage required to produce the frequency shift Δfo

15 List the features of 566 VCO

-24V)

temperature stability

16 State the function of a PLL

A PLL is a basically a closed loop system designed to lock output frequency and phase to the

frequency and phase of an input signal

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

17 Define lock range capture range and pull in time

Lock range

When PLL is in lock it can trap freq changes in the incoming signal The range of frequencies

over which the PLL can maintain lock with the incoming signal is called as lock range Lock in

range ∆fL = +- 78 fo V fo is free running frequency

Capture range

The range of frequencies over which the PLL can acquire lock with the input signal is called as

capture range Capture range = +- = [∆fL (2prodRC)] 12

Define pull-in time

The total time taken by the PLL to establish lock is called pull-in time

18 List out the blocks of PLL a Frequency multiplicationdivision

b Frequency translation c AM detection

d FM demodulation

e FSK demodulation

19 What is the purpose of having a low pass filter in PLL bullIt removes the high frequency components and noise

bullControls the dynamic characteristics of the PLL such as capture range lock -in

range band-width and transient response

bullThe charge on the filter capacitor gives a short- time memory to the PLL

20 Discuss the effect of having large capture range The PLL cannot acquire a signal outside the capture range but once captured it will hold on till

the frequency goes beyond the lock-in range Thus to increase the ability of lock range large

capture range is required But a large capture range will make the PLL more

susceptible to noise and undesirable signal

21 List the applications of 565 PLL

22 What is a switch type phase detector An electronic switch is opened and closed by signal coming from VCO and the input signal is

chopped at a repetition rate determined by the VCO frequency This type of Phase detector is

called a half wave detector since the phase information for only one half of the input signal is

detected and averaged

23 What are the problems associated with switch type phase detector The output voltage Ve is proportional to the input signal amplitude This is undesirable because

it makes phase detector gain and loop gain dependent on the input signal amplitude The output

is proportional to cosφ making it non linear

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

24 What is analog multiplier

An analog multiplier is a circuit in which the output is proportional to the multiplication of two

input voltages It is used in modulation frequency converters and to solve non-linear equations

25 Mention any two analog multiplier Ics

a) IC AD 533

b) IC AD 534

26 What is ICAD 533

It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is a low cost IC comprising a transconductance

multiplying element stable reference and an output amplifier

27 List the features of ICAD533

28 What is ICAD 534List its features

It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is the first general purpose multiplier capable of

providing gain upto X100

Features

Adjustable scale factor

Low noise

Excellent long time stability

29 Mention the applications of analog multipliers 1 Voltage squarer

2 Frequency doubler

3 Voltage divider

4 Square rooter

5 Phase angle detector

6 Rectifier

30 Explain how a frequency doubler can be realized using analog multiplier The multiplication of two sine waves of the same frequency but of possibly different amplitudes

and phase allows doubling a frequency using an analog multiplier

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1 Explain the functional block diagram of 555timer

2 Explain working of PLL using appropriate block diagram and explain any one application of

the same

3 Draw the block diagram of an Astable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression

for its frequency of oscillation

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

4 Draw the block diagram of monostable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression

for its frequency of oscillation Discuss some applications of 555 timer in monostable mode

5 write short notes on

i) capture range

ii) Lock in range

iii) Pull in time

6 Briefly explain the block diagram of PLL and derive the expression for Lock range and

capture range

7 With a neat functional diagram explain the operation of VCO Also derive an expression for

fodiscuss the applications of PLL

8 What is 555 timer What are the features of 555 timer Explain the monostable mode in detail

With neat block diagram explain IC566 VCO operation and discuss any 2 applications

9 What are the modes of operation of IC555 Derive the expression of time delay of monostable

multivibrator

10 (i)Explain the VCO with neat block diagram Give its typical connection diagram and output

waveforms

(ii)Derive the expression for capture range for PLL where a simple RC network is used as a LPF

11 (i)Explain the working of VCO

(ii)What is PLL Explain its operation as frequency multiplier

12 Explain the astable and bistable operation of IC555 with necessary waveforms

13 With the help of schematic circuit explain the operation of 566 VCO Also derive the

expression for output frequenct

14 (i) List and define the various performance parameters of a Multiplier IC (6)

(ii) How the multiplier is used as voltage divider (5)

(iii) How the multiplier is used as frequency doubler (5)

15 Explain with neat block diagrams how PLL is used as

(i) AM Detector (5)

(ii) FM Detector (5)

(iii) Frequency Synthesizer (6)

16(i) describe in details the characteristics and applications of 555 timer (6)

(ii) Draw a neat block diagram of VCO and explain (10)

17(i) Draw the 565 PLL and explain itrsquos functioning in detail (8)

(ii) Give an account on ldquoAnalog multiplier ICrdquo (8)

18 (i)How is an astable multivibrator connected into a pulse position modulator

(ii) Draw the circuit of Schmitt trigger using 555 timer and explain its operation

19Design and draw the waveforms of a 1KHz square wave generator using 555 timer for duty

cycle (i) D=25 (ii) D=50

20(i) Perform the closed loop analysis of PLL

(ii) Explain any two applications of PLL

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

UNIT V APPLICATION ICs

SYLLABUS IC voltage regulators - LM317 723 regulators switching regulator MA 7840 LM

380 power amplifier ICL 8038 function generator IC isolation amplifiers opto coupler opto

electronic ICs

TWO MARK QUESTIONS

1 What is a voltage regulator

A voltage regulator is an electronic circuit that provides a stable dc voltage independent of the

load current temperature and ac line voltage variations

2 Give the classification of voltage regulators

Series Linear regulators

Switching regulators

3 Write about a linear voltage regulator

Series or linear regulator uses a power transistor connected in series between the unregulated dc

input and the load and it conducts in the linear region The output voltage is controlled by the

continuous voltage drop taking place across the series pass transistor

4 What is a switching regulator

Switching regulators are those which operate the power transistor as a high frequency onoff

switchso that the power transistor does not conduct current continouslyThis give improved

efficiency over series regulators

5 List the advantages of IC voltage regulators

Low cost high reliability reduction in size and excellent performance

6 Give some examples of monolithic IC voltage regulators

78XX series fixed output positive voltage regulators

79XX series fixed output negative voltage regulators

723 general purpose regulator

7 What is the purpose of having input and output capacitors in three terminal IC

regulators

A capacitor connected between the input terminal and ground cancels the inductive effects due to

long distribution leads The output capacitor improves the transient response

8 Define line regulation

Line regulation is defined as the percentage change in the output voltage for a change in the

input voltageIt is expressed in millivolts or as a percentage of the output voltage

9 Define load regulation

Load regulation is defined as the change in output voltage for a change in load current It is

expressed in mill volts or as a percentage of the output voltage

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

10 What is meant by current limiting

Current limiting refers to the ability of a regulator to prevent the load current from increasing

above a preset value

11 Give the drawbacks of linear regulators

The input step down transformer is bulky and expensive because of low line frequency Because

of low line frequency large values of filter capacitors are required to decrease the ripple

Efficiency is reduced due to the continuous power dissipation by the transistor as it operates in

the linear region

12 What is the advantage of switching regulators

Greater efficiency is achieved as the power transistor is made to operate as low impedance

switch Power transmitted across the transistor is in discrete pulses rather than as a steady current

flowBy using suitable switching loss reduction technique the switching frequency can be

increased so as to reduce the size and weight of the inductors and capacitors

13 Why do switching regulators have better efficiency than series regulators

The transistor in linear regulator will operate in linear area at all times Considerable power is

dissipated in linear operation since the transistor has voltage across it and current flowing

through itSince the series element in a switching regulator is either fully conducting(V=0 hence

power=0) or switched off(I=0 hence power=0) it dissipates almost no power this is what gives

the switching design its efficiency

14 What are the advantages of adjustable voltage regulators over the fixed voltage

regulators i) Improved line and load regulation by a factor of 10 or more

ii) Because of the improved overload protection greater load current can be drawn

iii) Improved reliability

15 List out the parameters related to the fixed voltage regulators 1) Line regulation

2) Load regulation

3) Ripple rejection

4) Output impedance

5) Maximum power dissipation

6) Rated output current

16 Define dropout voltage of a fixed voltage regulator It is the minimum voltage that must exist between input and output terminals For most of

regulators it is 2 to 3 volts

17 What is an opto-coupler IC

Opto-coupler IC is a combined package of a photo-emitting device and a photo-sensing device

14 What are the types of opto couplers

LED and a photo diode

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

LED and photo transistor

LED and Darlington

15 Give two examples of IC optocouplers

Examples for opto-coupler IC

MCT 2F

16 Mention the advantages of opto-couplers

Better isolation between the two stages

Impedance problem between the stages is eliminated

Wide frequency response

Easily interfaced with digital circuit

Compact and light weight

Problems such as noise transients contact bounce are eliminated

17 Specify the need for isolation amplifier

Isolation amplifiers provide electrical isolation and an electrical safety barrier They protect data

acquisition components from common mode voltages which are potential differences between

instrument ground and signal ground Instruments that are applied in the presence of a common

mode voltage without an isolation barrier allow ground currents to circulate leading in the best

case to a noisy representation of the signal under investigation In the worst case assuming that

the magnitude of common mode voltage or current is sufficient instrument destruction is likely

Isolation amplifiers are used in medical instruments to ensure isolation of a patient from power

supply leakage current

18What are the features of MA78s40

Step upstep down or inverting operation

Operation from 25 to 40 V

80Db line and load regulation

19List the important parts of a regulated power supply

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

(i) Transformer (ii) Rectifier (iii) Filter (iv)Regulator

20 Using LM380 draw the circuit for audio power amplifier

21 What are onetwo and four quadrant multipliers

A four-quadrant multiplier is one where inputs and outputs may swing positive and negative

Many multipliers only work in 2 quadrants (one input may only have one polarity) or single

quadrant (inputs and outputs have only one polarity usually all positive)

22 List the parameters of optocoupler

a Current transfer ratio

b Isolation voltage

c Response time

d Common mode rejection

23Why current boosting is done in 723 regulator

The maximum current capability of 723 regulator is 140mA In certain applications this value of

current is not sufficient Hence current boosting is done using series pass transistor

24 What are the limitations of three terminal regulator

1 For fixed output regulators the output voltage is not precise

2 Only selected values of output voltages are available

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

3 Current boosting by external series pass transistor is required if load current beyond the

capability of basic regulator is required

25 Draw the typical connection diagram of IC LM317

26 What is the function od a series pass transistor in voltage regulator

The series pass transistor acsts as a control element The value of VcE gets adjusted in such a

way that the output voltage of the regulator always remains constant In addition the series pass

transistor supplies the load current

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1Draw and explain the functional block diagram of 723 voltage regulator and how this IC can be

used as high voltage regulator

2Write an explanatory note on

(i) Power amplifier (ii) Isolation amplifier

3 With neat diagrams explain the working of switched mode power supply

4 Write brief notes on

(i)IC MA 7840

(ii) Optocoupler

5 (i)Explain the working of series voltage regulator

(ii)Write notes on optocoupler

6 What is a switching regulator With neat block diagram explain the internals of MA7840

7 Draw the functional block diagram of IC 723 and explain

8 Explain with the help of functional block diagram the working of voltage regulator IC723

Clearly explain how current limit and foldback type current limiting facility can be provided with

723 circuits

9 Draw the circuit of series voltage regulator Design this circuit to operate from a supply of 20v

and to provide an output of 12V with maximum load current of 40mA

10 Draw the functional diagram of ICL 8038 Function generator IC and explain its operation

Give its frequency of oscillation at the output

11 (i) With neat diagram explain the working principle of isolation amplifier (8)

(ii) With neat diagram explain the principle of operation of optocouplers (8)

12 With the help of neat circuit diagram explain the operation of an adjustable regulator using

LM317

13 State the features and applications of IC LM 380 and explain them

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

14 Design a waveform generator using IC8038 The frequency of oscillation is 5kHz and duty

cycle is 50 From data sheet Vcc=5V VoH=36V VoL=02V ILL=16mA ILH=409uA

15 (i) Design low voltage regulator using IC 723 for 5V and explain its characteristics

(ii) Describe the features of function generator IC

(iii)Write short notes on optocoupler ICs

Page 6: EE2254 LICA QB

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

24What is metallization

The process of producing a thin metal film layer that will serve to make interconnection of the

various components on the chip is called metallization

25 Bring out the advantages of ion implantation technique

1 It is performed at low temperature Therefore previously diffused regions have a lesser

tendency for lateral spreading

2 In diffusion process temperature has to be controlled over a large area inside the oven

whereas in ion implantation process accelerating potential amp beam content are dielectrically

controlled from outside

26 Compare monolithic and hybrid ICs

SNo Monolithic ICs Hybrid ICs

1 All circuit components (both active and

passive) and their interconnections are formed

into or on the top of a single chip of silicon

In hybrid circuits separate component

parts are attached to a ceramic substrate

and interconnected by means of either

metallization pattern or wire bonds

2 The components are mounted on the surface of

a single piece crystal semiconductor material

which is usually silicon based

Here the components are bonded to a

substrate or printed circuit board

3 No possibility of fabrication of inductors Inductors can be included in hybrid ICs

4 Small range of values of passive components

used in the ICs

Any range of components can be

included

5 No encapsulation Encapsulated by epoxy

6 Smaller in size Comparitively larger in size

7 The monolithic circuit is ideal for applications

where identical circuits are required in very

large quantities and hence provides lowest

per-unit cost and highest order of reliability

This technology is more adaptable

to small quantity custom circuits

27 What is meant by ion implantation

Ion implantation is the dominant technique to introduce dopant impurities into crystalline silicon

This is performed with an electric field which accelerates the ionized atoms or molecules so that

these particles penetrate into the target material until they come to rest because of interactions

with the silicon atoms Ion implantation is able to control exactly the distribution and dose of the

dopants in silicon because the penetration depth depends on the kinetic energy of the ions which

is proportional to the electric field The dopant dose can be controlled by varying the ion source

28 What are the advantages of polysilicon gate MOSFET over aluminium gate

When aluminum gate is used excess surface state charges and mobile ion contamination results

in threshold variation Excessive overlap capacitance is created and parasitic capacitance reduces

the switching speed When Aluminum is used as gate material it can erode completely causing

contact spiking

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

Poly-silicon reduces surface state density and improve threshold voltage control Polysilicon-

gate can be doped with phosphorus to minimize mobile ion contamination resulting in faster

switching speeds and better control of threshold voltage

16 MARKS

1Explain in detail the fabrication of ICs using silicon planar technology

2Explain the various methods of fabricating transistor in monolithic integrated circuit

3Describe the process involved in the fabrication of capacitor and transistor with suitable figures

4 Discuss the various methods of fabricating IC resistors and compare their performance

5 (i) Briefly explain the various types of IC packages Mention the criteria for selecting an IC

package

(ii) Write short notes on classification of integrated circuits

6 (i) Explain the process of epitaxial growth with neat diagrams

(ii) With neat sketches explain the fabrication of diodes

7 (i)Explain the different isolation techniques

(ii) Describe in detail about the diffusion process in IC fabrication

8 With neat sketches describe the process of epitaxial growth and photolithography

9 (i) Explain the process of masking and etching in the IC fabrication with neat sketches

(ii) Explain how monolithic IC is different from Hybrid IC

10 Explain in detail the fabrication process of passive component in integrated circuits

11 With necessary diagrams explain the fabrication of MOSFET

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

UNIT II CHARACTERISTICS OF OPAMP

SYLLABUS Ideal OP-AMP characteristics DC characteristics AC characteristics offset

voltage and currentvoltage series feedback and shunt feedback amplifiers differential amplifier

frequency response of OP-AMP Basic applications of op-amp ndash summer differentiator and

integrator

TWO MARK QUESTIONS

1 What is OPAMP

An operational amplifier is a direct coupled high gain amplifier consisting of one or more

differential amplifiers followed by a level translator and an output stageIt is a versatile device

that can be used to amplify ac as well as dc input signals amp designed for computing

mathamatical functions such as addition subtraction multiplication integration amp

differentiation

2 Draw the pin configuration of IC741

3 List out the ideal characteristics of OPAMP

1 Open loop voltage gain is infinity

2 Input impedance is infinity

3 Output impedance is zero

4 Bandwidth is infinity

5 Zero offset

6 Infinite bandwidth

7 Infinite CMRR

8 Infinite slew rate

9 Infinite PSRR

4 What do you infer from ideal opamp characteristics

i)The current drawn by either of the input terminals(non- invertinginverting) is negligible

ii)The potential difference between the inverting amp non-inverting input terminals is zero

5 Draw the equivalent circuit of op-amp and its voltage transfer characteristics

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

Equivalent circuit of op-amp

Voltage transfer curve of op-amp

6 Why open loop op-amp configurations is not used in linear applications a The open loop gain of the op-amp is very high Hence a very small input signal will drive the

output to saturation This results in distortion Therefore only the smaller signals having low

frequency may be amplified accurately without distortion

b Open loop Voltage gain of the op-amp is not a constant voltage gain varies with changes in

temperature and power supply as well as mass production techniques This makes op-amp

unsuitable for many linear applications

7 Why negative feedback is used in op-amp

The open loop gain of op-amp is close to infinity Hence even a small signal at the input is able

to drive the output to saturation When negative feedback is used the gain is reduced and hence

the op-amp operates in linear region without saturation Negative feedback is the key to having a

self-stabilizing system This stability gives the op-amp the capacity to work in its linear (active)

mode as opposed to merely being saturated fully on or off as it was when used as a

comparator with no feedback at all

8 With respect to op-amp explain what is virtual ground A virtual ground is a ground which acts like a ground It may not have physical connection to

ground For an ideal op-amp the inverting and non-inverting terminals are at the same potentials

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

The non-inverting input is grounded for the inverting amplifier circuit This means that the

inverting input of the op-amp is also at ground potential

9Mention some of the linear applications of op ndash amps

Adder subtractor voltage ndashto- current converter current ndashto- voltage converters instrumentation

amplifier analog computation power amplifier etc are some of the linear op-amp circuits

10 Mention some of the non ndash linear applications of op-amps-

Rectifier peak detector clipper clamper sample and hold circuit log amplifier anti ndashlog

amplifier multiplier are some of the non ndash linear op-amp circuits

11What happens when the common terminal of V+ and V- sources is not grounded

If the common point of the two supplies is not grounded twice the supply voltage will get

applied and it may damage the op-amp

12Define input offset voltage

A small voltage applied to the input terminals to make the output voltage as zero when the two

input terminals are grounded is called input offset voltage

13Define input offset current State the reasons for the offset currents at the input of the

op-amp

The difference between the bias currents at the input terminals of the op-amp is called as input

offset current The input terminals conduct a small value of dc current to bias the input

transistors Since the input transistors cannot be made identical there exists a difference in bias

currents

14Define thermal drift

The bias current offset current amp offset voltage is dependent on changes in temperature A

circuit carefully nulled at 25oC may not remain so when the temperature raises to 35

oCThis is

called thermal drift Often offset current drift is expressed in nA oC and offset voltage drift in

mV oC

15Define supply voltage rejection ratio(SVRR)

The change in OPAMPrsquos input offset voltage due to variations in supply voltage is called the

supply voltage rejection ratio It is also called Power Supply Rejection Ratio(PSRR) or Power

Supply Sensitivity(PSS)

16Define i) Input bias current iii) Input offset current of an op-amp

i) Input bias current

Input bias current IB is the average of the currents that flow into the inverting and non-inverting

input erminals of the op-amp

ie IB = (IB1+IB2)2

ii) Input offset current

The algebraic difference between the current into the inverting and non-inverting terminals is

referred to as input offset current Iio Mathematically it is represented as Iio = |IB - IB |

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

Where

I B+is the current into the non-inverting input terminals

IB- is the current into the inverting input terminals

17Define CMRR of an op-amp

The relative sensitivity of an op-amp to a difference signal as compared to a common ndashmode

signal is called the common ndashmode rejection ratio It is expressed in decibels CMRR= AdAc

18 Define slew rate What causes slew rate

The slew rate is defined as the maximum rate of change of output voltage caused by a step input

voltage An ideal slew rate is infinite which means that op-amprsquos output voltage should change

instantaneously in response to input step voltage

There is a capacitor with-in or outside of an op-amp to prevent oscillation It is this capacitor

which prevents the output voltage from responding immediately to a fast changing input

19 Define Unity Gain Bandwidth of Op-amp

For a certain frequency of the input signal the gain of the Op-amp reduces to 0 dB Thismeans

20 log |AOL(f) | is 0dB ie |AOL(f) | = 1 Such a frequency is called gain cross overfrequency or

unity gain bandwidth (UGB)

20Why IC 741 is not used for high frequency applications

IC741 has a low slew rate because of the predominance of capacitance present in the circuit at

higher frequencies As frequency increases the output gets distorted due to limited slew rate

21In practical op-amps what is the effect of high frequency on its performance

The open-loop gain of op-amp decreases at higher frequencies due to the presence of parasitic

capacitance The closed-loop gain increases at higher frequencies and leads to instability

22What is the need for frequency compensation in practical op-amps

Frequency compensation is needed when large bandwidth and lower closed loop gain is desired

Compensating networks are used to control the phase shift and hence to improve the stability

23Mention the frequency compensation methods

Dominant-pole compensation

Pole-zero compensation

24What are the merits and demerits of Dominant-pole compensation

noise immunity of the system is improved

Open-loop bandwidth is reduced

25 Draw the voltage follower circuit of an OP-AMP

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

26 What are the limitations of an ideal active differentiator At high frequency differentiators may become unstable and break into oscillation The input

impedance ie (1ωC1) decreases with increase in frequency thereby making the circuit

sensitive to high frequency noise

27 Draw a subtractor using op-amp

If all the resistors in the above circuit are equal the circuit functions as a subtractor

28 Design an amplifier with a gain of -10 and input resistance of 10k

Since negative gain is required an inverting amplifier should be used

Gain of inverting amplifier = -RfR1= -10 (Given)

Given R1=10k

10 Rf =1k

29 Draw the circuit diagram of an integrator and give its output equation

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

30 Classify the negative feedback configuration and draw the corresponding block

diagram

A closed loop amplifier can be represented by two blocks one for an OPAMP and other for a

feedback circuits There are four following ways to connect these blocks These connections are

classified according to whether the voltage or current is feedback to the input in series or in

parallel

Voltage ndash series feedback

Voltage ndash shunt feedback

Current ndash series feedback

Current ndash shunt feedback

These connections are shown in figure below

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1 (i) Explain the functions of all the basic building blocks of Op-amp

(ii) Explain the application of op-amp as (i) Integrator (ii) Differentiator

2 Discuss about the methods of frequency compensation in opamp

3 Explain the operation of a basic differential amplifier

4 Obtain the frequency response of an open-loop op-amp

5 (i) With neat diagrams explain the types of feedback configurations available

(ii) Briefly explain summing amplifier and draw an adder circuit for the given expression

V0= V1+V2-V3-(V4+2)

6 (i) Explain the DC characteristics of op-amp with the help of neat diagrams

(ii)With neat circuit diagram and equations discuss the operation of summer and differentiator

using opamp

7 (i) Explain the AC characteristics of an operational amplifier

(ii) Sketch the basic circuit using op-amp to perform the mathematical operation of

differentiation and explain What are the limitations of an ordinary OP-AMP differentiator

Draw and explain the circuit of a practical differentiators that will eliminate these limitations

8 (i) Explain in detail the characteristic of an ideal opamp (8)

(ii) Draw the block diagram and equivalent circuit of op-ampExplain them (10)

9 (i) Explain the application of op amp as (1)summer (2)integrator (8)

(ii) Define and explain (1) slew rate (2) SVRR (4)

(iii) Explain the frequency response of op-amp (4)

10 What are the different open-loop configurations of op-amp Explain the differential amplifier

configuration

11 With the help of circuit diagram explain the operation of non-inverting and inverting

configuration of op-amp and derive expressions for voltage gain for each configuration

12 (i) Draw and explain the closed loop frequency response of op-amp

(ii) Elaborate on pole-zero compensation technique

13 Find the output voltage of the above circuit

14(i) Define and explain slew rate What is full power bandwidth Describe methods to improve

slewrate

(ii) Define output offset voltage Explain methods to nullify offset voltage

15 (i) With neat circuit diagram explain the operation of the following circuits

(a) Voltage follower (b)Integrator

(ii) For the non inverting opamp shown in fig find the output voltage

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

UNIT III APPLICATIONS OF OPAMP

SYLLABUS Instrumentation amplifier first and second order active filters VI amp IV converters

comparatorsmultivibrators waveform generators clippers clampers peak detector SH circuit DA converter (R-2R ladder and weighted resistor types) AD converter - Dual slope successive approximation and flash types

TWO MARK QUESTIONS

1What is the need for an instrumentation amplifier

In a number of industrial and consumer applications the measurement of physical quantities is

usually done with the help of transducers The output of transducer has to be amplified So that it

can drive the indicator or display system This function is performed by an instrumentation

amplifier

2List the features of instrumentation amplifier

o high gain accuracy

o high CMRR

o high gain stability with low temperature co-efficient

o low dc offset

o low output impedance

3 What is a comparator

A comparator is a circuit which compares a signal voltage applied at one input of an opamp with

a known reference voltage at the other input It is an open loop op - amp with output + Vsat or -

Vsat

4 What are the applications of comparator

Zero crossing detectors

Window detector

Time marker generator

Phase detector

5 What is a Schmitt trigger

Schmitt trigger is a regenerative comparator It converts sinusoidal input into a square wave

output The output of Schmitt trigger swings between upper and lower threshold voltages which

are the reference voltages of the input waveform

6 What is a multivibrator

Multivibrators are a group of regenerative circuits that are used extensively in timing

applications It is a wave shaping circuit which gives symmetric or asymmetric square output It

has two states either stable or quasi- stable depending on the type of multivibrator

7 What do you mean by monostable multivibrator

Monostable multivibrator is one which generates a single pulse of specified duration in

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

response to each external trigger signal It has only one stable state Application of a trigger

causes a change to the quasi-stable stateAn external trigger signal generated due to charging and

discharging of the capacitor produces the transition to the original stable state

8 Write a brief note on astable multivibrator

Astable multivibrator is a free running oscillator having two quasi-stable states Thus there are

oscillations between these two states and no external signal is required to produce the change in

state

9 What is a bistable multivibrator

Bistable multivibrator is one that maintains a given output voltage level unless an external

trigger is applied Application of an external trigger signal causes a change of state and this

output level is maintained indefinitely until an second trigger is applied Thus it requires two

external triggers before it returns to its initial state

10 What are the requirements for producing sustained oscillations in feedback circuits

For sustained oscillations

The total phase shift around the loop must be zero at the desired frequency of oscillation fo

ieL AB=00 or 360

0

At fo the magnitu

11Draw the circuit diagram of positive clipper

12 What is hysteresis with reference to Schmitt trigger circuit

In the non-inverting configuration when the input is higher than a certain chosen threshold the

output is high When the input is below a different (lower) chosen threshold the output is low

and when the input is between the two levels the output retains its value This dual threshold

action is called hysteresis and implies that the Schmitt trigger possesses memory and can act as a

bistable circuit (latch)

13 Differentiate between Schmitt trigger and comparator

SNo Comparator Schmitt trigger

1 Feedback is not used that is Op-amp is used

in open loop mode

Feedback is used that is Op-ampis used in

closed loop mode

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

2 False triggering due to noise voltages is

possible

False triggering due to noise voltages is

not possible

3 A single reference voltage exists Two different threshold voltages exists as

VUT and VLT

4 No hysteresis exists Hysteresis exists with a width H=VUT -

VLT

14 What is a filter

Filter is a frequency selective circuit that passes signal of specified band of frequencies

andattenuates the signals of frequencies outside the band

15 What are the demerits of passive filters

Passive filters works well for high frequencies But at audio frequencies the inductorsbecome

problematic as they become large heavy and expensive For low frequencyapplications more

number of turns of wire must be used which in turn adds to the seriesresistance degrading

inductorrsquos performance ie low Q resulting in high power dissipation

16 What are the advantages of active filters

bull Active filters used op- amp as the active element and resistors and capacitors as

passiveelements

bull By enclosing a capacitor in the feed back loop inductor less active filters can be obtained

bull Op-amp used in non ndash inverting configuration offers high input impedance and low output

impedance thus improving the load drive capacity

17What are the different types of filters

Based on the components used Active filters and passive filters

Based on frequency responses Low pass filterHigh pass filterBand pass filterBand reject filter

Based on order of transfer function first second third higher order filters

Based on configuration Bessel Chebyshev Butterworth filters

18What is frequency scaling

Once the filter is designed sometimes it is necessary to change the value of cut-off frequency

The method used to change the original cut-off frequency to new cut-off frequency is called

frequency scaling

19Briefly describe a voltage follower

bull A circuit in which the output voltage follows the input voltage is called voltage followercircuit

bull In Op-amp if the inverting input and the output terminals are shorted and if any signal isapplied

at the non-inverting terminal it appears at the output without any change

bullIt is also called as source follower unity gain amplifier buffer amplifier or isolationamplifier

20 Describe about a bandpass filter

A bandpass filter is basically a frequency selector It allows one particular band of frequencies to

pass Thus the pass band is between the two cut-off frequencies fH and fL where fH gt fL Any

frequency outside this band gets attenuated

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

21Sketch the circuit diagram of first order active low pass filter

22 What is a notch filter and what is its application

A narrow band reject filter is called a notch filter and is used for rejection of a single frequency

such as 50Hz power line frequency

23 Classify the ADCs broadly

1 Direct type ADC

2 Integrating type ADC

24 Differentiate between direct ADC and integrating type ADC a) The integrating type of ADCrsquos do not need a sampleHold circuit at the input

b) It is possible to transmit frequency even in noisy environment or in an isolated form

25 List out some integrating type converters

1 Charge balancing ADC

2 Dual slope ADC

26 What is integrating type converter

An ADC converter that perform conversion in an indirect manner by first changing the

analog IP signal to a linear function of time or frequency and then to a digital code is known as

integrating type AD converter

27List the main advantages of integrating type ADCs

i The integrating type of ADCrsquos doing not need a sampleHold circuit at the input

ii It is possible to transmit frequency even in noisy environment or in an isolated form

28 What are the types of ADC and DAC Types of ADC 1 Flash (comparator) type converter

2 Counter type converter

3 Tracking or servo converter

4 Successive approximation type converter

Types of DAC 1 Weighted resistor DAC

2 R-2R Ladder

3 Inverted R-2R Ladder

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

29 Explain in brief the principle of operation of successive Approximation ADC

The circuit of successive approximation ADC consists of a successive approximation

register (SAR) to find the required value of each bit by trial amp error With the arrival of START

command SAR sets the MSB bit to 1 The OP is converted into an analog signal amp it is

compared with IP signal This OP is low or High This process continues until all bits are

checked

30 Provide the advantages and disadvantages of flash type ADC Flash type ADC is the fastest as well as the most expensive

The disadvantage is the number of comparators needed almost doubles for each added bit (For a

n-bit convertor 2(n-1) comparators 2n resistors are required)

31Define conversion time

It is defined as the total time required converting an analog signal into its digital output It

depends on the conversion technique used amp the propagation delay of circuit components

The conversion time of a successive approximation type ADC is given by T(n+1) Where T---

clock period Tc---conversion time n- no of bits

32 Define resolution of a data converter

The resolution of a converter is the smallest change in voltage which may be produced at the

output or input of the converter Resolution (in volts)= VFS2n-1=1 LSB increment The

resolution of an ADC is defined as the smallest change in analog input for a one-bit change at the

output

33 Explain in brief stability of a converter

The performance of converter changes with temperature age amp power supply variation So all the

relevant parameters such as offset gain linearity error amp monotonicity must be specified over

the full temperature amp power supply ranges to have better stability performances

34 What is meant by linearity

The linearity of an ADCDAC is an important measure of its accuracy amp tells us how close the

converter output is to its ideal transfer characteristics The linearity error is usually expressed as

a fraction of LSB increment or percentage of full-scale voltage A good converter exhibits a

linearity error of less than plusmnfrac12LSB

35 What is a sample and hold circuit Where it is used

A sample and hold circuit is one which samples an input signal and holds on to its last sampled

value until the input is sampled again This circuit is mainly used in digital interfacing analog to

digital systems and pulse code modulation systems

36 Explain the operation of basic sample and hold circuit A typical sample and hold circuit stores electric charge in a capacitor and contains at least one

fast FET switch and at least one operational amplifier To sample the input signal the switch

connects the capacitor to the output of a buffer amplifier The buffer amplifier charges or

discharges the capacitor so that the voltage across the capacitor is practically equal or

proportional to input voltage In hold mode the switch disconnects the capacitor from the buffer

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

The capacitor is invariably discharged by its own leakage currents and useful load currents

which makes the circuit inherently volatile but the loss of voltage (voltage droop) within a

specified hold time remains within an acceptable error margin

37 Define start of conversion and end of conversion Start of Conversion in ADC (SOC) This is the control signal for start of conversion which

initiates AD conversion process

End of Conversion in ADC (EOC) This is the control signal which is activated when the

conversion is completed

38 Define sample period and hold period

The time during which the voltage across the capacitor in sample and hold circuit is equal to

the input voltage is called sample period The time period during which the voltage across the

capacitor is held constant is called hold period

39 Define the following performance parameters of DA converters

(a) Resolution (b)Accuracy (c) Monotonicity d) Conversion time

a) Resolution The resolution of a converter is the smallest change in voltage which may be produced at the

output or input of the converter

Resolution (in volts)= VFS2n-1=1 LSB increment

Example 8 bit DAC has 28-1 =255 equal intervals Hence the smallest change in output voltage

is (1255) of full scale output range

The resolution of an ADC is defined as the smallest change in analog input for a one bit change

at the output

Example The input range of 8 bit AD converter is divided into 255 intervals So the resolution

for 10V input range = 10V255 = 3922mV

b) Accuracy

Absolute accuracy It is the maximum deviation between the actual converter output amp the ideal converter output

Relative accuracy It is the maximum deviation after gain amp offset errors have been removed

The accuracy of a converter is also specified in form of LSB increments or of full scale

voltage

c) Monotonicity A monotonic DAC is one whose analog output increases for an increase in digital input A

monotonic characteristic is essential in control applications otherwise oscillations result

d) Conversion time It is defined as the total time required to convert an analog signal into its digital output It

depends on the conversion technique used amp the propagation delay of circuit componentsThe

conversion time of a successive approximation type ADC is given by T(n+1)

where T---clock period

Tc---conversion time n----no of bits

What is settling time

It represents the time it takes for the output to settle within a specified band plusmnfrac12LSB of itsfinal

value following a code change at the input (usually a full scale change) It depends uponthe

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

switching time of the logic circuitry due to internal parasitic capacitance amp inductancesSettling

time ranges from 100ns to 10micros depending on word length amp type circuit used

40 List the drawbacks of binary weighted resistor technique of DA conversion a) Wide range of resistor values needed

b) Difficulty in achieving and maintaining accurate ratios over a wide range of variations

41 The basic step of a 9 bit DAC is 103 mV If 000000000 represents 0Volts what is the

output for an input of 101101111 The output voltage for input of 101101111 is

= 103 mV (128+027+126+125+024+123+122+121+120)

= 103 10-3 367 = 378 V

42 What are the advantages and disadvantages of R-2R ladder DAC

Advantages a) Easier to build accurately as only two precision metal films are required

b) Number of bits can be expanded by adding more sections of same R2R values

Disadvantage In this type of DAC when there is a change in the input changes the current flow in the resistor

which causes more power dissipation which creates non-linearity in DAC

43 Which is the fastest AD converter and why

Flash type AD converter is the fastest ADC because the fast conversion speed isaccomplished

by providing 2n-1 comparators and simultaneously comparing the input signal with unique

reference levels spaced 1 LSB apart

44 What are the applications of V-I converter

bull Low voltage dc and ac voltmeter

bull L E D

bull Zener diode tester

45 What do you mean by a precision diode

The major limitation of ordinary diode is that it cannot rectify voltages below the cut ndash involtage

of the diode A circuit designed by placing a diode in the feedback loop of an op ndash ampis called

the precision diode and it is capable of rectifying input signals of the order of millivolt

46 Write down the applications of precision diode

bullHalf - wave rectifier

bullFull - Wave rectifier

bullPeak ndash value detector

bullClipper

bullClamper

47 Draw the circuit diagram of sample and hold circuit

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1 Design and explain triangular wave generator using Schmitt trigger and integrator circuit

2 (i) Explain the operation of dual slope ADC

(ii)Explain the following characteristics of ADC

(i)Resolution (ii) Accuracy (iii)Settling time (iv) Linearity

3 (i) Describe the first order lowpass butterworth filter Derive its frequency response and plot

the same

(ii) Design a low pass filter with a cutoff frequency if 1kHz and with a passband gain of 2

4 What is an instrumentation amplifier List its features Explain the operation of three op-amp

instrumentation amplifier and give its application

5 Explain the following applications of opamp (i)voltage to current converter (ii)Clamper

6 Explain the working of (i) Weighted resistor type DAC (ii) Dual slope type ADC

7 Discuss the operation of ladder network DAC with relevant circuit diagram and waveforms

8 Draw and explain the circuit of a voltage to current converter if the load is

(1) Floating

(2) Grounded

9 (i) Explain the working of OP-AMP based Schmitt trigger circuit (8)

(ii) Design an OP-AMP based second order active low pass filter with cut offfrequency 2 kHz

10 (i)draw an instrumentation amplifier using op amp and explain (6)

(ii) Explain the following op amp circuits

(1) Peak detector (2) Clamper (10)

11(i)draw a neat R-2R ladder DAC and explain its principle(6)

(ii) draw a flash type ADC and explain its working(10)

12(i) Explain how to measure phase difference between two signals

(ii) Explain the operation of square wave generator by drawing the capacitor and output voltage

waveforms

13 (i) Draw a sample and hold circuit Explain its operation and indicate its uses

(ii) Describe a circuit which will clip the input signal below a reference voltage

14 (i) Describe the operation of current to voltage converter with appropriate diagrams

(ii) Draw and explain the operation of the following

(i) Triangle wave generator (ii) monostable multivibrator

15 Elaborate on the operation of comparator and describe its applications

16Explain the working principle of RC phase shift sine wave generator using op-amp and derive

expression for f

17 (i) Explain the important specifications of DAC

(ii) With diagrams and example explain the working principle of successive approximation type

ADC

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

UNIT IV SPECIAL ICs

SYLLABUS 555 Timer circuit ndash Functional block characteristics amp applications 566-voltage

controlled oscillator circuit 565-phase lock loop circuit functioning and applications Analog multiplier ICs

TWO MARK QUESTIONS

1 Mention some applications of 555 timer

Oscillator

pulse generator

ramp and square wave generator

burglar alarm

traffic light control

Missing pulse detector

Linear ramp generator

Frequency divider

Pulse width modulation

FSK generator

Pulse position modulator

Schmitt trigger

2 List the applications of 555 timer in monostable mode of operation

Missing pulse detector

Linear ramp generator

Frequency divider

Pulse width modulation

3 List the applications of 555 timer in Astable mode of operation

FSK generator

Pulse-position modulator

4 Enumerate the basic blocks of IC 555 timer

5 Highlight the features of 555 Timer

available in three packages 8 pin metal can 8 pin dip 14 pin dip

6 What is the use of reset pin of 555 timer

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

This is an interrupt for the timing device when pin 4 is grounded it stops the working of device

and turns it off

7 What is the purpose of control voltage pin (5) of 555 timer This pin is the inverting input terminal of comparator This is reference level for comparator with

which threshold is compared If reference level is other than 23 VCC then external input is to

be given to pin 5 Pulse width modulation is possible due to pin 5

8Write the expression for pulse width of 555 timer in monostable mode Pulse width W = 11 RC seconds

R ndash resistor in ohms C ndash capacitor in farads

9Write the expression for total time period of 555 timer in astable mode T = 0693 (RA + 2 RB) C seconds

10 Define duty cycle

The ratio of high output and low output period is given by a mathematical parameter called duty

cycle It is defined as the ratio of ON Time to total time

11 What is a voltage controlled oscillator V o l t age con t r o l l ed o s c i l l a to r i s a f r e e r u nn in g m ul t i v i b ra to r op e r a t in g a t a

s e t frequency called the free running frequency This frequency can be shifted to

either side by applying a dc control voltage and the frequency deviation is

proportional to the dc control voltage

12 On what parameters does the free running frequency of VCO depend on bullExternal timing resistor RT

bullExternal timing capacitor CT

bullThe dc control voltage Vc

13 Give the expression for the VCO free running frequency

f o= 025 RTCT

14 Define Voltage to Frequency conversion factor Voltage to Frequency conversion factor is defined as

Kv = Δfo ΔVc = Vcc

Where ΔVc is the modulation voltage required to produce the frequency shift Δfo

15 List the features of 566 VCO

-24V)

temperature stability

16 State the function of a PLL

A PLL is a basically a closed loop system designed to lock output frequency and phase to the

frequency and phase of an input signal

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

17 Define lock range capture range and pull in time

Lock range

When PLL is in lock it can trap freq changes in the incoming signal The range of frequencies

over which the PLL can maintain lock with the incoming signal is called as lock range Lock in

range ∆fL = +- 78 fo V fo is free running frequency

Capture range

The range of frequencies over which the PLL can acquire lock with the input signal is called as

capture range Capture range = +- = [∆fL (2prodRC)] 12

Define pull-in time

The total time taken by the PLL to establish lock is called pull-in time

18 List out the blocks of PLL a Frequency multiplicationdivision

b Frequency translation c AM detection

d FM demodulation

e FSK demodulation

19 What is the purpose of having a low pass filter in PLL bullIt removes the high frequency components and noise

bullControls the dynamic characteristics of the PLL such as capture range lock -in

range band-width and transient response

bullThe charge on the filter capacitor gives a short- time memory to the PLL

20 Discuss the effect of having large capture range The PLL cannot acquire a signal outside the capture range but once captured it will hold on till

the frequency goes beyond the lock-in range Thus to increase the ability of lock range large

capture range is required But a large capture range will make the PLL more

susceptible to noise and undesirable signal

21 List the applications of 565 PLL

22 What is a switch type phase detector An electronic switch is opened and closed by signal coming from VCO and the input signal is

chopped at a repetition rate determined by the VCO frequency This type of Phase detector is

called a half wave detector since the phase information for only one half of the input signal is

detected and averaged

23 What are the problems associated with switch type phase detector The output voltage Ve is proportional to the input signal amplitude This is undesirable because

it makes phase detector gain and loop gain dependent on the input signal amplitude The output

is proportional to cosφ making it non linear

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

24 What is analog multiplier

An analog multiplier is a circuit in which the output is proportional to the multiplication of two

input voltages It is used in modulation frequency converters and to solve non-linear equations

25 Mention any two analog multiplier Ics

a) IC AD 533

b) IC AD 534

26 What is ICAD 533

It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is a low cost IC comprising a transconductance

multiplying element stable reference and an output amplifier

27 List the features of ICAD533

28 What is ICAD 534List its features

It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is the first general purpose multiplier capable of

providing gain upto X100

Features

Adjustable scale factor

Low noise

Excellent long time stability

29 Mention the applications of analog multipliers 1 Voltage squarer

2 Frequency doubler

3 Voltage divider

4 Square rooter

5 Phase angle detector

6 Rectifier

30 Explain how a frequency doubler can be realized using analog multiplier The multiplication of two sine waves of the same frequency but of possibly different amplitudes

and phase allows doubling a frequency using an analog multiplier

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1 Explain the functional block diagram of 555timer

2 Explain working of PLL using appropriate block diagram and explain any one application of

the same

3 Draw the block diagram of an Astable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression

for its frequency of oscillation

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

4 Draw the block diagram of monostable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression

for its frequency of oscillation Discuss some applications of 555 timer in monostable mode

5 write short notes on

i) capture range

ii) Lock in range

iii) Pull in time

6 Briefly explain the block diagram of PLL and derive the expression for Lock range and

capture range

7 With a neat functional diagram explain the operation of VCO Also derive an expression for

fodiscuss the applications of PLL

8 What is 555 timer What are the features of 555 timer Explain the monostable mode in detail

With neat block diagram explain IC566 VCO operation and discuss any 2 applications

9 What are the modes of operation of IC555 Derive the expression of time delay of monostable

multivibrator

10 (i)Explain the VCO with neat block diagram Give its typical connection diagram and output

waveforms

(ii)Derive the expression for capture range for PLL where a simple RC network is used as a LPF

11 (i)Explain the working of VCO

(ii)What is PLL Explain its operation as frequency multiplier

12 Explain the astable and bistable operation of IC555 with necessary waveforms

13 With the help of schematic circuit explain the operation of 566 VCO Also derive the

expression for output frequenct

14 (i) List and define the various performance parameters of a Multiplier IC (6)

(ii) How the multiplier is used as voltage divider (5)

(iii) How the multiplier is used as frequency doubler (5)

15 Explain with neat block diagrams how PLL is used as

(i) AM Detector (5)

(ii) FM Detector (5)

(iii) Frequency Synthesizer (6)

16(i) describe in details the characteristics and applications of 555 timer (6)

(ii) Draw a neat block diagram of VCO and explain (10)

17(i) Draw the 565 PLL and explain itrsquos functioning in detail (8)

(ii) Give an account on ldquoAnalog multiplier ICrdquo (8)

18 (i)How is an astable multivibrator connected into a pulse position modulator

(ii) Draw the circuit of Schmitt trigger using 555 timer and explain its operation

19Design and draw the waveforms of a 1KHz square wave generator using 555 timer for duty

cycle (i) D=25 (ii) D=50

20(i) Perform the closed loop analysis of PLL

(ii) Explain any two applications of PLL

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

UNIT V APPLICATION ICs

SYLLABUS IC voltage regulators - LM317 723 regulators switching regulator MA 7840 LM

380 power amplifier ICL 8038 function generator IC isolation amplifiers opto coupler opto

electronic ICs

TWO MARK QUESTIONS

1 What is a voltage regulator

A voltage regulator is an electronic circuit that provides a stable dc voltage independent of the

load current temperature and ac line voltage variations

2 Give the classification of voltage regulators

Series Linear regulators

Switching regulators

3 Write about a linear voltage regulator

Series or linear regulator uses a power transistor connected in series between the unregulated dc

input and the load and it conducts in the linear region The output voltage is controlled by the

continuous voltage drop taking place across the series pass transistor

4 What is a switching regulator

Switching regulators are those which operate the power transistor as a high frequency onoff

switchso that the power transistor does not conduct current continouslyThis give improved

efficiency over series regulators

5 List the advantages of IC voltage regulators

Low cost high reliability reduction in size and excellent performance

6 Give some examples of monolithic IC voltage regulators

78XX series fixed output positive voltage regulators

79XX series fixed output negative voltage regulators

723 general purpose regulator

7 What is the purpose of having input and output capacitors in three terminal IC

regulators

A capacitor connected between the input terminal and ground cancels the inductive effects due to

long distribution leads The output capacitor improves the transient response

8 Define line regulation

Line regulation is defined as the percentage change in the output voltage for a change in the

input voltageIt is expressed in millivolts or as a percentage of the output voltage

9 Define load regulation

Load regulation is defined as the change in output voltage for a change in load current It is

expressed in mill volts or as a percentage of the output voltage

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

10 What is meant by current limiting

Current limiting refers to the ability of a regulator to prevent the load current from increasing

above a preset value

11 Give the drawbacks of linear regulators

The input step down transformer is bulky and expensive because of low line frequency Because

of low line frequency large values of filter capacitors are required to decrease the ripple

Efficiency is reduced due to the continuous power dissipation by the transistor as it operates in

the linear region

12 What is the advantage of switching regulators

Greater efficiency is achieved as the power transistor is made to operate as low impedance

switch Power transmitted across the transistor is in discrete pulses rather than as a steady current

flowBy using suitable switching loss reduction technique the switching frequency can be

increased so as to reduce the size and weight of the inductors and capacitors

13 Why do switching regulators have better efficiency than series regulators

The transistor in linear regulator will operate in linear area at all times Considerable power is

dissipated in linear operation since the transistor has voltage across it and current flowing

through itSince the series element in a switching regulator is either fully conducting(V=0 hence

power=0) or switched off(I=0 hence power=0) it dissipates almost no power this is what gives

the switching design its efficiency

14 What are the advantages of adjustable voltage regulators over the fixed voltage

regulators i) Improved line and load regulation by a factor of 10 or more

ii) Because of the improved overload protection greater load current can be drawn

iii) Improved reliability

15 List out the parameters related to the fixed voltage regulators 1) Line regulation

2) Load regulation

3) Ripple rejection

4) Output impedance

5) Maximum power dissipation

6) Rated output current

16 Define dropout voltage of a fixed voltage regulator It is the minimum voltage that must exist between input and output terminals For most of

regulators it is 2 to 3 volts

17 What is an opto-coupler IC

Opto-coupler IC is a combined package of a photo-emitting device and a photo-sensing device

14 What are the types of opto couplers

LED and a photo diode

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

LED and photo transistor

LED and Darlington

15 Give two examples of IC optocouplers

Examples for opto-coupler IC

MCT 2F

16 Mention the advantages of opto-couplers

Better isolation between the two stages

Impedance problem between the stages is eliminated

Wide frequency response

Easily interfaced with digital circuit

Compact and light weight

Problems such as noise transients contact bounce are eliminated

17 Specify the need for isolation amplifier

Isolation amplifiers provide electrical isolation and an electrical safety barrier They protect data

acquisition components from common mode voltages which are potential differences between

instrument ground and signal ground Instruments that are applied in the presence of a common

mode voltage without an isolation barrier allow ground currents to circulate leading in the best

case to a noisy representation of the signal under investigation In the worst case assuming that

the magnitude of common mode voltage or current is sufficient instrument destruction is likely

Isolation amplifiers are used in medical instruments to ensure isolation of a patient from power

supply leakage current

18What are the features of MA78s40

Step upstep down or inverting operation

Operation from 25 to 40 V

80Db line and load regulation

19List the important parts of a regulated power supply

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

(i) Transformer (ii) Rectifier (iii) Filter (iv)Regulator

20 Using LM380 draw the circuit for audio power amplifier

21 What are onetwo and four quadrant multipliers

A four-quadrant multiplier is one where inputs and outputs may swing positive and negative

Many multipliers only work in 2 quadrants (one input may only have one polarity) or single

quadrant (inputs and outputs have only one polarity usually all positive)

22 List the parameters of optocoupler

a Current transfer ratio

b Isolation voltage

c Response time

d Common mode rejection

23Why current boosting is done in 723 regulator

The maximum current capability of 723 regulator is 140mA In certain applications this value of

current is not sufficient Hence current boosting is done using series pass transistor

24 What are the limitations of three terminal regulator

1 For fixed output regulators the output voltage is not precise

2 Only selected values of output voltages are available

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

3 Current boosting by external series pass transistor is required if load current beyond the

capability of basic regulator is required

25 Draw the typical connection diagram of IC LM317

26 What is the function od a series pass transistor in voltage regulator

The series pass transistor acsts as a control element The value of VcE gets adjusted in such a

way that the output voltage of the regulator always remains constant In addition the series pass

transistor supplies the load current

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1Draw and explain the functional block diagram of 723 voltage regulator and how this IC can be

used as high voltage regulator

2Write an explanatory note on

(i) Power amplifier (ii) Isolation amplifier

3 With neat diagrams explain the working of switched mode power supply

4 Write brief notes on

(i)IC MA 7840

(ii) Optocoupler

5 (i)Explain the working of series voltage regulator

(ii)Write notes on optocoupler

6 What is a switching regulator With neat block diagram explain the internals of MA7840

7 Draw the functional block diagram of IC 723 and explain

8 Explain with the help of functional block diagram the working of voltage regulator IC723

Clearly explain how current limit and foldback type current limiting facility can be provided with

723 circuits

9 Draw the circuit of series voltage regulator Design this circuit to operate from a supply of 20v

and to provide an output of 12V with maximum load current of 40mA

10 Draw the functional diagram of ICL 8038 Function generator IC and explain its operation

Give its frequency of oscillation at the output

11 (i) With neat diagram explain the working principle of isolation amplifier (8)

(ii) With neat diagram explain the principle of operation of optocouplers (8)

12 With the help of neat circuit diagram explain the operation of an adjustable regulator using

LM317

13 State the features and applications of IC LM 380 and explain them

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

14 Design a waveform generator using IC8038 The frequency of oscillation is 5kHz and duty

cycle is 50 From data sheet Vcc=5V VoH=36V VoL=02V ILL=16mA ILH=409uA

15 (i) Design low voltage regulator using IC 723 for 5V and explain its characteristics

(ii) Describe the features of function generator IC

(iii)Write short notes on optocoupler ICs

Page 7: EE2254 LICA QB

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

Poly-silicon reduces surface state density and improve threshold voltage control Polysilicon-

gate can be doped with phosphorus to minimize mobile ion contamination resulting in faster

switching speeds and better control of threshold voltage

16 MARKS

1Explain in detail the fabrication of ICs using silicon planar technology

2Explain the various methods of fabricating transistor in monolithic integrated circuit

3Describe the process involved in the fabrication of capacitor and transistor with suitable figures

4 Discuss the various methods of fabricating IC resistors and compare their performance

5 (i) Briefly explain the various types of IC packages Mention the criteria for selecting an IC

package

(ii) Write short notes on classification of integrated circuits

6 (i) Explain the process of epitaxial growth with neat diagrams

(ii) With neat sketches explain the fabrication of diodes

7 (i)Explain the different isolation techniques

(ii) Describe in detail about the diffusion process in IC fabrication

8 With neat sketches describe the process of epitaxial growth and photolithography

9 (i) Explain the process of masking and etching in the IC fabrication with neat sketches

(ii) Explain how monolithic IC is different from Hybrid IC

10 Explain in detail the fabrication process of passive component in integrated circuits

11 With necessary diagrams explain the fabrication of MOSFET

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

UNIT II CHARACTERISTICS OF OPAMP

SYLLABUS Ideal OP-AMP characteristics DC characteristics AC characteristics offset

voltage and currentvoltage series feedback and shunt feedback amplifiers differential amplifier

frequency response of OP-AMP Basic applications of op-amp ndash summer differentiator and

integrator

TWO MARK QUESTIONS

1 What is OPAMP

An operational amplifier is a direct coupled high gain amplifier consisting of one or more

differential amplifiers followed by a level translator and an output stageIt is a versatile device

that can be used to amplify ac as well as dc input signals amp designed for computing

mathamatical functions such as addition subtraction multiplication integration amp

differentiation

2 Draw the pin configuration of IC741

3 List out the ideal characteristics of OPAMP

1 Open loop voltage gain is infinity

2 Input impedance is infinity

3 Output impedance is zero

4 Bandwidth is infinity

5 Zero offset

6 Infinite bandwidth

7 Infinite CMRR

8 Infinite slew rate

9 Infinite PSRR

4 What do you infer from ideal opamp characteristics

i)The current drawn by either of the input terminals(non- invertinginverting) is negligible

ii)The potential difference between the inverting amp non-inverting input terminals is zero

5 Draw the equivalent circuit of op-amp and its voltage transfer characteristics

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

Equivalent circuit of op-amp

Voltage transfer curve of op-amp

6 Why open loop op-amp configurations is not used in linear applications a The open loop gain of the op-amp is very high Hence a very small input signal will drive the

output to saturation This results in distortion Therefore only the smaller signals having low

frequency may be amplified accurately without distortion

b Open loop Voltage gain of the op-amp is not a constant voltage gain varies with changes in

temperature and power supply as well as mass production techniques This makes op-amp

unsuitable for many linear applications

7 Why negative feedback is used in op-amp

The open loop gain of op-amp is close to infinity Hence even a small signal at the input is able

to drive the output to saturation When negative feedback is used the gain is reduced and hence

the op-amp operates in linear region without saturation Negative feedback is the key to having a

self-stabilizing system This stability gives the op-amp the capacity to work in its linear (active)

mode as opposed to merely being saturated fully on or off as it was when used as a

comparator with no feedback at all

8 With respect to op-amp explain what is virtual ground A virtual ground is a ground which acts like a ground It may not have physical connection to

ground For an ideal op-amp the inverting and non-inverting terminals are at the same potentials

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

The non-inverting input is grounded for the inverting amplifier circuit This means that the

inverting input of the op-amp is also at ground potential

9Mention some of the linear applications of op ndash amps

Adder subtractor voltage ndashto- current converter current ndashto- voltage converters instrumentation

amplifier analog computation power amplifier etc are some of the linear op-amp circuits

10 Mention some of the non ndash linear applications of op-amps-

Rectifier peak detector clipper clamper sample and hold circuit log amplifier anti ndashlog

amplifier multiplier are some of the non ndash linear op-amp circuits

11What happens when the common terminal of V+ and V- sources is not grounded

If the common point of the two supplies is not grounded twice the supply voltage will get

applied and it may damage the op-amp

12Define input offset voltage

A small voltage applied to the input terminals to make the output voltage as zero when the two

input terminals are grounded is called input offset voltage

13Define input offset current State the reasons for the offset currents at the input of the

op-amp

The difference between the bias currents at the input terminals of the op-amp is called as input

offset current The input terminals conduct a small value of dc current to bias the input

transistors Since the input transistors cannot be made identical there exists a difference in bias

currents

14Define thermal drift

The bias current offset current amp offset voltage is dependent on changes in temperature A

circuit carefully nulled at 25oC may not remain so when the temperature raises to 35

oCThis is

called thermal drift Often offset current drift is expressed in nA oC and offset voltage drift in

mV oC

15Define supply voltage rejection ratio(SVRR)

The change in OPAMPrsquos input offset voltage due to variations in supply voltage is called the

supply voltage rejection ratio It is also called Power Supply Rejection Ratio(PSRR) or Power

Supply Sensitivity(PSS)

16Define i) Input bias current iii) Input offset current of an op-amp

i) Input bias current

Input bias current IB is the average of the currents that flow into the inverting and non-inverting

input erminals of the op-amp

ie IB = (IB1+IB2)2

ii) Input offset current

The algebraic difference between the current into the inverting and non-inverting terminals is

referred to as input offset current Iio Mathematically it is represented as Iio = |IB - IB |

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

Where

I B+is the current into the non-inverting input terminals

IB- is the current into the inverting input terminals

17Define CMRR of an op-amp

The relative sensitivity of an op-amp to a difference signal as compared to a common ndashmode

signal is called the common ndashmode rejection ratio It is expressed in decibels CMRR= AdAc

18 Define slew rate What causes slew rate

The slew rate is defined as the maximum rate of change of output voltage caused by a step input

voltage An ideal slew rate is infinite which means that op-amprsquos output voltage should change

instantaneously in response to input step voltage

There is a capacitor with-in or outside of an op-amp to prevent oscillation It is this capacitor

which prevents the output voltage from responding immediately to a fast changing input

19 Define Unity Gain Bandwidth of Op-amp

For a certain frequency of the input signal the gain of the Op-amp reduces to 0 dB Thismeans

20 log |AOL(f) | is 0dB ie |AOL(f) | = 1 Such a frequency is called gain cross overfrequency or

unity gain bandwidth (UGB)

20Why IC 741 is not used for high frequency applications

IC741 has a low slew rate because of the predominance of capacitance present in the circuit at

higher frequencies As frequency increases the output gets distorted due to limited slew rate

21In practical op-amps what is the effect of high frequency on its performance

The open-loop gain of op-amp decreases at higher frequencies due to the presence of parasitic

capacitance The closed-loop gain increases at higher frequencies and leads to instability

22What is the need for frequency compensation in practical op-amps

Frequency compensation is needed when large bandwidth and lower closed loop gain is desired

Compensating networks are used to control the phase shift and hence to improve the stability

23Mention the frequency compensation methods

Dominant-pole compensation

Pole-zero compensation

24What are the merits and demerits of Dominant-pole compensation

noise immunity of the system is improved

Open-loop bandwidth is reduced

25 Draw the voltage follower circuit of an OP-AMP

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

26 What are the limitations of an ideal active differentiator At high frequency differentiators may become unstable and break into oscillation The input

impedance ie (1ωC1) decreases with increase in frequency thereby making the circuit

sensitive to high frequency noise

27 Draw a subtractor using op-amp

If all the resistors in the above circuit are equal the circuit functions as a subtractor

28 Design an amplifier with a gain of -10 and input resistance of 10k

Since negative gain is required an inverting amplifier should be used

Gain of inverting amplifier = -RfR1= -10 (Given)

Given R1=10k

10 Rf =1k

29 Draw the circuit diagram of an integrator and give its output equation

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

30 Classify the negative feedback configuration and draw the corresponding block

diagram

A closed loop amplifier can be represented by two blocks one for an OPAMP and other for a

feedback circuits There are four following ways to connect these blocks These connections are

classified according to whether the voltage or current is feedback to the input in series or in

parallel

Voltage ndash series feedback

Voltage ndash shunt feedback

Current ndash series feedback

Current ndash shunt feedback

These connections are shown in figure below

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1 (i) Explain the functions of all the basic building blocks of Op-amp

(ii) Explain the application of op-amp as (i) Integrator (ii) Differentiator

2 Discuss about the methods of frequency compensation in opamp

3 Explain the operation of a basic differential amplifier

4 Obtain the frequency response of an open-loop op-amp

5 (i) With neat diagrams explain the types of feedback configurations available

(ii) Briefly explain summing amplifier and draw an adder circuit for the given expression

V0= V1+V2-V3-(V4+2)

6 (i) Explain the DC characteristics of op-amp with the help of neat diagrams

(ii)With neat circuit diagram and equations discuss the operation of summer and differentiator

using opamp

7 (i) Explain the AC characteristics of an operational amplifier

(ii) Sketch the basic circuit using op-amp to perform the mathematical operation of

differentiation and explain What are the limitations of an ordinary OP-AMP differentiator

Draw and explain the circuit of a practical differentiators that will eliminate these limitations

8 (i) Explain in detail the characteristic of an ideal opamp (8)

(ii) Draw the block diagram and equivalent circuit of op-ampExplain them (10)

9 (i) Explain the application of op amp as (1)summer (2)integrator (8)

(ii) Define and explain (1) slew rate (2) SVRR (4)

(iii) Explain the frequency response of op-amp (4)

10 What are the different open-loop configurations of op-amp Explain the differential amplifier

configuration

11 With the help of circuit diagram explain the operation of non-inverting and inverting

configuration of op-amp and derive expressions for voltage gain for each configuration

12 (i) Draw and explain the closed loop frequency response of op-amp

(ii) Elaborate on pole-zero compensation technique

13 Find the output voltage of the above circuit

14(i) Define and explain slew rate What is full power bandwidth Describe methods to improve

slewrate

(ii) Define output offset voltage Explain methods to nullify offset voltage

15 (i) With neat circuit diagram explain the operation of the following circuits

(a) Voltage follower (b)Integrator

(ii) For the non inverting opamp shown in fig find the output voltage

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

UNIT III APPLICATIONS OF OPAMP

SYLLABUS Instrumentation amplifier first and second order active filters VI amp IV converters

comparatorsmultivibrators waveform generators clippers clampers peak detector SH circuit DA converter (R-2R ladder and weighted resistor types) AD converter - Dual slope successive approximation and flash types

TWO MARK QUESTIONS

1What is the need for an instrumentation amplifier

In a number of industrial and consumer applications the measurement of physical quantities is

usually done with the help of transducers The output of transducer has to be amplified So that it

can drive the indicator or display system This function is performed by an instrumentation

amplifier

2List the features of instrumentation amplifier

o high gain accuracy

o high CMRR

o high gain stability with low temperature co-efficient

o low dc offset

o low output impedance

3 What is a comparator

A comparator is a circuit which compares a signal voltage applied at one input of an opamp with

a known reference voltage at the other input It is an open loop op - amp with output + Vsat or -

Vsat

4 What are the applications of comparator

Zero crossing detectors

Window detector

Time marker generator

Phase detector

5 What is a Schmitt trigger

Schmitt trigger is a regenerative comparator It converts sinusoidal input into a square wave

output The output of Schmitt trigger swings between upper and lower threshold voltages which

are the reference voltages of the input waveform

6 What is a multivibrator

Multivibrators are a group of regenerative circuits that are used extensively in timing

applications It is a wave shaping circuit which gives symmetric or asymmetric square output It

has two states either stable or quasi- stable depending on the type of multivibrator

7 What do you mean by monostable multivibrator

Monostable multivibrator is one which generates a single pulse of specified duration in

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

response to each external trigger signal It has only one stable state Application of a trigger

causes a change to the quasi-stable stateAn external trigger signal generated due to charging and

discharging of the capacitor produces the transition to the original stable state

8 Write a brief note on astable multivibrator

Astable multivibrator is a free running oscillator having two quasi-stable states Thus there are

oscillations between these two states and no external signal is required to produce the change in

state

9 What is a bistable multivibrator

Bistable multivibrator is one that maintains a given output voltage level unless an external

trigger is applied Application of an external trigger signal causes a change of state and this

output level is maintained indefinitely until an second trigger is applied Thus it requires two

external triggers before it returns to its initial state

10 What are the requirements for producing sustained oscillations in feedback circuits

For sustained oscillations

The total phase shift around the loop must be zero at the desired frequency of oscillation fo

ieL AB=00 or 360

0

At fo the magnitu

11Draw the circuit diagram of positive clipper

12 What is hysteresis with reference to Schmitt trigger circuit

In the non-inverting configuration when the input is higher than a certain chosen threshold the

output is high When the input is below a different (lower) chosen threshold the output is low

and when the input is between the two levels the output retains its value This dual threshold

action is called hysteresis and implies that the Schmitt trigger possesses memory and can act as a

bistable circuit (latch)

13 Differentiate between Schmitt trigger and comparator

SNo Comparator Schmitt trigger

1 Feedback is not used that is Op-amp is used

in open loop mode

Feedback is used that is Op-ampis used in

closed loop mode

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

2 False triggering due to noise voltages is

possible

False triggering due to noise voltages is

not possible

3 A single reference voltage exists Two different threshold voltages exists as

VUT and VLT

4 No hysteresis exists Hysteresis exists with a width H=VUT -

VLT

14 What is a filter

Filter is a frequency selective circuit that passes signal of specified band of frequencies

andattenuates the signals of frequencies outside the band

15 What are the demerits of passive filters

Passive filters works well for high frequencies But at audio frequencies the inductorsbecome

problematic as they become large heavy and expensive For low frequencyapplications more

number of turns of wire must be used which in turn adds to the seriesresistance degrading

inductorrsquos performance ie low Q resulting in high power dissipation

16 What are the advantages of active filters

bull Active filters used op- amp as the active element and resistors and capacitors as

passiveelements

bull By enclosing a capacitor in the feed back loop inductor less active filters can be obtained

bull Op-amp used in non ndash inverting configuration offers high input impedance and low output

impedance thus improving the load drive capacity

17What are the different types of filters

Based on the components used Active filters and passive filters

Based on frequency responses Low pass filterHigh pass filterBand pass filterBand reject filter

Based on order of transfer function first second third higher order filters

Based on configuration Bessel Chebyshev Butterworth filters

18What is frequency scaling

Once the filter is designed sometimes it is necessary to change the value of cut-off frequency

The method used to change the original cut-off frequency to new cut-off frequency is called

frequency scaling

19Briefly describe a voltage follower

bull A circuit in which the output voltage follows the input voltage is called voltage followercircuit

bull In Op-amp if the inverting input and the output terminals are shorted and if any signal isapplied

at the non-inverting terminal it appears at the output without any change

bullIt is also called as source follower unity gain amplifier buffer amplifier or isolationamplifier

20 Describe about a bandpass filter

A bandpass filter is basically a frequency selector It allows one particular band of frequencies to

pass Thus the pass band is between the two cut-off frequencies fH and fL where fH gt fL Any

frequency outside this band gets attenuated

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

21Sketch the circuit diagram of first order active low pass filter

22 What is a notch filter and what is its application

A narrow band reject filter is called a notch filter and is used for rejection of a single frequency

such as 50Hz power line frequency

23 Classify the ADCs broadly

1 Direct type ADC

2 Integrating type ADC

24 Differentiate between direct ADC and integrating type ADC a) The integrating type of ADCrsquos do not need a sampleHold circuit at the input

b) It is possible to transmit frequency even in noisy environment or in an isolated form

25 List out some integrating type converters

1 Charge balancing ADC

2 Dual slope ADC

26 What is integrating type converter

An ADC converter that perform conversion in an indirect manner by first changing the

analog IP signal to a linear function of time or frequency and then to a digital code is known as

integrating type AD converter

27List the main advantages of integrating type ADCs

i The integrating type of ADCrsquos doing not need a sampleHold circuit at the input

ii It is possible to transmit frequency even in noisy environment or in an isolated form

28 What are the types of ADC and DAC Types of ADC 1 Flash (comparator) type converter

2 Counter type converter

3 Tracking or servo converter

4 Successive approximation type converter

Types of DAC 1 Weighted resistor DAC

2 R-2R Ladder

3 Inverted R-2R Ladder

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

29 Explain in brief the principle of operation of successive Approximation ADC

The circuit of successive approximation ADC consists of a successive approximation

register (SAR) to find the required value of each bit by trial amp error With the arrival of START

command SAR sets the MSB bit to 1 The OP is converted into an analog signal amp it is

compared with IP signal This OP is low or High This process continues until all bits are

checked

30 Provide the advantages and disadvantages of flash type ADC Flash type ADC is the fastest as well as the most expensive

The disadvantage is the number of comparators needed almost doubles for each added bit (For a

n-bit convertor 2(n-1) comparators 2n resistors are required)

31Define conversion time

It is defined as the total time required converting an analog signal into its digital output It

depends on the conversion technique used amp the propagation delay of circuit components

The conversion time of a successive approximation type ADC is given by T(n+1) Where T---

clock period Tc---conversion time n- no of bits

32 Define resolution of a data converter

The resolution of a converter is the smallest change in voltage which may be produced at the

output or input of the converter Resolution (in volts)= VFS2n-1=1 LSB increment The

resolution of an ADC is defined as the smallest change in analog input for a one-bit change at the

output

33 Explain in brief stability of a converter

The performance of converter changes with temperature age amp power supply variation So all the

relevant parameters such as offset gain linearity error amp monotonicity must be specified over

the full temperature amp power supply ranges to have better stability performances

34 What is meant by linearity

The linearity of an ADCDAC is an important measure of its accuracy amp tells us how close the

converter output is to its ideal transfer characteristics The linearity error is usually expressed as

a fraction of LSB increment or percentage of full-scale voltage A good converter exhibits a

linearity error of less than plusmnfrac12LSB

35 What is a sample and hold circuit Where it is used

A sample and hold circuit is one which samples an input signal and holds on to its last sampled

value until the input is sampled again This circuit is mainly used in digital interfacing analog to

digital systems and pulse code modulation systems

36 Explain the operation of basic sample and hold circuit A typical sample and hold circuit stores electric charge in a capacitor and contains at least one

fast FET switch and at least one operational amplifier To sample the input signal the switch

connects the capacitor to the output of a buffer amplifier The buffer amplifier charges or

discharges the capacitor so that the voltage across the capacitor is practically equal or

proportional to input voltage In hold mode the switch disconnects the capacitor from the buffer

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

The capacitor is invariably discharged by its own leakage currents and useful load currents

which makes the circuit inherently volatile but the loss of voltage (voltage droop) within a

specified hold time remains within an acceptable error margin

37 Define start of conversion and end of conversion Start of Conversion in ADC (SOC) This is the control signal for start of conversion which

initiates AD conversion process

End of Conversion in ADC (EOC) This is the control signal which is activated when the

conversion is completed

38 Define sample period and hold period

The time during which the voltage across the capacitor in sample and hold circuit is equal to

the input voltage is called sample period The time period during which the voltage across the

capacitor is held constant is called hold period

39 Define the following performance parameters of DA converters

(a) Resolution (b)Accuracy (c) Monotonicity d) Conversion time

a) Resolution The resolution of a converter is the smallest change in voltage which may be produced at the

output or input of the converter

Resolution (in volts)= VFS2n-1=1 LSB increment

Example 8 bit DAC has 28-1 =255 equal intervals Hence the smallest change in output voltage

is (1255) of full scale output range

The resolution of an ADC is defined as the smallest change in analog input for a one bit change

at the output

Example The input range of 8 bit AD converter is divided into 255 intervals So the resolution

for 10V input range = 10V255 = 3922mV

b) Accuracy

Absolute accuracy It is the maximum deviation between the actual converter output amp the ideal converter output

Relative accuracy It is the maximum deviation after gain amp offset errors have been removed

The accuracy of a converter is also specified in form of LSB increments or of full scale

voltage

c) Monotonicity A monotonic DAC is one whose analog output increases for an increase in digital input A

monotonic characteristic is essential in control applications otherwise oscillations result

d) Conversion time It is defined as the total time required to convert an analog signal into its digital output It

depends on the conversion technique used amp the propagation delay of circuit componentsThe

conversion time of a successive approximation type ADC is given by T(n+1)

where T---clock period

Tc---conversion time n----no of bits

What is settling time

It represents the time it takes for the output to settle within a specified band plusmnfrac12LSB of itsfinal

value following a code change at the input (usually a full scale change) It depends uponthe

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

switching time of the logic circuitry due to internal parasitic capacitance amp inductancesSettling

time ranges from 100ns to 10micros depending on word length amp type circuit used

40 List the drawbacks of binary weighted resistor technique of DA conversion a) Wide range of resistor values needed

b) Difficulty in achieving and maintaining accurate ratios over a wide range of variations

41 The basic step of a 9 bit DAC is 103 mV If 000000000 represents 0Volts what is the

output for an input of 101101111 The output voltage for input of 101101111 is

= 103 mV (128+027+126+125+024+123+122+121+120)

= 103 10-3 367 = 378 V

42 What are the advantages and disadvantages of R-2R ladder DAC

Advantages a) Easier to build accurately as only two precision metal films are required

b) Number of bits can be expanded by adding more sections of same R2R values

Disadvantage In this type of DAC when there is a change in the input changes the current flow in the resistor

which causes more power dissipation which creates non-linearity in DAC

43 Which is the fastest AD converter and why

Flash type AD converter is the fastest ADC because the fast conversion speed isaccomplished

by providing 2n-1 comparators and simultaneously comparing the input signal with unique

reference levels spaced 1 LSB apart

44 What are the applications of V-I converter

bull Low voltage dc and ac voltmeter

bull L E D

bull Zener diode tester

45 What do you mean by a precision diode

The major limitation of ordinary diode is that it cannot rectify voltages below the cut ndash involtage

of the diode A circuit designed by placing a diode in the feedback loop of an op ndash ampis called

the precision diode and it is capable of rectifying input signals of the order of millivolt

46 Write down the applications of precision diode

bullHalf - wave rectifier

bullFull - Wave rectifier

bullPeak ndash value detector

bullClipper

bullClamper

47 Draw the circuit diagram of sample and hold circuit

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1 Design and explain triangular wave generator using Schmitt trigger and integrator circuit

2 (i) Explain the operation of dual slope ADC

(ii)Explain the following characteristics of ADC

(i)Resolution (ii) Accuracy (iii)Settling time (iv) Linearity

3 (i) Describe the first order lowpass butterworth filter Derive its frequency response and plot

the same

(ii) Design a low pass filter with a cutoff frequency if 1kHz and with a passband gain of 2

4 What is an instrumentation amplifier List its features Explain the operation of three op-amp

instrumentation amplifier and give its application

5 Explain the following applications of opamp (i)voltage to current converter (ii)Clamper

6 Explain the working of (i) Weighted resistor type DAC (ii) Dual slope type ADC

7 Discuss the operation of ladder network DAC with relevant circuit diagram and waveforms

8 Draw and explain the circuit of a voltage to current converter if the load is

(1) Floating

(2) Grounded

9 (i) Explain the working of OP-AMP based Schmitt trigger circuit (8)

(ii) Design an OP-AMP based second order active low pass filter with cut offfrequency 2 kHz

10 (i)draw an instrumentation amplifier using op amp and explain (6)

(ii) Explain the following op amp circuits

(1) Peak detector (2) Clamper (10)

11(i)draw a neat R-2R ladder DAC and explain its principle(6)

(ii) draw a flash type ADC and explain its working(10)

12(i) Explain how to measure phase difference between two signals

(ii) Explain the operation of square wave generator by drawing the capacitor and output voltage

waveforms

13 (i) Draw a sample and hold circuit Explain its operation and indicate its uses

(ii) Describe a circuit which will clip the input signal below a reference voltage

14 (i) Describe the operation of current to voltage converter with appropriate diagrams

(ii) Draw and explain the operation of the following

(i) Triangle wave generator (ii) monostable multivibrator

15 Elaborate on the operation of comparator and describe its applications

16Explain the working principle of RC phase shift sine wave generator using op-amp and derive

expression for f

17 (i) Explain the important specifications of DAC

(ii) With diagrams and example explain the working principle of successive approximation type

ADC

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

UNIT IV SPECIAL ICs

SYLLABUS 555 Timer circuit ndash Functional block characteristics amp applications 566-voltage

controlled oscillator circuit 565-phase lock loop circuit functioning and applications Analog multiplier ICs

TWO MARK QUESTIONS

1 Mention some applications of 555 timer

Oscillator

pulse generator

ramp and square wave generator

burglar alarm

traffic light control

Missing pulse detector

Linear ramp generator

Frequency divider

Pulse width modulation

FSK generator

Pulse position modulator

Schmitt trigger

2 List the applications of 555 timer in monostable mode of operation

Missing pulse detector

Linear ramp generator

Frequency divider

Pulse width modulation

3 List the applications of 555 timer in Astable mode of operation

FSK generator

Pulse-position modulator

4 Enumerate the basic blocks of IC 555 timer

5 Highlight the features of 555 Timer

available in three packages 8 pin metal can 8 pin dip 14 pin dip

6 What is the use of reset pin of 555 timer

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

This is an interrupt for the timing device when pin 4 is grounded it stops the working of device

and turns it off

7 What is the purpose of control voltage pin (5) of 555 timer This pin is the inverting input terminal of comparator This is reference level for comparator with

which threshold is compared If reference level is other than 23 VCC then external input is to

be given to pin 5 Pulse width modulation is possible due to pin 5

8Write the expression for pulse width of 555 timer in monostable mode Pulse width W = 11 RC seconds

R ndash resistor in ohms C ndash capacitor in farads

9Write the expression for total time period of 555 timer in astable mode T = 0693 (RA + 2 RB) C seconds

10 Define duty cycle

The ratio of high output and low output period is given by a mathematical parameter called duty

cycle It is defined as the ratio of ON Time to total time

11 What is a voltage controlled oscillator V o l t age con t r o l l ed o s c i l l a to r i s a f r e e r u nn in g m ul t i v i b ra to r op e r a t in g a t a

s e t frequency called the free running frequency This frequency can be shifted to

either side by applying a dc control voltage and the frequency deviation is

proportional to the dc control voltage

12 On what parameters does the free running frequency of VCO depend on bullExternal timing resistor RT

bullExternal timing capacitor CT

bullThe dc control voltage Vc

13 Give the expression for the VCO free running frequency

f o= 025 RTCT

14 Define Voltage to Frequency conversion factor Voltage to Frequency conversion factor is defined as

Kv = Δfo ΔVc = Vcc

Where ΔVc is the modulation voltage required to produce the frequency shift Δfo

15 List the features of 566 VCO

-24V)

temperature stability

16 State the function of a PLL

A PLL is a basically a closed loop system designed to lock output frequency and phase to the

frequency and phase of an input signal

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

17 Define lock range capture range and pull in time

Lock range

When PLL is in lock it can trap freq changes in the incoming signal The range of frequencies

over which the PLL can maintain lock with the incoming signal is called as lock range Lock in

range ∆fL = +- 78 fo V fo is free running frequency

Capture range

The range of frequencies over which the PLL can acquire lock with the input signal is called as

capture range Capture range = +- = [∆fL (2prodRC)] 12

Define pull-in time

The total time taken by the PLL to establish lock is called pull-in time

18 List out the blocks of PLL a Frequency multiplicationdivision

b Frequency translation c AM detection

d FM demodulation

e FSK demodulation

19 What is the purpose of having a low pass filter in PLL bullIt removes the high frequency components and noise

bullControls the dynamic characteristics of the PLL such as capture range lock -in

range band-width and transient response

bullThe charge on the filter capacitor gives a short- time memory to the PLL

20 Discuss the effect of having large capture range The PLL cannot acquire a signal outside the capture range but once captured it will hold on till

the frequency goes beyond the lock-in range Thus to increase the ability of lock range large

capture range is required But a large capture range will make the PLL more

susceptible to noise and undesirable signal

21 List the applications of 565 PLL

22 What is a switch type phase detector An electronic switch is opened and closed by signal coming from VCO and the input signal is

chopped at a repetition rate determined by the VCO frequency This type of Phase detector is

called a half wave detector since the phase information for only one half of the input signal is

detected and averaged

23 What are the problems associated with switch type phase detector The output voltage Ve is proportional to the input signal amplitude This is undesirable because

it makes phase detector gain and loop gain dependent on the input signal amplitude The output

is proportional to cosφ making it non linear

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

24 What is analog multiplier

An analog multiplier is a circuit in which the output is proportional to the multiplication of two

input voltages It is used in modulation frequency converters and to solve non-linear equations

25 Mention any two analog multiplier Ics

a) IC AD 533

b) IC AD 534

26 What is ICAD 533

It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is a low cost IC comprising a transconductance

multiplying element stable reference and an output amplifier

27 List the features of ICAD533

28 What is ICAD 534List its features

It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is the first general purpose multiplier capable of

providing gain upto X100

Features

Adjustable scale factor

Low noise

Excellent long time stability

29 Mention the applications of analog multipliers 1 Voltage squarer

2 Frequency doubler

3 Voltage divider

4 Square rooter

5 Phase angle detector

6 Rectifier

30 Explain how a frequency doubler can be realized using analog multiplier The multiplication of two sine waves of the same frequency but of possibly different amplitudes

and phase allows doubling a frequency using an analog multiplier

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1 Explain the functional block diagram of 555timer

2 Explain working of PLL using appropriate block diagram and explain any one application of

the same

3 Draw the block diagram of an Astable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression

for its frequency of oscillation

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

4 Draw the block diagram of monostable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression

for its frequency of oscillation Discuss some applications of 555 timer in monostable mode

5 write short notes on

i) capture range

ii) Lock in range

iii) Pull in time

6 Briefly explain the block diagram of PLL and derive the expression for Lock range and

capture range

7 With a neat functional diagram explain the operation of VCO Also derive an expression for

fodiscuss the applications of PLL

8 What is 555 timer What are the features of 555 timer Explain the monostable mode in detail

With neat block diagram explain IC566 VCO operation and discuss any 2 applications

9 What are the modes of operation of IC555 Derive the expression of time delay of monostable

multivibrator

10 (i)Explain the VCO with neat block diagram Give its typical connection diagram and output

waveforms

(ii)Derive the expression for capture range for PLL where a simple RC network is used as a LPF

11 (i)Explain the working of VCO

(ii)What is PLL Explain its operation as frequency multiplier

12 Explain the astable and bistable operation of IC555 with necessary waveforms

13 With the help of schematic circuit explain the operation of 566 VCO Also derive the

expression for output frequenct

14 (i) List and define the various performance parameters of a Multiplier IC (6)

(ii) How the multiplier is used as voltage divider (5)

(iii) How the multiplier is used as frequency doubler (5)

15 Explain with neat block diagrams how PLL is used as

(i) AM Detector (5)

(ii) FM Detector (5)

(iii) Frequency Synthesizer (6)

16(i) describe in details the characteristics and applications of 555 timer (6)

(ii) Draw a neat block diagram of VCO and explain (10)

17(i) Draw the 565 PLL and explain itrsquos functioning in detail (8)

(ii) Give an account on ldquoAnalog multiplier ICrdquo (8)

18 (i)How is an astable multivibrator connected into a pulse position modulator

(ii) Draw the circuit of Schmitt trigger using 555 timer and explain its operation

19Design and draw the waveforms of a 1KHz square wave generator using 555 timer for duty

cycle (i) D=25 (ii) D=50

20(i) Perform the closed loop analysis of PLL

(ii) Explain any two applications of PLL

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

UNIT V APPLICATION ICs

SYLLABUS IC voltage regulators - LM317 723 regulators switching regulator MA 7840 LM

380 power amplifier ICL 8038 function generator IC isolation amplifiers opto coupler opto

electronic ICs

TWO MARK QUESTIONS

1 What is a voltage regulator

A voltage regulator is an electronic circuit that provides a stable dc voltage independent of the

load current temperature and ac line voltage variations

2 Give the classification of voltage regulators

Series Linear regulators

Switching regulators

3 Write about a linear voltage regulator

Series or linear regulator uses a power transistor connected in series between the unregulated dc

input and the load and it conducts in the linear region The output voltage is controlled by the

continuous voltage drop taking place across the series pass transistor

4 What is a switching regulator

Switching regulators are those which operate the power transistor as a high frequency onoff

switchso that the power transistor does not conduct current continouslyThis give improved

efficiency over series regulators

5 List the advantages of IC voltage regulators

Low cost high reliability reduction in size and excellent performance

6 Give some examples of monolithic IC voltage regulators

78XX series fixed output positive voltage regulators

79XX series fixed output negative voltage regulators

723 general purpose regulator

7 What is the purpose of having input and output capacitors in three terminal IC

regulators

A capacitor connected between the input terminal and ground cancels the inductive effects due to

long distribution leads The output capacitor improves the transient response

8 Define line regulation

Line regulation is defined as the percentage change in the output voltage for a change in the

input voltageIt is expressed in millivolts or as a percentage of the output voltage

9 Define load regulation

Load regulation is defined as the change in output voltage for a change in load current It is

expressed in mill volts or as a percentage of the output voltage

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

10 What is meant by current limiting

Current limiting refers to the ability of a regulator to prevent the load current from increasing

above a preset value

11 Give the drawbacks of linear regulators

The input step down transformer is bulky and expensive because of low line frequency Because

of low line frequency large values of filter capacitors are required to decrease the ripple

Efficiency is reduced due to the continuous power dissipation by the transistor as it operates in

the linear region

12 What is the advantage of switching regulators

Greater efficiency is achieved as the power transistor is made to operate as low impedance

switch Power transmitted across the transistor is in discrete pulses rather than as a steady current

flowBy using suitable switching loss reduction technique the switching frequency can be

increased so as to reduce the size and weight of the inductors and capacitors

13 Why do switching regulators have better efficiency than series regulators

The transistor in linear regulator will operate in linear area at all times Considerable power is

dissipated in linear operation since the transistor has voltage across it and current flowing

through itSince the series element in a switching regulator is either fully conducting(V=0 hence

power=0) or switched off(I=0 hence power=0) it dissipates almost no power this is what gives

the switching design its efficiency

14 What are the advantages of adjustable voltage regulators over the fixed voltage

regulators i) Improved line and load regulation by a factor of 10 or more

ii) Because of the improved overload protection greater load current can be drawn

iii) Improved reliability

15 List out the parameters related to the fixed voltage regulators 1) Line regulation

2) Load regulation

3) Ripple rejection

4) Output impedance

5) Maximum power dissipation

6) Rated output current

16 Define dropout voltage of a fixed voltage regulator It is the minimum voltage that must exist between input and output terminals For most of

regulators it is 2 to 3 volts

17 What is an opto-coupler IC

Opto-coupler IC is a combined package of a photo-emitting device and a photo-sensing device

14 What are the types of opto couplers

LED and a photo diode

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

LED and photo transistor

LED and Darlington

15 Give two examples of IC optocouplers

Examples for opto-coupler IC

MCT 2F

16 Mention the advantages of opto-couplers

Better isolation between the two stages

Impedance problem between the stages is eliminated

Wide frequency response

Easily interfaced with digital circuit

Compact and light weight

Problems such as noise transients contact bounce are eliminated

17 Specify the need for isolation amplifier

Isolation amplifiers provide electrical isolation and an electrical safety barrier They protect data

acquisition components from common mode voltages which are potential differences between

instrument ground and signal ground Instruments that are applied in the presence of a common

mode voltage without an isolation barrier allow ground currents to circulate leading in the best

case to a noisy representation of the signal under investigation In the worst case assuming that

the magnitude of common mode voltage or current is sufficient instrument destruction is likely

Isolation amplifiers are used in medical instruments to ensure isolation of a patient from power

supply leakage current

18What are the features of MA78s40

Step upstep down or inverting operation

Operation from 25 to 40 V

80Db line and load regulation

19List the important parts of a regulated power supply

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

(i) Transformer (ii) Rectifier (iii) Filter (iv)Regulator

20 Using LM380 draw the circuit for audio power amplifier

21 What are onetwo and four quadrant multipliers

A four-quadrant multiplier is one where inputs and outputs may swing positive and negative

Many multipliers only work in 2 quadrants (one input may only have one polarity) or single

quadrant (inputs and outputs have only one polarity usually all positive)

22 List the parameters of optocoupler

a Current transfer ratio

b Isolation voltage

c Response time

d Common mode rejection

23Why current boosting is done in 723 regulator

The maximum current capability of 723 regulator is 140mA In certain applications this value of

current is not sufficient Hence current boosting is done using series pass transistor

24 What are the limitations of three terminal regulator

1 For fixed output regulators the output voltage is not precise

2 Only selected values of output voltages are available

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

3 Current boosting by external series pass transistor is required if load current beyond the

capability of basic regulator is required

25 Draw the typical connection diagram of IC LM317

26 What is the function od a series pass transistor in voltage regulator

The series pass transistor acsts as a control element The value of VcE gets adjusted in such a

way that the output voltage of the regulator always remains constant In addition the series pass

transistor supplies the load current

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1Draw and explain the functional block diagram of 723 voltage regulator and how this IC can be

used as high voltage regulator

2Write an explanatory note on

(i) Power amplifier (ii) Isolation amplifier

3 With neat diagrams explain the working of switched mode power supply

4 Write brief notes on

(i)IC MA 7840

(ii) Optocoupler

5 (i)Explain the working of series voltage regulator

(ii)Write notes on optocoupler

6 What is a switching regulator With neat block diagram explain the internals of MA7840

7 Draw the functional block diagram of IC 723 and explain

8 Explain with the help of functional block diagram the working of voltage regulator IC723

Clearly explain how current limit and foldback type current limiting facility can be provided with

723 circuits

9 Draw the circuit of series voltage regulator Design this circuit to operate from a supply of 20v

and to provide an output of 12V with maximum load current of 40mA

10 Draw the functional diagram of ICL 8038 Function generator IC and explain its operation

Give its frequency of oscillation at the output

11 (i) With neat diagram explain the working principle of isolation amplifier (8)

(ii) With neat diagram explain the principle of operation of optocouplers (8)

12 With the help of neat circuit diagram explain the operation of an adjustable regulator using

LM317

13 State the features and applications of IC LM 380 and explain them

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

14 Design a waveform generator using IC8038 The frequency of oscillation is 5kHz and duty

cycle is 50 From data sheet Vcc=5V VoH=36V VoL=02V ILL=16mA ILH=409uA

15 (i) Design low voltage regulator using IC 723 for 5V and explain its characteristics

(ii) Describe the features of function generator IC

(iii)Write short notes on optocoupler ICs

Page 8: EE2254 LICA QB

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

UNIT II CHARACTERISTICS OF OPAMP

SYLLABUS Ideal OP-AMP characteristics DC characteristics AC characteristics offset

voltage and currentvoltage series feedback and shunt feedback amplifiers differential amplifier

frequency response of OP-AMP Basic applications of op-amp ndash summer differentiator and

integrator

TWO MARK QUESTIONS

1 What is OPAMP

An operational amplifier is a direct coupled high gain amplifier consisting of one or more

differential amplifiers followed by a level translator and an output stageIt is a versatile device

that can be used to amplify ac as well as dc input signals amp designed for computing

mathamatical functions such as addition subtraction multiplication integration amp

differentiation

2 Draw the pin configuration of IC741

3 List out the ideal characteristics of OPAMP

1 Open loop voltage gain is infinity

2 Input impedance is infinity

3 Output impedance is zero

4 Bandwidth is infinity

5 Zero offset

6 Infinite bandwidth

7 Infinite CMRR

8 Infinite slew rate

9 Infinite PSRR

4 What do you infer from ideal opamp characteristics

i)The current drawn by either of the input terminals(non- invertinginverting) is negligible

ii)The potential difference between the inverting amp non-inverting input terminals is zero

5 Draw the equivalent circuit of op-amp and its voltage transfer characteristics

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

Equivalent circuit of op-amp

Voltage transfer curve of op-amp

6 Why open loop op-amp configurations is not used in linear applications a The open loop gain of the op-amp is very high Hence a very small input signal will drive the

output to saturation This results in distortion Therefore only the smaller signals having low

frequency may be amplified accurately without distortion

b Open loop Voltage gain of the op-amp is not a constant voltage gain varies with changes in

temperature and power supply as well as mass production techniques This makes op-amp

unsuitable for many linear applications

7 Why negative feedback is used in op-amp

The open loop gain of op-amp is close to infinity Hence even a small signal at the input is able

to drive the output to saturation When negative feedback is used the gain is reduced and hence

the op-amp operates in linear region without saturation Negative feedback is the key to having a

self-stabilizing system This stability gives the op-amp the capacity to work in its linear (active)

mode as opposed to merely being saturated fully on or off as it was when used as a

comparator with no feedback at all

8 With respect to op-amp explain what is virtual ground A virtual ground is a ground which acts like a ground It may not have physical connection to

ground For an ideal op-amp the inverting and non-inverting terminals are at the same potentials

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

The non-inverting input is grounded for the inverting amplifier circuit This means that the

inverting input of the op-amp is also at ground potential

9Mention some of the linear applications of op ndash amps

Adder subtractor voltage ndashto- current converter current ndashto- voltage converters instrumentation

amplifier analog computation power amplifier etc are some of the linear op-amp circuits

10 Mention some of the non ndash linear applications of op-amps-

Rectifier peak detector clipper clamper sample and hold circuit log amplifier anti ndashlog

amplifier multiplier are some of the non ndash linear op-amp circuits

11What happens when the common terminal of V+ and V- sources is not grounded

If the common point of the two supplies is not grounded twice the supply voltage will get

applied and it may damage the op-amp

12Define input offset voltage

A small voltage applied to the input terminals to make the output voltage as zero when the two

input terminals are grounded is called input offset voltage

13Define input offset current State the reasons for the offset currents at the input of the

op-amp

The difference between the bias currents at the input terminals of the op-amp is called as input

offset current The input terminals conduct a small value of dc current to bias the input

transistors Since the input transistors cannot be made identical there exists a difference in bias

currents

14Define thermal drift

The bias current offset current amp offset voltage is dependent on changes in temperature A

circuit carefully nulled at 25oC may not remain so when the temperature raises to 35

oCThis is

called thermal drift Often offset current drift is expressed in nA oC and offset voltage drift in

mV oC

15Define supply voltage rejection ratio(SVRR)

The change in OPAMPrsquos input offset voltage due to variations in supply voltage is called the

supply voltage rejection ratio It is also called Power Supply Rejection Ratio(PSRR) or Power

Supply Sensitivity(PSS)

16Define i) Input bias current iii) Input offset current of an op-amp

i) Input bias current

Input bias current IB is the average of the currents that flow into the inverting and non-inverting

input erminals of the op-amp

ie IB = (IB1+IB2)2

ii) Input offset current

The algebraic difference between the current into the inverting and non-inverting terminals is

referred to as input offset current Iio Mathematically it is represented as Iio = |IB - IB |

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

Where

I B+is the current into the non-inverting input terminals

IB- is the current into the inverting input terminals

17Define CMRR of an op-amp

The relative sensitivity of an op-amp to a difference signal as compared to a common ndashmode

signal is called the common ndashmode rejection ratio It is expressed in decibels CMRR= AdAc

18 Define slew rate What causes slew rate

The slew rate is defined as the maximum rate of change of output voltage caused by a step input

voltage An ideal slew rate is infinite which means that op-amprsquos output voltage should change

instantaneously in response to input step voltage

There is a capacitor with-in or outside of an op-amp to prevent oscillation It is this capacitor

which prevents the output voltage from responding immediately to a fast changing input

19 Define Unity Gain Bandwidth of Op-amp

For a certain frequency of the input signal the gain of the Op-amp reduces to 0 dB Thismeans

20 log |AOL(f) | is 0dB ie |AOL(f) | = 1 Such a frequency is called gain cross overfrequency or

unity gain bandwidth (UGB)

20Why IC 741 is not used for high frequency applications

IC741 has a low slew rate because of the predominance of capacitance present in the circuit at

higher frequencies As frequency increases the output gets distorted due to limited slew rate

21In practical op-amps what is the effect of high frequency on its performance

The open-loop gain of op-amp decreases at higher frequencies due to the presence of parasitic

capacitance The closed-loop gain increases at higher frequencies and leads to instability

22What is the need for frequency compensation in practical op-amps

Frequency compensation is needed when large bandwidth and lower closed loop gain is desired

Compensating networks are used to control the phase shift and hence to improve the stability

23Mention the frequency compensation methods

Dominant-pole compensation

Pole-zero compensation

24What are the merits and demerits of Dominant-pole compensation

noise immunity of the system is improved

Open-loop bandwidth is reduced

25 Draw the voltage follower circuit of an OP-AMP

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

26 What are the limitations of an ideal active differentiator At high frequency differentiators may become unstable and break into oscillation The input

impedance ie (1ωC1) decreases with increase in frequency thereby making the circuit

sensitive to high frequency noise

27 Draw a subtractor using op-amp

If all the resistors in the above circuit are equal the circuit functions as a subtractor

28 Design an amplifier with a gain of -10 and input resistance of 10k

Since negative gain is required an inverting amplifier should be used

Gain of inverting amplifier = -RfR1= -10 (Given)

Given R1=10k

10 Rf =1k

29 Draw the circuit diagram of an integrator and give its output equation

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

30 Classify the negative feedback configuration and draw the corresponding block

diagram

A closed loop amplifier can be represented by two blocks one for an OPAMP and other for a

feedback circuits There are four following ways to connect these blocks These connections are

classified according to whether the voltage or current is feedback to the input in series or in

parallel

Voltage ndash series feedback

Voltage ndash shunt feedback

Current ndash series feedback

Current ndash shunt feedback

These connections are shown in figure below

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1 (i) Explain the functions of all the basic building blocks of Op-amp

(ii) Explain the application of op-amp as (i) Integrator (ii) Differentiator

2 Discuss about the methods of frequency compensation in opamp

3 Explain the operation of a basic differential amplifier

4 Obtain the frequency response of an open-loop op-amp

5 (i) With neat diagrams explain the types of feedback configurations available

(ii) Briefly explain summing amplifier and draw an adder circuit for the given expression

V0= V1+V2-V3-(V4+2)

6 (i) Explain the DC characteristics of op-amp with the help of neat diagrams

(ii)With neat circuit diagram and equations discuss the operation of summer and differentiator

using opamp

7 (i) Explain the AC characteristics of an operational amplifier

(ii) Sketch the basic circuit using op-amp to perform the mathematical operation of

differentiation and explain What are the limitations of an ordinary OP-AMP differentiator

Draw and explain the circuit of a practical differentiators that will eliminate these limitations

8 (i) Explain in detail the characteristic of an ideal opamp (8)

(ii) Draw the block diagram and equivalent circuit of op-ampExplain them (10)

9 (i) Explain the application of op amp as (1)summer (2)integrator (8)

(ii) Define and explain (1) slew rate (2) SVRR (4)

(iii) Explain the frequency response of op-amp (4)

10 What are the different open-loop configurations of op-amp Explain the differential amplifier

configuration

11 With the help of circuit diagram explain the operation of non-inverting and inverting

configuration of op-amp and derive expressions for voltage gain for each configuration

12 (i) Draw and explain the closed loop frequency response of op-amp

(ii) Elaborate on pole-zero compensation technique

13 Find the output voltage of the above circuit

14(i) Define and explain slew rate What is full power bandwidth Describe methods to improve

slewrate

(ii) Define output offset voltage Explain methods to nullify offset voltage

15 (i) With neat circuit diagram explain the operation of the following circuits

(a) Voltage follower (b)Integrator

(ii) For the non inverting opamp shown in fig find the output voltage

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

UNIT III APPLICATIONS OF OPAMP

SYLLABUS Instrumentation amplifier first and second order active filters VI amp IV converters

comparatorsmultivibrators waveform generators clippers clampers peak detector SH circuit DA converter (R-2R ladder and weighted resistor types) AD converter - Dual slope successive approximation and flash types

TWO MARK QUESTIONS

1What is the need for an instrumentation amplifier

In a number of industrial and consumer applications the measurement of physical quantities is

usually done with the help of transducers The output of transducer has to be amplified So that it

can drive the indicator or display system This function is performed by an instrumentation

amplifier

2List the features of instrumentation amplifier

o high gain accuracy

o high CMRR

o high gain stability with low temperature co-efficient

o low dc offset

o low output impedance

3 What is a comparator

A comparator is a circuit which compares a signal voltage applied at one input of an opamp with

a known reference voltage at the other input It is an open loop op - amp with output + Vsat or -

Vsat

4 What are the applications of comparator

Zero crossing detectors

Window detector

Time marker generator

Phase detector

5 What is a Schmitt trigger

Schmitt trigger is a regenerative comparator It converts sinusoidal input into a square wave

output The output of Schmitt trigger swings between upper and lower threshold voltages which

are the reference voltages of the input waveform

6 What is a multivibrator

Multivibrators are a group of regenerative circuits that are used extensively in timing

applications It is a wave shaping circuit which gives symmetric or asymmetric square output It

has two states either stable or quasi- stable depending on the type of multivibrator

7 What do you mean by monostable multivibrator

Monostable multivibrator is one which generates a single pulse of specified duration in

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

response to each external trigger signal It has only one stable state Application of a trigger

causes a change to the quasi-stable stateAn external trigger signal generated due to charging and

discharging of the capacitor produces the transition to the original stable state

8 Write a brief note on astable multivibrator

Astable multivibrator is a free running oscillator having two quasi-stable states Thus there are

oscillations between these two states and no external signal is required to produce the change in

state

9 What is a bistable multivibrator

Bistable multivibrator is one that maintains a given output voltage level unless an external

trigger is applied Application of an external trigger signal causes a change of state and this

output level is maintained indefinitely until an second trigger is applied Thus it requires two

external triggers before it returns to its initial state

10 What are the requirements for producing sustained oscillations in feedback circuits

For sustained oscillations

The total phase shift around the loop must be zero at the desired frequency of oscillation fo

ieL AB=00 or 360

0

At fo the magnitu

11Draw the circuit diagram of positive clipper

12 What is hysteresis with reference to Schmitt trigger circuit

In the non-inverting configuration when the input is higher than a certain chosen threshold the

output is high When the input is below a different (lower) chosen threshold the output is low

and when the input is between the two levels the output retains its value This dual threshold

action is called hysteresis and implies that the Schmitt trigger possesses memory and can act as a

bistable circuit (latch)

13 Differentiate between Schmitt trigger and comparator

SNo Comparator Schmitt trigger

1 Feedback is not used that is Op-amp is used

in open loop mode

Feedback is used that is Op-ampis used in

closed loop mode

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

2 False triggering due to noise voltages is

possible

False triggering due to noise voltages is

not possible

3 A single reference voltage exists Two different threshold voltages exists as

VUT and VLT

4 No hysteresis exists Hysteresis exists with a width H=VUT -

VLT

14 What is a filter

Filter is a frequency selective circuit that passes signal of specified band of frequencies

andattenuates the signals of frequencies outside the band

15 What are the demerits of passive filters

Passive filters works well for high frequencies But at audio frequencies the inductorsbecome

problematic as they become large heavy and expensive For low frequencyapplications more

number of turns of wire must be used which in turn adds to the seriesresistance degrading

inductorrsquos performance ie low Q resulting in high power dissipation

16 What are the advantages of active filters

bull Active filters used op- amp as the active element and resistors and capacitors as

passiveelements

bull By enclosing a capacitor in the feed back loop inductor less active filters can be obtained

bull Op-amp used in non ndash inverting configuration offers high input impedance and low output

impedance thus improving the load drive capacity

17What are the different types of filters

Based on the components used Active filters and passive filters

Based on frequency responses Low pass filterHigh pass filterBand pass filterBand reject filter

Based on order of transfer function first second third higher order filters

Based on configuration Bessel Chebyshev Butterworth filters

18What is frequency scaling

Once the filter is designed sometimes it is necessary to change the value of cut-off frequency

The method used to change the original cut-off frequency to new cut-off frequency is called

frequency scaling

19Briefly describe a voltage follower

bull A circuit in which the output voltage follows the input voltage is called voltage followercircuit

bull In Op-amp if the inverting input and the output terminals are shorted and if any signal isapplied

at the non-inverting terminal it appears at the output without any change

bullIt is also called as source follower unity gain amplifier buffer amplifier or isolationamplifier

20 Describe about a bandpass filter

A bandpass filter is basically a frequency selector It allows one particular band of frequencies to

pass Thus the pass band is between the two cut-off frequencies fH and fL where fH gt fL Any

frequency outside this band gets attenuated

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

21Sketch the circuit diagram of first order active low pass filter

22 What is a notch filter and what is its application

A narrow band reject filter is called a notch filter and is used for rejection of a single frequency

such as 50Hz power line frequency

23 Classify the ADCs broadly

1 Direct type ADC

2 Integrating type ADC

24 Differentiate between direct ADC and integrating type ADC a) The integrating type of ADCrsquos do not need a sampleHold circuit at the input

b) It is possible to transmit frequency even in noisy environment or in an isolated form

25 List out some integrating type converters

1 Charge balancing ADC

2 Dual slope ADC

26 What is integrating type converter

An ADC converter that perform conversion in an indirect manner by first changing the

analog IP signal to a linear function of time or frequency and then to a digital code is known as

integrating type AD converter

27List the main advantages of integrating type ADCs

i The integrating type of ADCrsquos doing not need a sampleHold circuit at the input

ii It is possible to transmit frequency even in noisy environment or in an isolated form

28 What are the types of ADC and DAC Types of ADC 1 Flash (comparator) type converter

2 Counter type converter

3 Tracking or servo converter

4 Successive approximation type converter

Types of DAC 1 Weighted resistor DAC

2 R-2R Ladder

3 Inverted R-2R Ladder

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

29 Explain in brief the principle of operation of successive Approximation ADC

The circuit of successive approximation ADC consists of a successive approximation

register (SAR) to find the required value of each bit by trial amp error With the arrival of START

command SAR sets the MSB bit to 1 The OP is converted into an analog signal amp it is

compared with IP signal This OP is low or High This process continues until all bits are

checked

30 Provide the advantages and disadvantages of flash type ADC Flash type ADC is the fastest as well as the most expensive

The disadvantage is the number of comparators needed almost doubles for each added bit (For a

n-bit convertor 2(n-1) comparators 2n resistors are required)

31Define conversion time

It is defined as the total time required converting an analog signal into its digital output It

depends on the conversion technique used amp the propagation delay of circuit components

The conversion time of a successive approximation type ADC is given by T(n+1) Where T---

clock period Tc---conversion time n- no of bits

32 Define resolution of a data converter

The resolution of a converter is the smallest change in voltage which may be produced at the

output or input of the converter Resolution (in volts)= VFS2n-1=1 LSB increment The

resolution of an ADC is defined as the smallest change in analog input for a one-bit change at the

output

33 Explain in brief stability of a converter

The performance of converter changes with temperature age amp power supply variation So all the

relevant parameters such as offset gain linearity error amp monotonicity must be specified over

the full temperature amp power supply ranges to have better stability performances

34 What is meant by linearity

The linearity of an ADCDAC is an important measure of its accuracy amp tells us how close the

converter output is to its ideal transfer characteristics The linearity error is usually expressed as

a fraction of LSB increment or percentage of full-scale voltage A good converter exhibits a

linearity error of less than plusmnfrac12LSB

35 What is a sample and hold circuit Where it is used

A sample and hold circuit is one which samples an input signal and holds on to its last sampled

value until the input is sampled again This circuit is mainly used in digital interfacing analog to

digital systems and pulse code modulation systems

36 Explain the operation of basic sample and hold circuit A typical sample and hold circuit stores electric charge in a capacitor and contains at least one

fast FET switch and at least one operational amplifier To sample the input signal the switch

connects the capacitor to the output of a buffer amplifier The buffer amplifier charges or

discharges the capacitor so that the voltage across the capacitor is practically equal or

proportional to input voltage In hold mode the switch disconnects the capacitor from the buffer

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

The capacitor is invariably discharged by its own leakage currents and useful load currents

which makes the circuit inherently volatile but the loss of voltage (voltage droop) within a

specified hold time remains within an acceptable error margin

37 Define start of conversion and end of conversion Start of Conversion in ADC (SOC) This is the control signal for start of conversion which

initiates AD conversion process

End of Conversion in ADC (EOC) This is the control signal which is activated when the

conversion is completed

38 Define sample period and hold period

The time during which the voltage across the capacitor in sample and hold circuit is equal to

the input voltage is called sample period The time period during which the voltage across the

capacitor is held constant is called hold period

39 Define the following performance parameters of DA converters

(a) Resolution (b)Accuracy (c) Monotonicity d) Conversion time

a) Resolution The resolution of a converter is the smallest change in voltage which may be produced at the

output or input of the converter

Resolution (in volts)= VFS2n-1=1 LSB increment

Example 8 bit DAC has 28-1 =255 equal intervals Hence the smallest change in output voltage

is (1255) of full scale output range

The resolution of an ADC is defined as the smallest change in analog input for a one bit change

at the output

Example The input range of 8 bit AD converter is divided into 255 intervals So the resolution

for 10V input range = 10V255 = 3922mV

b) Accuracy

Absolute accuracy It is the maximum deviation between the actual converter output amp the ideal converter output

Relative accuracy It is the maximum deviation after gain amp offset errors have been removed

The accuracy of a converter is also specified in form of LSB increments or of full scale

voltage

c) Monotonicity A monotonic DAC is one whose analog output increases for an increase in digital input A

monotonic characteristic is essential in control applications otherwise oscillations result

d) Conversion time It is defined as the total time required to convert an analog signal into its digital output It

depends on the conversion technique used amp the propagation delay of circuit componentsThe

conversion time of a successive approximation type ADC is given by T(n+1)

where T---clock period

Tc---conversion time n----no of bits

What is settling time

It represents the time it takes for the output to settle within a specified band plusmnfrac12LSB of itsfinal

value following a code change at the input (usually a full scale change) It depends uponthe

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

switching time of the logic circuitry due to internal parasitic capacitance amp inductancesSettling

time ranges from 100ns to 10micros depending on word length amp type circuit used

40 List the drawbacks of binary weighted resistor technique of DA conversion a) Wide range of resistor values needed

b) Difficulty in achieving and maintaining accurate ratios over a wide range of variations

41 The basic step of a 9 bit DAC is 103 mV If 000000000 represents 0Volts what is the

output for an input of 101101111 The output voltage for input of 101101111 is

= 103 mV (128+027+126+125+024+123+122+121+120)

= 103 10-3 367 = 378 V

42 What are the advantages and disadvantages of R-2R ladder DAC

Advantages a) Easier to build accurately as only two precision metal films are required

b) Number of bits can be expanded by adding more sections of same R2R values

Disadvantage In this type of DAC when there is a change in the input changes the current flow in the resistor

which causes more power dissipation which creates non-linearity in DAC

43 Which is the fastest AD converter and why

Flash type AD converter is the fastest ADC because the fast conversion speed isaccomplished

by providing 2n-1 comparators and simultaneously comparing the input signal with unique

reference levels spaced 1 LSB apart

44 What are the applications of V-I converter

bull Low voltage dc and ac voltmeter

bull L E D

bull Zener diode tester

45 What do you mean by a precision diode

The major limitation of ordinary diode is that it cannot rectify voltages below the cut ndash involtage

of the diode A circuit designed by placing a diode in the feedback loop of an op ndash ampis called

the precision diode and it is capable of rectifying input signals of the order of millivolt

46 Write down the applications of precision diode

bullHalf - wave rectifier

bullFull - Wave rectifier

bullPeak ndash value detector

bullClipper

bullClamper

47 Draw the circuit diagram of sample and hold circuit

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1 Design and explain triangular wave generator using Schmitt trigger and integrator circuit

2 (i) Explain the operation of dual slope ADC

(ii)Explain the following characteristics of ADC

(i)Resolution (ii) Accuracy (iii)Settling time (iv) Linearity

3 (i) Describe the first order lowpass butterworth filter Derive its frequency response and plot

the same

(ii) Design a low pass filter with a cutoff frequency if 1kHz and with a passband gain of 2

4 What is an instrumentation amplifier List its features Explain the operation of three op-amp

instrumentation amplifier and give its application

5 Explain the following applications of opamp (i)voltage to current converter (ii)Clamper

6 Explain the working of (i) Weighted resistor type DAC (ii) Dual slope type ADC

7 Discuss the operation of ladder network DAC with relevant circuit diagram and waveforms

8 Draw and explain the circuit of a voltage to current converter if the load is

(1) Floating

(2) Grounded

9 (i) Explain the working of OP-AMP based Schmitt trigger circuit (8)

(ii) Design an OP-AMP based second order active low pass filter with cut offfrequency 2 kHz

10 (i)draw an instrumentation amplifier using op amp and explain (6)

(ii) Explain the following op amp circuits

(1) Peak detector (2) Clamper (10)

11(i)draw a neat R-2R ladder DAC and explain its principle(6)

(ii) draw a flash type ADC and explain its working(10)

12(i) Explain how to measure phase difference between two signals

(ii) Explain the operation of square wave generator by drawing the capacitor and output voltage

waveforms

13 (i) Draw a sample and hold circuit Explain its operation and indicate its uses

(ii) Describe a circuit which will clip the input signal below a reference voltage

14 (i) Describe the operation of current to voltage converter with appropriate diagrams

(ii) Draw and explain the operation of the following

(i) Triangle wave generator (ii) monostable multivibrator

15 Elaborate on the operation of comparator and describe its applications

16Explain the working principle of RC phase shift sine wave generator using op-amp and derive

expression for f

17 (i) Explain the important specifications of DAC

(ii) With diagrams and example explain the working principle of successive approximation type

ADC

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

UNIT IV SPECIAL ICs

SYLLABUS 555 Timer circuit ndash Functional block characteristics amp applications 566-voltage

controlled oscillator circuit 565-phase lock loop circuit functioning and applications Analog multiplier ICs

TWO MARK QUESTIONS

1 Mention some applications of 555 timer

Oscillator

pulse generator

ramp and square wave generator

burglar alarm

traffic light control

Missing pulse detector

Linear ramp generator

Frequency divider

Pulse width modulation

FSK generator

Pulse position modulator

Schmitt trigger

2 List the applications of 555 timer in monostable mode of operation

Missing pulse detector

Linear ramp generator

Frequency divider

Pulse width modulation

3 List the applications of 555 timer in Astable mode of operation

FSK generator

Pulse-position modulator

4 Enumerate the basic blocks of IC 555 timer

5 Highlight the features of 555 Timer

available in three packages 8 pin metal can 8 pin dip 14 pin dip

6 What is the use of reset pin of 555 timer

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

This is an interrupt for the timing device when pin 4 is grounded it stops the working of device

and turns it off

7 What is the purpose of control voltage pin (5) of 555 timer This pin is the inverting input terminal of comparator This is reference level for comparator with

which threshold is compared If reference level is other than 23 VCC then external input is to

be given to pin 5 Pulse width modulation is possible due to pin 5

8Write the expression for pulse width of 555 timer in monostable mode Pulse width W = 11 RC seconds

R ndash resistor in ohms C ndash capacitor in farads

9Write the expression for total time period of 555 timer in astable mode T = 0693 (RA + 2 RB) C seconds

10 Define duty cycle

The ratio of high output and low output period is given by a mathematical parameter called duty

cycle It is defined as the ratio of ON Time to total time

11 What is a voltage controlled oscillator V o l t age con t r o l l ed o s c i l l a to r i s a f r e e r u nn in g m ul t i v i b ra to r op e r a t in g a t a

s e t frequency called the free running frequency This frequency can be shifted to

either side by applying a dc control voltage and the frequency deviation is

proportional to the dc control voltage

12 On what parameters does the free running frequency of VCO depend on bullExternal timing resistor RT

bullExternal timing capacitor CT

bullThe dc control voltage Vc

13 Give the expression for the VCO free running frequency

f o= 025 RTCT

14 Define Voltage to Frequency conversion factor Voltage to Frequency conversion factor is defined as

Kv = Δfo ΔVc = Vcc

Where ΔVc is the modulation voltage required to produce the frequency shift Δfo

15 List the features of 566 VCO

-24V)

temperature stability

16 State the function of a PLL

A PLL is a basically a closed loop system designed to lock output frequency and phase to the

frequency and phase of an input signal

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

17 Define lock range capture range and pull in time

Lock range

When PLL is in lock it can trap freq changes in the incoming signal The range of frequencies

over which the PLL can maintain lock with the incoming signal is called as lock range Lock in

range ∆fL = +- 78 fo V fo is free running frequency

Capture range

The range of frequencies over which the PLL can acquire lock with the input signal is called as

capture range Capture range = +- = [∆fL (2prodRC)] 12

Define pull-in time

The total time taken by the PLL to establish lock is called pull-in time

18 List out the blocks of PLL a Frequency multiplicationdivision

b Frequency translation c AM detection

d FM demodulation

e FSK demodulation

19 What is the purpose of having a low pass filter in PLL bullIt removes the high frequency components and noise

bullControls the dynamic characteristics of the PLL such as capture range lock -in

range band-width and transient response

bullThe charge on the filter capacitor gives a short- time memory to the PLL

20 Discuss the effect of having large capture range The PLL cannot acquire a signal outside the capture range but once captured it will hold on till

the frequency goes beyond the lock-in range Thus to increase the ability of lock range large

capture range is required But a large capture range will make the PLL more

susceptible to noise and undesirable signal

21 List the applications of 565 PLL

22 What is a switch type phase detector An electronic switch is opened and closed by signal coming from VCO and the input signal is

chopped at a repetition rate determined by the VCO frequency This type of Phase detector is

called a half wave detector since the phase information for only one half of the input signal is

detected and averaged

23 What are the problems associated with switch type phase detector The output voltage Ve is proportional to the input signal amplitude This is undesirable because

it makes phase detector gain and loop gain dependent on the input signal amplitude The output

is proportional to cosφ making it non linear

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

24 What is analog multiplier

An analog multiplier is a circuit in which the output is proportional to the multiplication of two

input voltages It is used in modulation frequency converters and to solve non-linear equations

25 Mention any two analog multiplier Ics

a) IC AD 533

b) IC AD 534

26 What is ICAD 533

It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is a low cost IC comprising a transconductance

multiplying element stable reference and an output amplifier

27 List the features of ICAD533

28 What is ICAD 534List its features

It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is the first general purpose multiplier capable of

providing gain upto X100

Features

Adjustable scale factor

Low noise

Excellent long time stability

29 Mention the applications of analog multipliers 1 Voltage squarer

2 Frequency doubler

3 Voltage divider

4 Square rooter

5 Phase angle detector

6 Rectifier

30 Explain how a frequency doubler can be realized using analog multiplier The multiplication of two sine waves of the same frequency but of possibly different amplitudes

and phase allows doubling a frequency using an analog multiplier

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1 Explain the functional block diagram of 555timer

2 Explain working of PLL using appropriate block diagram and explain any one application of

the same

3 Draw the block diagram of an Astable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression

for its frequency of oscillation

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

4 Draw the block diagram of monostable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression

for its frequency of oscillation Discuss some applications of 555 timer in monostable mode

5 write short notes on

i) capture range

ii) Lock in range

iii) Pull in time

6 Briefly explain the block diagram of PLL and derive the expression for Lock range and

capture range

7 With a neat functional diagram explain the operation of VCO Also derive an expression for

fodiscuss the applications of PLL

8 What is 555 timer What are the features of 555 timer Explain the monostable mode in detail

With neat block diagram explain IC566 VCO operation and discuss any 2 applications

9 What are the modes of operation of IC555 Derive the expression of time delay of monostable

multivibrator

10 (i)Explain the VCO with neat block diagram Give its typical connection diagram and output

waveforms

(ii)Derive the expression for capture range for PLL where a simple RC network is used as a LPF

11 (i)Explain the working of VCO

(ii)What is PLL Explain its operation as frequency multiplier

12 Explain the astable and bistable operation of IC555 with necessary waveforms

13 With the help of schematic circuit explain the operation of 566 VCO Also derive the

expression for output frequenct

14 (i) List and define the various performance parameters of a Multiplier IC (6)

(ii) How the multiplier is used as voltage divider (5)

(iii) How the multiplier is used as frequency doubler (5)

15 Explain with neat block diagrams how PLL is used as

(i) AM Detector (5)

(ii) FM Detector (5)

(iii) Frequency Synthesizer (6)

16(i) describe in details the characteristics and applications of 555 timer (6)

(ii) Draw a neat block diagram of VCO and explain (10)

17(i) Draw the 565 PLL and explain itrsquos functioning in detail (8)

(ii) Give an account on ldquoAnalog multiplier ICrdquo (8)

18 (i)How is an astable multivibrator connected into a pulse position modulator

(ii) Draw the circuit of Schmitt trigger using 555 timer and explain its operation

19Design and draw the waveforms of a 1KHz square wave generator using 555 timer for duty

cycle (i) D=25 (ii) D=50

20(i) Perform the closed loop analysis of PLL

(ii) Explain any two applications of PLL

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

UNIT V APPLICATION ICs

SYLLABUS IC voltage regulators - LM317 723 regulators switching regulator MA 7840 LM

380 power amplifier ICL 8038 function generator IC isolation amplifiers opto coupler opto

electronic ICs

TWO MARK QUESTIONS

1 What is a voltage regulator

A voltage regulator is an electronic circuit that provides a stable dc voltage independent of the

load current temperature and ac line voltage variations

2 Give the classification of voltage regulators

Series Linear regulators

Switching regulators

3 Write about a linear voltage regulator

Series or linear regulator uses a power transistor connected in series between the unregulated dc

input and the load and it conducts in the linear region The output voltage is controlled by the

continuous voltage drop taking place across the series pass transistor

4 What is a switching regulator

Switching regulators are those which operate the power transistor as a high frequency onoff

switchso that the power transistor does not conduct current continouslyThis give improved

efficiency over series regulators

5 List the advantages of IC voltage regulators

Low cost high reliability reduction in size and excellent performance

6 Give some examples of monolithic IC voltage regulators

78XX series fixed output positive voltage regulators

79XX series fixed output negative voltage regulators

723 general purpose regulator

7 What is the purpose of having input and output capacitors in three terminal IC

regulators

A capacitor connected between the input terminal and ground cancels the inductive effects due to

long distribution leads The output capacitor improves the transient response

8 Define line regulation

Line regulation is defined as the percentage change in the output voltage for a change in the

input voltageIt is expressed in millivolts or as a percentage of the output voltage

9 Define load regulation

Load regulation is defined as the change in output voltage for a change in load current It is

expressed in mill volts or as a percentage of the output voltage

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

10 What is meant by current limiting

Current limiting refers to the ability of a regulator to prevent the load current from increasing

above a preset value

11 Give the drawbacks of linear regulators

The input step down transformer is bulky and expensive because of low line frequency Because

of low line frequency large values of filter capacitors are required to decrease the ripple

Efficiency is reduced due to the continuous power dissipation by the transistor as it operates in

the linear region

12 What is the advantage of switching regulators

Greater efficiency is achieved as the power transistor is made to operate as low impedance

switch Power transmitted across the transistor is in discrete pulses rather than as a steady current

flowBy using suitable switching loss reduction technique the switching frequency can be

increased so as to reduce the size and weight of the inductors and capacitors

13 Why do switching regulators have better efficiency than series regulators

The transistor in linear regulator will operate in linear area at all times Considerable power is

dissipated in linear operation since the transistor has voltage across it and current flowing

through itSince the series element in a switching regulator is either fully conducting(V=0 hence

power=0) or switched off(I=0 hence power=0) it dissipates almost no power this is what gives

the switching design its efficiency

14 What are the advantages of adjustable voltage regulators over the fixed voltage

regulators i) Improved line and load regulation by a factor of 10 or more

ii) Because of the improved overload protection greater load current can be drawn

iii) Improved reliability

15 List out the parameters related to the fixed voltage regulators 1) Line regulation

2) Load regulation

3) Ripple rejection

4) Output impedance

5) Maximum power dissipation

6) Rated output current

16 Define dropout voltage of a fixed voltage regulator It is the minimum voltage that must exist between input and output terminals For most of

regulators it is 2 to 3 volts

17 What is an opto-coupler IC

Opto-coupler IC is a combined package of a photo-emitting device and a photo-sensing device

14 What are the types of opto couplers

LED and a photo diode

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

LED and photo transistor

LED and Darlington

15 Give two examples of IC optocouplers

Examples for opto-coupler IC

MCT 2F

16 Mention the advantages of opto-couplers

Better isolation between the two stages

Impedance problem between the stages is eliminated

Wide frequency response

Easily interfaced with digital circuit

Compact and light weight

Problems such as noise transients contact bounce are eliminated

17 Specify the need for isolation amplifier

Isolation amplifiers provide electrical isolation and an electrical safety barrier They protect data

acquisition components from common mode voltages which are potential differences between

instrument ground and signal ground Instruments that are applied in the presence of a common

mode voltage without an isolation barrier allow ground currents to circulate leading in the best

case to a noisy representation of the signal under investigation In the worst case assuming that

the magnitude of common mode voltage or current is sufficient instrument destruction is likely

Isolation amplifiers are used in medical instruments to ensure isolation of a patient from power

supply leakage current

18What are the features of MA78s40

Step upstep down or inverting operation

Operation from 25 to 40 V

80Db line and load regulation

19List the important parts of a regulated power supply

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

(i) Transformer (ii) Rectifier (iii) Filter (iv)Regulator

20 Using LM380 draw the circuit for audio power amplifier

21 What are onetwo and four quadrant multipliers

A four-quadrant multiplier is one where inputs and outputs may swing positive and negative

Many multipliers only work in 2 quadrants (one input may only have one polarity) or single

quadrant (inputs and outputs have only one polarity usually all positive)

22 List the parameters of optocoupler

a Current transfer ratio

b Isolation voltage

c Response time

d Common mode rejection

23Why current boosting is done in 723 regulator

The maximum current capability of 723 regulator is 140mA In certain applications this value of

current is not sufficient Hence current boosting is done using series pass transistor

24 What are the limitations of three terminal regulator

1 For fixed output regulators the output voltage is not precise

2 Only selected values of output voltages are available

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

3 Current boosting by external series pass transistor is required if load current beyond the

capability of basic regulator is required

25 Draw the typical connection diagram of IC LM317

26 What is the function od a series pass transistor in voltage regulator

The series pass transistor acsts as a control element The value of VcE gets adjusted in such a

way that the output voltage of the regulator always remains constant In addition the series pass

transistor supplies the load current

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1Draw and explain the functional block diagram of 723 voltage regulator and how this IC can be

used as high voltage regulator

2Write an explanatory note on

(i) Power amplifier (ii) Isolation amplifier

3 With neat diagrams explain the working of switched mode power supply

4 Write brief notes on

(i)IC MA 7840

(ii) Optocoupler

5 (i)Explain the working of series voltage regulator

(ii)Write notes on optocoupler

6 What is a switching regulator With neat block diagram explain the internals of MA7840

7 Draw the functional block diagram of IC 723 and explain

8 Explain with the help of functional block diagram the working of voltage regulator IC723

Clearly explain how current limit and foldback type current limiting facility can be provided with

723 circuits

9 Draw the circuit of series voltage regulator Design this circuit to operate from a supply of 20v

and to provide an output of 12V with maximum load current of 40mA

10 Draw the functional diagram of ICL 8038 Function generator IC and explain its operation

Give its frequency of oscillation at the output

11 (i) With neat diagram explain the working principle of isolation amplifier (8)

(ii) With neat diagram explain the principle of operation of optocouplers (8)

12 With the help of neat circuit diagram explain the operation of an adjustable regulator using

LM317

13 State the features and applications of IC LM 380 and explain them

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

14 Design a waveform generator using IC8038 The frequency of oscillation is 5kHz and duty

cycle is 50 From data sheet Vcc=5V VoH=36V VoL=02V ILL=16mA ILH=409uA

15 (i) Design low voltage regulator using IC 723 for 5V and explain its characteristics

(ii) Describe the features of function generator IC

(iii)Write short notes on optocoupler ICs

Page 9: EE2254 LICA QB

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

Equivalent circuit of op-amp

Voltage transfer curve of op-amp

6 Why open loop op-amp configurations is not used in linear applications a The open loop gain of the op-amp is very high Hence a very small input signal will drive the

output to saturation This results in distortion Therefore only the smaller signals having low

frequency may be amplified accurately without distortion

b Open loop Voltage gain of the op-amp is not a constant voltage gain varies with changes in

temperature and power supply as well as mass production techniques This makes op-amp

unsuitable for many linear applications

7 Why negative feedback is used in op-amp

The open loop gain of op-amp is close to infinity Hence even a small signal at the input is able

to drive the output to saturation When negative feedback is used the gain is reduced and hence

the op-amp operates in linear region without saturation Negative feedback is the key to having a

self-stabilizing system This stability gives the op-amp the capacity to work in its linear (active)

mode as opposed to merely being saturated fully on or off as it was when used as a

comparator with no feedback at all

8 With respect to op-amp explain what is virtual ground A virtual ground is a ground which acts like a ground It may not have physical connection to

ground For an ideal op-amp the inverting and non-inverting terminals are at the same potentials

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

The non-inverting input is grounded for the inverting amplifier circuit This means that the

inverting input of the op-amp is also at ground potential

9Mention some of the linear applications of op ndash amps

Adder subtractor voltage ndashto- current converter current ndashto- voltage converters instrumentation

amplifier analog computation power amplifier etc are some of the linear op-amp circuits

10 Mention some of the non ndash linear applications of op-amps-

Rectifier peak detector clipper clamper sample and hold circuit log amplifier anti ndashlog

amplifier multiplier are some of the non ndash linear op-amp circuits

11What happens when the common terminal of V+ and V- sources is not grounded

If the common point of the two supplies is not grounded twice the supply voltage will get

applied and it may damage the op-amp

12Define input offset voltage

A small voltage applied to the input terminals to make the output voltage as zero when the two

input terminals are grounded is called input offset voltage

13Define input offset current State the reasons for the offset currents at the input of the

op-amp

The difference between the bias currents at the input terminals of the op-amp is called as input

offset current The input terminals conduct a small value of dc current to bias the input

transistors Since the input transistors cannot be made identical there exists a difference in bias

currents

14Define thermal drift

The bias current offset current amp offset voltage is dependent on changes in temperature A

circuit carefully nulled at 25oC may not remain so when the temperature raises to 35

oCThis is

called thermal drift Often offset current drift is expressed in nA oC and offset voltage drift in

mV oC

15Define supply voltage rejection ratio(SVRR)

The change in OPAMPrsquos input offset voltage due to variations in supply voltage is called the

supply voltage rejection ratio It is also called Power Supply Rejection Ratio(PSRR) or Power

Supply Sensitivity(PSS)

16Define i) Input bias current iii) Input offset current of an op-amp

i) Input bias current

Input bias current IB is the average of the currents that flow into the inverting and non-inverting

input erminals of the op-amp

ie IB = (IB1+IB2)2

ii) Input offset current

The algebraic difference between the current into the inverting and non-inverting terminals is

referred to as input offset current Iio Mathematically it is represented as Iio = |IB - IB |

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

Where

I B+is the current into the non-inverting input terminals

IB- is the current into the inverting input terminals

17Define CMRR of an op-amp

The relative sensitivity of an op-amp to a difference signal as compared to a common ndashmode

signal is called the common ndashmode rejection ratio It is expressed in decibels CMRR= AdAc

18 Define slew rate What causes slew rate

The slew rate is defined as the maximum rate of change of output voltage caused by a step input

voltage An ideal slew rate is infinite which means that op-amprsquos output voltage should change

instantaneously in response to input step voltage

There is a capacitor with-in or outside of an op-amp to prevent oscillation It is this capacitor

which prevents the output voltage from responding immediately to a fast changing input

19 Define Unity Gain Bandwidth of Op-amp

For a certain frequency of the input signal the gain of the Op-amp reduces to 0 dB Thismeans

20 log |AOL(f) | is 0dB ie |AOL(f) | = 1 Such a frequency is called gain cross overfrequency or

unity gain bandwidth (UGB)

20Why IC 741 is not used for high frequency applications

IC741 has a low slew rate because of the predominance of capacitance present in the circuit at

higher frequencies As frequency increases the output gets distorted due to limited slew rate

21In practical op-amps what is the effect of high frequency on its performance

The open-loop gain of op-amp decreases at higher frequencies due to the presence of parasitic

capacitance The closed-loop gain increases at higher frequencies and leads to instability

22What is the need for frequency compensation in practical op-amps

Frequency compensation is needed when large bandwidth and lower closed loop gain is desired

Compensating networks are used to control the phase shift and hence to improve the stability

23Mention the frequency compensation methods

Dominant-pole compensation

Pole-zero compensation

24What are the merits and demerits of Dominant-pole compensation

noise immunity of the system is improved

Open-loop bandwidth is reduced

25 Draw the voltage follower circuit of an OP-AMP

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

26 What are the limitations of an ideal active differentiator At high frequency differentiators may become unstable and break into oscillation The input

impedance ie (1ωC1) decreases with increase in frequency thereby making the circuit

sensitive to high frequency noise

27 Draw a subtractor using op-amp

If all the resistors in the above circuit are equal the circuit functions as a subtractor

28 Design an amplifier with a gain of -10 and input resistance of 10k

Since negative gain is required an inverting amplifier should be used

Gain of inverting amplifier = -RfR1= -10 (Given)

Given R1=10k

10 Rf =1k

29 Draw the circuit diagram of an integrator and give its output equation

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

30 Classify the negative feedback configuration and draw the corresponding block

diagram

A closed loop amplifier can be represented by two blocks one for an OPAMP and other for a

feedback circuits There are four following ways to connect these blocks These connections are

classified according to whether the voltage or current is feedback to the input in series or in

parallel

Voltage ndash series feedback

Voltage ndash shunt feedback

Current ndash series feedback

Current ndash shunt feedback

These connections are shown in figure below

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1 (i) Explain the functions of all the basic building blocks of Op-amp

(ii) Explain the application of op-amp as (i) Integrator (ii) Differentiator

2 Discuss about the methods of frequency compensation in opamp

3 Explain the operation of a basic differential amplifier

4 Obtain the frequency response of an open-loop op-amp

5 (i) With neat diagrams explain the types of feedback configurations available

(ii) Briefly explain summing amplifier and draw an adder circuit for the given expression

V0= V1+V2-V3-(V4+2)

6 (i) Explain the DC characteristics of op-amp with the help of neat diagrams

(ii)With neat circuit diagram and equations discuss the operation of summer and differentiator

using opamp

7 (i) Explain the AC characteristics of an operational amplifier

(ii) Sketch the basic circuit using op-amp to perform the mathematical operation of

differentiation and explain What are the limitations of an ordinary OP-AMP differentiator

Draw and explain the circuit of a practical differentiators that will eliminate these limitations

8 (i) Explain in detail the characteristic of an ideal opamp (8)

(ii) Draw the block diagram and equivalent circuit of op-ampExplain them (10)

9 (i) Explain the application of op amp as (1)summer (2)integrator (8)

(ii) Define and explain (1) slew rate (2) SVRR (4)

(iii) Explain the frequency response of op-amp (4)

10 What are the different open-loop configurations of op-amp Explain the differential amplifier

configuration

11 With the help of circuit diagram explain the operation of non-inverting and inverting

configuration of op-amp and derive expressions for voltage gain for each configuration

12 (i) Draw and explain the closed loop frequency response of op-amp

(ii) Elaborate on pole-zero compensation technique

13 Find the output voltage of the above circuit

14(i) Define and explain slew rate What is full power bandwidth Describe methods to improve

slewrate

(ii) Define output offset voltage Explain methods to nullify offset voltage

15 (i) With neat circuit diagram explain the operation of the following circuits

(a) Voltage follower (b)Integrator

(ii) For the non inverting opamp shown in fig find the output voltage

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

UNIT III APPLICATIONS OF OPAMP

SYLLABUS Instrumentation amplifier first and second order active filters VI amp IV converters

comparatorsmultivibrators waveform generators clippers clampers peak detector SH circuit DA converter (R-2R ladder and weighted resistor types) AD converter - Dual slope successive approximation and flash types

TWO MARK QUESTIONS

1What is the need for an instrumentation amplifier

In a number of industrial and consumer applications the measurement of physical quantities is

usually done with the help of transducers The output of transducer has to be amplified So that it

can drive the indicator or display system This function is performed by an instrumentation

amplifier

2List the features of instrumentation amplifier

o high gain accuracy

o high CMRR

o high gain stability with low temperature co-efficient

o low dc offset

o low output impedance

3 What is a comparator

A comparator is a circuit which compares a signal voltage applied at one input of an opamp with

a known reference voltage at the other input It is an open loop op - amp with output + Vsat or -

Vsat

4 What are the applications of comparator

Zero crossing detectors

Window detector

Time marker generator

Phase detector

5 What is a Schmitt trigger

Schmitt trigger is a regenerative comparator It converts sinusoidal input into a square wave

output The output of Schmitt trigger swings between upper and lower threshold voltages which

are the reference voltages of the input waveform

6 What is a multivibrator

Multivibrators are a group of regenerative circuits that are used extensively in timing

applications It is a wave shaping circuit which gives symmetric or asymmetric square output It

has two states either stable or quasi- stable depending on the type of multivibrator

7 What do you mean by monostable multivibrator

Monostable multivibrator is one which generates a single pulse of specified duration in

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

response to each external trigger signal It has only one stable state Application of a trigger

causes a change to the quasi-stable stateAn external trigger signal generated due to charging and

discharging of the capacitor produces the transition to the original stable state

8 Write a brief note on astable multivibrator

Astable multivibrator is a free running oscillator having two quasi-stable states Thus there are

oscillations between these two states and no external signal is required to produce the change in

state

9 What is a bistable multivibrator

Bistable multivibrator is one that maintains a given output voltage level unless an external

trigger is applied Application of an external trigger signal causes a change of state and this

output level is maintained indefinitely until an second trigger is applied Thus it requires two

external triggers before it returns to its initial state

10 What are the requirements for producing sustained oscillations in feedback circuits

For sustained oscillations

The total phase shift around the loop must be zero at the desired frequency of oscillation fo

ieL AB=00 or 360

0

At fo the magnitu

11Draw the circuit diagram of positive clipper

12 What is hysteresis with reference to Schmitt trigger circuit

In the non-inverting configuration when the input is higher than a certain chosen threshold the

output is high When the input is below a different (lower) chosen threshold the output is low

and when the input is between the two levels the output retains its value This dual threshold

action is called hysteresis and implies that the Schmitt trigger possesses memory and can act as a

bistable circuit (latch)

13 Differentiate between Schmitt trigger and comparator

SNo Comparator Schmitt trigger

1 Feedback is not used that is Op-amp is used

in open loop mode

Feedback is used that is Op-ampis used in

closed loop mode

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

2 False triggering due to noise voltages is

possible

False triggering due to noise voltages is

not possible

3 A single reference voltage exists Two different threshold voltages exists as

VUT and VLT

4 No hysteresis exists Hysteresis exists with a width H=VUT -

VLT

14 What is a filter

Filter is a frequency selective circuit that passes signal of specified band of frequencies

andattenuates the signals of frequencies outside the band

15 What are the demerits of passive filters

Passive filters works well for high frequencies But at audio frequencies the inductorsbecome

problematic as they become large heavy and expensive For low frequencyapplications more

number of turns of wire must be used which in turn adds to the seriesresistance degrading

inductorrsquos performance ie low Q resulting in high power dissipation

16 What are the advantages of active filters

bull Active filters used op- amp as the active element and resistors and capacitors as

passiveelements

bull By enclosing a capacitor in the feed back loop inductor less active filters can be obtained

bull Op-amp used in non ndash inverting configuration offers high input impedance and low output

impedance thus improving the load drive capacity

17What are the different types of filters

Based on the components used Active filters and passive filters

Based on frequency responses Low pass filterHigh pass filterBand pass filterBand reject filter

Based on order of transfer function first second third higher order filters

Based on configuration Bessel Chebyshev Butterworth filters

18What is frequency scaling

Once the filter is designed sometimes it is necessary to change the value of cut-off frequency

The method used to change the original cut-off frequency to new cut-off frequency is called

frequency scaling

19Briefly describe a voltage follower

bull A circuit in which the output voltage follows the input voltage is called voltage followercircuit

bull In Op-amp if the inverting input and the output terminals are shorted and if any signal isapplied

at the non-inverting terminal it appears at the output without any change

bullIt is also called as source follower unity gain amplifier buffer amplifier or isolationamplifier

20 Describe about a bandpass filter

A bandpass filter is basically a frequency selector It allows one particular band of frequencies to

pass Thus the pass band is between the two cut-off frequencies fH and fL where fH gt fL Any

frequency outside this band gets attenuated

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

21Sketch the circuit diagram of first order active low pass filter

22 What is a notch filter and what is its application

A narrow band reject filter is called a notch filter and is used for rejection of a single frequency

such as 50Hz power line frequency

23 Classify the ADCs broadly

1 Direct type ADC

2 Integrating type ADC

24 Differentiate between direct ADC and integrating type ADC a) The integrating type of ADCrsquos do not need a sampleHold circuit at the input

b) It is possible to transmit frequency even in noisy environment or in an isolated form

25 List out some integrating type converters

1 Charge balancing ADC

2 Dual slope ADC

26 What is integrating type converter

An ADC converter that perform conversion in an indirect manner by first changing the

analog IP signal to a linear function of time or frequency and then to a digital code is known as

integrating type AD converter

27List the main advantages of integrating type ADCs

i The integrating type of ADCrsquos doing not need a sampleHold circuit at the input

ii It is possible to transmit frequency even in noisy environment or in an isolated form

28 What are the types of ADC and DAC Types of ADC 1 Flash (comparator) type converter

2 Counter type converter

3 Tracking or servo converter

4 Successive approximation type converter

Types of DAC 1 Weighted resistor DAC

2 R-2R Ladder

3 Inverted R-2R Ladder

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

29 Explain in brief the principle of operation of successive Approximation ADC

The circuit of successive approximation ADC consists of a successive approximation

register (SAR) to find the required value of each bit by trial amp error With the arrival of START

command SAR sets the MSB bit to 1 The OP is converted into an analog signal amp it is

compared with IP signal This OP is low or High This process continues until all bits are

checked

30 Provide the advantages and disadvantages of flash type ADC Flash type ADC is the fastest as well as the most expensive

The disadvantage is the number of comparators needed almost doubles for each added bit (For a

n-bit convertor 2(n-1) comparators 2n resistors are required)

31Define conversion time

It is defined as the total time required converting an analog signal into its digital output It

depends on the conversion technique used amp the propagation delay of circuit components

The conversion time of a successive approximation type ADC is given by T(n+1) Where T---

clock period Tc---conversion time n- no of bits

32 Define resolution of a data converter

The resolution of a converter is the smallest change in voltage which may be produced at the

output or input of the converter Resolution (in volts)= VFS2n-1=1 LSB increment The

resolution of an ADC is defined as the smallest change in analog input for a one-bit change at the

output

33 Explain in brief stability of a converter

The performance of converter changes with temperature age amp power supply variation So all the

relevant parameters such as offset gain linearity error amp monotonicity must be specified over

the full temperature amp power supply ranges to have better stability performances

34 What is meant by linearity

The linearity of an ADCDAC is an important measure of its accuracy amp tells us how close the

converter output is to its ideal transfer characteristics The linearity error is usually expressed as

a fraction of LSB increment or percentage of full-scale voltage A good converter exhibits a

linearity error of less than plusmnfrac12LSB

35 What is a sample and hold circuit Where it is used

A sample and hold circuit is one which samples an input signal and holds on to its last sampled

value until the input is sampled again This circuit is mainly used in digital interfacing analog to

digital systems and pulse code modulation systems

36 Explain the operation of basic sample and hold circuit A typical sample and hold circuit stores electric charge in a capacitor and contains at least one

fast FET switch and at least one operational amplifier To sample the input signal the switch

connects the capacitor to the output of a buffer amplifier The buffer amplifier charges or

discharges the capacitor so that the voltage across the capacitor is practically equal or

proportional to input voltage In hold mode the switch disconnects the capacitor from the buffer

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

The capacitor is invariably discharged by its own leakage currents and useful load currents

which makes the circuit inherently volatile but the loss of voltage (voltage droop) within a

specified hold time remains within an acceptable error margin

37 Define start of conversion and end of conversion Start of Conversion in ADC (SOC) This is the control signal for start of conversion which

initiates AD conversion process

End of Conversion in ADC (EOC) This is the control signal which is activated when the

conversion is completed

38 Define sample period and hold period

The time during which the voltage across the capacitor in sample and hold circuit is equal to

the input voltage is called sample period The time period during which the voltage across the

capacitor is held constant is called hold period

39 Define the following performance parameters of DA converters

(a) Resolution (b)Accuracy (c) Monotonicity d) Conversion time

a) Resolution The resolution of a converter is the smallest change in voltage which may be produced at the

output or input of the converter

Resolution (in volts)= VFS2n-1=1 LSB increment

Example 8 bit DAC has 28-1 =255 equal intervals Hence the smallest change in output voltage

is (1255) of full scale output range

The resolution of an ADC is defined as the smallest change in analog input for a one bit change

at the output

Example The input range of 8 bit AD converter is divided into 255 intervals So the resolution

for 10V input range = 10V255 = 3922mV

b) Accuracy

Absolute accuracy It is the maximum deviation between the actual converter output amp the ideal converter output

Relative accuracy It is the maximum deviation after gain amp offset errors have been removed

The accuracy of a converter is also specified in form of LSB increments or of full scale

voltage

c) Monotonicity A monotonic DAC is one whose analog output increases for an increase in digital input A

monotonic characteristic is essential in control applications otherwise oscillations result

d) Conversion time It is defined as the total time required to convert an analog signal into its digital output It

depends on the conversion technique used amp the propagation delay of circuit componentsThe

conversion time of a successive approximation type ADC is given by T(n+1)

where T---clock period

Tc---conversion time n----no of bits

What is settling time

It represents the time it takes for the output to settle within a specified band plusmnfrac12LSB of itsfinal

value following a code change at the input (usually a full scale change) It depends uponthe

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

switching time of the logic circuitry due to internal parasitic capacitance amp inductancesSettling

time ranges from 100ns to 10micros depending on word length amp type circuit used

40 List the drawbacks of binary weighted resistor technique of DA conversion a) Wide range of resistor values needed

b) Difficulty in achieving and maintaining accurate ratios over a wide range of variations

41 The basic step of a 9 bit DAC is 103 mV If 000000000 represents 0Volts what is the

output for an input of 101101111 The output voltage for input of 101101111 is

= 103 mV (128+027+126+125+024+123+122+121+120)

= 103 10-3 367 = 378 V

42 What are the advantages and disadvantages of R-2R ladder DAC

Advantages a) Easier to build accurately as only two precision metal films are required

b) Number of bits can be expanded by adding more sections of same R2R values

Disadvantage In this type of DAC when there is a change in the input changes the current flow in the resistor

which causes more power dissipation which creates non-linearity in DAC

43 Which is the fastest AD converter and why

Flash type AD converter is the fastest ADC because the fast conversion speed isaccomplished

by providing 2n-1 comparators and simultaneously comparing the input signal with unique

reference levels spaced 1 LSB apart

44 What are the applications of V-I converter

bull Low voltage dc and ac voltmeter

bull L E D

bull Zener diode tester

45 What do you mean by a precision diode

The major limitation of ordinary diode is that it cannot rectify voltages below the cut ndash involtage

of the diode A circuit designed by placing a diode in the feedback loop of an op ndash ampis called

the precision diode and it is capable of rectifying input signals of the order of millivolt

46 Write down the applications of precision diode

bullHalf - wave rectifier

bullFull - Wave rectifier

bullPeak ndash value detector

bullClipper

bullClamper

47 Draw the circuit diagram of sample and hold circuit

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1 Design and explain triangular wave generator using Schmitt trigger and integrator circuit

2 (i) Explain the operation of dual slope ADC

(ii)Explain the following characteristics of ADC

(i)Resolution (ii) Accuracy (iii)Settling time (iv) Linearity

3 (i) Describe the first order lowpass butterworth filter Derive its frequency response and plot

the same

(ii) Design a low pass filter with a cutoff frequency if 1kHz and with a passband gain of 2

4 What is an instrumentation amplifier List its features Explain the operation of three op-amp

instrumentation amplifier and give its application

5 Explain the following applications of opamp (i)voltage to current converter (ii)Clamper

6 Explain the working of (i) Weighted resistor type DAC (ii) Dual slope type ADC

7 Discuss the operation of ladder network DAC with relevant circuit diagram and waveforms

8 Draw and explain the circuit of a voltage to current converter if the load is

(1) Floating

(2) Grounded

9 (i) Explain the working of OP-AMP based Schmitt trigger circuit (8)

(ii) Design an OP-AMP based second order active low pass filter with cut offfrequency 2 kHz

10 (i)draw an instrumentation amplifier using op amp and explain (6)

(ii) Explain the following op amp circuits

(1) Peak detector (2) Clamper (10)

11(i)draw a neat R-2R ladder DAC and explain its principle(6)

(ii) draw a flash type ADC and explain its working(10)

12(i) Explain how to measure phase difference between two signals

(ii) Explain the operation of square wave generator by drawing the capacitor and output voltage

waveforms

13 (i) Draw a sample and hold circuit Explain its operation and indicate its uses

(ii) Describe a circuit which will clip the input signal below a reference voltage

14 (i) Describe the operation of current to voltage converter with appropriate diagrams

(ii) Draw and explain the operation of the following

(i) Triangle wave generator (ii) monostable multivibrator

15 Elaborate on the operation of comparator and describe its applications

16Explain the working principle of RC phase shift sine wave generator using op-amp and derive

expression for f

17 (i) Explain the important specifications of DAC

(ii) With diagrams and example explain the working principle of successive approximation type

ADC

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

UNIT IV SPECIAL ICs

SYLLABUS 555 Timer circuit ndash Functional block characteristics amp applications 566-voltage

controlled oscillator circuit 565-phase lock loop circuit functioning and applications Analog multiplier ICs

TWO MARK QUESTIONS

1 Mention some applications of 555 timer

Oscillator

pulse generator

ramp and square wave generator

burglar alarm

traffic light control

Missing pulse detector

Linear ramp generator

Frequency divider

Pulse width modulation

FSK generator

Pulse position modulator

Schmitt trigger

2 List the applications of 555 timer in monostable mode of operation

Missing pulse detector

Linear ramp generator

Frequency divider

Pulse width modulation

3 List the applications of 555 timer in Astable mode of operation

FSK generator

Pulse-position modulator

4 Enumerate the basic blocks of IC 555 timer

5 Highlight the features of 555 Timer

available in three packages 8 pin metal can 8 pin dip 14 pin dip

6 What is the use of reset pin of 555 timer

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

This is an interrupt for the timing device when pin 4 is grounded it stops the working of device

and turns it off

7 What is the purpose of control voltage pin (5) of 555 timer This pin is the inverting input terminal of comparator This is reference level for comparator with

which threshold is compared If reference level is other than 23 VCC then external input is to

be given to pin 5 Pulse width modulation is possible due to pin 5

8Write the expression for pulse width of 555 timer in monostable mode Pulse width W = 11 RC seconds

R ndash resistor in ohms C ndash capacitor in farads

9Write the expression for total time period of 555 timer in astable mode T = 0693 (RA + 2 RB) C seconds

10 Define duty cycle

The ratio of high output and low output period is given by a mathematical parameter called duty

cycle It is defined as the ratio of ON Time to total time

11 What is a voltage controlled oscillator V o l t age con t r o l l ed o s c i l l a to r i s a f r e e r u nn in g m ul t i v i b ra to r op e r a t in g a t a

s e t frequency called the free running frequency This frequency can be shifted to

either side by applying a dc control voltage and the frequency deviation is

proportional to the dc control voltage

12 On what parameters does the free running frequency of VCO depend on bullExternal timing resistor RT

bullExternal timing capacitor CT

bullThe dc control voltage Vc

13 Give the expression for the VCO free running frequency

f o= 025 RTCT

14 Define Voltage to Frequency conversion factor Voltage to Frequency conversion factor is defined as

Kv = Δfo ΔVc = Vcc

Where ΔVc is the modulation voltage required to produce the frequency shift Δfo

15 List the features of 566 VCO

-24V)

temperature stability

16 State the function of a PLL

A PLL is a basically a closed loop system designed to lock output frequency and phase to the

frequency and phase of an input signal

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

17 Define lock range capture range and pull in time

Lock range

When PLL is in lock it can trap freq changes in the incoming signal The range of frequencies

over which the PLL can maintain lock with the incoming signal is called as lock range Lock in

range ∆fL = +- 78 fo V fo is free running frequency

Capture range

The range of frequencies over which the PLL can acquire lock with the input signal is called as

capture range Capture range = +- = [∆fL (2prodRC)] 12

Define pull-in time

The total time taken by the PLL to establish lock is called pull-in time

18 List out the blocks of PLL a Frequency multiplicationdivision

b Frequency translation c AM detection

d FM demodulation

e FSK demodulation

19 What is the purpose of having a low pass filter in PLL bullIt removes the high frequency components and noise

bullControls the dynamic characteristics of the PLL such as capture range lock -in

range band-width and transient response

bullThe charge on the filter capacitor gives a short- time memory to the PLL

20 Discuss the effect of having large capture range The PLL cannot acquire a signal outside the capture range but once captured it will hold on till

the frequency goes beyond the lock-in range Thus to increase the ability of lock range large

capture range is required But a large capture range will make the PLL more

susceptible to noise and undesirable signal

21 List the applications of 565 PLL

22 What is a switch type phase detector An electronic switch is opened and closed by signal coming from VCO and the input signal is

chopped at a repetition rate determined by the VCO frequency This type of Phase detector is

called a half wave detector since the phase information for only one half of the input signal is

detected and averaged

23 What are the problems associated with switch type phase detector The output voltage Ve is proportional to the input signal amplitude This is undesirable because

it makes phase detector gain and loop gain dependent on the input signal amplitude The output

is proportional to cosφ making it non linear

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

24 What is analog multiplier

An analog multiplier is a circuit in which the output is proportional to the multiplication of two

input voltages It is used in modulation frequency converters and to solve non-linear equations

25 Mention any two analog multiplier Ics

a) IC AD 533

b) IC AD 534

26 What is ICAD 533

It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is a low cost IC comprising a transconductance

multiplying element stable reference and an output amplifier

27 List the features of ICAD533

28 What is ICAD 534List its features

It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is the first general purpose multiplier capable of

providing gain upto X100

Features

Adjustable scale factor

Low noise

Excellent long time stability

29 Mention the applications of analog multipliers 1 Voltage squarer

2 Frequency doubler

3 Voltage divider

4 Square rooter

5 Phase angle detector

6 Rectifier

30 Explain how a frequency doubler can be realized using analog multiplier The multiplication of two sine waves of the same frequency but of possibly different amplitudes

and phase allows doubling a frequency using an analog multiplier

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1 Explain the functional block diagram of 555timer

2 Explain working of PLL using appropriate block diagram and explain any one application of

the same

3 Draw the block diagram of an Astable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression

for its frequency of oscillation

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

4 Draw the block diagram of monostable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression

for its frequency of oscillation Discuss some applications of 555 timer in monostable mode

5 write short notes on

i) capture range

ii) Lock in range

iii) Pull in time

6 Briefly explain the block diagram of PLL and derive the expression for Lock range and

capture range

7 With a neat functional diagram explain the operation of VCO Also derive an expression for

fodiscuss the applications of PLL

8 What is 555 timer What are the features of 555 timer Explain the monostable mode in detail

With neat block diagram explain IC566 VCO operation and discuss any 2 applications

9 What are the modes of operation of IC555 Derive the expression of time delay of monostable

multivibrator

10 (i)Explain the VCO with neat block diagram Give its typical connection diagram and output

waveforms

(ii)Derive the expression for capture range for PLL where a simple RC network is used as a LPF

11 (i)Explain the working of VCO

(ii)What is PLL Explain its operation as frequency multiplier

12 Explain the astable and bistable operation of IC555 with necessary waveforms

13 With the help of schematic circuit explain the operation of 566 VCO Also derive the

expression for output frequenct

14 (i) List and define the various performance parameters of a Multiplier IC (6)

(ii) How the multiplier is used as voltage divider (5)

(iii) How the multiplier is used as frequency doubler (5)

15 Explain with neat block diagrams how PLL is used as

(i) AM Detector (5)

(ii) FM Detector (5)

(iii) Frequency Synthesizer (6)

16(i) describe in details the characteristics and applications of 555 timer (6)

(ii) Draw a neat block diagram of VCO and explain (10)

17(i) Draw the 565 PLL and explain itrsquos functioning in detail (8)

(ii) Give an account on ldquoAnalog multiplier ICrdquo (8)

18 (i)How is an astable multivibrator connected into a pulse position modulator

(ii) Draw the circuit of Schmitt trigger using 555 timer and explain its operation

19Design and draw the waveforms of a 1KHz square wave generator using 555 timer for duty

cycle (i) D=25 (ii) D=50

20(i) Perform the closed loop analysis of PLL

(ii) Explain any two applications of PLL

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

UNIT V APPLICATION ICs

SYLLABUS IC voltage regulators - LM317 723 regulators switching regulator MA 7840 LM

380 power amplifier ICL 8038 function generator IC isolation amplifiers opto coupler opto

electronic ICs

TWO MARK QUESTIONS

1 What is a voltage regulator

A voltage regulator is an electronic circuit that provides a stable dc voltage independent of the

load current temperature and ac line voltage variations

2 Give the classification of voltage regulators

Series Linear regulators

Switching regulators

3 Write about a linear voltage regulator

Series or linear regulator uses a power transistor connected in series between the unregulated dc

input and the load and it conducts in the linear region The output voltage is controlled by the

continuous voltage drop taking place across the series pass transistor

4 What is a switching regulator

Switching regulators are those which operate the power transistor as a high frequency onoff

switchso that the power transistor does not conduct current continouslyThis give improved

efficiency over series regulators

5 List the advantages of IC voltage regulators

Low cost high reliability reduction in size and excellent performance

6 Give some examples of monolithic IC voltage regulators

78XX series fixed output positive voltage regulators

79XX series fixed output negative voltage regulators

723 general purpose regulator

7 What is the purpose of having input and output capacitors in three terminal IC

regulators

A capacitor connected between the input terminal and ground cancels the inductive effects due to

long distribution leads The output capacitor improves the transient response

8 Define line regulation

Line regulation is defined as the percentage change in the output voltage for a change in the

input voltageIt is expressed in millivolts or as a percentage of the output voltage

9 Define load regulation

Load regulation is defined as the change in output voltage for a change in load current It is

expressed in mill volts or as a percentage of the output voltage

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

10 What is meant by current limiting

Current limiting refers to the ability of a regulator to prevent the load current from increasing

above a preset value

11 Give the drawbacks of linear regulators

The input step down transformer is bulky and expensive because of low line frequency Because

of low line frequency large values of filter capacitors are required to decrease the ripple

Efficiency is reduced due to the continuous power dissipation by the transistor as it operates in

the linear region

12 What is the advantage of switching regulators

Greater efficiency is achieved as the power transistor is made to operate as low impedance

switch Power transmitted across the transistor is in discrete pulses rather than as a steady current

flowBy using suitable switching loss reduction technique the switching frequency can be

increased so as to reduce the size and weight of the inductors and capacitors

13 Why do switching regulators have better efficiency than series regulators

The transistor in linear regulator will operate in linear area at all times Considerable power is

dissipated in linear operation since the transistor has voltage across it and current flowing

through itSince the series element in a switching regulator is either fully conducting(V=0 hence

power=0) or switched off(I=0 hence power=0) it dissipates almost no power this is what gives

the switching design its efficiency

14 What are the advantages of adjustable voltage regulators over the fixed voltage

regulators i) Improved line and load regulation by a factor of 10 or more

ii) Because of the improved overload protection greater load current can be drawn

iii) Improved reliability

15 List out the parameters related to the fixed voltage regulators 1) Line regulation

2) Load regulation

3) Ripple rejection

4) Output impedance

5) Maximum power dissipation

6) Rated output current

16 Define dropout voltage of a fixed voltage regulator It is the minimum voltage that must exist between input and output terminals For most of

regulators it is 2 to 3 volts

17 What is an opto-coupler IC

Opto-coupler IC is a combined package of a photo-emitting device and a photo-sensing device

14 What are the types of opto couplers

LED and a photo diode

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

LED and photo transistor

LED and Darlington

15 Give two examples of IC optocouplers

Examples for opto-coupler IC

MCT 2F

16 Mention the advantages of opto-couplers

Better isolation between the two stages

Impedance problem between the stages is eliminated

Wide frequency response

Easily interfaced with digital circuit

Compact and light weight

Problems such as noise transients contact bounce are eliminated

17 Specify the need for isolation amplifier

Isolation amplifiers provide electrical isolation and an electrical safety barrier They protect data

acquisition components from common mode voltages which are potential differences between

instrument ground and signal ground Instruments that are applied in the presence of a common

mode voltage without an isolation barrier allow ground currents to circulate leading in the best

case to a noisy representation of the signal under investigation In the worst case assuming that

the magnitude of common mode voltage or current is sufficient instrument destruction is likely

Isolation amplifiers are used in medical instruments to ensure isolation of a patient from power

supply leakage current

18What are the features of MA78s40

Step upstep down or inverting operation

Operation from 25 to 40 V

80Db line and load regulation

19List the important parts of a regulated power supply

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

(i) Transformer (ii) Rectifier (iii) Filter (iv)Regulator

20 Using LM380 draw the circuit for audio power amplifier

21 What are onetwo and four quadrant multipliers

A four-quadrant multiplier is one where inputs and outputs may swing positive and negative

Many multipliers only work in 2 quadrants (one input may only have one polarity) or single

quadrant (inputs and outputs have only one polarity usually all positive)

22 List the parameters of optocoupler

a Current transfer ratio

b Isolation voltage

c Response time

d Common mode rejection

23Why current boosting is done in 723 regulator

The maximum current capability of 723 regulator is 140mA In certain applications this value of

current is not sufficient Hence current boosting is done using series pass transistor

24 What are the limitations of three terminal regulator

1 For fixed output regulators the output voltage is not precise

2 Only selected values of output voltages are available

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

3 Current boosting by external series pass transistor is required if load current beyond the

capability of basic regulator is required

25 Draw the typical connection diagram of IC LM317

26 What is the function od a series pass transistor in voltage regulator

The series pass transistor acsts as a control element The value of VcE gets adjusted in such a

way that the output voltage of the regulator always remains constant In addition the series pass

transistor supplies the load current

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1Draw and explain the functional block diagram of 723 voltage regulator and how this IC can be

used as high voltage regulator

2Write an explanatory note on

(i) Power amplifier (ii) Isolation amplifier

3 With neat diagrams explain the working of switched mode power supply

4 Write brief notes on

(i)IC MA 7840

(ii) Optocoupler

5 (i)Explain the working of series voltage regulator

(ii)Write notes on optocoupler

6 What is a switching regulator With neat block diagram explain the internals of MA7840

7 Draw the functional block diagram of IC 723 and explain

8 Explain with the help of functional block diagram the working of voltage regulator IC723

Clearly explain how current limit and foldback type current limiting facility can be provided with

723 circuits

9 Draw the circuit of series voltage regulator Design this circuit to operate from a supply of 20v

and to provide an output of 12V with maximum load current of 40mA

10 Draw the functional diagram of ICL 8038 Function generator IC and explain its operation

Give its frequency of oscillation at the output

11 (i) With neat diagram explain the working principle of isolation amplifier (8)

(ii) With neat diagram explain the principle of operation of optocouplers (8)

12 With the help of neat circuit diagram explain the operation of an adjustable regulator using

LM317

13 State the features and applications of IC LM 380 and explain them

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

14 Design a waveform generator using IC8038 The frequency of oscillation is 5kHz and duty

cycle is 50 From data sheet Vcc=5V VoH=36V VoL=02V ILL=16mA ILH=409uA

15 (i) Design low voltage regulator using IC 723 for 5V and explain its characteristics

(ii) Describe the features of function generator IC

(iii)Write short notes on optocoupler ICs

Page 10: EE2254 LICA QB

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

The non-inverting input is grounded for the inverting amplifier circuit This means that the

inverting input of the op-amp is also at ground potential

9Mention some of the linear applications of op ndash amps

Adder subtractor voltage ndashto- current converter current ndashto- voltage converters instrumentation

amplifier analog computation power amplifier etc are some of the linear op-amp circuits

10 Mention some of the non ndash linear applications of op-amps-

Rectifier peak detector clipper clamper sample and hold circuit log amplifier anti ndashlog

amplifier multiplier are some of the non ndash linear op-amp circuits

11What happens when the common terminal of V+ and V- sources is not grounded

If the common point of the two supplies is not grounded twice the supply voltage will get

applied and it may damage the op-amp

12Define input offset voltage

A small voltage applied to the input terminals to make the output voltage as zero when the two

input terminals are grounded is called input offset voltage

13Define input offset current State the reasons for the offset currents at the input of the

op-amp

The difference between the bias currents at the input terminals of the op-amp is called as input

offset current The input terminals conduct a small value of dc current to bias the input

transistors Since the input transistors cannot be made identical there exists a difference in bias

currents

14Define thermal drift

The bias current offset current amp offset voltage is dependent on changes in temperature A

circuit carefully nulled at 25oC may not remain so when the temperature raises to 35

oCThis is

called thermal drift Often offset current drift is expressed in nA oC and offset voltage drift in

mV oC

15Define supply voltage rejection ratio(SVRR)

The change in OPAMPrsquos input offset voltage due to variations in supply voltage is called the

supply voltage rejection ratio It is also called Power Supply Rejection Ratio(PSRR) or Power

Supply Sensitivity(PSS)

16Define i) Input bias current iii) Input offset current of an op-amp

i) Input bias current

Input bias current IB is the average of the currents that flow into the inverting and non-inverting

input erminals of the op-amp

ie IB = (IB1+IB2)2

ii) Input offset current

The algebraic difference between the current into the inverting and non-inverting terminals is

referred to as input offset current Iio Mathematically it is represented as Iio = |IB - IB |

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

Where

I B+is the current into the non-inverting input terminals

IB- is the current into the inverting input terminals

17Define CMRR of an op-amp

The relative sensitivity of an op-amp to a difference signal as compared to a common ndashmode

signal is called the common ndashmode rejection ratio It is expressed in decibels CMRR= AdAc

18 Define slew rate What causes slew rate

The slew rate is defined as the maximum rate of change of output voltage caused by a step input

voltage An ideal slew rate is infinite which means that op-amprsquos output voltage should change

instantaneously in response to input step voltage

There is a capacitor with-in or outside of an op-amp to prevent oscillation It is this capacitor

which prevents the output voltage from responding immediately to a fast changing input

19 Define Unity Gain Bandwidth of Op-amp

For a certain frequency of the input signal the gain of the Op-amp reduces to 0 dB Thismeans

20 log |AOL(f) | is 0dB ie |AOL(f) | = 1 Such a frequency is called gain cross overfrequency or

unity gain bandwidth (UGB)

20Why IC 741 is not used for high frequency applications

IC741 has a low slew rate because of the predominance of capacitance present in the circuit at

higher frequencies As frequency increases the output gets distorted due to limited slew rate

21In practical op-amps what is the effect of high frequency on its performance

The open-loop gain of op-amp decreases at higher frequencies due to the presence of parasitic

capacitance The closed-loop gain increases at higher frequencies and leads to instability

22What is the need for frequency compensation in practical op-amps

Frequency compensation is needed when large bandwidth and lower closed loop gain is desired

Compensating networks are used to control the phase shift and hence to improve the stability

23Mention the frequency compensation methods

Dominant-pole compensation

Pole-zero compensation

24What are the merits and demerits of Dominant-pole compensation

noise immunity of the system is improved

Open-loop bandwidth is reduced

25 Draw the voltage follower circuit of an OP-AMP

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

26 What are the limitations of an ideal active differentiator At high frequency differentiators may become unstable and break into oscillation The input

impedance ie (1ωC1) decreases with increase in frequency thereby making the circuit

sensitive to high frequency noise

27 Draw a subtractor using op-amp

If all the resistors in the above circuit are equal the circuit functions as a subtractor

28 Design an amplifier with a gain of -10 and input resistance of 10k

Since negative gain is required an inverting amplifier should be used

Gain of inverting amplifier = -RfR1= -10 (Given)

Given R1=10k

10 Rf =1k

29 Draw the circuit diagram of an integrator and give its output equation

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

30 Classify the negative feedback configuration and draw the corresponding block

diagram

A closed loop amplifier can be represented by two blocks one for an OPAMP and other for a

feedback circuits There are four following ways to connect these blocks These connections are

classified according to whether the voltage or current is feedback to the input in series or in

parallel

Voltage ndash series feedback

Voltage ndash shunt feedback

Current ndash series feedback

Current ndash shunt feedback

These connections are shown in figure below

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1 (i) Explain the functions of all the basic building blocks of Op-amp

(ii) Explain the application of op-amp as (i) Integrator (ii) Differentiator

2 Discuss about the methods of frequency compensation in opamp

3 Explain the operation of a basic differential amplifier

4 Obtain the frequency response of an open-loop op-amp

5 (i) With neat diagrams explain the types of feedback configurations available

(ii) Briefly explain summing amplifier and draw an adder circuit for the given expression

V0= V1+V2-V3-(V4+2)

6 (i) Explain the DC characteristics of op-amp with the help of neat diagrams

(ii)With neat circuit diagram and equations discuss the operation of summer and differentiator

using opamp

7 (i) Explain the AC characteristics of an operational amplifier

(ii) Sketch the basic circuit using op-amp to perform the mathematical operation of

differentiation and explain What are the limitations of an ordinary OP-AMP differentiator

Draw and explain the circuit of a practical differentiators that will eliminate these limitations

8 (i) Explain in detail the characteristic of an ideal opamp (8)

(ii) Draw the block diagram and equivalent circuit of op-ampExplain them (10)

9 (i) Explain the application of op amp as (1)summer (2)integrator (8)

(ii) Define and explain (1) slew rate (2) SVRR (4)

(iii) Explain the frequency response of op-amp (4)

10 What are the different open-loop configurations of op-amp Explain the differential amplifier

configuration

11 With the help of circuit diagram explain the operation of non-inverting and inverting

configuration of op-amp and derive expressions for voltage gain for each configuration

12 (i) Draw and explain the closed loop frequency response of op-amp

(ii) Elaborate on pole-zero compensation technique

13 Find the output voltage of the above circuit

14(i) Define and explain slew rate What is full power bandwidth Describe methods to improve

slewrate

(ii) Define output offset voltage Explain methods to nullify offset voltage

15 (i) With neat circuit diagram explain the operation of the following circuits

(a) Voltage follower (b)Integrator

(ii) For the non inverting opamp shown in fig find the output voltage

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

UNIT III APPLICATIONS OF OPAMP

SYLLABUS Instrumentation amplifier first and second order active filters VI amp IV converters

comparatorsmultivibrators waveform generators clippers clampers peak detector SH circuit DA converter (R-2R ladder and weighted resistor types) AD converter - Dual slope successive approximation and flash types

TWO MARK QUESTIONS

1What is the need for an instrumentation amplifier

In a number of industrial and consumer applications the measurement of physical quantities is

usually done with the help of transducers The output of transducer has to be amplified So that it

can drive the indicator or display system This function is performed by an instrumentation

amplifier

2List the features of instrumentation amplifier

o high gain accuracy

o high CMRR

o high gain stability with low temperature co-efficient

o low dc offset

o low output impedance

3 What is a comparator

A comparator is a circuit which compares a signal voltage applied at one input of an opamp with

a known reference voltage at the other input It is an open loop op - amp with output + Vsat or -

Vsat

4 What are the applications of comparator

Zero crossing detectors

Window detector

Time marker generator

Phase detector

5 What is a Schmitt trigger

Schmitt trigger is a regenerative comparator It converts sinusoidal input into a square wave

output The output of Schmitt trigger swings between upper and lower threshold voltages which

are the reference voltages of the input waveform

6 What is a multivibrator

Multivibrators are a group of regenerative circuits that are used extensively in timing

applications It is a wave shaping circuit which gives symmetric or asymmetric square output It

has two states either stable or quasi- stable depending on the type of multivibrator

7 What do you mean by monostable multivibrator

Monostable multivibrator is one which generates a single pulse of specified duration in

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

response to each external trigger signal It has only one stable state Application of a trigger

causes a change to the quasi-stable stateAn external trigger signal generated due to charging and

discharging of the capacitor produces the transition to the original stable state

8 Write a brief note on astable multivibrator

Astable multivibrator is a free running oscillator having two quasi-stable states Thus there are

oscillations between these two states and no external signal is required to produce the change in

state

9 What is a bistable multivibrator

Bistable multivibrator is one that maintains a given output voltage level unless an external

trigger is applied Application of an external trigger signal causes a change of state and this

output level is maintained indefinitely until an second trigger is applied Thus it requires two

external triggers before it returns to its initial state

10 What are the requirements for producing sustained oscillations in feedback circuits

For sustained oscillations

The total phase shift around the loop must be zero at the desired frequency of oscillation fo

ieL AB=00 or 360

0

At fo the magnitu

11Draw the circuit diagram of positive clipper

12 What is hysteresis with reference to Schmitt trigger circuit

In the non-inverting configuration when the input is higher than a certain chosen threshold the

output is high When the input is below a different (lower) chosen threshold the output is low

and when the input is between the two levels the output retains its value This dual threshold

action is called hysteresis and implies that the Schmitt trigger possesses memory and can act as a

bistable circuit (latch)

13 Differentiate between Schmitt trigger and comparator

SNo Comparator Schmitt trigger

1 Feedback is not used that is Op-amp is used

in open loop mode

Feedback is used that is Op-ampis used in

closed loop mode

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

2 False triggering due to noise voltages is

possible

False triggering due to noise voltages is

not possible

3 A single reference voltage exists Two different threshold voltages exists as

VUT and VLT

4 No hysteresis exists Hysteresis exists with a width H=VUT -

VLT

14 What is a filter

Filter is a frequency selective circuit that passes signal of specified band of frequencies

andattenuates the signals of frequencies outside the band

15 What are the demerits of passive filters

Passive filters works well for high frequencies But at audio frequencies the inductorsbecome

problematic as they become large heavy and expensive For low frequencyapplications more

number of turns of wire must be used which in turn adds to the seriesresistance degrading

inductorrsquos performance ie low Q resulting in high power dissipation

16 What are the advantages of active filters

bull Active filters used op- amp as the active element and resistors and capacitors as

passiveelements

bull By enclosing a capacitor in the feed back loop inductor less active filters can be obtained

bull Op-amp used in non ndash inverting configuration offers high input impedance and low output

impedance thus improving the load drive capacity

17What are the different types of filters

Based on the components used Active filters and passive filters

Based on frequency responses Low pass filterHigh pass filterBand pass filterBand reject filter

Based on order of transfer function first second third higher order filters

Based on configuration Bessel Chebyshev Butterworth filters

18What is frequency scaling

Once the filter is designed sometimes it is necessary to change the value of cut-off frequency

The method used to change the original cut-off frequency to new cut-off frequency is called

frequency scaling

19Briefly describe a voltage follower

bull A circuit in which the output voltage follows the input voltage is called voltage followercircuit

bull In Op-amp if the inverting input and the output terminals are shorted and if any signal isapplied

at the non-inverting terminal it appears at the output without any change

bullIt is also called as source follower unity gain amplifier buffer amplifier or isolationamplifier

20 Describe about a bandpass filter

A bandpass filter is basically a frequency selector It allows one particular band of frequencies to

pass Thus the pass band is between the two cut-off frequencies fH and fL where fH gt fL Any

frequency outside this band gets attenuated

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

21Sketch the circuit diagram of first order active low pass filter

22 What is a notch filter and what is its application

A narrow band reject filter is called a notch filter and is used for rejection of a single frequency

such as 50Hz power line frequency

23 Classify the ADCs broadly

1 Direct type ADC

2 Integrating type ADC

24 Differentiate between direct ADC and integrating type ADC a) The integrating type of ADCrsquos do not need a sampleHold circuit at the input

b) It is possible to transmit frequency even in noisy environment or in an isolated form

25 List out some integrating type converters

1 Charge balancing ADC

2 Dual slope ADC

26 What is integrating type converter

An ADC converter that perform conversion in an indirect manner by first changing the

analog IP signal to a linear function of time or frequency and then to a digital code is known as

integrating type AD converter

27List the main advantages of integrating type ADCs

i The integrating type of ADCrsquos doing not need a sampleHold circuit at the input

ii It is possible to transmit frequency even in noisy environment or in an isolated form

28 What are the types of ADC and DAC Types of ADC 1 Flash (comparator) type converter

2 Counter type converter

3 Tracking or servo converter

4 Successive approximation type converter

Types of DAC 1 Weighted resistor DAC

2 R-2R Ladder

3 Inverted R-2R Ladder

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

29 Explain in brief the principle of operation of successive Approximation ADC

The circuit of successive approximation ADC consists of a successive approximation

register (SAR) to find the required value of each bit by trial amp error With the arrival of START

command SAR sets the MSB bit to 1 The OP is converted into an analog signal amp it is

compared with IP signal This OP is low or High This process continues until all bits are

checked

30 Provide the advantages and disadvantages of flash type ADC Flash type ADC is the fastest as well as the most expensive

The disadvantage is the number of comparators needed almost doubles for each added bit (For a

n-bit convertor 2(n-1) comparators 2n resistors are required)

31Define conversion time

It is defined as the total time required converting an analog signal into its digital output It

depends on the conversion technique used amp the propagation delay of circuit components

The conversion time of a successive approximation type ADC is given by T(n+1) Where T---

clock period Tc---conversion time n- no of bits

32 Define resolution of a data converter

The resolution of a converter is the smallest change in voltage which may be produced at the

output or input of the converter Resolution (in volts)= VFS2n-1=1 LSB increment The

resolution of an ADC is defined as the smallest change in analog input for a one-bit change at the

output

33 Explain in brief stability of a converter

The performance of converter changes with temperature age amp power supply variation So all the

relevant parameters such as offset gain linearity error amp monotonicity must be specified over

the full temperature amp power supply ranges to have better stability performances

34 What is meant by linearity

The linearity of an ADCDAC is an important measure of its accuracy amp tells us how close the

converter output is to its ideal transfer characteristics The linearity error is usually expressed as

a fraction of LSB increment or percentage of full-scale voltage A good converter exhibits a

linearity error of less than plusmnfrac12LSB

35 What is a sample and hold circuit Where it is used

A sample and hold circuit is one which samples an input signal and holds on to its last sampled

value until the input is sampled again This circuit is mainly used in digital interfacing analog to

digital systems and pulse code modulation systems

36 Explain the operation of basic sample and hold circuit A typical sample and hold circuit stores electric charge in a capacitor and contains at least one

fast FET switch and at least one operational amplifier To sample the input signal the switch

connects the capacitor to the output of a buffer amplifier The buffer amplifier charges or

discharges the capacitor so that the voltage across the capacitor is practically equal or

proportional to input voltage In hold mode the switch disconnects the capacitor from the buffer

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

The capacitor is invariably discharged by its own leakage currents and useful load currents

which makes the circuit inherently volatile but the loss of voltage (voltage droop) within a

specified hold time remains within an acceptable error margin

37 Define start of conversion and end of conversion Start of Conversion in ADC (SOC) This is the control signal for start of conversion which

initiates AD conversion process

End of Conversion in ADC (EOC) This is the control signal which is activated when the

conversion is completed

38 Define sample period and hold period

The time during which the voltage across the capacitor in sample and hold circuit is equal to

the input voltage is called sample period The time period during which the voltage across the

capacitor is held constant is called hold period

39 Define the following performance parameters of DA converters

(a) Resolution (b)Accuracy (c) Monotonicity d) Conversion time

a) Resolution The resolution of a converter is the smallest change in voltage which may be produced at the

output or input of the converter

Resolution (in volts)= VFS2n-1=1 LSB increment

Example 8 bit DAC has 28-1 =255 equal intervals Hence the smallest change in output voltage

is (1255) of full scale output range

The resolution of an ADC is defined as the smallest change in analog input for a one bit change

at the output

Example The input range of 8 bit AD converter is divided into 255 intervals So the resolution

for 10V input range = 10V255 = 3922mV

b) Accuracy

Absolute accuracy It is the maximum deviation between the actual converter output amp the ideal converter output

Relative accuracy It is the maximum deviation after gain amp offset errors have been removed

The accuracy of a converter is also specified in form of LSB increments or of full scale

voltage

c) Monotonicity A monotonic DAC is one whose analog output increases for an increase in digital input A

monotonic characteristic is essential in control applications otherwise oscillations result

d) Conversion time It is defined as the total time required to convert an analog signal into its digital output It

depends on the conversion technique used amp the propagation delay of circuit componentsThe

conversion time of a successive approximation type ADC is given by T(n+1)

where T---clock period

Tc---conversion time n----no of bits

What is settling time

It represents the time it takes for the output to settle within a specified band plusmnfrac12LSB of itsfinal

value following a code change at the input (usually a full scale change) It depends uponthe

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

switching time of the logic circuitry due to internal parasitic capacitance amp inductancesSettling

time ranges from 100ns to 10micros depending on word length amp type circuit used

40 List the drawbacks of binary weighted resistor technique of DA conversion a) Wide range of resistor values needed

b) Difficulty in achieving and maintaining accurate ratios over a wide range of variations

41 The basic step of a 9 bit DAC is 103 mV If 000000000 represents 0Volts what is the

output for an input of 101101111 The output voltage for input of 101101111 is

= 103 mV (128+027+126+125+024+123+122+121+120)

= 103 10-3 367 = 378 V

42 What are the advantages and disadvantages of R-2R ladder DAC

Advantages a) Easier to build accurately as only two precision metal films are required

b) Number of bits can be expanded by adding more sections of same R2R values

Disadvantage In this type of DAC when there is a change in the input changes the current flow in the resistor

which causes more power dissipation which creates non-linearity in DAC

43 Which is the fastest AD converter and why

Flash type AD converter is the fastest ADC because the fast conversion speed isaccomplished

by providing 2n-1 comparators and simultaneously comparing the input signal with unique

reference levels spaced 1 LSB apart

44 What are the applications of V-I converter

bull Low voltage dc and ac voltmeter

bull L E D

bull Zener diode tester

45 What do you mean by a precision diode

The major limitation of ordinary diode is that it cannot rectify voltages below the cut ndash involtage

of the diode A circuit designed by placing a diode in the feedback loop of an op ndash ampis called

the precision diode and it is capable of rectifying input signals of the order of millivolt

46 Write down the applications of precision diode

bullHalf - wave rectifier

bullFull - Wave rectifier

bullPeak ndash value detector

bullClipper

bullClamper

47 Draw the circuit diagram of sample and hold circuit

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1 Design and explain triangular wave generator using Schmitt trigger and integrator circuit

2 (i) Explain the operation of dual slope ADC

(ii)Explain the following characteristics of ADC

(i)Resolution (ii) Accuracy (iii)Settling time (iv) Linearity

3 (i) Describe the first order lowpass butterworth filter Derive its frequency response and plot

the same

(ii) Design a low pass filter with a cutoff frequency if 1kHz and with a passband gain of 2

4 What is an instrumentation amplifier List its features Explain the operation of three op-amp

instrumentation amplifier and give its application

5 Explain the following applications of opamp (i)voltage to current converter (ii)Clamper

6 Explain the working of (i) Weighted resistor type DAC (ii) Dual slope type ADC

7 Discuss the operation of ladder network DAC with relevant circuit diagram and waveforms

8 Draw and explain the circuit of a voltage to current converter if the load is

(1) Floating

(2) Grounded

9 (i) Explain the working of OP-AMP based Schmitt trigger circuit (8)

(ii) Design an OP-AMP based second order active low pass filter with cut offfrequency 2 kHz

10 (i)draw an instrumentation amplifier using op amp and explain (6)

(ii) Explain the following op amp circuits

(1) Peak detector (2) Clamper (10)

11(i)draw a neat R-2R ladder DAC and explain its principle(6)

(ii) draw a flash type ADC and explain its working(10)

12(i) Explain how to measure phase difference between two signals

(ii) Explain the operation of square wave generator by drawing the capacitor and output voltage

waveforms

13 (i) Draw a sample and hold circuit Explain its operation and indicate its uses

(ii) Describe a circuit which will clip the input signal below a reference voltage

14 (i) Describe the operation of current to voltage converter with appropriate diagrams

(ii) Draw and explain the operation of the following

(i) Triangle wave generator (ii) monostable multivibrator

15 Elaborate on the operation of comparator and describe its applications

16Explain the working principle of RC phase shift sine wave generator using op-amp and derive

expression for f

17 (i) Explain the important specifications of DAC

(ii) With diagrams and example explain the working principle of successive approximation type

ADC

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

UNIT IV SPECIAL ICs

SYLLABUS 555 Timer circuit ndash Functional block characteristics amp applications 566-voltage

controlled oscillator circuit 565-phase lock loop circuit functioning and applications Analog multiplier ICs

TWO MARK QUESTIONS

1 Mention some applications of 555 timer

Oscillator

pulse generator

ramp and square wave generator

burglar alarm

traffic light control

Missing pulse detector

Linear ramp generator

Frequency divider

Pulse width modulation

FSK generator

Pulse position modulator

Schmitt trigger

2 List the applications of 555 timer in monostable mode of operation

Missing pulse detector

Linear ramp generator

Frequency divider

Pulse width modulation

3 List the applications of 555 timer in Astable mode of operation

FSK generator

Pulse-position modulator

4 Enumerate the basic blocks of IC 555 timer

5 Highlight the features of 555 Timer

available in three packages 8 pin metal can 8 pin dip 14 pin dip

6 What is the use of reset pin of 555 timer

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

This is an interrupt for the timing device when pin 4 is grounded it stops the working of device

and turns it off

7 What is the purpose of control voltage pin (5) of 555 timer This pin is the inverting input terminal of comparator This is reference level for comparator with

which threshold is compared If reference level is other than 23 VCC then external input is to

be given to pin 5 Pulse width modulation is possible due to pin 5

8Write the expression for pulse width of 555 timer in monostable mode Pulse width W = 11 RC seconds

R ndash resistor in ohms C ndash capacitor in farads

9Write the expression for total time period of 555 timer in astable mode T = 0693 (RA + 2 RB) C seconds

10 Define duty cycle

The ratio of high output and low output period is given by a mathematical parameter called duty

cycle It is defined as the ratio of ON Time to total time

11 What is a voltage controlled oscillator V o l t age con t r o l l ed o s c i l l a to r i s a f r e e r u nn in g m ul t i v i b ra to r op e r a t in g a t a

s e t frequency called the free running frequency This frequency can be shifted to

either side by applying a dc control voltage and the frequency deviation is

proportional to the dc control voltage

12 On what parameters does the free running frequency of VCO depend on bullExternal timing resistor RT

bullExternal timing capacitor CT

bullThe dc control voltage Vc

13 Give the expression for the VCO free running frequency

f o= 025 RTCT

14 Define Voltage to Frequency conversion factor Voltage to Frequency conversion factor is defined as

Kv = Δfo ΔVc = Vcc

Where ΔVc is the modulation voltage required to produce the frequency shift Δfo

15 List the features of 566 VCO

-24V)

temperature stability

16 State the function of a PLL

A PLL is a basically a closed loop system designed to lock output frequency and phase to the

frequency and phase of an input signal

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

17 Define lock range capture range and pull in time

Lock range

When PLL is in lock it can trap freq changes in the incoming signal The range of frequencies

over which the PLL can maintain lock with the incoming signal is called as lock range Lock in

range ∆fL = +- 78 fo V fo is free running frequency

Capture range

The range of frequencies over which the PLL can acquire lock with the input signal is called as

capture range Capture range = +- = [∆fL (2prodRC)] 12

Define pull-in time

The total time taken by the PLL to establish lock is called pull-in time

18 List out the blocks of PLL a Frequency multiplicationdivision

b Frequency translation c AM detection

d FM demodulation

e FSK demodulation

19 What is the purpose of having a low pass filter in PLL bullIt removes the high frequency components and noise

bullControls the dynamic characteristics of the PLL such as capture range lock -in

range band-width and transient response

bullThe charge on the filter capacitor gives a short- time memory to the PLL

20 Discuss the effect of having large capture range The PLL cannot acquire a signal outside the capture range but once captured it will hold on till

the frequency goes beyond the lock-in range Thus to increase the ability of lock range large

capture range is required But a large capture range will make the PLL more

susceptible to noise and undesirable signal

21 List the applications of 565 PLL

22 What is a switch type phase detector An electronic switch is opened and closed by signal coming from VCO and the input signal is

chopped at a repetition rate determined by the VCO frequency This type of Phase detector is

called a half wave detector since the phase information for only one half of the input signal is

detected and averaged

23 What are the problems associated with switch type phase detector The output voltage Ve is proportional to the input signal amplitude This is undesirable because

it makes phase detector gain and loop gain dependent on the input signal amplitude The output

is proportional to cosφ making it non linear

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

24 What is analog multiplier

An analog multiplier is a circuit in which the output is proportional to the multiplication of two

input voltages It is used in modulation frequency converters and to solve non-linear equations

25 Mention any two analog multiplier Ics

a) IC AD 533

b) IC AD 534

26 What is ICAD 533

It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is a low cost IC comprising a transconductance

multiplying element stable reference and an output amplifier

27 List the features of ICAD533

28 What is ICAD 534List its features

It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is the first general purpose multiplier capable of

providing gain upto X100

Features

Adjustable scale factor

Low noise

Excellent long time stability

29 Mention the applications of analog multipliers 1 Voltage squarer

2 Frequency doubler

3 Voltage divider

4 Square rooter

5 Phase angle detector

6 Rectifier

30 Explain how a frequency doubler can be realized using analog multiplier The multiplication of two sine waves of the same frequency but of possibly different amplitudes

and phase allows doubling a frequency using an analog multiplier

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1 Explain the functional block diagram of 555timer

2 Explain working of PLL using appropriate block diagram and explain any one application of

the same

3 Draw the block diagram of an Astable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression

for its frequency of oscillation

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

4 Draw the block diagram of monostable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression

for its frequency of oscillation Discuss some applications of 555 timer in monostable mode

5 write short notes on

i) capture range

ii) Lock in range

iii) Pull in time

6 Briefly explain the block diagram of PLL and derive the expression for Lock range and

capture range

7 With a neat functional diagram explain the operation of VCO Also derive an expression for

fodiscuss the applications of PLL

8 What is 555 timer What are the features of 555 timer Explain the monostable mode in detail

With neat block diagram explain IC566 VCO operation and discuss any 2 applications

9 What are the modes of operation of IC555 Derive the expression of time delay of monostable

multivibrator

10 (i)Explain the VCO with neat block diagram Give its typical connection diagram and output

waveforms

(ii)Derive the expression for capture range for PLL where a simple RC network is used as a LPF

11 (i)Explain the working of VCO

(ii)What is PLL Explain its operation as frequency multiplier

12 Explain the astable and bistable operation of IC555 with necessary waveforms

13 With the help of schematic circuit explain the operation of 566 VCO Also derive the

expression for output frequenct

14 (i) List and define the various performance parameters of a Multiplier IC (6)

(ii) How the multiplier is used as voltage divider (5)

(iii) How the multiplier is used as frequency doubler (5)

15 Explain with neat block diagrams how PLL is used as

(i) AM Detector (5)

(ii) FM Detector (5)

(iii) Frequency Synthesizer (6)

16(i) describe in details the characteristics and applications of 555 timer (6)

(ii) Draw a neat block diagram of VCO and explain (10)

17(i) Draw the 565 PLL and explain itrsquos functioning in detail (8)

(ii) Give an account on ldquoAnalog multiplier ICrdquo (8)

18 (i)How is an astable multivibrator connected into a pulse position modulator

(ii) Draw the circuit of Schmitt trigger using 555 timer and explain its operation

19Design and draw the waveforms of a 1KHz square wave generator using 555 timer for duty

cycle (i) D=25 (ii) D=50

20(i) Perform the closed loop analysis of PLL

(ii) Explain any two applications of PLL

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

UNIT V APPLICATION ICs

SYLLABUS IC voltage regulators - LM317 723 regulators switching regulator MA 7840 LM

380 power amplifier ICL 8038 function generator IC isolation amplifiers opto coupler opto

electronic ICs

TWO MARK QUESTIONS

1 What is a voltage regulator

A voltage regulator is an electronic circuit that provides a stable dc voltage independent of the

load current temperature and ac line voltage variations

2 Give the classification of voltage regulators

Series Linear regulators

Switching regulators

3 Write about a linear voltage regulator

Series or linear regulator uses a power transistor connected in series between the unregulated dc

input and the load and it conducts in the linear region The output voltage is controlled by the

continuous voltage drop taking place across the series pass transistor

4 What is a switching regulator

Switching regulators are those which operate the power transistor as a high frequency onoff

switchso that the power transistor does not conduct current continouslyThis give improved

efficiency over series regulators

5 List the advantages of IC voltage regulators

Low cost high reliability reduction in size and excellent performance

6 Give some examples of monolithic IC voltage regulators

78XX series fixed output positive voltage regulators

79XX series fixed output negative voltage regulators

723 general purpose regulator

7 What is the purpose of having input and output capacitors in three terminal IC

regulators

A capacitor connected between the input terminal and ground cancels the inductive effects due to

long distribution leads The output capacitor improves the transient response

8 Define line regulation

Line regulation is defined as the percentage change in the output voltage for a change in the

input voltageIt is expressed in millivolts or as a percentage of the output voltage

9 Define load regulation

Load regulation is defined as the change in output voltage for a change in load current It is

expressed in mill volts or as a percentage of the output voltage

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

10 What is meant by current limiting

Current limiting refers to the ability of a regulator to prevent the load current from increasing

above a preset value

11 Give the drawbacks of linear regulators

The input step down transformer is bulky and expensive because of low line frequency Because

of low line frequency large values of filter capacitors are required to decrease the ripple

Efficiency is reduced due to the continuous power dissipation by the transistor as it operates in

the linear region

12 What is the advantage of switching regulators

Greater efficiency is achieved as the power transistor is made to operate as low impedance

switch Power transmitted across the transistor is in discrete pulses rather than as a steady current

flowBy using suitable switching loss reduction technique the switching frequency can be

increased so as to reduce the size and weight of the inductors and capacitors

13 Why do switching regulators have better efficiency than series regulators

The transistor in linear regulator will operate in linear area at all times Considerable power is

dissipated in linear operation since the transistor has voltage across it and current flowing

through itSince the series element in a switching regulator is either fully conducting(V=0 hence

power=0) or switched off(I=0 hence power=0) it dissipates almost no power this is what gives

the switching design its efficiency

14 What are the advantages of adjustable voltage regulators over the fixed voltage

regulators i) Improved line and load regulation by a factor of 10 or more

ii) Because of the improved overload protection greater load current can be drawn

iii) Improved reliability

15 List out the parameters related to the fixed voltage regulators 1) Line regulation

2) Load regulation

3) Ripple rejection

4) Output impedance

5) Maximum power dissipation

6) Rated output current

16 Define dropout voltage of a fixed voltage regulator It is the minimum voltage that must exist between input and output terminals For most of

regulators it is 2 to 3 volts

17 What is an opto-coupler IC

Opto-coupler IC is a combined package of a photo-emitting device and a photo-sensing device

14 What are the types of opto couplers

LED and a photo diode

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

LED and photo transistor

LED and Darlington

15 Give two examples of IC optocouplers

Examples for opto-coupler IC

MCT 2F

16 Mention the advantages of opto-couplers

Better isolation between the two stages

Impedance problem between the stages is eliminated

Wide frequency response

Easily interfaced with digital circuit

Compact and light weight

Problems such as noise transients contact bounce are eliminated

17 Specify the need for isolation amplifier

Isolation amplifiers provide electrical isolation and an electrical safety barrier They protect data

acquisition components from common mode voltages which are potential differences between

instrument ground and signal ground Instruments that are applied in the presence of a common

mode voltage without an isolation barrier allow ground currents to circulate leading in the best

case to a noisy representation of the signal under investigation In the worst case assuming that

the magnitude of common mode voltage or current is sufficient instrument destruction is likely

Isolation amplifiers are used in medical instruments to ensure isolation of a patient from power

supply leakage current

18What are the features of MA78s40

Step upstep down or inverting operation

Operation from 25 to 40 V

80Db line and load regulation

19List the important parts of a regulated power supply

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

(i) Transformer (ii) Rectifier (iii) Filter (iv)Regulator

20 Using LM380 draw the circuit for audio power amplifier

21 What are onetwo and four quadrant multipliers

A four-quadrant multiplier is one where inputs and outputs may swing positive and negative

Many multipliers only work in 2 quadrants (one input may only have one polarity) or single

quadrant (inputs and outputs have only one polarity usually all positive)

22 List the parameters of optocoupler

a Current transfer ratio

b Isolation voltage

c Response time

d Common mode rejection

23Why current boosting is done in 723 regulator

The maximum current capability of 723 regulator is 140mA In certain applications this value of

current is not sufficient Hence current boosting is done using series pass transistor

24 What are the limitations of three terminal regulator

1 For fixed output regulators the output voltage is not precise

2 Only selected values of output voltages are available

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

3 Current boosting by external series pass transistor is required if load current beyond the

capability of basic regulator is required

25 Draw the typical connection diagram of IC LM317

26 What is the function od a series pass transistor in voltage regulator

The series pass transistor acsts as a control element The value of VcE gets adjusted in such a

way that the output voltage of the regulator always remains constant In addition the series pass

transistor supplies the load current

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1Draw and explain the functional block diagram of 723 voltage regulator and how this IC can be

used as high voltage regulator

2Write an explanatory note on

(i) Power amplifier (ii) Isolation amplifier

3 With neat diagrams explain the working of switched mode power supply

4 Write brief notes on

(i)IC MA 7840

(ii) Optocoupler

5 (i)Explain the working of series voltage regulator

(ii)Write notes on optocoupler

6 What is a switching regulator With neat block diagram explain the internals of MA7840

7 Draw the functional block diagram of IC 723 and explain

8 Explain with the help of functional block diagram the working of voltage regulator IC723

Clearly explain how current limit and foldback type current limiting facility can be provided with

723 circuits

9 Draw the circuit of series voltage regulator Design this circuit to operate from a supply of 20v

and to provide an output of 12V with maximum load current of 40mA

10 Draw the functional diagram of ICL 8038 Function generator IC and explain its operation

Give its frequency of oscillation at the output

11 (i) With neat diagram explain the working principle of isolation amplifier (8)

(ii) With neat diagram explain the principle of operation of optocouplers (8)

12 With the help of neat circuit diagram explain the operation of an adjustable regulator using

LM317

13 State the features and applications of IC LM 380 and explain them

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

14 Design a waveform generator using IC8038 The frequency of oscillation is 5kHz and duty

cycle is 50 From data sheet Vcc=5V VoH=36V VoL=02V ILL=16mA ILH=409uA

15 (i) Design low voltage regulator using IC 723 for 5V and explain its characteristics

(ii) Describe the features of function generator IC

(iii)Write short notes on optocoupler ICs

Page 11: EE2254 LICA QB

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

Where

I B+is the current into the non-inverting input terminals

IB- is the current into the inverting input terminals

17Define CMRR of an op-amp

The relative sensitivity of an op-amp to a difference signal as compared to a common ndashmode

signal is called the common ndashmode rejection ratio It is expressed in decibels CMRR= AdAc

18 Define slew rate What causes slew rate

The slew rate is defined as the maximum rate of change of output voltage caused by a step input

voltage An ideal slew rate is infinite which means that op-amprsquos output voltage should change

instantaneously in response to input step voltage

There is a capacitor with-in or outside of an op-amp to prevent oscillation It is this capacitor

which prevents the output voltage from responding immediately to a fast changing input

19 Define Unity Gain Bandwidth of Op-amp

For a certain frequency of the input signal the gain of the Op-amp reduces to 0 dB Thismeans

20 log |AOL(f) | is 0dB ie |AOL(f) | = 1 Such a frequency is called gain cross overfrequency or

unity gain bandwidth (UGB)

20Why IC 741 is not used for high frequency applications

IC741 has a low slew rate because of the predominance of capacitance present in the circuit at

higher frequencies As frequency increases the output gets distorted due to limited slew rate

21In practical op-amps what is the effect of high frequency on its performance

The open-loop gain of op-amp decreases at higher frequencies due to the presence of parasitic

capacitance The closed-loop gain increases at higher frequencies and leads to instability

22What is the need for frequency compensation in practical op-amps

Frequency compensation is needed when large bandwidth and lower closed loop gain is desired

Compensating networks are used to control the phase shift and hence to improve the stability

23Mention the frequency compensation methods

Dominant-pole compensation

Pole-zero compensation

24What are the merits and demerits of Dominant-pole compensation

noise immunity of the system is improved

Open-loop bandwidth is reduced

25 Draw the voltage follower circuit of an OP-AMP

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

26 What are the limitations of an ideal active differentiator At high frequency differentiators may become unstable and break into oscillation The input

impedance ie (1ωC1) decreases with increase in frequency thereby making the circuit

sensitive to high frequency noise

27 Draw a subtractor using op-amp

If all the resistors in the above circuit are equal the circuit functions as a subtractor

28 Design an amplifier with a gain of -10 and input resistance of 10k

Since negative gain is required an inverting amplifier should be used

Gain of inverting amplifier = -RfR1= -10 (Given)

Given R1=10k

10 Rf =1k

29 Draw the circuit diagram of an integrator and give its output equation

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

30 Classify the negative feedback configuration and draw the corresponding block

diagram

A closed loop amplifier can be represented by two blocks one for an OPAMP and other for a

feedback circuits There are four following ways to connect these blocks These connections are

classified according to whether the voltage or current is feedback to the input in series or in

parallel

Voltage ndash series feedback

Voltage ndash shunt feedback

Current ndash series feedback

Current ndash shunt feedback

These connections are shown in figure below

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1 (i) Explain the functions of all the basic building blocks of Op-amp

(ii) Explain the application of op-amp as (i) Integrator (ii) Differentiator

2 Discuss about the methods of frequency compensation in opamp

3 Explain the operation of a basic differential amplifier

4 Obtain the frequency response of an open-loop op-amp

5 (i) With neat diagrams explain the types of feedback configurations available

(ii) Briefly explain summing amplifier and draw an adder circuit for the given expression

V0= V1+V2-V3-(V4+2)

6 (i) Explain the DC characteristics of op-amp with the help of neat diagrams

(ii)With neat circuit diagram and equations discuss the operation of summer and differentiator

using opamp

7 (i) Explain the AC characteristics of an operational amplifier

(ii) Sketch the basic circuit using op-amp to perform the mathematical operation of

differentiation and explain What are the limitations of an ordinary OP-AMP differentiator

Draw and explain the circuit of a practical differentiators that will eliminate these limitations

8 (i) Explain in detail the characteristic of an ideal opamp (8)

(ii) Draw the block diagram and equivalent circuit of op-ampExplain them (10)

9 (i) Explain the application of op amp as (1)summer (2)integrator (8)

(ii) Define and explain (1) slew rate (2) SVRR (4)

(iii) Explain the frequency response of op-amp (4)

10 What are the different open-loop configurations of op-amp Explain the differential amplifier

configuration

11 With the help of circuit diagram explain the operation of non-inverting and inverting

configuration of op-amp and derive expressions for voltage gain for each configuration

12 (i) Draw and explain the closed loop frequency response of op-amp

(ii) Elaborate on pole-zero compensation technique

13 Find the output voltage of the above circuit

14(i) Define and explain slew rate What is full power bandwidth Describe methods to improve

slewrate

(ii) Define output offset voltage Explain methods to nullify offset voltage

15 (i) With neat circuit diagram explain the operation of the following circuits

(a) Voltage follower (b)Integrator

(ii) For the non inverting opamp shown in fig find the output voltage

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

UNIT III APPLICATIONS OF OPAMP

SYLLABUS Instrumentation amplifier first and second order active filters VI amp IV converters

comparatorsmultivibrators waveform generators clippers clampers peak detector SH circuit DA converter (R-2R ladder and weighted resistor types) AD converter - Dual slope successive approximation and flash types

TWO MARK QUESTIONS

1What is the need for an instrumentation amplifier

In a number of industrial and consumer applications the measurement of physical quantities is

usually done with the help of transducers The output of transducer has to be amplified So that it

can drive the indicator or display system This function is performed by an instrumentation

amplifier

2List the features of instrumentation amplifier

o high gain accuracy

o high CMRR

o high gain stability with low temperature co-efficient

o low dc offset

o low output impedance

3 What is a comparator

A comparator is a circuit which compares a signal voltage applied at one input of an opamp with

a known reference voltage at the other input It is an open loop op - amp with output + Vsat or -

Vsat

4 What are the applications of comparator

Zero crossing detectors

Window detector

Time marker generator

Phase detector

5 What is a Schmitt trigger

Schmitt trigger is a regenerative comparator It converts sinusoidal input into a square wave

output The output of Schmitt trigger swings between upper and lower threshold voltages which

are the reference voltages of the input waveform

6 What is a multivibrator

Multivibrators are a group of regenerative circuits that are used extensively in timing

applications It is a wave shaping circuit which gives symmetric or asymmetric square output It

has two states either stable or quasi- stable depending on the type of multivibrator

7 What do you mean by monostable multivibrator

Monostable multivibrator is one which generates a single pulse of specified duration in

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

response to each external trigger signal It has only one stable state Application of a trigger

causes a change to the quasi-stable stateAn external trigger signal generated due to charging and

discharging of the capacitor produces the transition to the original stable state

8 Write a brief note on astable multivibrator

Astable multivibrator is a free running oscillator having two quasi-stable states Thus there are

oscillations between these two states and no external signal is required to produce the change in

state

9 What is a bistable multivibrator

Bistable multivibrator is one that maintains a given output voltage level unless an external

trigger is applied Application of an external trigger signal causes a change of state and this

output level is maintained indefinitely until an second trigger is applied Thus it requires two

external triggers before it returns to its initial state

10 What are the requirements for producing sustained oscillations in feedback circuits

For sustained oscillations

The total phase shift around the loop must be zero at the desired frequency of oscillation fo

ieL AB=00 or 360

0

At fo the magnitu

11Draw the circuit diagram of positive clipper

12 What is hysteresis with reference to Schmitt trigger circuit

In the non-inverting configuration when the input is higher than a certain chosen threshold the

output is high When the input is below a different (lower) chosen threshold the output is low

and when the input is between the two levels the output retains its value This dual threshold

action is called hysteresis and implies that the Schmitt trigger possesses memory and can act as a

bistable circuit (latch)

13 Differentiate between Schmitt trigger and comparator

SNo Comparator Schmitt trigger

1 Feedback is not used that is Op-amp is used

in open loop mode

Feedback is used that is Op-ampis used in

closed loop mode

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

2 False triggering due to noise voltages is

possible

False triggering due to noise voltages is

not possible

3 A single reference voltage exists Two different threshold voltages exists as

VUT and VLT

4 No hysteresis exists Hysteresis exists with a width H=VUT -

VLT

14 What is a filter

Filter is a frequency selective circuit that passes signal of specified band of frequencies

andattenuates the signals of frequencies outside the band

15 What are the demerits of passive filters

Passive filters works well for high frequencies But at audio frequencies the inductorsbecome

problematic as they become large heavy and expensive For low frequencyapplications more

number of turns of wire must be used which in turn adds to the seriesresistance degrading

inductorrsquos performance ie low Q resulting in high power dissipation

16 What are the advantages of active filters

bull Active filters used op- amp as the active element and resistors and capacitors as

passiveelements

bull By enclosing a capacitor in the feed back loop inductor less active filters can be obtained

bull Op-amp used in non ndash inverting configuration offers high input impedance and low output

impedance thus improving the load drive capacity

17What are the different types of filters

Based on the components used Active filters and passive filters

Based on frequency responses Low pass filterHigh pass filterBand pass filterBand reject filter

Based on order of transfer function first second third higher order filters

Based on configuration Bessel Chebyshev Butterworth filters

18What is frequency scaling

Once the filter is designed sometimes it is necessary to change the value of cut-off frequency

The method used to change the original cut-off frequency to new cut-off frequency is called

frequency scaling

19Briefly describe a voltage follower

bull A circuit in which the output voltage follows the input voltage is called voltage followercircuit

bull In Op-amp if the inverting input and the output terminals are shorted and if any signal isapplied

at the non-inverting terminal it appears at the output without any change

bullIt is also called as source follower unity gain amplifier buffer amplifier or isolationamplifier

20 Describe about a bandpass filter

A bandpass filter is basically a frequency selector It allows one particular band of frequencies to

pass Thus the pass band is between the two cut-off frequencies fH and fL where fH gt fL Any

frequency outside this band gets attenuated

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

21Sketch the circuit diagram of first order active low pass filter

22 What is a notch filter and what is its application

A narrow band reject filter is called a notch filter and is used for rejection of a single frequency

such as 50Hz power line frequency

23 Classify the ADCs broadly

1 Direct type ADC

2 Integrating type ADC

24 Differentiate between direct ADC and integrating type ADC a) The integrating type of ADCrsquos do not need a sampleHold circuit at the input

b) It is possible to transmit frequency even in noisy environment or in an isolated form

25 List out some integrating type converters

1 Charge balancing ADC

2 Dual slope ADC

26 What is integrating type converter

An ADC converter that perform conversion in an indirect manner by first changing the

analog IP signal to a linear function of time or frequency and then to a digital code is known as

integrating type AD converter

27List the main advantages of integrating type ADCs

i The integrating type of ADCrsquos doing not need a sampleHold circuit at the input

ii It is possible to transmit frequency even in noisy environment or in an isolated form

28 What are the types of ADC and DAC Types of ADC 1 Flash (comparator) type converter

2 Counter type converter

3 Tracking or servo converter

4 Successive approximation type converter

Types of DAC 1 Weighted resistor DAC

2 R-2R Ladder

3 Inverted R-2R Ladder

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

29 Explain in brief the principle of operation of successive Approximation ADC

The circuit of successive approximation ADC consists of a successive approximation

register (SAR) to find the required value of each bit by trial amp error With the arrival of START

command SAR sets the MSB bit to 1 The OP is converted into an analog signal amp it is

compared with IP signal This OP is low or High This process continues until all bits are

checked

30 Provide the advantages and disadvantages of flash type ADC Flash type ADC is the fastest as well as the most expensive

The disadvantage is the number of comparators needed almost doubles for each added bit (For a

n-bit convertor 2(n-1) comparators 2n resistors are required)

31Define conversion time

It is defined as the total time required converting an analog signal into its digital output It

depends on the conversion technique used amp the propagation delay of circuit components

The conversion time of a successive approximation type ADC is given by T(n+1) Where T---

clock period Tc---conversion time n- no of bits

32 Define resolution of a data converter

The resolution of a converter is the smallest change in voltage which may be produced at the

output or input of the converter Resolution (in volts)= VFS2n-1=1 LSB increment The

resolution of an ADC is defined as the smallest change in analog input for a one-bit change at the

output

33 Explain in brief stability of a converter

The performance of converter changes with temperature age amp power supply variation So all the

relevant parameters such as offset gain linearity error amp monotonicity must be specified over

the full temperature amp power supply ranges to have better stability performances

34 What is meant by linearity

The linearity of an ADCDAC is an important measure of its accuracy amp tells us how close the

converter output is to its ideal transfer characteristics The linearity error is usually expressed as

a fraction of LSB increment or percentage of full-scale voltage A good converter exhibits a

linearity error of less than plusmnfrac12LSB

35 What is a sample and hold circuit Where it is used

A sample and hold circuit is one which samples an input signal and holds on to its last sampled

value until the input is sampled again This circuit is mainly used in digital interfacing analog to

digital systems and pulse code modulation systems

36 Explain the operation of basic sample and hold circuit A typical sample and hold circuit stores electric charge in a capacitor and contains at least one

fast FET switch and at least one operational amplifier To sample the input signal the switch

connects the capacitor to the output of a buffer amplifier The buffer amplifier charges or

discharges the capacitor so that the voltage across the capacitor is practically equal or

proportional to input voltage In hold mode the switch disconnects the capacitor from the buffer

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

The capacitor is invariably discharged by its own leakage currents and useful load currents

which makes the circuit inherently volatile but the loss of voltage (voltage droop) within a

specified hold time remains within an acceptable error margin

37 Define start of conversion and end of conversion Start of Conversion in ADC (SOC) This is the control signal for start of conversion which

initiates AD conversion process

End of Conversion in ADC (EOC) This is the control signal which is activated when the

conversion is completed

38 Define sample period and hold period

The time during which the voltage across the capacitor in sample and hold circuit is equal to

the input voltage is called sample period The time period during which the voltage across the

capacitor is held constant is called hold period

39 Define the following performance parameters of DA converters

(a) Resolution (b)Accuracy (c) Monotonicity d) Conversion time

a) Resolution The resolution of a converter is the smallest change in voltage which may be produced at the

output or input of the converter

Resolution (in volts)= VFS2n-1=1 LSB increment

Example 8 bit DAC has 28-1 =255 equal intervals Hence the smallest change in output voltage

is (1255) of full scale output range

The resolution of an ADC is defined as the smallest change in analog input for a one bit change

at the output

Example The input range of 8 bit AD converter is divided into 255 intervals So the resolution

for 10V input range = 10V255 = 3922mV

b) Accuracy

Absolute accuracy It is the maximum deviation between the actual converter output amp the ideal converter output

Relative accuracy It is the maximum deviation after gain amp offset errors have been removed

The accuracy of a converter is also specified in form of LSB increments or of full scale

voltage

c) Monotonicity A monotonic DAC is one whose analog output increases for an increase in digital input A

monotonic characteristic is essential in control applications otherwise oscillations result

d) Conversion time It is defined as the total time required to convert an analog signal into its digital output It

depends on the conversion technique used amp the propagation delay of circuit componentsThe

conversion time of a successive approximation type ADC is given by T(n+1)

where T---clock period

Tc---conversion time n----no of bits

What is settling time

It represents the time it takes for the output to settle within a specified band plusmnfrac12LSB of itsfinal

value following a code change at the input (usually a full scale change) It depends uponthe

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

switching time of the logic circuitry due to internal parasitic capacitance amp inductancesSettling

time ranges from 100ns to 10micros depending on word length amp type circuit used

40 List the drawbacks of binary weighted resistor technique of DA conversion a) Wide range of resistor values needed

b) Difficulty in achieving and maintaining accurate ratios over a wide range of variations

41 The basic step of a 9 bit DAC is 103 mV If 000000000 represents 0Volts what is the

output for an input of 101101111 The output voltage for input of 101101111 is

= 103 mV (128+027+126+125+024+123+122+121+120)

= 103 10-3 367 = 378 V

42 What are the advantages and disadvantages of R-2R ladder DAC

Advantages a) Easier to build accurately as only two precision metal films are required

b) Number of bits can be expanded by adding more sections of same R2R values

Disadvantage In this type of DAC when there is a change in the input changes the current flow in the resistor

which causes more power dissipation which creates non-linearity in DAC

43 Which is the fastest AD converter and why

Flash type AD converter is the fastest ADC because the fast conversion speed isaccomplished

by providing 2n-1 comparators and simultaneously comparing the input signal with unique

reference levels spaced 1 LSB apart

44 What are the applications of V-I converter

bull Low voltage dc and ac voltmeter

bull L E D

bull Zener diode tester

45 What do you mean by a precision diode

The major limitation of ordinary diode is that it cannot rectify voltages below the cut ndash involtage

of the diode A circuit designed by placing a diode in the feedback loop of an op ndash ampis called

the precision diode and it is capable of rectifying input signals of the order of millivolt

46 Write down the applications of precision diode

bullHalf - wave rectifier

bullFull - Wave rectifier

bullPeak ndash value detector

bullClipper

bullClamper

47 Draw the circuit diagram of sample and hold circuit

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1 Design and explain triangular wave generator using Schmitt trigger and integrator circuit

2 (i) Explain the operation of dual slope ADC

(ii)Explain the following characteristics of ADC

(i)Resolution (ii) Accuracy (iii)Settling time (iv) Linearity

3 (i) Describe the first order lowpass butterworth filter Derive its frequency response and plot

the same

(ii) Design a low pass filter with a cutoff frequency if 1kHz and with a passband gain of 2

4 What is an instrumentation amplifier List its features Explain the operation of three op-amp

instrumentation amplifier and give its application

5 Explain the following applications of opamp (i)voltage to current converter (ii)Clamper

6 Explain the working of (i) Weighted resistor type DAC (ii) Dual slope type ADC

7 Discuss the operation of ladder network DAC with relevant circuit diagram and waveforms

8 Draw and explain the circuit of a voltage to current converter if the load is

(1) Floating

(2) Grounded

9 (i) Explain the working of OP-AMP based Schmitt trigger circuit (8)

(ii) Design an OP-AMP based second order active low pass filter with cut offfrequency 2 kHz

10 (i)draw an instrumentation amplifier using op amp and explain (6)

(ii) Explain the following op amp circuits

(1) Peak detector (2) Clamper (10)

11(i)draw a neat R-2R ladder DAC and explain its principle(6)

(ii) draw a flash type ADC and explain its working(10)

12(i) Explain how to measure phase difference between two signals

(ii) Explain the operation of square wave generator by drawing the capacitor and output voltage

waveforms

13 (i) Draw a sample and hold circuit Explain its operation and indicate its uses

(ii) Describe a circuit which will clip the input signal below a reference voltage

14 (i) Describe the operation of current to voltage converter with appropriate diagrams

(ii) Draw and explain the operation of the following

(i) Triangle wave generator (ii) monostable multivibrator

15 Elaborate on the operation of comparator and describe its applications

16Explain the working principle of RC phase shift sine wave generator using op-amp and derive

expression for f

17 (i) Explain the important specifications of DAC

(ii) With diagrams and example explain the working principle of successive approximation type

ADC

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

UNIT IV SPECIAL ICs

SYLLABUS 555 Timer circuit ndash Functional block characteristics amp applications 566-voltage

controlled oscillator circuit 565-phase lock loop circuit functioning and applications Analog multiplier ICs

TWO MARK QUESTIONS

1 Mention some applications of 555 timer

Oscillator

pulse generator

ramp and square wave generator

burglar alarm

traffic light control

Missing pulse detector

Linear ramp generator

Frequency divider

Pulse width modulation

FSK generator

Pulse position modulator

Schmitt trigger

2 List the applications of 555 timer in monostable mode of operation

Missing pulse detector

Linear ramp generator

Frequency divider

Pulse width modulation

3 List the applications of 555 timer in Astable mode of operation

FSK generator

Pulse-position modulator

4 Enumerate the basic blocks of IC 555 timer

5 Highlight the features of 555 Timer

available in three packages 8 pin metal can 8 pin dip 14 pin dip

6 What is the use of reset pin of 555 timer

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

This is an interrupt for the timing device when pin 4 is grounded it stops the working of device

and turns it off

7 What is the purpose of control voltage pin (5) of 555 timer This pin is the inverting input terminal of comparator This is reference level for comparator with

which threshold is compared If reference level is other than 23 VCC then external input is to

be given to pin 5 Pulse width modulation is possible due to pin 5

8Write the expression for pulse width of 555 timer in monostable mode Pulse width W = 11 RC seconds

R ndash resistor in ohms C ndash capacitor in farads

9Write the expression for total time period of 555 timer in astable mode T = 0693 (RA + 2 RB) C seconds

10 Define duty cycle

The ratio of high output and low output period is given by a mathematical parameter called duty

cycle It is defined as the ratio of ON Time to total time

11 What is a voltage controlled oscillator V o l t age con t r o l l ed o s c i l l a to r i s a f r e e r u nn in g m ul t i v i b ra to r op e r a t in g a t a

s e t frequency called the free running frequency This frequency can be shifted to

either side by applying a dc control voltage and the frequency deviation is

proportional to the dc control voltage

12 On what parameters does the free running frequency of VCO depend on bullExternal timing resistor RT

bullExternal timing capacitor CT

bullThe dc control voltage Vc

13 Give the expression for the VCO free running frequency

f o= 025 RTCT

14 Define Voltage to Frequency conversion factor Voltage to Frequency conversion factor is defined as

Kv = Δfo ΔVc = Vcc

Where ΔVc is the modulation voltage required to produce the frequency shift Δfo

15 List the features of 566 VCO

-24V)

temperature stability

16 State the function of a PLL

A PLL is a basically a closed loop system designed to lock output frequency and phase to the

frequency and phase of an input signal

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

17 Define lock range capture range and pull in time

Lock range

When PLL is in lock it can trap freq changes in the incoming signal The range of frequencies

over which the PLL can maintain lock with the incoming signal is called as lock range Lock in

range ∆fL = +- 78 fo V fo is free running frequency

Capture range

The range of frequencies over which the PLL can acquire lock with the input signal is called as

capture range Capture range = +- = [∆fL (2prodRC)] 12

Define pull-in time

The total time taken by the PLL to establish lock is called pull-in time

18 List out the blocks of PLL a Frequency multiplicationdivision

b Frequency translation c AM detection

d FM demodulation

e FSK demodulation

19 What is the purpose of having a low pass filter in PLL bullIt removes the high frequency components and noise

bullControls the dynamic characteristics of the PLL such as capture range lock -in

range band-width and transient response

bullThe charge on the filter capacitor gives a short- time memory to the PLL

20 Discuss the effect of having large capture range The PLL cannot acquire a signal outside the capture range but once captured it will hold on till

the frequency goes beyond the lock-in range Thus to increase the ability of lock range large

capture range is required But a large capture range will make the PLL more

susceptible to noise and undesirable signal

21 List the applications of 565 PLL

22 What is a switch type phase detector An electronic switch is opened and closed by signal coming from VCO and the input signal is

chopped at a repetition rate determined by the VCO frequency This type of Phase detector is

called a half wave detector since the phase information for only one half of the input signal is

detected and averaged

23 What are the problems associated with switch type phase detector The output voltage Ve is proportional to the input signal amplitude This is undesirable because

it makes phase detector gain and loop gain dependent on the input signal amplitude The output

is proportional to cosφ making it non linear

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

24 What is analog multiplier

An analog multiplier is a circuit in which the output is proportional to the multiplication of two

input voltages It is used in modulation frequency converters and to solve non-linear equations

25 Mention any two analog multiplier Ics

a) IC AD 533

b) IC AD 534

26 What is ICAD 533

It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is a low cost IC comprising a transconductance

multiplying element stable reference and an output amplifier

27 List the features of ICAD533

28 What is ICAD 534List its features

It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is the first general purpose multiplier capable of

providing gain upto X100

Features

Adjustable scale factor

Low noise

Excellent long time stability

29 Mention the applications of analog multipliers 1 Voltage squarer

2 Frequency doubler

3 Voltage divider

4 Square rooter

5 Phase angle detector

6 Rectifier

30 Explain how a frequency doubler can be realized using analog multiplier The multiplication of two sine waves of the same frequency but of possibly different amplitudes

and phase allows doubling a frequency using an analog multiplier

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1 Explain the functional block diagram of 555timer

2 Explain working of PLL using appropriate block diagram and explain any one application of

the same

3 Draw the block diagram of an Astable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression

for its frequency of oscillation

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

4 Draw the block diagram of monostable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression

for its frequency of oscillation Discuss some applications of 555 timer in monostable mode

5 write short notes on

i) capture range

ii) Lock in range

iii) Pull in time

6 Briefly explain the block diagram of PLL and derive the expression for Lock range and

capture range

7 With a neat functional diagram explain the operation of VCO Also derive an expression for

fodiscuss the applications of PLL

8 What is 555 timer What are the features of 555 timer Explain the monostable mode in detail

With neat block diagram explain IC566 VCO operation and discuss any 2 applications

9 What are the modes of operation of IC555 Derive the expression of time delay of monostable

multivibrator

10 (i)Explain the VCO with neat block diagram Give its typical connection diagram and output

waveforms

(ii)Derive the expression for capture range for PLL where a simple RC network is used as a LPF

11 (i)Explain the working of VCO

(ii)What is PLL Explain its operation as frequency multiplier

12 Explain the astable and bistable operation of IC555 with necessary waveforms

13 With the help of schematic circuit explain the operation of 566 VCO Also derive the

expression for output frequenct

14 (i) List and define the various performance parameters of a Multiplier IC (6)

(ii) How the multiplier is used as voltage divider (5)

(iii) How the multiplier is used as frequency doubler (5)

15 Explain with neat block diagrams how PLL is used as

(i) AM Detector (5)

(ii) FM Detector (5)

(iii) Frequency Synthesizer (6)

16(i) describe in details the characteristics and applications of 555 timer (6)

(ii) Draw a neat block diagram of VCO and explain (10)

17(i) Draw the 565 PLL and explain itrsquos functioning in detail (8)

(ii) Give an account on ldquoAnalog multiplier ICrdquo (8)

18 (i)How is an astable multivibrator connected into a pulse position modulator

(ii) Draw the circuit of Schmitt trigger using 555 timer and explain its operation

19Design and draw the waveforms of a 1KHz square wave generator using 555 timer for duty

cycle (i) D=25 (ii) D=50

20(i) Perform the closed loop analysis of PLL

(ii) Explain any two applications of PLL

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

UNIT V APPLICATION ICs

SYLLABUS IC voltage regulators - LM317 723 regulators switching regulator MA 7840 LM

380 power amplifier ICL 8038 function generator IC isolation amplifiers opto coupler opto

electronic ICs

TWO MARK QUESTIONS

1 What is a voltage regulator

A voltage regulator is an electronic circuit that provides a stable dc voltage independent of the

load current temperature and ac line voltage variations

2 Give the classification of voltage regulators

Series Linear regulators

Switching regulators

3 Write about a linear voltage regulator

Series or linear regulator uses a power transistor connected in series between the unregulated dc

input and the load and it conducts in the linear region The output voltage is controlled by the

continuous voltage drop taking place across the series pass transistor

4 What is a switching regulator

Switching regulators are those which operate the power transistor as a high frequency onoff

switchso that the power transistor does not conduct current continouslyThis give improved

efficiency over series regulators

5 List the advantages of IC voltage regulators

Low cost high reliability reduction in size and excellent performance

6 Give some examples of monolithic IC voltage regulators

78XX series fixed output positive voltage regulators

79XX series fixed output negative voltage regulators

723 general purpose regulator

7 What is the purpose of having input and output capacitors in three terminal IC

regulators

A capacitor connected between the input terminal and ground cancels the inductive effects due to

long distribution leads The output capacitor improves the transient response

8 Define line regulation

Line regulation is defined as the percentage change in the output voltage for a change in the

input voltageIt is expressed in millivolts or as a percentage of the output voltage

9 Define load regulation

Load regulation is defined as the change in output voltage for a change in load current It is

expressed in mill volts or as a percentage of the output voltage

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

10 What is meant by current limiting

Current limiting refers to the ability of a regulator to prevent the load current from increasing

above a preset value

11 Give the drawbacks of linear regulators

The input step down transformer is bulky and expensive because of low line frequency Because

of low line frequency large values of filter capacitors are required to decrease the ripple

Efficiency is reduced due to the continuous power dissipation by the transistor as it operates in

the linear region

12 What is the advantage of switching regulators

Greater efficiency is achieved as the power transistor is made to operate as low impedance

switch Power transmitted across the transistor is in discrete pulses rather than as a steady current

flowBy using suitable switching loss reduction technique the switching frequency can be

increased so as to reduce the size and weight of the inductors and capacitors

13 Why do switching regulators have better efficiency than series regulators

The transistor in linear regulator will operate in linear area at all times Considerable power is

dissipated in linear operation since the transistor has voltage across it and current flowing

through itSince the series element in a switching regulator is either fully conducting(V=0 hence

power=0) or switched off(I=0 hence power=0) it dissipates almost no power this is what gives

the switching design its efficiency

14 What are the advantages of adjustable voltage regulators over the fixed voltage

regulators i) Improved line and load regulation by a factor of 10 or more

ii) Because of the improved overload protection greater load current can be drawn

iii) Improved reliability

15 List out the parameters related to the fixed voltage regulators 1) Line regulation

2) Load regulation

3) Ripple rejection

4) Output impedance

5) Maximum power dissipation

6) Rated output current

16 Define dropout voltage of a fixed voltage regulator It is the minimum voltage that must exist between input and output terminals For most of

regulators it is 2 to 3 volts

17 What is an opto-coupler IC

Opto-coupler IC is a combined package of a photo-emitting device and a photo-sensing device

14 What are the types of opto couplers

LED and a photo diode

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

LED and photo transistor

LED and Darlington

15 Give two examples of IC optocouplers

Examples for opto-coupler IC

MCT 2F

16 Mention the advantages of opto-couplers

Better isolation between the two stages

Impedance problem between the stages is eliminated

Wide frequency response

Easily interfaced with digital circuit

Compact and light weight

Problems such as noise transients contact bounce are eliminated

17 Specify the need for isolation amplifier

Isolation amplifiers provide electrical isolation and an electrical safety barrier They protect data

acquisition components from common mode voltages which are potential differences between

instrument ground and signal ground Instruments that are applied in the presence of a common

mode voltage without an isolation barrier allow ground currents to circulate leading in the best

case to a noisy representation of the signal under investigation In the worst case assuming that

the magnitude of common mode voltage or current is sufficient instrument destruction is likely

Isolation amplifiers are used in medical instruments to ensure isolation of a patient from power

supply leakage current

18What are the features of MA78s40

Step upstep down or inverting operation

Operation from 25 to 40 V

80Db line and load regulation

19List the important parts of a regulated power supply

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

(i) Transformer (ii) Rectifier (iii) Filter (iv)Regulator

20 Using LM380 draw the circuit for audio power amplifier

21 What are onetwo and four quadrant multipliers

A four-quadrant multiplier is one where inputs and outputs may swing positive and negative

Many multipliers only work in 2 quadrants (one input may only have one polarity) or single

quadrant (inputs and outputs have only one polarity usually all positive)

22 List the parameters of optocoupler

a Current transfer ratio

b Isolation voltage

c Response time

d Common mode rejection

23Why current boosting is done in 723 regulator

The maximum current capability of 723 regulator is 140mA In certain applications this value of

current is not sufficient Hence current boosting is done using series pass transistor

24 What are the limitations of three terminal regulator

1 For fixed output regulators the output voltage is not precise

2 Only selected values of output voltages are available

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

3 Current boosting by external series pass transistor is required if load current beyond the

capability of basic regulator is required

25 Draw the typical connection diagram of IC LM317

26 What is the function od a series pass transistor in voltage regulator

The series pass transistor acsts as a control element The value of VcE gets adjusted in such a

way that the output voltage of the regulator always remains constant In addition the series pass

transistor supplies the load current

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1Draw and explain the functional block diagram of 723 voltage regulator and how this IC can be

used as high voltage regulator

2Write an explanatory note on

(i) Power amplifier (ii) Isolation amplifier

3 With neat diagrams explain the working of switched mode power supply

4 Write brief notes on

(i)IC MA 7840

(ii) Optocoupler

5 (i)Explain the working of series voltage regulator

(ii)Write notes on optocoupler

6 What is a switching regulator With neat block diagram explain the internals of MA7840

7 Draw the functional block diagram of IC 723 and explain

8 Explain with the help of functional block diagram the working of voltage regulator IC723

Clearly explain how current limit and foldback type current limiting facility can be provided with

723 circuits

9 Draw the circuit of series voltage regulator Design this circuit to operate from a supply of 20v

and to provide an output of 12V with maximum load current of 40mA

10 Draw the functional diagram of ICL 8038 Function generator IC and explain its operation

Give its frequency of oscillation at the output

11 (i) With neat diagram explain the working principle of isolation amplifier (8)

(ii) With neat diagram explain the principle of operation of optocouplers (8)

12 With the help of neat circuit diagram explain the operation of an adjustable regulator using

LM317

13 State the features and applications of IC LM 380 and explain them

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

14 Design a waveform generator using IC8038 The frequency of oscillation is 5kHz and duty

cycle is 50 From data sheet Vcc=5V VoH=36V VoL=02V ILL=16mA ILH=409uA

15 (i) Design low voltage regulator using IC 723 for 5V and explain its characteristics

(ii) Describe the features of function generator IC

(iii)Write short notes on optocoupler ICs

Page 12: EE2254 LICA QB

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

26 What are the limitations of an ideal active differentiator At high frequency differentiators may become unstable and break into oscillation The input

impedance ie (1ωC1) decreases with increase in frequency thereby making the circuit

sensitive to high frequency noise

27 Draw a subtractor using op-amp

If all the resistors in the above circuit are equal the circuit functions as a subtractor

28 Design an amplifier with a gain of -10 and input resistance of 10k

Since negative gain is required an inverting amplifier should be used

Gain of inverting amplifier = -RfR1= -10 (Given)

Given R1=10k

10 Rf =1k

29 Draw the circuit diagram of an integrator and give its output equation

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

30 Classify the negative feedback configuration and draw the corresponding block

diagram

A closed loop amplifier can be represented by two blocks one for an OPAMP and other for a

feedback circuits There are four following ways to connect these blocks These connections are

classified according to whether the voltage or current is feedback to the input in series or in

parallel

Voltage ndash series feedback

Voltage ndash shunt feedback

Current ndash series feedback

Current ndash shunt feedback

These connections are shown in figure below

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1 (i) Explain the functions of all the basic building blocks of Op-amp

(ii) Explain the application of op-amp as (i) Integrator (ii) Differentiator

2 Discuss about the methods of frequency compensation in opamp

3 Explain the operation of a basic differential amplifier

4 Obtain the frequency response of an open-loop op-amp

5 (i) With neat diagrams explain the types of feedback configurations available

(ii) Briefly explain summing amplifier and draw an adder circuit for the given expression

V0= V1+V2-V3-(V4+2)

6 (i) Explain the DC characteristics of op-amp with the help of neat diagrams

(ii)With neat circuit diagram and equations discuss the operation of summer and differentiator

using opamp

7 (i) Explain the AC characteristics of an operational amplifier

(ii) Sketch the basic circuit using op-amp to perform the mathematical operation of

differentiation and explain What are the limitations of an ordinary OP-AMP differentiator

Draw and explain the circuit of a practical differentiators that will eliminate these limitations

8 (i) Explain in detail the characteristic of an ideal opamp (8)

(ii) Draw the block diagram and equivalent circuit of op-ampExplain them (10)

9 (i) Explain the application of op amp as (1)summer (2)integrator (8)

(ii) Define and explain (1) slew rate (2) SVRR (4)

(iii) Explain the frequency response of op-amp (4)

10 What are the different open-loop configurations of op-amp Explain the differential amplifier

configuration

11 With the help of circuit diagram explain the operation of non-inverting and inverting

configuration of op-amp and derive expressions for voltage gain for each configuration

12 (i) Draw and explain the closed loop frequency response of op-amp

(ii) Elaborate on pole-zero compensation technique

13 Find the output voltage of the above circuit

14(i) Define and explain slew rate What is full power bandwidth Describe methods to improve

slewrate

(ii) Define output offset voltage Explain methods to nullify offset voltage

15 (i) With neat circuit diagram explain the operation of the following circuits

(a) Voltage follower (b)Integrator

(ii) For the non inverting opamp shown in fig find the output voltage

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

UNIT III APPLICATIONS OF OPAMP

SYLLABUS Instrumentation amplifier first and second order active filters VI amp IV converters

comparatorsmultivibrators waveform generators clippers clampers peak detector SH circuit DA converter (R-2R ladder and weighted resistor types) AD converter - Dual slope successive approximation and flash types

TWO MARK QUESTIONS

1What is the need for an instrumentation amplifier

In a number of industrial and consumer applications the measurement of physical quantities is

usually done with the help of transducers The output of transducer has to be amplified So that it

can drive the indicator or display system This function is performed by an instrumentation

amplifier

2List the features of instrumentation amplifier

o high gain accuracy

o high CMRR

o high gain stability with low temperature co-efficient

o low dc offset

o low output impedance

3 What is a comparator

A comparator is a circuit which compares a signal voltage applied at one input of an opamp with

a known reference voltage at the other input It is an open loop op - amp with output + Vsat or -

Vsat

4 What are the applications of comparator

Zero crossing detectors

Window detector

Time marker generator

Phase detector

5 What is a Schmitt trigger

Schmitt trigger is a regenerative comparator It converts sinusoidal input into a square wave

output The output of Schmitt trigger swings between upper and lower threshold voltages which

are the reference voltages of the input waveform

6 What is a multivibrator

Multivibrators are a group of regenerative circuits that are used extensively in timing

applications It is a wave shaping circuit which gives symmetric or asymmetric square output It

has two states either stable or quasi- stable depending on the type of multivibrator

7 What do you mean by monostable multivibrator

Monostable multivibrator is one which generates a single pulse of specified duration in

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

response to each external trigger signal It has only one stable state Application of a trigger

causes a change to the quasi-stable stateAn external trigger signal generated due to charging and

discharging of the capacitor produces the transition to the original stable state

8 Write a brief note on astable multivibrator

Astable multivibrator is a free running oscillator having two quasi-stable states Thus there are

oscillations between these two states and no external signal is required to produce the change in

state

9 What is a bistable multivibrator

Bistable multivibrator is one that maintains a given output voltage level unless an external

trigger is applied Application of an external trigger signal causes a change of state and this

output level is maintained indefinitely until an second trigger is applied Thus it requires two

external triggers before it returns to its initial state

10 What are the requirements for producing sustained oscillations in feedback circuits

For sustained oscillations

The total phase shift around the loop must be zero at the desired frequency of oscillation fo

ieL AB=00 or 360

0

At fo the magnitu

11Draw the circuit diagram of positive clipper

12 What is hysteresis with reference to Schmitt trigger circuit

In the non-inverting configuration when the input is higher than a certain chosen threshold the

output is high When the input is below a different (lower) chosen threshold the output is low

and when the input is between the two levels the output retains its value This dual threshold

action is called hysteresis and implies that the Schmitt trigger possesses memory and can act as a

bistable circuit (latch)

13 Differentiate between Schmitt trigger and comparator

SNo Comparator Schmitt trigger

1 Feedback is not used that is Op-amp is used

in open loop mode

Feedback is used that is Op-ampis used in

closed loop mode

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

2 False triggering due to noise voltages is

possible

False triggering due to noise voltages is

not possible

3 A single reference voltage exists Two different threshold voltages exists as

VUT and VLT

4 No hysteresis exists Hysteresis exists with a width H=VUT -

VLT

14 What is a filter

Filter is a frequency selective circuit that passes signal of specified band of frequencies

andattenuates the signals of frequencies outside the band

15 What are the demerits of passive filters

Passive filters works well for high frequencies But at audio frequencies the inductorsbecome

problematic as they become large heavy and expensive For low frequencyapplications more

number of turns of wire must be used which in turn adds to the seriesresistance degrading

inductorrsquos performance ie low Q resulting in high power dissipation

16 What are the advantages of active filters

bull Active filters used op- amp as the active element and resistors and capacitors as

passiveelements

bull By enclosing a capacitor in the feed back loop inductor less active filters can be obtained

bull Op-amp used in non ndash inverting configuration offers high input impedance and low output

impedance thus improving the load drive capacity

17What are the different types of filters

Based on the components used Active filters and passive filters

Based on frequency responses Low pass filterHigh pass filterBand pass filterBand reject filter

Based on order of transfer function first second third higher order filters

Based on configuration Bessel Chebyshev Butterworth filters

18What is frequency scaling

Once the filter is designed sometimes it is necessary to change the value of cut-off frequency

The method used to change the original cut-off frequency to new cut-off frequency is called

frequency scaling

19Briefly describe a voltage follower

bull A circuit in which the output voltage follows the input voltage is called voltage followercircuit

bull In Op-amp if the inverting input and the output terminals are shorted and if any signal isapplied

at the non-inverting terminal it appears at the output without any change

bullIt is also called as source follower unity gain amplifier buffer amplifier or isolationamplifier

20 Describe about a bandpass filter

A bandpass filter is basically a frequency selector It allows one particular band of frequencies to

pass Thus the pass band is between the two cut-off frequencies fH and fL where fH gt fL Any

frequency outside this band gets attenuated

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

21Sketch the circuit diagram of first order active low pass filter

22 What is a notch filter and what is its application

A narrow band reject filter is called a notch filter and is used for rejection of a single frequency

such as 50Hz power line frequency

23 Classify the ADCs broadly

1 Direct type ADC

2 Integrating type ADC

24 Differentiate between direct ADC and integrating type ADC a) The integrating type of ADCrsquos do not need a sampleHold circuit at the input

b) It is possible to transmit frequency even in noisy environment or in an isolated form

25 List out some integrating type converters

1 Charge balancing ADC

2 Dual slope ADC

26 What is integrating type converter

An ADC converter that perform conversion in an indirect manner by first changing the

analog IP signal to a linear function of time or frequency and then to a digital code is known as

integrating type AD converter

27List the main advantages of integrating type ADCs

i The integrating type of ADCrsquos doing not need a sampleHold circuit at the input

ii It is possible to transmit frequency even in noisy environment or in an isolated form

28 What are the types of ADC and DAC Types of ADC 1 Flash (comparator) type converter

2 Counter type converter

3 Tracking or servo converter

4 Successive approximation type converter

Types of DAC 1 Weighted resistor DAC

2 R-2R Ladder

3 Inverted R-2R Ladder

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

29 Explain in brief the principle of operation of successive Approximation ADC

The circuit of successive approximation ADC consists of a successive approximation

register (SAR) to find the required value of each bit by trial amp error With the arrival of START

command SAR sets the MSB bit to 1 The OP is converted into an analog signal amp it is

compared with IP signal This OP is low or High This process continues until all bits are

checked

30 Provide the advantages and disadvantages of flash type ADC Flash type ADC is the fastest as well as the most expensive

The disadvantage is the number of comparators needed almost doubles for each added bit (For a

n-bit convertor 2(n-1) comparators 2n resistors are required)

31Define conversion time

It is defined as the total time required converting an analog signal into its digital output It

depends on the conversion technique used amp the propagation delay of circuit components

The conversion time of a successive approximation type ADC is given by T(n+1) Where T---

clock period Tc---conversion time n- no of bits

32 Define resolution of a data converter

The resolution of a converter is the smallest change in voltage which may be produced at the

output or input of the converter Resolution (in volts)= VFS2n-1=1 LSB increment The

resolution of an ADC is defined as the smallest change in analog input for a one-bit change at the

output

33 Explain in brief stability of a converter

The performance of converter changes with temperature age amp power supply variation So all the

relevant parameters such as offset gain linearity error amp monotonicity must be specified over

the full temperature amp power supply ranges to have better stability performances

34 What is meant by linearity

The linearity of an ADCDAC is an important measure of its accuracy amp tells us how close the

converter output is to its ideal transfer characteristics The linearity error is usually expressed as

a fraction of LSB increment or percentage of full-scale voltage A good converter exhibits a

linearity error of less than plusmnfrac12LSB

35 What is a sample and hold circuit Where it is used

A sample and hold circuit is one which samples an input signal and holds on to its last sampled

value until the input is sampled again This circuit is mainly used in digital interfacing analog to

digital systems and pulse code modulation systems

36 Explain the operation of basic sample and hold circuit A typical sample and hold circuit stores electric charge in a capacitor and contains at least one

fast FET switch and at least one operational amplifier To sample the input signal the switch

connects the capacitor to the output of a buffer amplifier The buffer amplifier charges or

discharges the capacitor so that the voltage across the capacitor is practically equal or

proportional to input voltage In hold mode the switch disconnects the capacitor from the buffer

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

The capacitor is invariably discharged by its own leakage currents and useful load currents

which makes the circuit inherently volatile but the loss of voltage (voltage droop) within a

specified hold time remains within an acceptable error margin

37 Define start of conversion and end of conversion Start of Conversion in ADC (SOC) This is the control signal for start of conversion which

initiates AD conversion process

End of Conversion in ADC (EOC) This is the control signal which is activated when the

conversion is completed

38 Define sample period and hold period

The time during which the voltage across the capacitor in sample and hold circuit is equal to

the input voltage is called sample period The time period during which the voltage across the

capacitor is held constant is called hold period

39 Define the following performance parameters of DA converters

(a) Resolution (b)Accuracy (c) Monotonicity d) Conversion time

a) Resolution The resolution of a converter is the smallest change in voltage which may be produced at the

output or input of the converter

Resolution (in volts)= VFS2n-1=1 LSB increment

Example 8 bit DAC has 28-1 =255 equal intervals Hence the smallest change in output voltage

is (1255) of full scale output range

The resolution of an ADC is defined as the smallest change in analog input for a one bit change

at the output

Example The input range of 8 bit AD converter is divided into 255 intervals So the resolution

for 10V input range = 10V255 = 3922mV

b) Accuracy

Absolute accuracy It is the maximum deviation between the actual converter output amp the ideal converter output

Relative accuracy It is the maximum deviation after gain amp offset errors have been removed

The accuracy of a converter is also specified in form of LSB increments or of full scale

voltage

c) Monotonicity A monotonic DAC is one whose analog output increases for an increase in digital input A

monotonic characteristic is essential in control applications otherwise oscillations result

d) Conversion time It is defined as the total time required to convert an analog signal into its digital output It

depends on the conversion technique used amp the propagation delay of circuit componentsThe

conversion time of a successive approximation type ADC is given by T(n+1)

where T---clock period

Tc---conversion time n----no of bits

What is settling time

It represents the time it takes for the output to settle within a specified band plusmnfrac12LSB of itsfinal

value following a code change at the input (usually a full scale change) It depends uponthe

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

switching time of the logic circuitry due to internal parasitic capacitance amp inductancesSettling

time ranges from 100ns to 10micros depending on word length amp type circuit used

40 List the drawbacks of binary weighted resistor technique of DA conversion a) Wide range of resistor values needed

b) Difficulty in achieving and maintaining accurate ratios over a wide range of variations

41 The basic step of a 9 bit DAC is 103 mV If 000000000 represents 0Volts what is the

output for an input of 101101111 The output voltage for input of 101101111 is

= 103 mV (128+027+126+125+024+123+122+121+120)

= 103 10-3 367 = 378 V

42 What are the advantages and disadvantages of R-2R ladder DAC

Advantages a) Easier to build accurately as only two precision metal films are required

b) Number of bits can be expanded by adding more sections of same R2R values

Disadvantage In this type of DAC when there is a change in the input changes the current flow in the resistor

which causes more power dissipation which creates non-linearity in DAC

43 Which is the fastest AD converter and why

Flash type AD converter is the fastest ADC because the fast conversion speed isaccomplished

by providing 2n-1 comparators and simultaneously comparing the input signal with unique

reference levels spaced 1 LSB apart

44 What are the applications of V-I converter

bull Low voltage dc and ac voltmeter

bull L E D

bull Zener diode tester

45 What do you mean by a precision diode

The major limitation of ordinary diode is that it cannot rectify voltages below the cut ndash involtage

of the diode A circuit designed by placing a diode in the feedback loop of an op ndash ampis called

the precision diode and it is capable of rectifying input signals of the order of millivolt

46 Write down the applications of precision diode

bullHalf - wave rectifier

bullFull - Wave rectifier

bullPeak ndash value detector

bullClipper

bullClamper

47 Draw the circuit diagram of sample and hold circuit

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1 Design and explain triangular wave generator using Schmitt trigger and integrator circuit

2 (i) Explain the operation of dual slope ADC

(ii)Explain the following characteristics of ADC

(i)Resolution (ii) Accuracy (iii)Settling time (iv) Linearity

3 (i) Describe the first order lowpass butterworth filter Derive its frequency response and plot

the same

(ii) Design a low pass filter with a cutoff frequency if 1kHz and with a passband gain of 2

4 What is an instrumentation amplifier List its features Explain the operation of three op-amp

instrumentation amplifier and give its application

5 Explain the following applications of opamp (i)voltage to current converter (ii)Clamper

6 Explain the working of (i) Weighted resistor type DAC (ii) Dual slope type ADC

7 Discuss the operation of ladder network DAC with relevant circuit diagram and waveforms

8 Draw and explain the circuit of a voltage to current converter if the load is

(1) Floating

(2) Grounded

9 (i) Explain the working of OP-AMP based Schmitt trigger circuit (8)

(ii) Design an OP-AMP based second order active low pass filter with cut offfrequency 2 kHz

10 (i)draw an instrumentation amplifier using op amp and explain (6)

(ii) Explain the following op amp circuits

(1) Peak detector (2) Clamper (10)

11(i)draw a neat R-2R ladder DAC and explain its principle(6)

(ii) draw a flash type ADC and explain its working(10)

12(i) Explain how to measure phase difference between two signals

(ii) Explain the operation of square wave generator by drawing the capacitor and output voltage

waveforms

13 (i) Draw a sample and hold circuit Explain its operation and indicate its uses

(ii) Describe a circuit which will clip the input signal below a reference voltage

14 (i) Describe the operation of current to voltage converter with appropriate diagrams

(ii) Draw and explain the operation of the following

(i) Triangle wave generator (ii) monostable multivibrator

15 Elaborate on the operation of comparator and describe its applications

16Explain the working principle of RC phase shift sine wave generator using op-amp and derive

expression for f

17 (i) Explain the important specifications of DAC

(ii) With diagrams and example explain the working principle of successive approximation type

ADC

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

UNIT IV SPECIAL ICs

SYLLABUS 555 Timer circuit ndash Functional block characteristics amp applications 566-voltage

controlled oscillator circuit 565-phase lock loop circuit functioning and applications Analog multiplier ICs

TWO MARK QUESTIONS

1 Mention some applications of 555 timer

Oscillator

pulse generator

ramp and square wave generator

burglar alarm

traffic light control

Missing pulse detector

Linear ramp generator

Frequency divider

Pulse width modulation

FSK generator

Pulse position modulator

Schmitt trigger

2 List the applications of 555 timer in monostable mode of operation

Missing pulse detector

Linear ramp generator

Frequency divider

Pulse width modulation

3 List the applications of 555 timer in Astable mode of operation

FSK generator

Pulse-position modulator

4 Enumerate the basic blocks of IC 555 timer

5 Highlight the features of 555 Timer

available in three packages 8 pin metal can 8 pin dip 14 pin dip

6 What is the use of reset pin of 555 timer

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

This is an interrupt for the timing device when pin 4 is grounded it stops the working of device

and turns it off

7 What is the purpose of control voltage pin (5) of 555 timer This pin is the inverting input terminal of comparator This is reference level for comparator with

which threshold is compared If reference level is other than 23 VCC then external input is to

be given to pin 5 Pulse width modulation is possible due to pin 5

8Write the expression for pulse width of 555 timer in monostable mode Pulse width W = 11 RC seconds

R ndash resistor in ohms C ndash capacitor in farads

9Write the expression for total time period of 555 timer in astable mode T = 0693 (RA + 2 RB) C seconds

10 Define duty cycle

The ratio of high output and low output period is given by a mathematical parameter called duty

cycle It is defined as the ratio of ON Time to total time

11 What is a voltage controlled oscillator V o l t age con t r o l l ed o s c i l l a to r i s a f r e e r u nn in g m ul t i v i b ra to r op e r a t in g a t a

s e t frequency called the free running frequency This frequency can be shifted to

either side by applying a dc control voltage and the frequency deviation is

proportional to the dc control voltage

12 On what parameters does the free running frequency of VCO depend on bullExternal timing resistor RT

bullExternal timing capacitor CT

bullThe dc control voltage Vc

13 Give the expression for the VCO free running frequency

f o= 025 RTCT

14 Define Voltage to Frequency conversion factor Voltage to Frequency conversion factor is defined as

Kv = Δfo ΔVc = Vcc

Where ΔVc is the modulation voltage required to produce the frequency shift Δfo

15 List the features of 566 VCO

-24V)

temperature stability

16 State the function of a PLL

A PLL is a basically a closed loop system designed to lock output frequency and phase to the

frequency and phase of an input signal

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

17 Define lock range capture range and pull in time

Lock range

When PLL is in lock it can trap freq changes in the incoming signal The range of frequencies

over which the PLL can maintain lock with the incoming signal is called as lock range Lock in

range ∆fL = +- 78 fo V fo is free running frequency

Capture range

The range of frequencies over which the PLL can acquire lock with the input signal is called as

capture range Capture range = +- = [∆fL (2prodRC)] 12

Define pull-in time

The total time taken by the PLL to establish lock is called pull-in time

18 List out the blocks of PLL a Frequency multiplicationdivision

b Frequency translation c AM detection

d FM demodulation

e FSK demodulation

19 What is the purpose of having a low pass filter in PLL bullIt removes the high frequency components and noise

bullControls the dynamic characteristics of the PLL such as capture range lock -in

range band-width and transient response

bullThe charge on the filter capacitor gives a short- time memory to the PLL

20 Discuss the effect of having large capture range The PLL cannot acquire a signal outside the capture range but once captured it will hold on till

the frequency goes beyond the lock-in range Thus to increase the ability of lock range large

capture range is required But a large capture range will make the PLL more

susceptible to noise and undesirable signal

21 List the applications of 565 PLL

22 What is a switch type phase detector An electronic switch is opened and closed by signal coming from VCO and the input signal is

chopped at a repetition rate determined by the VCO frequency This type of Phase detector is

called a half wave detector since the phase information for only one half of the input signal is

detected and averaged

23 What are the problems associated with switch type phase detector The output voltage Ve is proportional to the input signal amplitude This is undesirable because

it makes phase detector gain and loop gain dependent on the input signal amplitude The output

is proportional to cosφ making it non linear

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

24 What is analog multiplier

An analog multiplier is a circuit in which the output is proportional to the multiplication of two

input voltages It is used in modulation frequency converters and to solve non-linear equations

25 Mention any two analog multiplier Ics

a) IC AD 533

b) IC AD 534

26 What is ICAD 533

It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is a low cost IC comprising a transconductance

multiplying element stable reference and an output amplifier

27 List the features of ICAD533

28 What is ICAD 534List its features

It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is the first general purpose multiplier capable of

providing gain upto X100

Features

Adjustable scale factor

Low noise

Excellent long time stability

29 Mention the applications of analog multipliers 1 Voltage squarer

2 Frequency doubler

3 Voltage divider

4 Square rooter

5 Phase angle detector

6 Rectifier

30 Explain how a frequency doubler can be realized using analog multiplier The multiplication of two sine waves of the same frequency but of possibly different amplitudes

and phase allows doubling a frequency using an analog multiplier

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1 Explain the functional block diagram of 555timer

2 Explain working of PLL using appropriate block diagram and explain any one application of

the same

3 Draw the block diagram of an Astable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression

for its frequency of oscillation

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

4 Draw the block diagram of monostable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression

for its frequency of oscillation Discuss some applications of 555 timer in monostable mode

5 write short notes on

i) capture range

ii) Lock in range

iii) Pull in time

6 Briefly explain the block diagram of PLL and derive the expression for Lock range and

capture range

7 With a neat functional diagram explain the operation of VCO Also derive an expression for

fodiscuss the applications of PLL

8 What is 555 timer What are the features of 555 timer Explain the monostable mode in detail

With neat block diagram explain IC566 VCO operation and discuss any 2 applications

9 What are the modes of operation of IC555 Derive the expression of time delay of monostable

multivibrator

10 (i)Explain the VCO with neat block diagram Give its typical connection diagram and output

waveforms

(ii)Derive the expression for capture range for PLL where a simple RC network is used as a LPF

11 (i)Explain the working of VCO

(ii)What is PLL Explain its operation as frequency multiplier

12 Explain the astable and bistable operation of IC555 with necessary waveforms

13 With the help of schematic circuit explain the operation of 566 VCO Also derive the

expression for output frequenct

14 (i) List and define the various performance parameters of a Multiplier IC (6)

(ii) How the multiplier is used as voltage divider (5)

(iii) How the multiplier is used as frequency doubler (5)

15 Explain with neat block diagrams how PLL is used as

(i) AM Detector (5)

(ii) FM Detector (5)

(iii) Frequency Synthesizer (6)

16(i) describe in details the characteristics and applications of 555 timer (6)

(ii) Draw a neat block diagram of VCO and explain (10)

17(i) Draw the 565 PLL and explain itrsquos functioning in detail (8)

(ii) Give an account on ldquoAnalog multiplier ICrdquo (8)

18 (i)How is an astable multivibrator connected into a pulse position modulator

(ii) Draw the circuit of Schmitt trigger using 555 timer and explain its operation

19Design and draw the waveforms of a 1KHz square wave generator using 555 timer for duty

cycle (i) D=25 (ii) D=50

20(i) Perform the closed loop analysis of PLL

(ii) Explain any two applications of PLL

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

UNIT V APPLICATION ICs

SYLLABUS IC voltage regulators - LM317 723 regulators switching regulator MA 7840 LM

380 power amplifier ICL 8038 function generator IC isolation amplifiers opto coupler opto

electronic ICs

TWO MARK QUESTIONS

1 What is a voltage regulator

A voltage regulator is an electronic circuit that provides a stable dc voltage independent of the

load current temperature and ac line voltage variations

2 Give the classification of voltage regulators

Series Linear regulators

Switching regulators

3 Write about a linear voltage regulator

Series or linear regulator uses a power transistor connected in series between the unregulated dc

input and the load and it conducts in the linear region The output voltage is controlled by the

continuous voltage drop taking place across the series pass transistor

4 What is a switching regulator

Switching regulators are those which operate the power transistor as a high frequency onoff

switchso that the power transistor does not conduct current continouslyThis give improved

efficiency over series regulators

5 List the advantages of IC voltage regulators

Low cost high reliability reduction in size and excellent performance

6 Give some examples of monolithic IC voltage regulators

78XX series fixed output positive voltage regulators

79XX series fixed output negative voltage regulators

723 general purpose regulator

7 What is the purpose of having input and output capacitors in three terminal IC

regulators

A capacitor connected between the input terminal and ground cancels the inductive effects due to

long distribution leads The output capacitor improves the transient response

8 Define line regulation

Line regulation is defined as the percentage change in the output voltage for a change in the

input voltageIt is expressed in millivolts or as a percentage of the output voltage

9 Define load regulation

Load regulation is defined as the change in output voltage for a change in load current It is

expressed in mill volts or as a percentage of the output voltage

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

10 What is meant by current limiting

Current limiting refers to the ability of a regulator to prevent the load current from increasing

above a preset value

11 Give the drawbacks of linear regulators

The input step down transformer is bulky and expensive because of low line frequency Because

of low line frequency large values of filter capacitors are required to decrease the ripple

Efficiency is reduced due to the continuous power dissipation by the transistor as it operates in

the linear region

12 What is the advantage of switching regulators

Greater efficiency is achieved as the power transistor is made to operate as low impedance

switch Power transmitted across the transistor is in discrete pulses rather than as a steady current

flowBy using suitable switching loss reduction technique the switching frequency can be

increased so as to reduce the size and weight of the inductors and capacitors

13 Why do switching regulators have better efficiency than series regulators

The transistor in linear regulator will operate in linear area at all times Considerable power is

dissipated in linear operation since the transistor has voltage across it and current flowing

through itSince the series element in a switching regulator is either fully conducting(V=0 hence

power=0) or switched off(I=0 hence power=0) it dissipates almost no power this is what gives

the switching design its efficiency

14 What are the advantages of adjustable voltage regulators over the fixed voltage

regulators i) Improved line and load regulation by a factor of 10 or more

ii) Because of the improved overload protection greater load current can be drawn

iii) Improved reliability

15 List out the parameters related to the fixed voltage regulators 1) Line regulation

2) Load regulation

3) Ripple rejection

4) Output impedance

5) Maximum power dissipation

6) Rated output current

16 Define dropout voltage of a fixed voltage regulator It is the minimum voltage that must exist between input and output terminals For most of

regulators it is 2 to 3 volts

17 What is an opto-coupler IC

Opto-coupler IC is a combined package of a photo-emitting device and a photo-sensing device

14 What are the types of opto couplers

LED and a photo diode

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

LED and photo transistor

LED and Darlington

15 Give two examples of IC optocouplers

Examples for opto-coupler IC

MCT 2F

16 Mention the advantages of opto-couplers

Better isolation between the two stages

Impedance problem between the stages is eliminated

Wide frequency response

Easily interfaced with digital circuit

Compact and light weight

Problems such as noise transients contact bounce are eliminated

17 Specify the need for isolation amplifier

Isolation amplifiers provide electrical isolation and an electrical safety barrier They protect data

acquisition components from common mode voltages which are potential differences between

instrument ground and signal ground Instruments that are applied in the presence of a common

mode voltage without an isolation barrier allow ground currents to circulate leading in the best

case to a noisy representation of the signal under investigation In the worst case assuming that

the magnitude of common mode voltage or current is sufficient instrument destruction is likely

Isolation amplifiers are used in medical instruments to ensure isolation of a patient from power

supply leakage current

18What are the features of MA78s40

Step upstep down or inverting operation

Operation from 25 to 40 V

80Db line and load regulation

19List the important parts of a regulated power supply

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

(i) Transformer (ii) Rectifier (iii) Filter (iv)Regulator

20 Using LM380 draw the circuit for audio power amplifier

21 What are onetwo and four quadrant multipliers

A four-quadrant multiplier is one where inputs and outputs may swing positive and negative

Many multipliers only work in 2 quadrants (one input may only have one polarity) or single

quadrant (inputs and outputs have only one polarity usually all positive)

22 List the parameters of optocoupler

a Current transfer ratio

b Isolation voltage

c Response time

d Common mode rejection

23Why current boosting is done in 723 regulator

The maximum current capability of 723 regulator is 140mA In certain applications this value of

current is not sufficient Hence current boosting is done using series pass transistor

24 What are the limitations of three terminal regulator

1 For fixed output regulators the output voltage is not precise

2 Only selected values of output voltages are available

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

3 Current boosting by external series pass transistor is required if load current beyond the

capability of basic regulator is required

25 Draw the typical connection diagram of IC LM317

26 What is the function od a series pass transistor in voltage regulator

The series pass transistor acsts as a control element The value of VcE gets adjusted in such a

way that the output voltage of the regulator always remains constant In addition the series pass

transistor supplies the load current

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1Draw and explain the functional block diagram of 723 voltage regulator and how this IC can be

used as high voltage regulator

2Write an explanatory note on

(i) Power amplifier (ii) Isolation amplifier

3 With neat diagrams explain the working of switched mode power supply

4 Write brief notes on

(i)IC MA 7840

(ii) Optocoupler

5 (i)Explain the working of series voltage regulator

(ii)Write notes on optocoupler

6 What is a switching regulator With neat block diagram explain the internals of MA7840

7 Draw the functional block diagram of IC 723 and explain

8 Explain with the help of functional block diagram the working of voltage regulator IC723

Clearly explain how current limit and foldback type current limiting facility can be provided with

723 circuits

9 Draw the circuit of series voltage regulator Design this circuit to operate from a supply of 20v

and to provide an output of 12V with maximum load current of 40mA

10 Draw the functional diagram of ICL 8038 Function generator IC and explain its operation

Give its frequency of oscillation at the output

11 (i) With neat diagram explain the working principle of isolation amplifier (8)

(ii) With neat diagram explain the principle of operation of optocouplers (8)

12 With the help of neat circuit diagram explain the operation of an adjustable regulator using

LM317

13 State the features and applications of IC LM 380 and explain them

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

14 Design a waveform generator using IC8038 The frequency of oscillation is 5kHz and duty

cycle is 50 From data sheet Vcc=5V VoH=36V VoL=02V ILL=16mA ILH=409uA

15 (i) Design low voltage regulator using IC 723 for 5V and explain its characteristics

(ii) Describe the features of function generator IC

(iii)Write short notes on optocoupler ICs

Page 13: EE2254 LICA QB

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

30 Classify the negative feedback configuration and draw the corresponding block

diagram

A closed loop amplifier can be represented by two blocks one for an OPAMP and other for a

feedback circuits There are four following ways to connect these blocks These connections are

classified according to whether the voltage or current is feedback to the input in series or in

parallel

Voltage ndash series feedback

Voltage ndash shunt feedback

Current ndash series feedback

Current ndash shunt feedback

These connections are shown in figure below

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1 (i) Explain the functions of all the basic building blocks of Op-amp

(ii) Explain the application of op-amp as (i) Integrator (ii) Differentiator

2 Discuss about the methods of frequency compensation in opamp

3 Explain the operation of a basic differential amplifier

4 Obtain the frequency response of an open-loop op-amp

5 (i) With neat diagrams explain the types of feedback configurations available

(ii) Briefly explain summing amplifier and draw an adder circuit for the given expression

V0= V1+V2-V3-(V4+2)

6 (i) Explain the DC characteristics of op-amp with the help of neat diagrams

(ii)With neat circuit diagram and equations discuss the operation of summer and differentiator

using opamp

7 (i) Explain the AC characteristics of an operational amplifier

(ii) Sketch the basic circuit using op-amp to perform the mathematical operation of

differentiation and explain What are the limitations of an ordinary OP-AMP differentiator

Draw and explain the circuit of a practical differentiators that will eliminate these limitations

8 (i) Explain in detail the characteristic of an ideal opamp (8)

(ii) Draw the block diagram and equivalent circuit of op-ampExplain them (10)

9 (i) Explain the application of op amp as (1)summer (2)integrator (8)

(ii) Define and explain (1) slew rate (2) SVRR (4)

(iii) Explain the frequency response of op-amp (4)

10 What are the different open-loop configurations of op-amp Explain the differential amplifier

configuration

11 With the help of circuit diagram explain the operation of non-inverting and inverting

configuration of op-amp and derive expressions for voltage gain for each configuration

12 (i) Draw and explain the closed loop frequency response of op-amp

(ii) Elaborate on pole-zero compensation technique

13 Find the output voltage of the above circuit

14(i) Define and explain slew rate What is full power bandwidth Describe methods to improve

slewrate

(ii) Define output offset voltage Explain methods to nullify offset voltage

15 (i) With neat circuit diagram explain the operation of the following circuits

(a) Voltage follower (b)Integrator

(ii) For the non inverting opamp shown in fig find the output voltage

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

UNIT III APPLICATIONS OF OPAMP

SYLLABUS Instrumentation amplifier first and second order active filters VI amp IV converters

comparatorsmultivibrators waveform generators clippers clampers peak detector SH circuit DA converter (R-2R ladder and weighted resistor types) AD converter - Dual slope successive approximation and flash types

TWO MARK QUESTIONS

1What is the need for an instrumentation amplifier

In a number of industrial and consumer applications the measurement of physical quantities is

usually done with the help of transducers The output of transducer has to be amplified So that it

can drive the indicator or display system This function is performed by an instrumentation

amplifier

2List the features of instrumentation amplifier

o high gain accuracy

o high CMRR

o high gain stability with low temperature co-efficient

o low dc offset

o low output impedance

3 What is a comparator

A comparator is a circuit which compares a signal voltage applied at one input of an opamp with

a known reference voltage at the other input It is an open loop op - amp with output + Vsat or -

Vsat

4 What are the applications of comparator

Zero crossing detectors

Window detector

Time marker generator

Phase detector

5 What is a Schmitt trigger

Schmitt trigger is a regenerative comparator It converts sinusoidal input into a square wave

output The output of Schmitt trigger swings between upper and lower threshold voltages which

are the reference voltages of the input waveform

6 What is a multivibrator

Multivibrators are a group of regenerative circuits that are used extensively in timing

applications It is a wave shaping circuit which gives symmetric or asymmetric square output It

has two states either stable or quasi- stable depending on the type of multivibrator

7 What do you mean by monostable multivibrator

Monostable multivibrator is one which generates a single pulse of specified duration in

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

response to each external trigger signal It has only one stable state Application of a trigger

causes a change to the quasi-stable stateAn external trigger signal generated due to charging and

discharging of the capacitor produces the transition to the original stable state

8 Write a brief note on astable multivibrator

Astable multivibrator is a free running oscillator having two quasi-stable states Thus there are

oscillations between these two states and no external signal is required to produce the change in

state

9 What is a bistable multivibrator

Bistable multivibrator is one that maintains a given output voltage level unless an external

trigger is applied Application of an external trigger signal causes a change of state and this

output level is maintained indefinitely until an second trigger is applied Thus it requires two

external triggers before it returns to its initial state

10 What are the requirements for producing sustained oscillations in feedback circuits

For sustained oscillations

The total phase shift around the loop must be zero at the desired frequency of oscillation fo

ieL AB=00 or 360

0

At fo the magnitu

11Draw the circuit diagram of positive clipper

12 What is hysteresis with reference to Schmitt trigger circuit

In the non-inverting configuration when the input is higher than a certain chosen threshold the

output is high When the input is below a different (lower) chosen threshold the output is low

and when the input is between the two levels the output retains its value This dual threshold

action is called hysteresis and implies that the Schmitt trigger possesses memory and can act as a

bistable circuit (latch)

13 Differentiate between Schmitt trigger and comparator

SNo Comparator Schmitt trigger

1 Feedback is not used that is Op-amp is used

in open loop mode

Feedback is used that is Op-ampis used in

closed loop mode

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

2 False triggering due to noise voltages is

possible

False triggering due to noise voltages is

not possible

3 A single reference voltage exists Two different threshold voltages exists as

VUT and VLT

4 No hysteresis exists Hysteresis exists with a width H=VUT -

VLT

14 What is a filter

Filter is a frequency selective circuit that passes signal of specified band of frequencies

andattenuates the signals of frequencies outside the band

15 What are the demerits of passive filters

Passive filters works well for high frequencies But at audio frequencies the inductorsbecome

problematic as they become large heavy and expensive For low frequencyapplications more

number of turns of wire must be used which in turn adds to the seriesresistance degrading

inductorrsquos performance ie low Q resulting in high power dissipation

16 What are the advantages of active filters

bull Active filters used op- amp as the active element and resistors and capacitors as

passiveelements

bull By enclosing a capacitor in the feed back loop inductor less active filters can be obtained

bull Op-amp used in non ndash inverting configuration offers high input impedance and low output

impedance thus improving the load drive capacity

17What are the different types of filters

Based on the components used Active filters and passive filters

Based on frequency responses Low pass filterHigh pass filterBand pass filterBand reject filter

Based on order of transfer function first second third higher order filters

Based on configuration Bessel Chebyshev Butterworth filters

18What is frequency scaling

Once the filter is designed sometimes it is necessary to change the value of cut-off frequency

The method used to change the original cut-off frequency to new cut-off frequency is called

frequency scaling

19Briefly describe a voltage follower

bull A circuit in which the output voltage follows the input voltage is called voltage followercircuit

bull In Op-amp if the inverting input and the output terminals are shorted and if any signal isapplied

at the non-inverting terminal it appears at the output without any change

bullIt is also called as source follower unity gain amplifier buffer amplifier or isolationamplifier

20 Describe about a bandpass filter

A bandpass filter is basically a frequency selector It allows one particular band of frequencies to

pass Thus the pass band is between the two cut-off frequencies fH and fL where fH gt fL Any

frequency outside this band gets attenuated

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

21Sketch the circuit diagram of first order active low pass filter

22 What is a notch filter and what is its application

A narrow band reject filter is called a notch filter and is used for rejection of a single frequency

such as 50Hz power line frequency

23 Classify the ADCs broadly

1 Direct type ADC

2 Integrating type ADC

24 Differentiate between direct ADC and integrating type ADC a) The integrating type of ADCrsquos do not need a sampleHold circuit at the input

b) It is possible to transmit frequency even in noisy environment or in an isolated form

25 List out some integrating type converters

1 Charge balancing ADC

2 Dual slope ADC

26 What is integrating type converter

An ADC converter that perform conversion in an indirect manner by first changing the

analog IP signal to a linear function of time or frequency and then to a digital code is known as

integrating type AD converter

27List the main advantages of integrating type ADCs

i The integrating type of ADCrsquos doing not need a sampleHold circuit at the input

ii It is possible to transmit frequency even in noisy environment or in an isolated form

28 What are the types of ADC and DAC Types of ADC 1 Flash (comparator) type converter

2 Counter type converter

3 Tracking or servo converter

4 Successive approximation type converter

Types of DAC 1 Weighted resistor DAC

2 R-2R Ladder

3 Inverted R-2R Ladder

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

29 Explain in brief the principle of operation of successive Approximation ADC

The circuit of successive approximation ADC consists of a successive approximation

register (SAR) to find the required value of each bit by trial amp error With the arrival of START

command SAR sets the MSB bit to 1 The OP is converted into an analog signal amp it is

compared with IP signal This OP is low or High This process continues until all bits are

checked

30 Provide the advantages and disadvantages of flash type ADC Flash type ADC is the fastest as well as the most expensive

The disadvantage is the number of comparators needed almost doubles for each added bit (For a

n-bit convertor 2(n-1) comparators 2n resistors are required)

31Define conversion time

It is defined as the total time required converting an analog signal into its digital output It

depends on the conversion technique used amp the propagation delay of circuit components

The conversion time of a successive approximation type ADC is given by T(n+1) Where T---

clock period Tc---conversion time n- no of bits

32 Define resolution of a data converter

The resolution of a converter is the smallest change in voltage which may be produced at the

output or input of the converter Resolution (in volts)= VFS2n-1=1 LSB increment The

resolution of an ADC is defined as the smallest change in analog input for a one-bit change at the

output

33 Explain in brief stability of a converter

The performance of converter changes with temperature age amp power supply variation So all the

relevant parameters such as offset gain linearity error amp monotonicity must be specified over

the full temperature amp power supply ranges to have better stability performances

34 What is meant by linearity

The linearity of an ADCDAC is an important measure of its accuracy amp tells us how close the

converter output is to its ideal transfer characteristics The linearity error is usually expressed as

a fraction of LSB increment or percentage of full-scale voltage A good converter exhibits a

linearity error of less than plusmnfrac12LSB

35 What is a sample and hold circuit Where it is used

A sample and hold circuit is one which samples an input signal and holds on to its last sampled

value until the input is sampled again This circuit is mainly used in digital interfacing analog to

digital systems and pulse code modulation systems

36 Explain the operation of basic sample and hold circuit A typical sample and hold circuit stores electric charge in a capacitor and contains at least one

fast FET switch and at least one operational amplifier To sample the input signal the switch

connects the capacitor to the output of a buffer amplifier The buffer amplifier charges or

discharges the capacitor so that the voltage across the capacitor is practically equal or

proportional to input voltage In hold mode the switch disconnects the capacitor from the buffer

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

The capacitor is invariably discharged by its own leakage currents and useful load currents

which makes the circuit inherently volatile but the loss of voltage (voltage droop) within a

specified hold time remains within an acceptable error margin

37 Define start of conversion and end of conversion Start of Conversion in ADC (SOC) This is the control signal for start of conversion which

initiates AD conversion process

End of Conversion in ADC (EOC) This is the control signal which is activated when the

conversion is completed

38 Define sample period and hold period

The time during which the voltage across the capacitor in sample and hold circuit is equal to

the input voltage is called sample period The time period during which the voltage across the

capacitor is held constant is called hold period

39 Define the following performance parameters of DA converters

(a) Resolution (b)Accuracy (c) Monotonicity d) Conversion time

a) Resolution The resolution of a converter is the smallest change in voltage which may be produced at the

output or input of the converter

Resolution (in volts)= VFS2n-1=1 LSB increment

Example 8 bit DAC has 28-1 =255 equal intervals Hence the smallest change in output voltage

is (1255) of full scale output range

The resolution of an ADC is defined as the smallest change in analog input for a one bit change

at the output

Example The input range of 8 bit AD converter is divided into 255 intervals So the resolution

for 10V input range = 10V255 = 3922mV

b) Accuracy

Absolute accuracy It is the maximum deviation between the actual converter output amp the ideal converter output

Relative accuracy It is the maximum deviation after gain amp offset errors have been removed

The accuracy of a converter is also specified in form of LSB increments or of full scale

voltage

c) Monotonicity A monotonic DAC is one whose analog output increases for an increase in digital input A

monotonic characteristic is essential in control applications otherwise oscillations result

d) Conversion time It is defined as the total time required to convert an analog signal into its digital output It

depends on the conversion technique used amp the propagation delay of circuit componentsThe

conversion time of a successive approximation type ADC is given by T(n+1)

where T---clock period

Tc---conversion time n----no of bits

What is settling time

It represents the time it takes for the output to settle within a specified band plusmnfrac12LSB of itsfinal

value following a code change at the input (usually a full scale change) It depends uponthe

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

switching time of the logic circuitry due to internal parasitic capacitance amp inductancesSettling

time ranges from 100ns to 10micros depending on word length amp type circuit used

40 List the drawbacks of binary weighted resistor technique of DA conversion a) Wide range of resistor values needed

b) Difficulty in achieving and maintaining accurate ratios over a wide range of variations

41 The basic step of a 9 bit DAC is 103 mV If 000000000 represents 0Volts what is the

output for an input of 101101111 The output voltage for input of 101101111 is

= 103 mV (128+027+126+125+024+123+122+121+120)

= 103 10-3 367 = 378 V

42 What are the advantages and disadvantages of R-2R ladder DAC

Advantages a) Easier to build accurately as only two precision metal films are required

b) Number of bits can be expanded by adding more sections of same R2R values

Disadvantage In this type of DAC when there is a change in the input changes the current flow in the resistor

which causes more power dissipation which creates non-linearity in DAC

43 Which is the fastest AD converter and why

Flash type AD converter is the fastest ADC because the fast conversion speed isaccomplished

by providing 2n-1 comparators and simultaneously comparing the input signal with unique

reference levels spaced 1 LSB apart

44 What are the applications of V-I converter

bull Low voltage dc and ac voltmeter

bull L E D

bull Zener diode tester

45 What do you mean by a precision diode

The major limitation of ordinary diode is that it cannot rectify voltages below the cut ndash involtage

of the diode A circuit designed by placing a diode in the feedback loop of an op ndash ampis called

the precision diode and it is capable of rectifying input signals of the order of millivolt

46 Write down the applications of precision diode

bullHalf - wave rectifier

bullFull - Wave rectifier

bullPeak ndash value detector

bullClipper

bullClamper

47 Draw the circuit diagram of sample and hold circuit

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1 Design and explain triangular wave generator using Schmitt trigger and integrator circuit

2 (i) Explain the operation of dual slope ADC

(ii)Explain the following characteristics of ADC

(i)Resolution (ii) Accuracy (iii)Settling time (iv) Linearity

3 (i) Describe the first order lowpass butterworth filter Derive its frequency response and plot

the same

(ii) Design a low pass filter with a cutoff frequency if 1kHz and with a passband gain of 2

4 What is an instrumentation amplifier List its features Explain the operation of three op-amp

instrumentation amplifier and give its application

5 Explain the following applications of opamp (i)voltage to current converter (ii)Clamper

6 Explain the working of (i) Weighted resistor type DAC (ii) Dual slope type ADC

7 Discuss the operation of ladder network DAC with relevant circuit diagram and waveforms

8 Draw and explain the circuit of a voltage to current converter if the load is

(1) Floating

(2) Grounded

9 (i) Explain the working of OP-AMP based Schmitt trigger circuit (8)

(ii) Design an OP-AMP based second order active low pass filter with cut offfrequency 2 kHz

10 (i)draw an instrumentation amplifier using op amp and explain (6)

(ii) Explain the following op amp circuits

(1) Peak detector (2) Clamper (10)

11(i)draw a neat R-2R ladder DAC and explain its principle(6)

(ii) draw a flash type ADC and explain its working(10)

12(i) Explain how to measure phase difference between two signals

(ii) Explain the operation of square wave generator by drawing the capacitor and output voltage

waveforms

13 (i) Draw a sample and hold circuit Explain its operation and indicate its uses

(ii) Describe a circuit which will clip the input signal below a reference voltage

14 (i) Describe the operation of current to voltage converter with appropriate diagrams

(ii) Draw and explain the operation of the following

(i) Triangle wave generator (ii) monostable multivibrator

15 Elaborate on the operation of comparator and describe its applications

16Explain the working principle of RC phase shift sine wave generator using op-amp and derive

expression for f

17 (i) Explain the important specifications of DAC

(ii) With diagrams and example explain the working principle of successive approximation type

ADC

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

UNIT IV SPECIAL ICs

SYLLABUS 555 Timer circuit ndash Functional block characteristics amp applications 566-voltage

controlled oscillator circuit 565-phase lock loop circuit functioning and applications Analog multiplier ICs

TWO MARK QUESTIONS

1 Mention some applications of 555 timer

Oscillator

pulse generator

ramp and square wave generator

burglar alarm

traffic light control

Missing pulse detector

Linear ramp generator

Frequency divider

Pulse width modulation

FSK generator

Pulse position modulator

Schmitt trigger

2 List the applications of 555 timer in monostable mode of operation

Missing pulse detector

Linear ramp generator

Frequency divider

Pulse width modulation

3 List the applications of 555 timer in Astable mode of operation

FSK generator

Pulse-position modulator

4 Enumerate the basic blocks of IC 555 timer

5 Highlight the features of 555 Timer

available in three packages 8 pin metal can 8 pin dip 14 pin dip

6 What is the use of reset pin of 555 timer

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

This is an interrupt for the timing device when pin 4 is grounded it stops the working of device

and turns it off

7 What is the purpose of control voltage pin (5) of 555 timer This pin is the inverting input terminal of comparator This is reference level for comparator with

which threshold is compared If reference level is other than 23 VCC then external input is to

be given to pin 5 Pulse width modulation is possible due to pin 5

8Write the expression for pulse width of 555 timer in monostable mode Pulse width W = 11 RC seconds

R ndash resistor in ohms C ndash capacitor in farads

9Write the expression for total time period of 555 timer in astable mode T = 0693 (RA + 2 RB) C seconds

10 Define duty cycle

The ratio of high output and low output period is given by a mathematical parameter called duty

cycle It is defined as the ratio of ON Time to total time

11 What is a voltage controlled oscillator V o l t age con t r o l l ed o s c i l l a to r i s a f r e e r u nn in g m ul t i v i b ra to r op e r a t in g a t a

s e t frequency called the free running frequency This frequency can be shifted to

either side by applying a dc control voltage and the frequency deviation is

proportional to the dc control voltage

12 On what parameters does the free running frequency of VCO depend on bullExternal timing resistor RT

bullExternal timing capacitor CT

bullThe dc control voltage Vc

13 Give the expression for the VCO free running frequency

f o= 025 RTCT

14 Define Voltage to Frequency conversion factor Voltage to Frequency conversion factor is defined as

Kv = Δfo ΔVc = Vcc

Where ΔVc is the modulation voltage required to produce the frequency shift Δfo

15 List the features of 566 VCO

-24V)

temperature stability

16 State the function of a PLL

A PLL is a basically a closed loop system designed to lock output frequency and phase to the

frequency and phase of an input signal

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

17 Define lock range capture range and pull in time

Lock range

When PLL is in lock it can trap freq changes in the incoming signal The range of frequencies

over which the PLL can maintain lock with the incoming signal is called as lock range Lock in

range ∆fL = +- 78 fo V fo is free running frequency

Capture range

The range of frequencies over which the PLL can acquire lock with the input signal is called as

capture range Capture range = +- = [∆fL (2prodRC)] 12

Define pull-in time

The total time taken by the PLL to establish lock is called pull-in time

18 List out the blocks of PLL a Frequency multiplicationdivision

b Frequency translation c AM detection

d FM demodulation

e FSK demodulation

19 What is the purpose of having a low pass filter in PLL bullIt removes the high frequency components and noise

bullControls the dynamic characteristics of the PLL such as capture range lock -in

range band-width and transient response

bullThe charge on the filter capacitor gives a short- time memory to the PLL

20 Discuss the effect of having large capture range The PLL cannot acquire a signal outside the capture range but once captured it will hold on till

the frequency goes beyond the lock-in range Thus to increase the ability of lock range large

capture range is required But a large capture range will make the PLL more

susceptible to noise and undesirable signal

21 List the applications of 565 PLL

22 What is a switch type phase detector An electronic switch is opened and closed by signal coming from VCO and the input signal is

chopped at a repetition rate determined by the VCO frequency This type of Phase detector is

called a half wave detector since the phase information for only one half of the input signal is

detected and averaged

23 What are the problems associated with switch type phase detector The output voltage Ve is proportional to the input signal amplitude This is undesirable because

it makes phase detector gain and loop gain dependent on the input signal amplitude The output

is proportional to cosφ making it non linear

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

24 What is analog multiplier

An analog multiplier is a circuit in which the output is proportional to the multiplication of two

input voltages It is used in modulation frequency converters and to solve non-linear equations

25 Mention any two analog multiplier Ics

a) IC AD 533

b) IC AD 534

26 What is ICAD 533

It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is a low cost IC comprising a transconductance

multiplying element stable reference and an output amplifier

27 List the features of ICAD533

28 What is ICAD 534List its features

It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is the first general purpose multiplier capable of

providing gain upto X100

Features

Adjustable scale factor

Low noise

Excellent long time stability

29 Mention the applications of analog multipliers 1 Voltage squarer

2 Frequency doubler

3 Voltage divider

4 Square rooter

5 Phase angle detector

6 Rectifier

30 Explain how a frequency doubler can be realized using analog multiplier The multiplication of two sine waves of the same frequency but of possibly different amplitudes

and phase allows doubling a frequency using an analog multiplier

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1 Explain the functional block diagram of 555timer

2 Explain working of PLL using appropriate block diagram and explain any one application of

the same

3 Draw the block diagram of an Astable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression

for its frequency of oscillation

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

4 Draw the block diagram of monostable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression

for its frequency of oscillation Discuss some applications of 555 timer in monostable mode

5 write short notes on

i) capture range

ii) Lock in range

iii) Pull in time

6 Briefly explain the block diagram of PLL and derive the expression for Lock range and

capture range

7 With a neat functional diagram explain the operation of VCO Also derive an expression for

fodiscuss the applications of PLL

8 What is 555 timer What are the features of 555 timer Explain the monostable mode in detail

With neat block diagram explain IC566 VCO operation and discuss any 2 applications

9 What are the modes of operation of IC555 Derive the expression of time delay of monostable

multivibrator

10 (i)Explain the VCO with neat block diagram Give its typical connection diagram and output

waveforms

(ii)Derive the expression for capture range for PLL where a simple RC network is used as a LPF

11 (i)Explain the working of VCO

(ii)What is PLL Explain its operation as frequency multiplier

12 Explain the astable and bistable operation of IC555 with necessary waveforms

13 With the help of schematic circuit explain the operation of 566 VCO Also derive the

expression for output frequenct

14 (i) List and define the various performance parameters of a Multiplier IC (6)

(ii) How the multiplier is used as voltage divider (5)

(iii) How the multiplier is used as frequency doubler (5)

15 Explain with neat block diagrams how PLL is used as

(i) AM Detector (5)

(ii) FM Detector (5)

(iii) Frequency Synthesizer (6)

16(i) describe in details the characteristics and applications of 555 timer (6)

(ii) Draw a neat block diagram of VCO and explain (10)

17(i) Draw the 565 PLL and explain itrsquos functioning in detail (8)

(ii) Give an account on ldquoAnalog multiplier ICrdquo (8)

18 (i)How is an astable multivibrator connected into a pulse position modulator

(ii) Draw the circuit of Schmitt trigger using 555 timer and explain its operation

19Design and draw the waveforms of a 1KHz square wave generator using 555 timer for duty

cycle (i) D=25 (ii) D=50

20(i) Perform the closed loop analysis of PLL

(ii) Explain any two applications of PLL

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

UNIT V APPLICATION ICs

SYLLABUS IC voltage regulators - LM317 723 regulators switching regulator MA 7840 LM

380 power amplifier ICL 8038 function generator IC isolation amplifiers opto coupler opto

electronic ICs

TWO MARK QUESTIONS

1 What is a voltage regulator

A voltage regulator is an electronic circuit that provides a stable dc voltage independent of the

load current temperature and ac line voltage variations

2 Give the classification of voltage regulators

Series Linear regulators

Switching regulators

3 Write about a linear voltage regulator

Series or linear regulator uses a power transistor connected in series between the unregulated dc

input and the load and it conducts in the linear region The output voltage is controlled by the

continuous voltage drop taking place across the series pass transistor

4 What is a switching regulator

Switching regulators are those which operate the power transistor as a high frequency onoff

switchso that the power transistor does not conduct current continouslyThis give improved

efficiency over series regulators

5 List the advantages of IC voltage regulators

Low cost high reliability reduction in size and excellent performance

6 Give some examples of monolithic IC voltage regulators

78XX series fixed output positive voltage regulators

79XX series fixed output negative voltage regulators

723 general purpose regulator

7 What is the purpose of having input and output capacitors in three terminal IC

regulators

A capacitor connected between the input terminal and ground cancels the inductive effects due to

long distribution leads The output capacitor improves the transient response

8 Define line regulation

Line regulation is defined as the percentage change in the output voltage for a change in the

input voltageIt is expressed in millivolts or as a percentage of the output voltage

9 Define load regulation

Load regulation is defined as the change in output voltage for a change in load current It is

expressed in mill volts or as a percentage of the output voltage

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

10 What is meant by current limiting

Current limiting refers to the ability of a regulator to prevent the load current from increasing

above a preset value

11 Give the drawbacks of linear regulators

The input step down transformer is bulky and expensive because of low line frequency Because

of low line frequency large values of filter capacitors are required to decrease the ripple

Efficiency is reduced due to the continuous power dissipation by the transistor as it operates in

the linear region

12 What is the advantage of switching regulators

Greater efficiency is achieved as the power transistor is made to operate as low impedance

switch Power transmitted across the transistor is in discrete pulses rather than as a steady current

flowBy using suitable switching loss reduction technique the switching frequency can be

increased so as to reduce the size and weight of the inductors and capacitors

13 Why do switching regulators have better efficiency than series regulators

The transistor in linear regulator will operate in linear area at all times Considerable power is

dissipated in linear operation since the transistor has voltage across it and current flowing

through itSince the series element in a switching regulator is either fully conducting(V=0 hence

power=0) or switched off(I=0 hence power=0) it dissipates almost no power this is what gives

the switching design its efficiency

14 What are the advantages of adjustable voltage regulators over the fixed voltage

regulators i) Improved line and load regulation by a factor of 10 or more

ii) Because of the improved overload protection greater load current can be drawn

iii) Improved reliability

15 List out the parameters related to the fixed voltage regulators 1) Line regulation

2) Load regulation

3) Ripple rejection

4) Output impedance

5) Maximum power dissipation

6) Rated output current

16 Define dropout voltage of a fixed voltage regulator It is the minimum voltage that must exist between input and output terminals For most of

regulators it is 2 to 3 volts

17 What is an opto-coupler IC

Opto-coupler IC is a combined package of a photo-emitting device and a photo-sensing device

14 What are the types of opto couplers

LED and a photo diode

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

LED and photo transistor

LED and Darlington

15 Give two examples of IC optocouplers

Examples for opto-coupler IC

MCT 2F

16 Mention the advantages of opto-couplers

Better isolation between the two stages

Impedance problem between the stages is eliminated

Wide frequency response

Easily interfaced with digital circuit

Compact and light weight

Problems such as noise transients contact bounce are eliminated

17 Specify the need for isolation amplifier

Isolation amplifiers provide electrical isolation and an electrical safety barrier They protect data

acquisition components from common mode voltages which are potential differences between

instrument ground and signal ground Instruments that are applied in the presence of a common

mode voltage without an isolation barrier allow ground currents to circulate leading in the best

case to a noisy representation of the signal under investigation In the worst case assuming that

the magnitude of common mode voltage or current is sufficient instrument destruction is likely

Isolation amplifiers are used in medical instruments to ensure isolation of a patient from power

supply leakage current

18What are the features of MA78s40

Step upstep down or inverting operation

Operation from 25 to 40 V

80Db line and load regulation

19List the important parts of a regulated power supply

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

(i) Transformer (ii) Rectifier (iii) Filter (iv)Regulator

20 Using LM380 draw the circuit for audio power amplifier

21 What are onetwo and four quadrant multipliers

A four-quadrant multiplier is one where inputs and outputs may swing positive and negative

Many multipliers only work in 2 quadrants (one input may only have one polarity) or single

quadrant (inputs and outputs have only one polarity usually all positive)

22 List the parameters of optocoupler

a Current transfer ratio

b Isolation voltage

c Response time

d Common mode rejection

23Why current boosting is done in 723 regulator

The maximum current capability of 723 regulator is 140mA In certain applications this value of

current is not sufficient Hence current boosting is done using series pass transistor

24 What are the limitations of three terminal regulator

1 For fixed output regulators the output voltage is not precise

2 Only selected values of output voltages are available

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

3 Current boosting by external series pass transistor is required if load current beyond the

capability of basic regulator is required

25 Draw the typical connection diagram of IC LM317

26 What is the function od a series pass transistor in voltage regulator

The series pass transistor acsts as a control element The value of VcE gets adjusted in such a

way that the output voltage of the regulator always remains constant In addition the series pass

transistor supplies the load current

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1Draw and explain the functional block diagram of 723 voltage regulator and how this IC can be

used as high voltage regulator

2Write an explanatory note on

(i) Power amplifier (ii) Isolation amplifier

3 With neat diagrams explain the working of switched mode power supply

4 Write brief notes on

(i)IC MA 7840

(ii) Optocoupler

5 (i)Explain the working of series voltage regulator

(ii)Write notes on optocoupler

6 What is a switching regulator With neat block diagram explain the internals of MA7840

7 Draw the functional block diagram of IC 723 and explain

8 Explain with the help of functional block diagram the working of voltage regulator IC723

Clearly explain how current limit and foldback type current limiting facility can be provided with

723 circuits

9 Draw the circuit of series voltage regulator Design this circuit to operate from a supply of 20v

and to provide an output of 12V with maximum load current of 40mA

10 Draw the functional diagram of ICL 8038 Function generator IC and explain its operation

Give its frequency of oscillation at the output

11 (i) With neat diagram explain the working principle of isolation amplifier (8)

(ii) With neat diagram explain the principle of operation of optocouplers (8)

12 With the help of neat circuit diagram explain the operation of an adjustable regulator using

LM317

13 State the features and applications of IC LM 380 and explain them

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

14 Design a waveform generator using IC8038 The frequency of oscillation is 5kHz and duty

cycle is 50 From data sheet Vcc=5V VoH=36V VoL=02V ILL=16mA ILH=409uA

15 (i) Design low voltage regulator using IC 723 for 5V and explain its characteristics

(ii) Describe the features of function generator IC

(iii)Write short notes on optocoupler ICs

Page 14: EE2254 LICA QB

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1 (i) Explain the functions of all the basic building blocks of Op-amp

(ii) Explain the application of op-amp as (i) Integrator (ii) Differentiator

2 Discuss about the methods of frequency compensation in opamp

3 Explain the operation of a basic differential amplifier

4 Obtain the frequency response of an open-loop op-amp

5 (i) With neat diagrams explain the types of feedback configurations available

(ii) Briefly explain summing amplifier and draw an adder circuit for the given expression

V0= V1+V2-V3-(V4+2)

6 (i) Explain the DC characteristics of op-amp with the help of neat diagrams

(ii)With neat circuit diagram and equations discuss the operation of summer and differentiator

using opamp

7 (i) Explain the AC characteristics of an operational amplifier

(ii) Sketch the basic circuit using op-amp to perform the mathematical operation of

differentiation and explain What are the limitations of an ordinary OP-AMP differentiator

Draw and explain the circuit of a practical differentiators that will eliminate these limitations

8 (i) Explain in detail the characteristic of an ideal opamp (8)

(ii) Draw the block diagram and equivalent circuit of op-ampExplain them (10)

9 (i) Explain the application of op amp as (1)summer (2)integrator (8)

(ii) Define and explain (1) slew rate (2) SVRR (4)

(iii) Explain the frequency response of op-amp (4)

10 What are the different open-loop configurations of op-amp Explain the differential amplifier

configuration

11 With the help of circuit diagram explain the operation of non-inverting and inverting

configuration of op-amp and derive expressions for voltage gain for each configuration

12 (i) Draw and explain the closed loop frequency response of op-amp

(ii) Elaborate on pole-zero compensation technique

13 Find the output voltage of the above circuit

14(i) Define and explain slew rate What is full power bandwidth Describe methods to improve

slewrate

(ii) Define output offset voltage Explain methods to nullify offset voltage

15 (i) With neat circuit diagram explain the operation of the following circuits

(a) Voltage follower (b)Integrator

(ii) For the non inverting opamp shown in fig find the output voltage

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

UNIT III APPLICATIONS OF OPAMP

SYLLABUS Instrumentation amplifier first and second order active filters VI amp IV converters

comparatorsmultivibrators waveform generators clippers clampers peak detector SH circuit DA converter (R-2R ladder and weighted resistor types) AD converter - Dual slope successive approximation and flash types

TWO MARK QUESTIONS

1What is the need for an instrumentation amplifier

In a number of industrial and consumer applications the measurement of physical quantities is

usually done with the help of transducers The output of transducer has to be amplified So that it

can drive the indicator or display system This function is performed by an instrumentation

amplifier

2List the features of instrumentation amplifier

o high gain accuracy

o high CMRR

o high gain stability with low temperature co-efficient

o low dc offset

o low output impedance

3 What is a comparator

A comparator is a circuit which compares a signal voltage applied at one input of an opamp with

a known reference voltage at the other input It is an open loop op - amp with output + Vsat or -

Vsat

4 What are the applications of comparator

Zero crossing detectors

Window detector

Time marker generator

Phase detector

5 What is a Schmitt trigger

Schmitt trigger is a regenerative comparator It converts sinusoidal input into a square wave

output The output of Schmitt trigger swings between upper and lower threshold voltages which

are the reference voltages of the input waveform

6 What is a multivibrator

Multivibrators are a group of regenerative circuits that are used extensively in timing

applications It is a wave shaping circuit which gives symmetric or asymmetric square output It

has two states either stable or quasi- stable depending on the type of multivibrator

7 What do you mean by monostable multivibrator

Monostable multivibrator is one which generates a single pulse of specified duration in

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

response to each external trigger signal It has only one stable state Application of a trigger

causes a change to the quasi-stable stateAn external trigger signal generated due to charging and

discharging of the capacitor produces the transition to the original stable state

8 Write a brief note on astable multivibrator

Astable multivibrator is a free running oscillator having two quasi-stable states Thus there are

oscillations between these two states and no external signal is required to produce the change in

state

9 What is a bistable multivibrator

Bistable multivibrator is one that maintains a given output voltage level unless an external

trigger is applied Application of an external trigger signal causes a change of state and this

output level is maintained indefinitely until an second trigger is applied Thus it requires two

external triggers before it returns to its initial state

10 What are the requirements for producing sustained oscillations in feedback circuits

For sustained oscillations

The total phase shift around the loop must be zero at the desired frequency of oscillation fo

ieL AB=00 or 360

0

At fo the magnitu

11Draw the circuit diagram of positive clipper

12 What is hysteresis with reference to Schmitt trigger circuit

In the non-inverting configuration when the input is higher than a certain chosen threshold the

output is high When the input is below a different (lower) chosen threshold the output is low

and when the input is between the two levels the output retains its value This dual threshold

action is called hysteresis and implies that the Schmitt trigger possesses memory and can act as a

bistable circuit (latch)

13 Differentiate between Schmitt trigger and comparator

SNo Comparator Schmitt trigger

1 Feedback is not used that is Op-amp is used

in open loop mode

Feedback is used that is Op-ampis used in

closed loop mode

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

2 False triggering due to noise voltages is

possible

False triggering due to noise voltages is

not possible

3 A single reference voltage exists Two different threshold voltages exists as

VUT and VLT

4 No hysteresis exists Hysteresis exists with a width H=VUT -

VLT

14 What is a filter

Filter is a frequency selective circuit that passes signal of specified band of frequencies

andattenuates the signals of frequencies outside the band

15 What are the demerits of passive filters

Passive filters works well for high frequencies But at audio frequencies the inductorsbecome

problematic as they become large heavy and expensive For low frequencyapplications more

number of turns of wire must be used which in turn adds to the seriesresistance degrading

inductorrsquos performance ie low Q resulting in high power dissipation

16 What are the advantages of active filters

bull Active filters used op- amp as the active element and resistors and capacitors as

passiveelements

bull By enclosing a capacitor in the feed back loop inductor less active filters can be obtained

bull Op-amp used in non ndash inverting configuration offers high input impedance and low output

impedance thus improving the load drive capacity

17What are the different types of filters

Based on the components used Active filters and passive filters

Based on frequency responses Low pass filterHigh pass filterBand pass filterBand reject filter

Based on order of transfer function first second third higher order filters

Based on configuration Bessel Chebyshev Butterworth filters

18What is frequency scaling

Once the filter is designed sometimes it is necessary to change the value of cut-off frequency

The method used to change the original cut-off frequency to new cut-off frequency is called

frequency scaling

19Briefly describe a voltage follower

bull A circuit in which the output voltage follows the input voltage is called voltage followercircuit

bull In Op-amp if the inverting input and the output terminals are shorted and if any signal isapplied

at the non-inverting terminal it appears at the output without any change

bullIt is also called as source follower unity gain amplifier buffer amplifier or isolationamplifier

20 Describe about a bandpass filter

A bandpass filter is basically a frequency selector It allows one particular band of frequencies to

pass Thus the pass band is between the two cut-off frequencies fH and fL where fH gt fL Any

frequency outside this band gets attenuated

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

21Sketch the circuit diagram of first order active low pass filter

22 What is a notch filter and what is its application

A narrow band reject filter is called a notch filter and is used for rejection of a single frequency

such as 50Hz power line frequency

23 Classify the ADCs broadly

1 Direct type ADC

2 Integrating type ADC

24 Differentiate between direct ADC and integrating type ADC a) The integrating type of ADCrsquos do not need a sampleHold circuit at the input

b) It is possible to transmit frequency even in noisy environment or in an isolated form

25 List out some integrating type converters

1 Charge balancing ADC

2 Dual slope ADC

26 What is integrating type converter

An ADC converter that perform conversion in an indirect manner by first changing the

analog IP signal to a linear function of time or frequency and then to a digital code is known as

integrating type AD converter

27List the main advantages of integrating type ADCs

i The integrating type of ADCrsquos doing not need a sampleHold circuit at the input

ii It is possible to transmit frequency even in noisy environment or in an isolated form

28 What are the types of ADC and DAC Types of ADC 1 Flash (comparator) type converter

2 Counter type converter

3 Tracking or servo converter

4 Successive approximation type converter

Types of DAC 1 Weighted resistor DAC

2 R-2R Ladder

3 Inverted R-2R Ladder

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

29 Explain in brief the principle of operation of successive Approximation ADC

The circuit of successive approximation ADC consists of a successive approximation

register (SAR) to find the required value of each bit by trial amp error With the arrival of START

command SAR sets the MSB bit to 1 The OP is converted into an analog signal amp it is

compared with IP signal This OP is low or High This process continues until all bits are

checked

30 Provide the advantages and disadvantages of flash type ADC Flash type ADC is the fastest as well as the most expensive

The disadvantage is the number of comparators needed almost doubles for each added bit (For a

n-bit convertor 2(n-1) comparators 2n resistors are required)

31Define conversion time

It is defined as the total time required converting an analog signal into its digital output It

depends on the conversion technique used amp the propagation delay of circuit components

The conversion time of a successive approximation type ADC is given by T(n+1) Where T---

clock period Tc---conversion time n- no of bits

32 Define resolution of a data converter

The resolution of a converter is the smallest change in voltage which may be produced at the

output or input of the converter Resolution (in volts)= VFS2n-1=1 LSB increment The

resolution of an ADC is defined as the smallest change in analog input for a one-bit change at the

output

33 Explain in brief stability of a converter

The performance of converter changes with temperature age amp power supply variation So all the

relevant parameters such as offset gain linearity error amp monotonicity must be specified over

the full temperature amp power supply ranges to have better stability performances

34 What is meant by linearity

The linearity of an ADCDAC is an important measure of its accuracy amp tells us how close the

converter output is to its ideal transfer characteristics The linearity error is usually expressed as

a fraction of LSB increment or percentage of full-scale voltage A good converter exhibits a

linearity error of less than plusmnfrac12LSB

35 What is a sample and hold circuit Where it is used

A sample and hold circuit is one which samples an input signal and holds on to its last sampled

value until the input is sampled again This circuit is mainly used in digital interfacing analog to

digital systems and pulse code modulation systems

36 Explain the operation of basic sample and hold circuit A typical sample and hold circuit stores electric charge in a capacitor and contains at least one

fast FET switch and at least one operational amplifier To sample the input signal the switch

connects the capacitor to the output of a buffer amplifier The buffer amplifier charges or

discharges the capacitor so that the voltage across the capacitor is practically equal or

proportional to input voltage In hold mode the switch disconnects the capacitor from the buffer

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

The capacitor is invariably discharged by its own leakage currents and useful load currents

which makes the circuit inherently volatile but the loss of voltage (voltage droop) within a

specified hold time remains within an acceptable error margin

37 Define start of conversion and end of conversion Start of Conversion in ADC (SOC) This is the control signal for start of conversion which

initiates AD conversion process

End of Conversion in ADC (EOC) This is the control signal which is activated when the

conversion is completed

38 Define sample period and hold period

The time during which the voltage across the capacitor in sample and hold circuit is equal to

the input voltage is called sample period The time period during which the voltage across the

capacitor is held constant is called hold period

39 Define the following performance parameters of DA converters

(a) Resolution (b)Accuracy (c) Monotonicity d) Conversion time

a) Resolution The resolution of a converter is the smallest change in voltage which may be produced at the

output or input of the converter

Resolution (in volts)= VFS2n-1=1 LSB increment

Example 8 bit DAC has 28-1 =255 equal intervals Hence the smallest change in output voltage

is (1255) of full scale output range

The resolution of an ADC is defined as the smallest change in analog input for a one bit change

at the output

Example The input range of 8 bit AD converter is divided into 255 intervals So the resolution

for 10V input range = 10V255 = 3922mV

b) Accuracy

Absolute accuracy It is the maximum deviation between the actual converter output amp the ideal converter output

Relative accuracy It is the maximum deviation after gain amp offset errors have been removed

The accuracy of a converter is also specified in form of LSB increments or of full scale

voltage

c) Monotonicity A monotonic DAC is one whose analog output increases for an increase in digital input A

monotonic characteristic is essential in control applications otherwise oscillations result

d) Conversion time It is defined as the total time required to convert an analog signal into its digital output It

depends on the conversion technique used amp the propagation delay of circuit componentsThe

conversion time of a successive approximation type ADC is given by T(n+1)

where T---clock period

Tc---conversion time n----no of bits

What is settling time

It represents the time it takes for the output to settle within a specified band plusmnfrac12LSB of itsfinal

value following a code change at the input (usually a full scale change) It depends uponthe

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

switching time of the logic circuitry due to internal parasitic capacitance amp inductancesSettling

time ranges from 100ns to 10micros depending on word length amp type circuit used

40 List the drawbacks of binary weighted resistor technique of DA conversion a) Wide range of resistor values needed

b) Difficulty in achieving and maintaining accurate ratios over a wide range of variations

41 The basic step of a 9 bit DAC is 103 mV If 000000000 represents 0Volts what is the

output for an input of 101101111 The output voltage for input of 101101111 is

= 103 mV (128+027+126+125+024+123+122+121+120)

= 103 10-3 367 = 378 V

42 What are the advantages and disadvantages of R-2R ladder DAC

Advantages a) Easier to build accurately as only two precision metal films are required

b) Number of bits can be expanded by adding more sections of same R2R values

Disadvantage In this type of DAC when there is a change in the input changes the current flow in the resistor

which causes more power dissipation which creates non-linearity in DAC

43 Which is the fastest AD converter and why

Flash type AD converter is the fastest ADC because the fast conversion speed isaccomplished

by providing 2n-1 comparators and simultaneously comparing the input signal with unique

reference levels spaced 1 LSB apart

44 What are the applications of V-I converter

bull Low voltage dc and ac voltmeter

bull L E D

bull Zener diode tester

45 What do you mean by a precision diode

The major limitation of ordinary diode is that it cannot rectify voltages below the cut ndash involtage

of the diode A circuit designed by placing a diode in the feedback loop of an op ndash ampis called

the precision diode and it is capable of rectifying input signals of the order of millivolt

46 Write down the applications of precision diode

bullHalf - wave rectifier

bullFull - Wave rectifier

bullPeak ndash value detector

bullClipper

bullClamper

47 Draw the circuit diagram of sample and hold circuit

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1 Design and explain triangular wave generator using Schmitt trigger and integrator circuit

2 (i) Explain the operation of dual slope ADC

(ii)Explain the following characteristics of ADC

(i)Resolution (ii) Accuracy (iii)Settling time (iv) Linearity

3 (i) Describe the first order lowpass butterworth filter Derive its frequency response and plot

the same

(ii) Design a low pass filter with a cutoff frequency if 1kHz and with a passband gain of 2

4 What is an instrumentation amplifier List its features Explain the operation of three op-amp

instrumentation amplifier and give its application

5 Explain the following applications of opamp (i)voltage to current converter (ii)Clamper

6 Explain the working of (i) Weighted resistor type DAC (ii) Dual slope type ADC

7 Discuss the operation of ladder network DAC with relevant circuit diagram and waveforms

8 Draw and explain the circuit of a voltage to current converter if the load is

(1) Floating

(2) Grounded

9 (i) Explain the working of OP-AMP based Schmitt trigger circuit (8)

(ii) Design an OP-AMP based second order active low pass filter with cut offfrequency 2 kHz

10 (i)draw an instrumentation amplifier using op amp and explain (6)

(ii) Explain the following op amp circuits

(1) Peak detector (2) Clamper (10)

11(i)draw a neat R-2R ladder DAC and explain its principle(6)

(ii) draw a flash type ADC and explain its working(10)

12(i) Explain how to measure phase difference between two signals

(ii) Explain the operation of square wave generator by drawing the capacitor and output voltage

waveforms

13 (i) Draw a sample and hold circuit Explain its operation and indicate its uses

(ii) Describe a circuit which will clip the input signal below a reference voltage

14 (i) Describe the operation of current to voltage converter with appropriate diagrams

(ii) Draw and explain the operation of the following

(i) Triangle wave generator (ii) monostable multivibrator

15 Elaborate on the operation of comparator and describe its applications

16Explain the working principle of RC phase shift sine wave generator using op-amp and derive

expression for f

17 (i) Explain the important specifications of DAC

(ii) With diagrams and example explain the working principle of successive approximation type

ADC

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

UNIT IV SPECIAL ICs

SYLLABUS 555 Timer circuit ndash Functional block characteristics amp applications 566-voltage

controlled oscillator circuit 565-phase lock loop circuit functioning and applications Analog multiplier ICs

TWO MARK QUESTIONS

1 Mention some applications of 555 timer

Oscillator

pulse generator

ramp and square wave generator

burglar alarm

traffic light control

Missing pulse detector

Linear ramp generator

Frequency divider

Pulse width modulation

FSK generator

Pulse position modulator

Schmitt trigger

2 List the applications of 555 timer in monostable mode of operation

Missing pulse detector

Linear ramp generator

Frequency divider

Pulse width modulation

3 List the applications of 555 timer in Astable mode of operation

FSK generator

Pulse-position modulator

4 Enumerate the basic blocks of IC 555 timer

5 Highlight the features of 555 Timer

available in three packages 8 pin metal can 8 pin dip 14 pin dip

6 What is the use of reset pin of 555 timer

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

This is an interrupt for the timing device when pin 4 is grounded it stops the working of device

and turns it off

7 What is the purpose of control voltage pin (5) of 555 timer This pin is the inverting input terminal of comparator This is reference level for comparator with

which threshold is compared If reference level is other than 23 VCC then external input is to

be given to pin 5 Pulse width modulation is possible due to pin 5

8Write the expression for pulse width of 555 timer in monostable mode Pulse width W = 11 RC seconds

R ndash resistor in ohms C ndash capacitor in farads

9Write the expression for total time period of 555 timer in astable mode T = 0693 (RA + 2 RB) C seconds

10 Define duty cycle

The ratio of high output and low output period is given by a mathematical parameter called duty

cycle It is defined as the ratio of ON Time to total time

11 What is a voltage controlled oscillator V o l t age con t r o l l ed o s c i l l a to r i s a f r e e r u nn in g m ul t i v i b ra to r op e r a t in g a t a

s e t frequency called the free running frequency This frequency can be shifted to

either side by applying a dc control voltage and the frequency deviation is

proportional to the dc control voltage

12 On what parameters does the free running frequency of VCO depend on bullExternal timing resistor RT

bullExternal timing capacitor CT

bullThe dc control voltage Vc

13 Give the expression for the VCO free running frequency

f o= 025 RTCT

14 Define Voltage to Frequency conversion factor Voltage to Frequency conversion factor is defined as

Kv = Δfo ΔVc = Vcc

Where ΔVc is the modulation voltage required to produce the frequency shift Δfo

15 List the features of 566 VCO

-24V)

temperature stability

16 State the function of a PLL

A PLL is a basically a closed loop system designed to lock output frequency and phase to the

frequency and phase of an input signal

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

17 Define lock range capture range and pull in time

Lock range

When PLL is in lock it can trap freq changes in the incoming signal The range of frequencies

over which the PLL can maintain lock with the incoming signal is called as lock range Lock in

range ∆fL = +- 78 fo V fo is free running frequency

Capture range

The range of frequencies over which the PLL can acquire lock with the input signal is called as

capture range Capture range = +- = [∆fL (2prodRC)] 12

Define pull-in time

The total time taken by the PLL to establish lock is called pull-in time

18 List out the blocks of PLL a Frequency multiplicationdivision

b Frequency translation c AM detection

d FM demodulation

e FSK demodulation

19 What is the purpose of having a low pass filter in PLL bullIt removes the high frequency components and noise

bullControls the dynamic characteristics of the PLL such as capture range lock -in

range band-width and transient response

bullThe charge on the filter capacitor gives a short- time memory to the PLL

20 Discuss the effect of having large capture range The PLL cannot acquire a signal outside the capture range but once captured it will hold on till

the frequency goes beyond the lock-in range Thus to increase the ability of lock range large

capture range is required But a large capture range will make the PLL more

susceptible to noise and undesirable signal

21 List the applications of 565 PLL

22 What is a switch type phase detector An electronic switch is opened and closed by signal coming from VCO and the input signal is

chopped at a repetition rate determined by the VCO frequency This type of Phase detector is

called a half wave detector since the phase information for only one half of the input signal is

detected and averaged

23 What are the problems associated with switch type phase detector The output voltage Ve is proportional to the input signal amplitude This is undesirable because

it makes phase detector gain and loop gain dependent on the input signal amplitude The output

is proportional to cosφ making it non linear

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

24 What is analog multiplier

An analog multiplier is a circuit in which the output is proportional to the multiplication of two

input voltages It is used in modulation frequency converters and to solve non-linear equations

25 Mention any two analog multiplier Ics

a) IC AD 533

b) IC AD 534

26 What is ICAD 533

It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is a low cost IC comprising a transconductance

multiplying element stable reference and an output amplifier

27 List the features of ICAD533

28 What is ICAD 534List its features

It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is the first general purpose multiplier capable of

providing gain upto X100

Features

Adjustable scale factor

Low noise

Excellent long time stability

29 Mention the applications of analog multipliers 1 Voltage squarer

2 Frequency doubler

3 Voltage divider

4 Square rooter

5 Phase angle detector

6 Rectifier

30 Explain how a frequency doubler can be realized using analog multiplier The multiplication of two sine waves of the same frequency but of possibly different amplitudes

and phase allows doubling a frequency using an analog multiplier

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1 Explain the functional block diagram of 555timer

2 Explain working of PLL using appropriate block diagram and explain any one application of

the same

3 Draw the block diagram of an Astable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression

for its frequency of oscillation

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

4 Draw the block diagram of monostable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression

for its frequency of oscillation Discuss some applications of 555 timer in monostable mode

5 write short notes on

i) capture range

ii) Lock in range

iii) Pull in time

6 Briefly explain the block diagram of PLL and derive the expression for Lock range and

capture range

7 With a neat functional diagram explain the operation of VCO Also derive an expression for

fodiscuss the applications of PLL

8 What is 555 timer What are the features of 555 timer Explain the monostable mode in detail

With neat block diagram explain IC566 VCO operation and discuss any 2 applications

9 What are the modes of operation of IC555 Derive the expression of time delay of monostable

multivibrator

10 (i)Explain the VCO with neat block diagram Give its typical connection diagram and output

waveforms

(ii)Derive the expression for capture range for PLL where a simple RC network is used as a LPF

11 (i)Explain the working of VCO

(ii)What is PLL Explain its operation as frequency multiplier

12 Explain the astable and bistable operation of IC555 with necessary waveforms

13 With the help of schematic circuit explain the operation of 566 VCO Also derive the

expression for output frequenct

14 (i) List and define the various performance parameters of a Multiplier IC (6)

(ii) How the multiplier is used as voltage divider (5)

(iii) How the multiplier is used as frequency doubler (5)

15 Explain with neat block diagrams how PLL is used as

(i) AM Detector (5)

(ii) FM Detector (5)

(iii) Frequency Synthesizer (6)

16(i) describe in details the characteristics and applications of 555 timer (6)

(ii) Draw a neat block diagram of VCO and explain (10)

17(i) Draw the 565 PLL and explain itrsquos functioning in detail (8)

(ii) Give an account on ldquoAnalog multiplier ICrdquo (8)

18 (i)How is an astable multivibrator connected into a pulse position modulator

(ii) Draw the circuit of Schmitt trigger using 555 timer and explain its operation

19Design and draw the waveforms of a 1KHz square wave generator using 555 timer for duty

cycle (i) D=25 (ii) D=50

20(i) Perform the closed loop analysis of PLL

(ii) Explain any two applications of PLL

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

UNIT V APPLICATION ICs

SYLLABUS IC voltage regulators - LM317 723 regulators switching regulator MA 7840 LM

380 power amplifier ICL 8038 function generator IC isolation amplifiers opto coupler opto

electronic ICs

TWO MARK QUESTIONS

1 What is a voltage regulator

A voltage regulator is an electronic circuit that provides a stable dc voltage independent of the

load current temperature and ac line voltage variations

2 Give the classification of voltage regulators

Series Linear regulators

Switching regulators

3 Write about a linear voltage regulator

Series or linear regulator uses a power transistor connected in series between the unregulated dc

input and the load and it conducts in the linear region The output voltage is controlled by the

continuous voltage drop taking place across the series pass transistor

4 What is a switching regulator

Switching regulators are those which operate the power transistor as a high frequency onoff

switchso that the power transistor does not conduct current continouslyThis give improved

efficiency over series regulators

5 List the advantages of IC voltage regulators

Low cost high reliability reduction in size and excellent performance

6 Give some examples of monolithic IC voltage regulators

78XX series fixed output positive voltage regulators

79XX series fixed output negative voltage regulators

723 general purpose regulator

7 What is the purpose of having input and output capacitors in three terminal IC

regulators

A capacitor connected between the input terminal and ground cancels the inductive effects due to

long distribution leads The output capacitor improves the transient response

8 Define line regulation

Line regulation is defined as the percentage change in the output voltage for a change in the

input voltageIt is expressed in millivolts or as a percentage of the output voltage

9 Define load regulation

Load regulation is defined as the change in output voltage for a change in load current It is

expressed in mill volts or as a percentage of the output voltage

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

10 What is meant by current limiting

Current limiting refers to the ability of a regulator to prevent the load current from increasing

above a preset value

11 Give the drawbacks of linear regulators

The input step down transformer is bulky and expensive because of low line frequency Because

of low line frequency large values of filter capacitors are required to decrease the ripple

Efficiency is reduced due to the continuous power dissipation by the transistor as it operates in

the linear region

12 What is the advantage of switching regulators

Greater efficiency is achieved as the power transistor is made to operate as low impedance

switch Power transmitted across the transistor is in discrete pulses rather than as a steady current

flowBy using suitable switching loss reduction technique the switching frequency can be

increased so as to reduce the size and weight of the inductors and capacitors

13 Why do switching regulators have better efficiency than series regulators

The transistor in linear regulator will operate in linear area at all times Considerable power is

dissipated in linear operation since the transistor has voltage across it and current flowing

through itSince the series element in a switching regulator is either fully conducting(V=0 hence

power=0) or switched off(I=0 hence power=0) it dissipates almost no power this is what gives

the switching design its efficiency

14 What are the advantages of adjustable voltage regulators over the fixed voltage

regulators i) Improved line and load regulation by a factor of 10 or more

ii) Because of the improved overload protection greater load current can be drawn

iii) Improved reliability

15 List out the parameters related to the fixed voltage regulators 1) Line regulation

2) Load regulation

3) Ripple rejection

4) Output impedance

5) Maximum power dissipation

6) Rated output current

16 Define dropout voltage of a fixed voltage regulator It is the minimum voltage that must exist between input and output terminals For most of

regulators it is 2 to 3 volts

17 What is an opto-coupler IC

Opto-coupler IC is a combined package of a photo-emitting device and a photo-sensing device

14 What are the types of opto couplers

LED and a photo diode

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

LED and photo transistor

LED and Darlington

15 Give two examples of IC optocouplers

Examples for opto-coupler IC

MCT 2F

16 Mention the advantages of opto-couplers

Better isolation between the two stages

Impedance problem between the stages is eliminated

Wide frequency response

Easily interfaced with digital circuit

Compact and light weight

Problems such as noise transients contact bounce are eliminated

17 Specify the need for isolation amplifier

Isolation amplifiers provide electrical isolation and an electrical safety barrier They protect data

acquisition components from common mode voltages which are potential differences between

instrument ground and signal ground Instruments that are applied in the presence of a common

mode voltage without an isolation barrier allow ground currents to circulate leading in the best

case to a noisy representation of the signal under investigation In the worst case assuming that

the magnitude of common mode voltage or current is sufficient instrument destruction is likely

Isolation amplifiers are used in medical instruments to ensure isolation of a patient from power

supply leakage current

18What are the features of MA78s40

Step upstep down or inverting operation

Operation from 25 to 40 V

80Db line and load regulation

19List the important parts of a regulated power supply

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

(i) Transformer (ii) Rectifier (iii) Filter (iv)Regulator

20 Using LM380 draw the circuit for audio power amplifier

21 What are onetwo and four quadrant multipliers

A four-quadrant multiplier is one where inputs and outputs may swing positive and negative

Many multipliers only work in 2 quadrants (one input may only have one polarity) or single

quadrant (inputs and outputs have only one polarity usually all positive)

22 List the parameters of optocoupler

a Current transfer ratio

b Isolation voltage

c Response time

d Common mode rejection

23Why current boosting is done in 723 regulator

The maximum current capability of 723 regulator is 140mA In certain applications this value of

current is not sufficient Hence current boosting is done using series pass transistor

24 What are the limitations of three terminal regulator

1 For fixed output regulators the output voltage is not precise

2 Only selected values of output voltages are available

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

3 Current boosting by external series pass transistor is required if load current beyond the

capability of basic regulator is required

25 Draw the typical connection diagram of IC LM317

26 What is the function od a series pass transistor in voltage regulator

The series pass transistor acsts as a control element The value of VcE gets adjusted in such a

way that the output voltage of the regulator always remains constant In addition the series pass

transistor supplies the load current

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1Draw and explain the functional block diagram of 723 voltage regulator and how this IC can be

used as high voltage regulator

2Write an explanatory note on

(i) Power amplifier (ii) Isolation amplifier

3 With neat diagrams explain the working of switched mode power supply

4 Write brief notes on

(i)IC MA 7840

(ii) Optocoupler

5 (i)Explain the working of series voltage regulator

(ii)Write notes on optocoupler

6 What is a switching regulator With neat block diagram explain the internals of MA7840

7 Draw the functional block diagram of IC 723 and explain

8 Explain with the help of functional block diagram the working of voltage regulator IC723

Clearly explain how current limit and foldback type current limiting facility can be provided with

723 circuits

9 Draw the circuit of series voltage regulator Design this circuit to operate from a supply of 20v

and to provide an output of 12V with maximum load current of 40mA

10 Draw the functional diagram of ICL 8038 Function generator IC and explain its operation

Give its frequency of oscillation at the output

11 (i) With neat diagram explain the working principle of isolation amplifier (8)

(ii) With neat diagram explain the principle of operation of optocouplers (8)

12 With the help of neat circuit diagram explain the operation of an adjustable regulator using

LM317

13 State the features and applications of IC LM 380 and explain them

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

14 Design a waveform generator using IC8038 The frequency of oscillation is 5kHz and duty

cycle is 50 From data sheet Vcc=5V VoH=36V VoL=02V ILL=16mA ILH=409uA

15 (i) Design low voltage regulator using IC 723 for 5V and explain its characteristics

(ii) Describe the features of function generator IC

(iii)Write short notes on optocoupler ICs

Page 15: EE2254 LICA QB

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

UNIT III APPLICATIONS OF OPAMP

SYLLABUS Instrumentation amplifier first and second order active filters VI amp IV converters

comparatorsmultivibrators waveform generators clippers clampers peak detector SH circuit DA converter (R-2R ladder and weighted resistor types) AD converter - Dual slope successive approximation and flash types

TWO MARK QUESTIONS

1What is the need for an instrumentation amplifier

In a number of industrial and consumer applications the measurement of physical quantities is

usually done with the help of transducers The output of transducer has to be amplified So that it

can drive the indicator or display system This function is performed by an instrumentation

amplifier

2List the features of instrumentation amplifier

o high gain accuracy

o high CMRR

o high gain stability with low temperature co-efficient

o low dc offset

o low output impedance

3 What is a comparator

A comparator is a circuit which compares a signal voltage applied at one input of an opamp with

a known reference voltage at the other input It is an open loop op - amp with output + Vsat or -

Vsat

4 What are the applications of comparator

Zero crossing detectors

Window detector

Time marker generator

Phase detector

5 What is a Schmitt trigger

Schmitt trigger is a regenerative comparator It converts sinusoidal input into a square wave

output The output of Schmitt trigger swings between upper and lower threshold voltages which

are the reference voltages of the input waveform

6 What is a multivibrator

Multivibrators are a group of regenerative circuits that are used extensively in timing

applications It is a wave shaping circuit which gives symmetric or asymmetric square output It

has two states either stable or quasi- stable depending on the type of multivibrator

7 What do you mean by monostable multivibrator

Monostable multivibrator is one which generates a single pulse of specified duration in

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

response to each external trigger signal It has only one stable state Application of a trigger

causes a change to the quasi-stable stateAn external trigger signal generated due to charging and

discharging of the capacitor produces the transition to the original stable state

8 Write a brief note on astable multivibrator

Astable multivibrator is a free running oscillator having two quasi-stable states Thus there are

oscillations between these two states and no external signal is required to produce the change in

state

9 What is a bistable multivibrator

Bistable multivibrator is one that maintains a given output voltage level unless an external

trigger is applied Application of an external trigger signal causes a change of state and this

output level is maintained indefinitely until an second trigger is applied Thus it requires two

external triggers before it returns to its initial state

10 What are the requirements for producing sustained oscillations in feedback circuits

For sustained oscillations

The total phase shift around the loop must be zero at the desired frequency of oscillation fo

ieL AB=00 or 360

0

At fo the magnitu

11Draw the circuit diagram of positive clipper

12 What is hysteresis with reference to Schmitt trigger circuit

In the non-inverting configuration when the input is higher than a certain chosen threshold the

output is high When the input is below a different (lower) chosen threshold the output is low

and when the input is between the two levels the output retains its value This dual threshold

action is called hysteresis and implies that the Schmitt trigger possesses memory and can act as a

bistable circuit (latch)

13 Differentiate between Schmitt trigger and comparator

SNo Comparator Schmitt trigger

1 Feedback is not used that is Op-amp is used

in open loop mode

Feedback is used that is Op-ampis used in

closed loop mode

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

2 False triggering due to noise voltages is

possible

False triggering due to noise voltages is

not possible

3 A single reference voltage exists Two different threshold voltages exists as

VUT and VLT

4 No hysteresis exists Hysteresis exists with a width H=VUT -

VLT

14 What is a filter

Filter is a frequency selective circuit that passes signal of specified band of frequencies

andattenuates the signals of frequencies outside the band

15 What are the demerits of passive filters

Passive filters works well for high frequencies But at audio frequencies the inductorsbecome

problematic as they become large heavy and expensive For low frequencyapplications more

number of turns of wire must be used which in turn adds to the seriesresistance degrading

inductorrsquos performance ie low Q resulting in high power dissipation

16 What are the advantages of active filters

bull Active filters used op- amp as the active element and resistors and capacitors as

passiveelements

bull By enclosing a capacitor in the feed back loop inductor less active filters can be obtained

bull Op-amp used in non ndash inverting configuration offers high input impedance and low output

impedance thus improving the load drive capacity

17What are the different types of filters

Based on the components used Active filters and passive filters

Based on frequency responses Low pass filterHigh pass filterBand pass filterBand reject filter

Based on order of transfer function first second third higher order filters

Based on configuration Bessel Chebyshev Butterworth filters

18What is frequency scaling

Once the filter is designed sometimes it is necessary to change the value of cut-off frequency

The method used to change the original cut-off frequency to new cut-off frequency is called

frequency scaling

19Briefly describe a voltage follower

bull A circuit in which the output voltage follows the input voltage is called voltage followercircuit

bull In Op-amp if the inverting input and the output terminals are shorted and if any signal isapplied

at the non-inverting terminal it appears at the output without any change

bullIt is also called as source follower unity gain amplifier buffer amplifier or isolationamplifier

20 Describe about a bandpass filter

A bandpass filter is basically a frequency selector It allows one particular band of frequencies to

pass Thus the pass band is between the two cut-off frequencies fH and fL where fH gt fL Any

frequency outside this band gets attenuated

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

21Sketch the circuit diagram of first order active low pass filter

22 What is a notch filter and what is its application

A narrow band reject filter is called a notch filter and is used for rejection of a single frequency

such as 50Hz power line frequency

23 Classify the ADCs broadly

1 Direct type ADC

2 Integrating type ADC

24 Differentiate between direct ADC and integrating type ADC a) The integrating type of ADCrsquos do not need a sampleHold circuit at the input

b) It is possible to transmit frequency even in noisy environment or in an isolated form

25 List out some integrating type converters

1 Charge balancing ADC

2 Dual slope ADC

26 What is integrating type converter

An ADC converter that perform conversion in an indirect manner by first changing the

analog IP signal to a linear function of time or frequency and then to a digital code is known as

integrating type AD converter

27List the main advantages of integrating type ADCs

i The integrating type of ADCrsquos doing not need a sampleHold circuit at the input

ii It is possible to transmit frequency even in noisy environment or in an isolated form

28 What are the types of ADC and DAC Types of ADC 1 Flash (comparator) type converter

2 Counter type converter

3 Tracking or servo converter

4 Successive approximation type converter

Types of DAC 1 Weighted resistor DAC

2 R-2R Ladder

3 Inverted R-2R Ladder

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

29 Explain in brief the principle of operation of successive Approximation ADC

The circuit of successive approximation ADC consists of a successive approximation

register (SAR) to find the required value of each bit by trial amp error With the arrival of START

command SAR sets the MSB bit to 1 The OP is converted into an analog signal amp it is

compared with IP signal This OP is low or High This process continues until all bits are

checked

30 Provide the advantages and disadvantages of flash type ADC Flash type ADC is the fastest as well as the most expensive

The disadvantage is the number of comparators needed almost doubles for each added bit (For a

n-bit convertor 2(n-1) comparators 2n resistors are required)

31Define conversion time

It is defined as the total time required converting an analog signal into its digital output It

depends on the conversion technique used amp the propagation delay of circuit components

The conversion time of a successive approximation type ADC is given by T(n+1) Where T---

clock period Tc---conversion time n- no of bits

32 Define resolution of a data converter

The resolution of a converter is the smallest change in voltage which may be produced at the

output or input of the converter Resolution (in volts)= VFS2n-1=1 LSB increment The

resolution of an ADC is defined as the smallest change in analog input for a one-bit change at the

output

33 Explain in brief stability of a converter

The performance of converter changes with temperature age amp power supply variation So all the

relevant parameters such as offset gain linearity error amp monotonicity must be specified over

the full temperature amp power supply ranges to have better stability performances

34 What is meant by linearity

The linearity of an ADCDAC is an important measure of its accuracy amp tells us how close the

converter output is to its ideal transfer characteristics The linearity error is usually expressed as

a fraction of LSB increment or percentage of full-scale voltage A good converter exhibits a

linearity error of less than plusmnfrac12LSB

35 What is a sample and hold circuit Where it is used

A sample and hold circuit is one which samples an input signal and holds on to its last sampled

value until the input is sampled again This circuit is mainly used in digital interfacing analog to

digital systems and pulse code modulation systems

36 Explain the operation of basic sample and hold circuit A typical sample and hold circuit stores electric charge in a capacitor and contains at least one

fast FET switch and at least one operational amplifier To sample the input signal the switch

connects the capacitor to the output of a buffer amplifier The buffer amplifier charges or

discharges the capacitor so that the voltage across the capacitor is practically equal or

proportional to input voltage In hold mode the switch disconnects the capacitor from the buffer

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

The capacitor is invariably discharged by its own leakage currents and useful load currents

which makes the circuit inherently volatile but the loss of voltage (voltage droop) within a

specified hold time remains within an acceptable error margin

37 Define start of conversion and end of conversion Start of Conversion in ADC (SOC) This is the control signal for start of conversion which

initiates AD conversion process

End of Conversion in ADC (EOC) This is the control signal which is activated when the

conversion is completed

38 Define sample period and hold period

The time during which the voltage across the capacitor in sample and hold circuit is equal to

the input voltage is called sample period The time period during which the voltage across the

capacitor is held constant is called hold period

39 Define the following performance parameters of DA converters

(a) Resolution (b)Accuracy (c) Monotonicity d) Conversion time

a) Resolution The resolution of a converter is the smallest change in voltage which may be produced at the

output or input of the converter

Resolution (in volts)= VFS2n-1=1 LSB increment

Example 8 bit DAC has 28-1 =255 equal intervals Hence the smallest change in output voltage

is (1255) of full scale output range

The resolution of an ADC is defined as the smallest change in analog input for a one bit change

at the output

Example The input range of 8 bit AD converter is divided into 255 intervals So the resolution

for 10V input range = 10V255 = 3922mV

b) Accuracy

Absolute accuracy It is the maximum deviation between the actual converter output amp the ideal converter output

Relative accuracy It is the maximum deviation after gain amp offset errors have been removed

The accuracy of a converter is also specified in form of LSB increments or of full scale

voltage

c) Monotonicity A monotonic DAC is one whose analog output increases for an increase in digital input A

monotonic characteristic is essential in control applications otherwise oscillations result

d) Conversion time It is defined as the total time required to convert an analog signal into its digital output It

depends on the conversion technique used amp the propagation delay of circuit componentsThe

conversion time of a successive approximation type ADC is given by T(n+1)

where T---clock period

Tc---conversion time n----no of bits

What is settling time

It represents the time it takes for the output to settle within a specified band plusmnfrac12LSB of itsfinal

value following a code change at the input (usually a full scale change) It depends uponthe

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

switching time of the logic circuitry due to internal parasitic capacitance amp inductancesSettling

time ranges from 100ns to 10micros depending on word length amp type circuit used

40 List the drawbacks of binary weighted resistor technique of DA conversion a) Wide range of resistor values needed

b) Difficulty in achieving and maintaining accurate ratios over a wide range of variations

41 The basic step of a 9 bit DAC is 103 mV If 000000000 represents 0Volts what is the

output for an input of 101101111 The output voltage for input of 101101111 is

= 103 mV (128+027+126+125+024+123+122+121+120)

= 103 10-3 367 = 378 V

42 What are the advantages and disadvantages of R-2R ladder DAC

Advantages a) Easier to build accurately as only two precision metal films are required

b) Number of bits can be expanded by adding more sections of same R2R values

Disadvantage In this type of DAC when there is a change in the input changes the current flow in the resistor

which causes more power dissipation which creates non-linearity in DAC

43 Which is the fastest AD converter and why

Flash type AD converter is the fastest ADC because the fast conversion speed isaccomplished

by providing 2n-1 comparators and simultaneously comparing the input signal with unique

reference levels spaced 1 LSB apart

44 What are the applications of V-I converter

bull Low voltage dc and ac voltmeter

bull L E D

bull Zener diode tester

45 What do you mean by a precision diode

The major limitation of ordinary diode is that it cannot rectify voltages below the cut ndash involtage

of the diode A circuit designed by placing a diode in the feedback loop of an op ndash ampis called

the precision diode and it is capable of rectifying input signals of the order of millivolt

46 Write down the applications of precision diode

bullHalf - wave rectifier

bullFull - Wave rectifier

bullPeak ndash value detector

bullClipper

bullClamper

47 Draw the circuit diagram of sample and hold circuit

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1 Design and explain triangular wave generator using Schmitt trigger and integrator circuit

2 (i) Explain the operation of dual slope ADC

(ii)Explain the following characteristics of ADC

(i)Resolution (ii) Accuracy (iii)Settling time (iv) Linearity

3 (i) Describe the first order lowpass butterworth filter Derive its frequency response and plot

the same

(ii) Design a low pass filter with a cutoff frequency if 1kHz and with a passband gain of 2

4 What is an instrumentation amplifier List its features Explain the operation of three op-amp

instrumentation amplifier and give its application

5 Explain the following applications of opamp (i)voltage to current converter (ii)Clamper

6 Explain the working of (i) Weighted resistor type DAC (ii) Dual slope type ADC

7 Discuss the operation of ladder network DAC with relevant circuit diagram and waveforms

8 Draw and explain the circuit of a voltage to current converter if the load is

(1) Floating

(2) Grounded

9 (i) Explain the working of OP-AMP based Schmitt trigger circuit (8)

(ii) Design an OP-AMP based second order active low pass filter with cut offfrequency 2 kHz

10 (i)draw an instrumentation amplifier using op amp and explain (6)

(ii) Explain the following op amp circuits

(1) Peak detector (2) Clamper (10)

11(i)draw a neat R-2R ladder DAC and explain its principle(6)

(ii) draw a flash type ADC and explain its working(10)

12(i) Explain how to measure phase difference between two signals

(ii) Explain the operation of square wave generator by drawing the capacitor and output voltage

waveforms

13 (i) Draw a sample and hold circuit Explain its operation and indicate its uses

(ii) Describe a circuit which will clip the input signal below a reference voltage

14 (i) Describe the operation of current to voltage converter with appropriate diagrams

(ii) Draw and explain the operation of the following

(i) Triangle wave generator (ii) monostable multivibrator

15 Elaborate on the operation of comparator and describe its applications

16Explain the working principle of RC phase shift sine wave generator using op-amp and derive

expression for f

17 (i) Explain the important specifications of DAC

(ii) With diagrams and example explain the working principle of successive approximation type

ADC

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

UNIT IV SPECIAL ICs

SYLLABUS 555 Timer circuit ndash Functional block characteristics amp applications 566-voltage

controlled oscillator circuit 565-phase lock loop circuit functioning and applications Analog multiplier ICs

TWO MARK QUESTIONS

1 Mention some applications of 555 timer

Oscillator

pulse generator

ramp and square wave generator

burglar alarm

traffic light control

Missing pulse detector

Linear ramp generator

Frequency divider

Pulse width modulation

FSK generator

Pulse position modulator

Schmitt trigger

2 List the applications of 555 timer in monostable mode of operation

Missing pulse detector

Linear ramp generator

Frequency divider

Pulse width modulation

3 List the applications of 555 timer in Astable mode of operation

FSK generator

Pulse-position modulator

4 Enumerate the basic blocks of IC 555 timer

5 Highlight the features of 555 Timer

available in three packages 8 pin metal can 8 pin dip 14 pin dip

6 What is the use of reset pin of 555 timer

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

This is an interrupt for the timing device when pin 4 is grounded it stops the working of device

and turns it off

7 What is the purpose of control voltage pin (5) of 555 timer This pin is the inverting input terminal of comparator This is reference level for comparator with

which threshold is compared If reference level is other than 23 VCC then external input is to

be given to pin 5 Pulse width modulation is possible due to pin 5

8Write the expression for pulse width of 555 timer in monostable mode Pulse width W = 11 RC seconds

R ndash resistor in ohms C ndash capacitor in farads

9Write the expression for total time period of 555 timer in astable mode T = 0693 (RA + 2 RB) C seconds

10 Define duty cycle

The ratio of high output and low output period is given by a mathematical parameter called duty

cycle It is defined as the ratio of ON Time to total time

11 What is a voltage controlled oscillator V o l t age con t r o l l ed o s c i l l a to r i s a f r e e r u nn in g m ul t i v i b ra to r op e r a t in g a t a

s e t frequency called the free running frequency This frequency can be shifted to

either side by applying a dc control voltage and the frequency deviation is

proportional to the dc control voltage

12 On what parameters does the free running frequency of VCO depend on bullExternal timing resistor RT

bullExternal timing capacitor CT

bullThe dc control voltage Vc

13 Give the expression for the VCO free running frequency

f o= 025 RTCT

14 Define Voltage to Frequency conversion factor Voltage to Frequency conversion factor is defined as

Kv = Δfo ΔVc = Vcc

Where ΔVc is the modulation voltage required to produce the frequency shift Δfo

15 List the features of 566 VCO

-24V)

temperature stability

16 State the function of a PLL

A PLL is a basically a closed loop system designed to lock output frequency and phase to the

frequency and phase of an input signal

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

17 Define lock range capture range and pull in time

Lock range

When PLL is in lock it can trap freq changes in the incoming signal The range of frequencies

over which the PLL can maintain lock with the incoming signal is called as lock range Lock in

range ∆fL = +- 78 fo V fo is free running frequency

Capture range

The range of frequencies over which the PLL can acquire lock with the input signal is called as

capture range Capture range = +- = [∆fL (2prodRC)] 12

Define pull-in time

The total time taken by the PLL to establish lock is called pull-in time

18 List out the blocks of PLL a Frequency multiplicationdivision

b Frequency translation c AM detection

d FM demodulation

e FSK demodulation

19 What is the purpose of having a low pass filter in PLL bullIt removes the high frequency components and noise

bullControls the dynamic characteristics of the PLL such as capture range lock -in

range band-width and transient response

bullThe charge on the filter capacitor gives a short- time memory to the PLL

20 Discuss the effect of having large capture range The PLL cannot acquire a signal outside the capture range but once captured it will hold on till

the frequency goes beyond the lock-in range Thus to increase the ability of lock range large

capture range is required But a large capture range will make the PLL more

susceptible to noise and undesirable signal

21 List the applications of 565 PLL

22 What is a switch type phase detector An electronic switch is opened and closed by signal coming from VCO and the input signal is

chopped at a repetition rate determined by the VCO frequency This type of Phase detector is

called a half wave detector since the phase information for only one half of the input signal is

detected and averaged

23 What are the problems associated with switch type phase detector The output voltage Ve is proportional to the input signal amplitude This is undesirable because

it makes phase detector gain and loop gain dependent on the input signal amplitude The output

is proportional to cosφ making it non linear

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

24 What is analog multiplier

An analog multiplier is a circuit in which the output is proportional to the multiplication of two

input voltages It is used in modulation frequency converters and to solve non-linear equations

25 Mention any two analog multiplier Ics

a) IC AD 533

b) IC AD 534

26 What is ICAD 533

It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is a low cost IC comprising a transconductance

multiplying element stable reference and an output amplifier

27 List the features of ICAD533

28 What is ICAD 534List its features

It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is the first general purpose multiplier capable of

providing gain upto X100

Features

Adjustable scale factor

Low noise

Excellent long time stability

29 Mention the applications of analog multipliers 1 Voltage squarer

2 Frequency doubler

3 Voltage divider

4 Square rooter

5 Phase angle detector

6 Rectifier

30 Explain how a frequency doubler can be realized using analog multiplier The multiplication of two sine waves of the same frequency but of possibly different amplitudes

and phase allows doubling a frequency using an analog multiplier

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1 Explain the functional block diagram of 555timer

2 Explain working of PLL using appropriate block diagram and explain any one application of

the same

3 Draw the block diagram of an Astable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression

for its frequency of oscillation

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

4 Draw the block diagram of monostable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression

for its frequency of oscillation Discuss some applications of 555 timer in monostable mode

5 write short notes on

i) capture range

ii) Lock in range

iii) Pull in time

6 Briefly explain the block diagram of PLL and derive the expression for Lock range and

capture range

7 With a neat functional diagram explain the operation of VCO Also derive an expression for

fodiscuss the applications of PLL

8 What is 555 timer What are the features of 555 timer Explain the monostable mode in detail

With neat block diagram explain IC566 VCO operation and discuss any 2 applications

9 What are the modes of operation of IC555 Derive the expression of time delay of monostable

multivibrator

10 (i)Explain the VCO with neat block diagram Give its typical connection diagram and output

waveforms

(ii)Derive the expression for capture range for PLL where a simple RC network is used as a LPF

11 (i)Explain the working of VCO

(ii)What is PLL Explain its operation as frequency multiplier

12 Explain the astable and bistable operation of IC555 with necessary waveforms

13 With the help of schematic circuit explain the operation of 566 VCO Also derive the

expression for output frequenct

14 (i) List and define the various performance parameters of a Multiplier IC (6)

(ii) How the multiplier is used as voltage divider (5)

(iii) How the multiplier is used as frequency doubler (5)

15 Explain with neat block diagrams how PLL is used as

(i) AM Detector (5)

(ii) FM Detector (5)

(iii) Frequency Synthesizer (6)

16(i) describe in details the characteristics and applications of 555 timer (6)

(ii) Draw a neat block diagram of VCO and explain (10)

17(i) Draw the 565 PLL and explain itrsquos functioning in detail (8)

(ii) Give an account on ldquoAnalog multiplier ICrdquo (8)

18 (i)How is an astable multivibrator connected into a pulse position modulator

(ii) Draw the circuit of Schmitt trigger using 555 timer and explain its operation

19Design and draw the waveforms of a 1KHz square wave generator using 555 timer for duty

cycle (i) D=25 (ii) D=50

20(i) Perform the closed loop analysis of PLL

(ii) Explain any two applications of PLL

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

UNIT V APPLICATION ICs

SYLLABUS IC voltage regulators - LM317 723 regulators switching regulator MA 7840 LM

380 power amplifier ICL 8038 function generator IC isolation amplifiers opto coupler opto

electronic ICs

TWO MARK QUESTIONS

1 What is a voltage regulator

A voltage regulator is an electronic circuit that provides a stable dc voltage independent of the

load current temperature and ac line voltage variations

2 Give the classification of voltage regulators

Series Linear regulators

Switching regulators

3 Write about a linear voltage regulator

Series or linear regulator uses a power transistor connected in series between the unregulated dc

input and the load and it conducts in the linear region The output voltage is controlled by the

continuous voltage drop taking place across the series pass transistor

4 What is a switching regulator

Switching regulators are those which operate the power transistor as a high frequency onoff

switchso that the power transistor does not conduct current continouslyThis give improved

efficiency over series regulators

5 List the advantages of IC voltage regulators

Low cost high reliability reduction in size and excellent performance

6 Give some examples of monolithic IC voltage regulators

78XX series fixed output positive voltage regulators

79XX series fixed output negative voltage regulators

723 general purpose regulator

7 What is the purpose of having input and output capacitors in three terminal IC

regulators

A capacitor connected between the input terminal and ground cancels the inductive effects due to

long distribution leads The output capacitor improves the transient response

8 Define line regulation

Line regulation is defined as the percentage change in the output voltage for a change in the

input voltageIt is expressed in millivolts or as a percentage of the output voltage

9 Define load regulation

Load regulation is defined as the change in output voltage for a change in load current It is

expressed in mill volts or as a percentage of the output voltage

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

10 What is meant by current limiting

Current limiting refers to the ability of a regulator to prevent the load current from increasing

above a preset value

11 Give the drawbacks of linear regulators

The input step down transformer is bulky and expensive because of low line frequency Because

of low line frequency large values of filter capacitors are required to decrease the ripple

Efficiency is reduced due to the continuous power dissipation by the transistor as it operates in

the linear region

12 What is the advantage of switching regulators

Greater efficiency is achieved as the power transistor is made to operate as low impedance

switch Power transmitted across the transistor is in discrete pulses rather than as a steady current

flowBy using suitable switching loss reduction technique the switching frequency can be

increased so as to reduce the size and weight of the inductors and capacitors

13 Why do switching regulators have better efficiency than series regulators

The transistor in linear regulator will operate in linear area at all times Considerable power is

dissipated in linear operation since the transistor has voltage across it and current flowing

through itSince the series element in a switching regulator is either fully conducting(V=0 hence

power=0) or switched off(I=0 hence power=0) it dissipates almost no power this is what gives

the switching design its efficiency

14 What are the advantages of adjustable voltage regulators over the fixed voltage

regulators i) Improved line and load regulation by a factor of 10 or more

ii) Because of the improved overload protection greater load current can be drawn

iii) Improved reliability

15 List out the parameters related to the fixed voltage regulators 1) Line regulation

2) Load regulation

3) Ripple rejection

4) Output impedance

5) Maximum power dissipation

6) Rated output current

16 Define dropout voltage of a fixed voltage regulator It is the minimum voltage that must exist between input and output terminals For most of

regulators it is 2 to 3 volts

17 What is an opto-coupler IC

Opto-coupler IC is a combined package of a photo-emitting device and a photo-sensing device

14 What are the types of opto couplers

LED and a photo diode

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

LED and photo transistor

LED and Darlington

15 Give two examples of IC optocouplers

Examples for opto-coupler IC

MCT 2F

16 Mention the advantages of opto-couplers

Better isolation between the two stages

Impedance problem between the stages is eliminated

Wide frequency response

Easily interfaced with digital circuit

Compact and light weight

Problems such as noise transients contact bounce are eliminated

17 Specify the need for isolation amplifier

Isolation amplifiers provide electrical isolation and an electrical safety barrier They protect data

acquisition components from common mode voltages which are potential differences between

instrument ground and signal ground Instruments that are applied in the presence of a common

mode voltage without an isolation barrier allow ground currents to circulate leading in the best

case to a noisy representation of the signal under investigation In the worst case assuming that

the magnitude of common mode voltage or current is sufficient instrument destruction is likely

Isolation amplifiers are used in medical instruments to ensure isolation of a patient from power

supply leakage current

18What are the features of MA78s40

Step upstep down or inverting operation

Operation from 25 to 40 V

80Db line and load regulation

19List the important parts of a regulated power supply

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

(i) Transformer (ii) Rectifier (iii) Filter (iv)Regulator

20 Using LM380 draw the circuit for audio power amplifier

21 What are onetwo and four quadrant multipliers

A four-quadrant multiplier is one where inputs and outputs may swing positive and negative

Many multipliers only work in 2 quadrants (one input may only have one polarity) or single

quadrant (inputs and outputs have only one polarity usually all positive)

22 List the parameters of optocoupler

a Current transfer ratio

b Isolation voltage

c Response time

d Common mode rejection

23Why current boosting is done in 723 regulator

The maximum current capability of 723 regulator is 140mA In certain applications this value of

current is not sufficient Hence current boosting is done using series pass transistor

24 What are the limitations of three terminal regulator

1 For fixed output regulators the output voltage is not precise

2 Only selected values of output voltages are available

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

3 Current boosting by external series pass transistor is required if load current beyond the

capability of basic regulator is required

25 Draw the typical connection diagram of IC LM317

26 What is the function od a series pass transistor in voltage regulator

The series pass transistor acsts as a control element The value of VcE gets adjusted in such a

way that the output voltage of the regulator always remains constant In addition the series pass

transistor supplies the load current

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1Draw and explain the functional block diagram of 723 voltage regulator and how this IC can be

used as high voltage regulator

2Write an explanatory note on

(i) Power amplifier (ii) Isolation amplifier

3 With neat diagrams explain the working of switched mode power supply

4 Write brief notes on

(i)IC MA 7840

(ii) Optocoupler

5 (i)Explain the working of series voltage regulator

(ii)Write notes on optocoupler

6 What is a switching regulator With neat block diagram explain the internals of MA7840

7 Draw the functional block diagram of IC 723 and explain

8 Explain with the help of functional block diagram the working of voltage regulator IC723

Clearly explain how current limit and foldback type current limiting facility can be provided with

723 circuits

9 Draw the circuit of series voltage regulator Design this circuit to operate from a supply of 20v

and to provide an output of 12V with maximum load current of 40mA

10 Draw the functional diagram of ICL 8038 Function generator IC and explain its operation

Give its frequency of oscillation at the output

11 (i) With neat diagram explain the working principle of isolation amplifier (8)

(ii) With neat diagram explain the principle of operation of optocouplers (8)

12 With the help of neat circuit diagram explain the operation of an adjustable regulator using

LM317

13 State the features and applications of IC LM 380 and explain them

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

14 Design a waveform generator using IC8038 The frequency of oscillation is 5kHz and duty

cycle is 50 From data sheet Vcc=5V VoH=36V VoL=02V ILL=16mA ILH=409uA

15 (i) Design low voltage regulator using IC 723 for 5V and explain its characteristics

(ii) Describe the features of function generator IC

(iii)Write short notes on optocoupler ICs

Page 16: EE2254 LICA QB

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

UNIT III APPLICATIONS OF OPAMP

SYLLABUS Instrumentation amplifier first and second order active filters VI amp IV converters

comparatorsmultivibrators waveform generators clippers clampers peak detector SH circuit DA converter (R-2R ladder and weighted resistor types) AD converter - Dual slope successive approximation and flash types

TWO MARK QUESTIONS

1What is the need for an instrumentation amplifier

In a number of industrial and consumer applications the measurement of physical quantities is

usually done with the help of transducers The output of transducer has to be amplified So that it

can drive the indicator or display system This function is performed by an instrumentation

amplifier

2List the features of instrumentation amplifier

o high gain accuracy

o high CMRR

o high gain stability with low temperature co-efficient

o low dc offset

o low output impedance

3 What is a comparator

A comparator is a circuit which compares a signal voltage applied at one input of an opamp with

a known reference voltage at the other input It is an open loop op - amp with output + Vsat or -

Vsat

4 What are the applications of comparator

Zero crossing detectors

Window detector

Time marker generator

Phase detector

5 What is a Schmitt trigger

Schmitt trigger is a regenerative comparator It converts sinusoidal input into a square wave

output The output of Schmitt trigger swings between upper and lower threshold voltages which

are the reference voltages of the input waveform

6 What is a multivibrator

Multivibrators are a group of regenerative circuits that are used extensively in timing

applications It is a wave shaping circuit which gives symmetric or asymmetric square output It

has two states either stable or quasi- stable depending on the type of multivibrator

7 What do you mean by monostable multivibrator

Monostable multivibrator is one which generates a single pulse of specified duration in

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

response to each external trigger signal It has only one stable state Application of a trigger

causes a change to the quasi-stable stateAn external trigger signal generated due to charging and

discharging of the capacitor produces the transition to the original stable state

8 Write a brief note on astable multivibrator

Astable multivibrator is a free running oscillator having two quasi-stable states Thus there are

oscillations between these two states and no external signal is required to produce the change in

state

9 What is a bistable multivibrator

Bistable multivibrator is one that maintains a given output voltage level unless an external

trigger is applied Application of an external trigger signal causes a change of state and this

output level is maintained indefinitely until an second trigger is applied Thus it requires two

external triggers before it returns to its initial state

10 What are the requirements for producing sustained oscillations in feedback circuits

For sustained oscillations

The total phase shift around the loop must be zero at the desired frequency of oscillation fo

ieL AB=00 or 360

0

At fo the magnitu

11Draw the circuit diagram of positive clipper

12 What is hysteresis with reference to Schmitt trigger circuit

In the non-inverting configuration when the input is higher than a certain chosen threshold the

output is high When the input is below a different (lower) chosen threshold the output is low

and when the input is between the two levels the output retains its value This dual threshold

action is called hysteresis and implies that the Schmitt trigger possesses memory and can act as a

bistable circuit (latch)

13 Differentiate between Schmitt trigger and comparator

SNo Comparator Schmitt trigger

1 Feedback is not used that is Op-amp is used

in open loop mode

Feedback is used that is Op-ampis used in

closed loop mode

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

2 False triggering due to noise voltages is

possible

False triggering due to noise voltages is

not possible

3 A single reference voltage exists Two different threshold voltages exists as

VUT and VLT

4 No hysteresis exists Hysteresis exists with a width H=VUT -

VLT

14 What is a filter

Filter is a frequency selective circuit that passes signal of specified band of frequencies

andattenuates the signals of frequencies outside the band

15 What are the demerits of passive filters

Passive filters works well for high frequencies But at audio frequencies the inductorsbecome

problematic as they become large heavy and expensive For low frequencyapplications more

number of turns of wire must be used which in turn adds to the seriesresistance degrading

inductorrsquos performance ie low Q resulting in high power dissipation

16 What are the advantages of active filters

bull Active filters used op- amp as the active element and resistors and capacitors as

passiveelements

bull By enclosing a capacitor in the feed back loop inductor less active filters can be obtained

bull Op-amp used in non ndash inverting configuration offers high input impedance and low output

impedance thus improving the load drive capacity

17What are the different types of filters

Based on the components used Active filters and passive filters

Based on frequency responses Low pass filterHigh pass filterBand pass filterBand reject filter

Based on order of transfer function first second third higher order filters

Based on configuration Bessel Chebyshev Butterworth filters

18What is frequency scaling

Once the filter is designed sometimes it is necessary to change the value of cut-off frequency

The method used to change the original cut-off frequency to new cut-off frequency is called

frequency scaling

19Briefly describe a voltage follower

bull A circuit in which the output voltage follows the input voltage is called voltage followercircuit

bull In Op-amp if the inverting input and the output terminals are shorted and if any signal isapplied

at the non-inverting terminal it appears at the output without any change

bullIt is also called as source follower unity gain amplifier buffer amplifier or isolationamplifier

20 Describe about a bandpass filter

A bandpass filter is basically a frequency selector It allows one particular band of frequencies to

pass Thus the pass band is between the two cut-off frequencies fH and fL where fH gt fL Any

frequency outside this band gets attenuated

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

21Sketch the circuit diagram of first order active low pass filter

22 What is a notch filter and what is its application

A narrow band reject filter is called a notch filter and is used for rejection of a single frequency

such as 50Hz power line frequency

23 Classify the ADCs broadly

1 Direct type ADC

2 Integrating type ADC

24 Differentiate between direct ADC and integrating type ADC a) The integrating type of ADCrsquos do not need a sampleHold circuit at the input

b) It is possible to transmit frequency even in noisy environment or in an isolated form

25 List out some integrating type converters

1 Charge balancing ADC

2 Dual slope ADC

26 What is integrating type converter

An ADC converter that perform conversion in an indirect manner by first changing the

analog IP signal to a linear function of time or frequency and then to a digital code is known as

integrating type AD converter

27List the main advantages of integrating type ADCs

i The integrating type of ADCrsquos doing not need a sampleHold circuit at the input

ii It is possible to transmit frequency even in noisy environment or in an isolated form

28 What are the types of ADC and DAC Types of ADC 1 Flash (comparator) type converter

2 Counter type converter

3 Tracking or servo converter

4 Successive approximation type converter

Types of DAC 1 Weighted resistor DAC

2 R-2R Ladder

3 Inverted R-2R Ladder

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

29 Explain in brief the principle of operation of successive Approximation ADC

The circuit of successive approximation ADC consists of a successive approximation

register (SAR) to find the required value of each bit by trial amp error With the arrival of START

command SAR sets the MSB bit to 1 The OP is converted into an analog signal amp it is

compared with IP signal This OP is low or High This process continues until all bits are

checked

30 Provide the advantages and disadvantages of flash type ADC Flash type ADC is the fastest as well as the most expensive

The disadvantage is the number of comparators needed almost doubles for each added bit (For a

n-bit convertor 2(n-1) comparators 2n resistors are required)

31Define conversion time

It is defined as the total time required converting an analog signal into its digital output It

depends on the conversion technique used amp the propagation delay of circuit components

The conversion time of a successive approximation type ADC is given by T(n+1) Where T---

clock period Tc---conversion time n- no of bits

32 Define resolution of a data converter

The resolution of a converter is the smallest change in voltage which may be produced at the

output or input of the converter Resolution (in volts)= VFS2n-1=1 LSB increment The

resolution of an ADC is defined as the smallest change in analog input for a one-bit change at the

output

33 Explain in brief stability of a converter

The performance of converter changes with temperature age amp power supply variation So all the

relevant parameters such as offset gain linearity error amp monotonicity must be specified over

the full temperature amp power supply ranges to have better stability performances

34 What is meant by linearity

The linearity of an ADCDAC is an important measure of its accuracy amp tells us how close the

converter output is to its ideal transfer characteristics The linearity error is usually expressed as

a fraction of LSB increment or percentage of full-scale voltage A good converter exhibits a

linearity error of less than plusmnfrac12LSB

35 What is a sample and hold circuit Where it is used

A sample and hold circuit is one which samples an input signal and holds on to its last sampled

value until the input is sampled again This circuit is mainly used in digital interfacing analog to

digital systems and pulse code modulation systems

36 Explain the operation of basic sample and hold circuit A typical sample and hold circuit stores electric charge in a capacitor and contains at least one

fast FET switch and at least one operational amplifier To sample the input signal the switch

connects the capacitor to the output of a buffer amplifier The buffer amplifier charges or

discharges the capacitor so that the voltage across the capacitor is practically equal or

proportional to input voltage In hold mode the switch disconnects the capacitor from the buffer

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

The capacitor is invariably discharged by its own leakage currents and useful load currents

which makes the circuit inherently volatile but the loss of voltage (voltage droop) within a

specified hold time remains within an acceptable error margin

37 Define start of conversion and end of conversion Start of Conversion in ADC (SOC) This is the control signal for start of conversion which

initiates AD conversion process

End of Conversion in ADC (EOC) This is the control signal which is activated when the

conversion is completed

38 Define sample period and hold period

The time during which the voltage across the capacitor in sample and hold circuit is equal to

the input voltage is called sample period The time period during which the voltage across the

capacitor is held constant is called hold period

39 Define the following performance parameters of DA converters

(a) Resolution (b)Accuracy (c) Monotonicity d) Conversion time

a) Resolution The resolution of a converter is the smallest change in voltage which may be produced at the

output or input of the converter

Resolution (in volts)= VFS2n-1=1 LSB increment

Example 8 bit DAC has 28-1 =255 equal intervals Hence the smallest change in output voltage

is (1255) of full scale output range

The resolution of an ADC is defined as the smallest change in analog input for a one bit change

at the output

Example The input range of 8 bit AD converter is divided into 255 intervals So the resolution

for 10V input range = 10V255 = 3922mV

b) Accuracy

Absolute accuracy It is the maximum deviation between the actual converter output amp the ideal converter output

Relative accuracy It is the maximum deviation after gain amp offset errors have been removed

The accuracy of a converter is also specified in form of LSB increments or of full scale

voltage

c) Monotonicity A monotonic DAC is one whose analog output increases for an increase in digital input A

monotonic characteristic is essential in control applications otherwise oscillations result

d) Conversion time It is defined as the total time required to convert an analog signal into its digital output It

depends on the conversion technique used amp the propagation delay of circuit componentsThe

conversion time of a successive approximation type ADC is given by T(n+1)

where T---clock period

Tc---conversion time n----no of bits

What is settling time

It represents the time it takes for the output to settle within a specified band plusmnfrac12LSB of itsfinal

value following a code change at the input (usually a full scale change) It depends uponthe

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

switching time of the logic circuitry due to internal parasitic capacitance amp inductancesSettling

time ranges from 100ns to 10micros depending on word length amp type circuit used

40 List the drawbacks of binary weighted resistor technique of DA conversion a) Wide range of resistor values needed

b) Difficulty in achieving and maintaining accurate ratios over a wide range of variations

41 The basic step of a 9 bit DAC is 103 mV If 000000000 represents 0Volts what is the

output for an input of 101101111 The output voltage for input of 101101111 is

= 103 mV (128+027+126+125+024+123+122+121+120)

= 103 10-3 367 = 378 V

42 What are the advantages and disadvantages of R-2R ladder DAC

Advantages a) Easier to build accurately as only two precision metal films are required

b) Number of bits can be expanded by adding more sections of same R2R values

Disadvantage In this type of DAC when there is a change in the input changes the current flow in the resistor

which causes more power dissipation which creates non-linearity in DAC

43 Which is the fastest AD converter and why

Flash type AD converter is the fastest ADC because the fast conversion speed isaccomplished

by providing 2n-1 comparators and simultaneously comparing the input signal with unique

reference levels spaced 1 LSB apart

44 What are the applications of V-I converter

bull Low voltage dc and ac voltmeter

bull L E D

bull Zener diode tester

45 What do you mean by a precision diode

The major limitation of ordinary diode is that it cannot rectify voltages below the cut ndash involtage

of the diode A circuit designed by placing a diode in the feedback loop of an op ndash ampis called

the precision diode and it is capable of rectifying input signals of the order of millivolt

46 Write down the applications of precision diode

bullHalf - wave rectifier

bullFull - Wave rectifier

bullPeak ndash value detector

bullClipper

bullClamper

47 Draw the circuit diagram of sample and hold circuit

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1 Design and explain triangular wave generator using Schmitt trigger and integrator circuit

2 (i) Explain the operation of dual slope ADC

(ii)Explain the following characteristics of ADC

(i)Resolution (ii) Accuracy (iii)Settling time (iv) Linearity

3 (i) Describe the first order lowpass butterworth filter Derive its frequency response and plot

the same

(ii) Design a low pass filter with a cutoff frequency if 1kHz and with a passband gain of 2

4 What is an instrumentation amplifier List its features Explain the operation of three op-amp

instrumentation amplifier and give its application

5 Explain the following applications of opamp (i)voltage to current converter (ii)Clamper

6 Explain the working of (i) Weighted resistor type DAC (ii) Dual slope type ADC

7 Discuss the operation of ladder network DAC with relevant circuit diagram and waveforms

8 Draw and explain the circuit of a voltage to current converter if the load is

(1) Floating

(2) Grounded

9 (i) Explain the working of OP-AMP based Schmitt trigger circuit (8)

(ii) Design an OP-AMP based second order active low pass filter with cut offfrequency 2 kHz

10 (i)draw an instrumentation amplifier using op amp and explain (6)

(ii) Explain the following op amp circuits

(1) Peak detector (2) Clamper (10)

11(i)draw a neat R-2R ladder DAC and explain its principle(6)

(ii) draw a flash type ADC and explain its working(10)

12(i) Explain how to measure phase difference between two signals

(ii) Explain the operation of square wave generator by drawing the capacitor and output voltage

waveforms

13 (i) Draw a sample and hold circuit Explain its operation and indicate its uses

(ii) Describe a circuit which will clip the input signal below a reference voltage

14 (i) Describe the operation of current to voltage converter with appropriate diagrams

(ii) Draw and explain the operation of the following

(i) Triangle wave generator (ii) monostable multivibrator

15 Elaborate on the operation of comparator and describe its applications

16Explain the working principle of RC phase shift sine wave generator using op-amp and derive

expression for f

17 (i) Explain the important specifications of DAC

(ii) With diagrams and example explain the working principle of successive approximation type

ADC

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

UNIT IV SPECIAL ICs

SYLLABUS 555 Timer circuit ndash Functional block characteristics amp applications 566-voltage

controlled oscillator circuit 565-phase lock loop circuit functioning and applications Analog multiplier ICs

TWO MARK QUESTIONS

1 Mention some applications of 555 timer

Oscillator

pulse generator

ramp and square wave generator

burglar alarm

traffic light control

Missing pulse detector

Linear ramp generator

Frequency divider

Pulse width modulation

FSK generator

Pulse position modulator

Schmitt trigger

2 List the applications of 555 timer in monostable mode of operation

Missing pulse detector

Linear ramp generator

Frequency divider

Pulse width modulation

3 List the applications of 555 timer in Astable mode of operation

FSK generator

Pulse-position modulator

4 Enumerate the basic blocks of IC 555 timer

5 Highlight the features of 555 Timer

available in three packages 8 pin metal can 8 pin dip 14 pin dip

6 What is the use of reset pin of 555 timer

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

This is an interrupt for the timing device when pin 4 is grounded it stops the working of device

and turns it off

7 What is the purpose of control voltage pin (5) of 555 timer This pin is the inverting input terminal of comparator This is reference level for comparator with

which threshold is compared If reference level is other than 23 VCC then external input is to

be given to pin 5 Pulse width modulation is possible due to pin 5

8Write the expression for pulse width of 555 timer in monostable mode Pulse width W = 11 RC seconds

R ndash resistor in ohms C ndash capacitor in farads

9Write the expression for total time period of 555 timer in astable mode T = 0693 (RA + 2 RB) C seconds

10 Define duty cycle

The ratio of high output and low output period is given by a mathematical parameter called duty

cycle It is defined as the ratio of ON Time to total time

11 What is a voltage controlled oscillator V o l t age con t r o l l ed o s c i l l a to r i s a f r e e r u nn in g m ul t i v i b ra to r op e r a t in g a t a

s e t frequency called the free running frequency This frequency can be shifted to

either side by applying a dc control voltage and the frequency deviation is

proportional to the dc control voltage

12 On what parameters does the free running frequency of VCO depend on bullExternal timing resistor RT

bullExternal timing capacitor CT

bullThe dc control voltage Vc

13 Give the expression for the VCO free running frequency

f o= 025 RTCT

14 Define Voltage to Frequency conversion factor Voltage to Frequency conversion factor is defined as

Kv = Δfo ΔVc = Vcc

Where ΔVc is the modulation voltage required to produce the frequency shift Δfo

15 List the features of 566 VCO

-24V)

temperature stability

16 State the function of a PLL

A PLL is a basically a closed loop system designed to lock output frequency and phase to the

frequency and phase of an input signal

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

17 Define lock range capture range and pull in time

Lock range

When PLL is in lock it can trap freq changes in the incoming signal The range of frequencies

over which the PLL can maintain lock with the incoming signal is called as lock range Lock in

range ∆fL = +- 78 fo V fo is free running frequency

Capture range

The range of frequencies over which the PLL can acquire lock with the input signal is called as

capture range Capture range = +- = [∆fL (2prodRC)] 12

Define pull-in time

The total time taken by the PLL to establish lock is called pull-in time

18 List out the blocks of PLL a Frequency multiplicationdivision

b Frequency translation c AM detection

d FM demodulation

e FSK demodulation

19 What is the purpose of having a low pass filter in PLL bullIt removes the high frequency components and noise

bullControls the dynamic characteristics of the PLL such as capture range lock -in

range band-width and transient response

bullThe charge on the filter capacitor gives a short- time memory to the PLL

20 Discuss the effect of having large capture range The PLL cannot acquire a signal outside the capture range but once captured it will hold on till

the frequency goes beyond the lock-in range Thus to increase the ability of lock range large

capture range is required But a large capture range will make the PLL more

susceptible to noise and undesirable signal

21 List the applications of 565 PLL

22 What is a switch type phase detector An electronic switch is opened and closed by signal coming from VCO and the input signal is

chopped at a repetition rate determined by the VCO frequency This type of Phase detector is

called a half wave detector since the phase information for only one half of the input signal is

detected and averaged

23 What are the problems associated with switch type phase detector The output voltage Ve is proportional to the input signal amplitude This is undesirable because

it makes phase detector gain and loop gain dependent on the input signal amplitude The output

is proportional to cosφ making it non linear

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

24 What is analog multiplier

An analog multiplier is a circuit in which the output is proportional to the multiplication of two

input voltages It is used in modulation frequency converters and to solve non-linear equations

25 Mention any two analog multiplier Ics

a) IC AD 533

b) IC AD 534

26 What is ICAD 533

It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is a low cost IC comprising a transconductance

multiplying element stable reference and an output amplifier

27 List the features of ICAD533

28 What is ICAD 534List its features

It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is the first general purpose multiplier capable of

providing gain upto X100

Features

Adjustable scale factor

Low noise

Excellent long time stability

29 Mention the applications of analog multipliers 1 Voltage squarer

2 Frequency doubler

3 Voltage divider

4 Square rooter

5 Phase angle detector

6 Rectifier

30 Explain how a frequency doubler can be realized using analog multiplier The multiplication of two sine waves of the same frequency but of possibly different amplitudes

and phase allows doubling a frequency using an analog multiplier

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1 Explain the functional block diagram of 555timer

2 Explain working of PLL using appropriate block diagram and explain any one application of

the same

3 Draw the block diagram of an Astable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression

for its frequency of oscillation

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

4 Draw the block diagram of monostable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression

for its frequency of oscillation Discuss some applications of 555 timer in monostable mode

5 write short notes on

i) capture range

ii) Lock in range

iii) Pull in time

6 Briefly explain the block diagram of PLL and derive the expression for Lock range and

capture range

7 With a neat functional diagram explain the operation of VCO Also derive an expression for

fodiscuss the applications of PLL

8 What is 555 timer What are the features of 555 timer Explain the monostable mode in detail

With neat block diagram explain IC566 VCO operation and discuss any 2 applications

9 What are the modes of operation of IC555 Derive the expression of time delay of monostable

multivibrator

10 (i)Explain the VCO with neat block diagram Give its typical connection diagram and output

waveforms

(ii)Derive the expression for capture range for PLL where a simple RC network is used as a LPF

11 (i)Explain the working of VCO

(ii)What is PLL Explain its operation as frequency multiplier

12 Explain the astable and bistable operation of IC555 with necessary waveforms

13 With the help of schematic circuit explain the operation of 566 VCO Also derive the

expression for output frequenct

14 (i) List and define the various performance parameters of a Multiplier IC (6)

(ii) How the multiplier is used as voltage divider (5)

(iii) How the multiplier is used as frequency doubler (5)

15 Explain with neat block diagrams how PLL is used as

(i) AM Detector (5)

(ii) FM Detector (5)

(iii) Frequency Synthesizer (6)

16(i) describe in details the characteristics and applications of 555 timer (6)

(ii) Draw a neat block diagram of VCO and explain (10)

17(i) Draw the 565 PLL and explain itrsquos functioning in detail (8)

(ii) Give an account on ldquoAnalog multiplier ICrdquo (8)

18 (i)How is an astable multivibrator connected into a pulse position modulator

(ii) Draw the circuit of Schmitt trigger using 555 timer and explain its operation

19Design and draw the waveforms of a 1KHz square wave generator using 555 timer for duty

cycle (i) D=25 (ii) D=50

20(i) Perform the closed loop analysis of PLL

(ii) Explain any two applications of PLL

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

UNIT V APPLICATION ICs

SYLLABUS IC voltage regulators - LM317 723 regulators switching regulator MA 7840 LM

380 power amplifier ICL 8038 function generator IC isolation amplifiers opto coupler opto

electronic ICs

TWO MARK QUESTIONS

1 What is a voltage regulator

A voltage regulator is an electronic circuit that provides a stable dc voltage independent of the

load current temperature and ac line voltage variations

2 Give the classification of voltage regulators

Series Linear regulators

Switching regulators

3 Write about a linear voltage regulator

Series or linear regulator uses a power transistor connected in series between the unregulated dc

input and the load and it conducts in the linear region The output voltage is controlled by the

continuous voltage drop taking place across the series pass transistor

4 What is a switching regulator

Switching regulators are those which operate the power transistor as a high frequency onoff

switchso that the power transistor does not conduct current continouslyThis give improved

efficiency over series regulators

5 List the advantages of IC voltage regulators

Low cost high reliability reduction in size and excellent performance

6 Give some examples of monolithic IC voltage regulators

78XX series fixed output positive voltage regulators

79XX series fixed output negative voltage regulators

723 general purpose regulator

7 What is the purpose of having input and output capacitors in three terminal IC

regulators

A capacitor connected between the input terminal and ground cancels the inductive effects due to

long distribution leads The output capacitor improves the transient response

8 Define line regulation

Line regulation is defined as the percentage change in the output voltage for a change in the

input voltageIt is expressed in millivolts or as a percentage of the output voltage

9 Define load regulation

Load regulation is defined as the change in output voltage for a change in load current It is

expressed in mill volts or as a percentage of the output voltage

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

10 What is meant by current limiting

Current limiting refers to the ability of a regulator to prevent the load current from increasing

above a preset value

11 Give the drawbacks of linear regulators

The input step down transformer is bulky and expensive because of low line frequency Because

of low line frequency large values of filter capacitors are required to decrease the ripple

Efficiency is reduced due to the continuous power dissipation by the transistor as it operates in

the linear region

12 What is the advantage of switching regulators

Greater efficiency is achieved as the power transistor is made to operate as low impedance

switch Power transmitted across the transistor is in discrete pulses rather than as a steady current

flowBy using suitable switching loss reduction technique the switching frequency can be

increased so as to reduce the size and weight of the inductors and capacitors

13 Why do switching regulators have better efficiency than series regulators

The transistor in linear regulator will operate in linear area at all times Considerable power is

dissipated in linear operation since the transistor has voltage across it and current flowing

through itSince the series element in a switching regulator is either fully conducting(V=0 hence

power=0) or switched off(I=0 hence power=0) it dissipates almost no power this is what gives

the switching design its efficiency

14 What are the advantages of adjustable voltage regulators over the fixed voltage

regulators i) Improved line and load regulation by a factor of 10 or more

ii) Because of the improved overload protection greater load current can be drawn

iii) Improved reliability

15 List out the parameters related to the fixed voltage regulators 1) Line regulation

2) Load regulation

3) Ripple rejection

4) Output impedance

5) Maximum power dissipation

6) Rated output current

16 Define dropout voltage of a fixed voltage regulator It is the minimum voltage that must exist between input and output terminals For most of

regulators it is 2 to 3 volts

17 What is an opto-coupler IC

Opto-coupler IC is a combined package of a photo-emitting device and a photo-sensing device

14 What are the types of opto couplers

LED and a photo diode

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

LED and photo transistor

LED and Darlington

15 Give two examples of IC optocouplers

Examples for opto-coupler IC

MCT 2F

16 Mention the advantages of opto-couplers

Better isolation between the two stages

Impedance problem between the stages is eliminated

Wide frequency response

Easily interfaced with digital circuit

Compact and light weight

Problems such as noise transients contact bounce are eliminated

17 Specify the need for isolation amplifier

Isolation amplifiers provide electrical isolation and an electrical safety barrier They protect data

acquisition components from common mode voltages which are potential differences between

instrument ground and signal ground Instruments that are applied in the presence of a common

mode voltage without an isolation barrier allow ground currents to circulate leading in the best

case to a noisy representation of the signal under investigation In the worst case assuming that

the magnitude of common mode voltage or current is sufficient instrument destruction is likely

Isolation amplifiers are used in medical instruments to ensure isolation of a patient from power

supply leakage current

18What are the features of MA78s40

Step upstep down or inverting operation

Operation from 25 to 40 V

80Db line and load regulation

19List the important parts of a regulated power supply

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

(i) Transformer (ii) Rectifier (iii) Filter (iv)Regulator

20 Using LM380 draw the circuit for audio power amplifier

21 What are onetwo and four quadrant multipliers

A four-quadrant multiplier is one where inputs and outputs may swing positive and negative

Many multipliers only work in 2 quadrants (one input may only have one polarity) or single

quadrant (inputs and outputs have only one polarity usually all positive)

22 List the parameters of optocoupler

a Current transfer ratio

b Isolation voltage

c Response time

d Common mode rejection

23Why current boosting is done in 723 regulator

The maximum current capability of 723 regulator is 140mA In certain applications this value of

current is not sufficient Hence current boosting is done using series pass transistor

24 What are the limitations of three terminal regulator

1 For fixed output regulators the output voltage is not precise

2 Only selected values of output voltages are available

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

3 Current boosting by external series pass transistor is required if load current beyond the

capability of basic regulator is required

25 Draw the typical connection diagram of IC LM317

26 What is the function od a series pass transistor in voltage regulator

The series pass transistor acsts as a control element The value of VcE gets adjusted in such a

way that the output voltage of the regulator always remains constant In addition the series pass

transistor supplies the load current

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1Draw and explain the functional block diagram of 723 voltage regulator and how this IC can be

used as high voltage regulator

2Write an explanatory note on

(i) Power amplifier (ii) Isolation amplifier

3 With neat diagrams explain the working of switched mode power supply

4 Write brief notes on

(i)IC MA 7840

(ii) Optocoupler

5 (i)Explain the working of series voltage regulator

(ii)Write notes on optocoupler

6 What is a switching regulator With neat block diagram explain the internals of MA7840

7 Draw the functional block diagram of IC 723 and explain

8 Explain with the help of functional block diagram the working of voltage regulator IC723

Clearly explain how current limit and foldback type current limiting facility can be provided with

723 circuits

9 Draw the circuit of series voltage regulator Design this circuit to operate from a supply of 20v

and to provide an output of 12V with maximum load current of 40mA

10 Draw the functional diagram of ICL 8038 Function generator IC and explain its operation

Give its frequency of oscillation at the output

11 (i) With neat diagram explain the working principle of isolation amplifier (8)

(ii) With neat diagram explain the principle of operation of optocouplers (8)

12 With the help of neat circuit diagram explain the operation of an adjustable regulator using

LM317

13 State the features and applications of IC LM 380 and explain them

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

14 Design a waveform generator using IC8038 The frequency of oscillation is 5kHz and duty

cycle is 50 From data sheet Vcc=5V VoH=36V VoL=02V ILL=16mA ILH=409uA

15 (i) Design low voltage regulator using IC 723 for 5V and explain its characteristics

(ii) Describe the features of function generator IC

(iii)Write short notes on optocoupler ICs

Page 17: EE2254 LICA QB

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

response to each external trigger signal It has only one stable state Application of a trigger

causes a change to the quasi-stable stateAn external trigger signal generated due to charging and

discharging of the capacitor produces the transition to the original stable state

8 Write a brief note on astable multivibrator

Astable multivibrator is a free running oscillator having two quasi-stable states Thus there are

oscillations between these two states and no external signal is required to produce the change in

state

9 What is a bistable multivibrator

Bistable multivibrator is one that maintains a given output voltage level unless an external

trigger is applied Application of an external trigger signal causes a change of state and this

output level is maintained indefinitely until an second trigger is applied Thus it requires two

external triggers before it returns to its initial state

10 What are the requirements for producing sustained oscillations in feedback circuits

For sustained oscillations

The total phase shift around the loop must be zero at the desired frequency of oscillation fo

ieL AB=00 or 360

0

At fo the magnitu

11Draw the circuit diagram of positive clipper

12 What is hysteresis with reference to Schmitt trigger circuit

In the non-inverting configuration when the input is higher than a certain chosen threshold the

output is high When the input is below a different (lower) chosen threshold the output is low

and when the input is between the two levels the output retains its value This dual threshold

action is called hysteresis and implies that the Schmitt trigger possesses memory and can act as a

bistable circuit (latch)

13 Differentiate between Schmitt trigger and comparator

SNo Comparator Schmitt trigger

1 Feedback is not used that is Op-amp is used

in open loop mode

Feedback is used that is Op-ampis used in

closed loop mode

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

2 False triggering due to noise voltages is

possible

False triggering due to noise voltages is

not possible

3 A single reference voltage exists Two different threshold voltages exists as

VUT and VLT

4 No hysteresis exists Hysteresis exists with a width H=VUT -

VLT

14 What is a filter

Filter is a frequency selective circuit that passes signal of specified band of frequencies

andattenuates the signals of frequencies outside the band

15 What are the demerits of passive filters

Passive filters works well for high frequencies But at audio frequencies the inductorsbecome

problematic as they become large heavy and expensive For low frequencyapplications more

number of turns of wire must be used which in turn adds to the seriesresistance degrading

inductorrsquos performance ie low Q resulting in high power dissipation

16 What are the advantages of active filters

bull Active filters used op- amp as the active element and resistors and capacitors as

passiveelements

bull By enclosing a capacitor in the feed back loop inductor less active filters can be obtained

bull Op-amp used in non ndash inverting configuration offers high input impedance and low output

impedance thus improving the load drive capacity

17What are the different types of filters

Based on the components used Active filters and passive filters

Based on frequency responses Low pass filterHigh pass filterBand pass filterBand reject filter

Based on order of transfer function first second third higher order filters

Based on configuration Bessel Chebyshev Butterworth filters

18What is frequency scaling

Once the filter is designed sometimes it is necessary to change the value of cut-off frequency

The method used to change the original cut-off frequency to new cut-off frequency is called

frequency scaling

19Briefly describe a voltage follower

bull A circuit in which the output voltage follows the input voltage is called voltage followercircuit

bull In Op-amp if the inverting input and the output terminals are shorted and if any signal isapplied

at the non-inverting terminal it appears at the output without any change

bullIt is also called as source follower unity gain amplifier buffer amplifier or isolationamplifier

20 Describe about a bandpass filter

A bandpass filter is basically a frequency selector It allows one particular band of frequencies to

pass Thus the pass band is between the two cut-off frequencies fH and fL where fH gt fL Any

frequency outside this band gets attenuated

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

21Sketch the circuit diagram of first order active low pass filter

22 What is a notch filter and what is its application

A narrow band reject filter is called a notch filter and is used for rejection of a single frequency

such as 50Hz power line frequency

23 Classify the ADCs broadly

1 Direct type ADC

2 Integrating type ADC

24 Differentiate between direct ADC and integrating type ADC a) The integrating type of ADCrsquos do not need a sampleHold circuit at the input

b) It is possible to transmit frequency even in noisy environment or in an isolated form

25 List out some integrating type converters

1 Charge balancing ADC

2 Dual slope ADC

26 What is integrating type converter

An ADC converter that perform conversion in an indirect manner by first changing the

analog IP signal to a linear function of time or frequency and then to a digital code is known as

integrating type AD converter

27List the main advantages of integrating type ADCs

i The integrating type of ADCrsquos doing not need a sampleHold circuit at the input

ii It is possible to transmit frequency even in noisy environment or in an isolated form

28 What are the types of ADC and DAC Types of ADC 1 Flash (comparator) type converter

2 Counter type converter

3 Tracking or servo converter

4 Successive approximation type converter

Types of DAC 1 Weighted resistor DAC

2 R-2R Ladder

3 Inverted R-2R Ladder

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

29 Explain in brief the principle of operation of successive Approximation ADC

The circuit of successive approximation ADC consists of a successive approximation

register (SAR) to find the required value of each bit by trial amp error With the arrival of START

command SAR sets the MSB bit to 1 The OP is converted into an analog signal amp it is

compared with IP signal This OP is low or High This process continues until all bits are

checked

30 Provide the advantages and disadvantages of flash type ADC Flash type ADC is the fastest as well as the most expensive

The disadvantage is the number of comparators needed almost doubles for each added bit (For a

n-bit convertor 2(n-1) comparators 2n resistors are required)

31Define conversion time

It is defined as the total time required converting an analog signal into its digital output It

depends on the conversion technique used amp the propagation delay of circuit components

The conversion time of a successive approximation type ADC is given by T(n+1) Where T---

clock period Tc---conversion time n- no of bits

32 Define resolution of a data converter

The resolution of a converter is the smallest change in voltage which may be produced at the

output or input of the converter Resolution (in volts)= VFS2n-1=1 LSB increment The

resolution of an ADC is defined as the smallest change in analog input for a one-bit change at the

output

33 Explain in brief stability of a converter

The performance of converter changes with temperature age amp power supply variation So all the

relevant parameters such as offset gain linearity error amp monotonicity must be specified over

the full temperature amp power supply ranges to have better stability performances

34 What is meant by linearity

The linearity of an ADCDAC is an important measure of its accuracy amp tells us how close the

converter output is to its ideal transfer characteristics The linearity error is usually expressed as

a fraction of LSB increment or percentage of full-scale voltage A good converter exhibits a

linearity error of less than plusmnfrac12LSB

35 What is a sample and hold circuit Where it is used

A sample and hold circuit is one which samples an input signal and holds on to its last sampled

value until the input is sampled again This circuit is mainly used in digital interfacing analog to

digital systems and pulse code modulation systems

36 Explain the operation of basic sample and hold circuit A typical sample and hold circuit stores electric charge in a capacitor and contains at least one

fast FET switch and at least one operational amplifier To sample the input signal the switch

connects the capacitor to the output of a buffer amplifier The buffer amplifier charges or

discharges the capacitor so that the voltage across the capacitor is practically equal or

proportional to input voltage In hold mode the switch disconnects the capacitor from the buffer

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

The capacitor is invariably discharged by its own leakage currents and useful load currents

which makes the circuit inherently volatile but the loss of voltage (voltage droop) within a

specified hold time remains within an acceptable error margin

37 Define start of conversion and end of conversion Start of Conversion in ADC (SOC) This is the control signal for start of conversion which

initiates AD conversion process

End of Conversion in ADC (EOC) This is the control signal which is activated when the

conversion is completed

38 Define sample period and hold period

The time during which the voltage across the capacitor in sample and hold circuit is equal to

the input voltage is called sample period The time period during which the voltage across the

capacitor is held constant is called hold period

39 Define the following performance parameters of DA converters

(a) Resolution (b)Accuracy (c) Monotonicity d) Conversion time

a) Resolution The resolution of a converter is the smallest change in voltage which may be produced at the

output or input of the converter

Resolution (in volts)= VFS2n-1=1 LSB increment

Example 8 bit DAC has 28-1 =255 equal intervals Hence the smallest change in output voltage

is (1255) of full scale output range

The resolution of an ADC is defined as the smallest change in analog input for a one bit change

at the output

Example The input range of 8 bit AD converter is divided into 255 intervals So the resolution

for 10V input range = 10V255 = 3922mV

b) Accuracy

Absolute accuracy It is the maximum deviation between the actual converter output amp the ideal converter output

Relative accuracy It is the maximum deviation after gain amp offset errors have been removed

The accuracy of a converter is also specified in form of LSB increments or of full scale

voltage

c) Monotonicity A monotonic DAC is one whose analog output increases for an increase in digital input A

monotonic characteristic is essential in control applications otherwise oscillations result

d) Conversion time It is defined as the total time required to convert an analog signal into its digital output It

depends on the conversion technique used amp the propagation delay of circuit componentsThe

conversion time of a successive approximation type ADC is given by T(n+1)

where T---clock period

Tc---conversion time n----no of bits

What is settling time

It represents the time it takes for the output to settle within a specified band plusmnfrac12LSB of itsfinal

value following a code change at the input (usually a full scale change) It depends uponthe

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

switching time of the logic circuitry due to internal parasitic capacitance amp inductancesSettling

time ranges from 100ns to 10micros depending on word length amp type circuit used

40 List the drawbacks of binary weighted resistor technique of DA conversion a) Wide range of resistor values needed

b) Difficulty in achieving and maintaining accurate ratios over a wide range of variations

41 The basic step of a 9 bit DAC is 103 mV If 000000000 represents 0Volts what is the

output for an input of 101101111 The output voltage for input of 101101111 is

= 103 mV (128+027+126+125+024+123+122+121+120)

= 103 10-3 367 = 378 V

42 What are the advantages and disadvantages of R-2R ladder DAC

Advantages a) Easier to build accurately as only two precision metal films are required

b) Number of bits can be expanded by adding more sections of same R2R values

Disadvantage In this type of DAC when there is a change in the input changes the current flow in the resistor

which causes more power dissipation which creates non-linearity in DAC

43 Which is the fastest AD converter and why

Flash type AD converter is the fastest ADC because the fast conversion speed isaccomplished

by providing 2n-1 comparators and simultaneously comparing the input signal with unique

reference levels spaced 1 LSB apart

44 What are the applications of V-I converter

bull Low voltage dc and ac voltmeter

bull L E D

bull Zener diode tester

45 What do you mean by a precision diode

The major limitation of ordinary diode is that it cannot rectify voltages below the cut ndash involtage

of the diode A circuit designed by placing a diode in the feedback loop of an op ndash ampis called

the precision diode and it is capable of rectifying input signals of the order of millivolt

46 Write down the applications of precision diode

bullHalf - wave rectifier

bullFull - Wave rectifier

bullPeak ndash value detector

bullClipper

bullClamper

47 Draw the circuit diagram of sample and hold circuit

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1 Design and explain triangular wave generator using Schmitt trigger and integrator circuit

2 (i) Explain the operation of dual slope ADC

(ii)Explain the following characteristics of ADC

(i)Resolution (ii) Accuracy (iii)Settling time (iv) Linearity

3 (i) Describe the first order lowpass butterworth filter Derive its frequency response and plot

the same

(ii) Design a low pass filter with a cutoff frequency if 1kHz and with a passband gain of 2

4 What is an instrumentation amplifier List its features Explain the operation of three op-amp

instrumentation amplifier and give its application

5 Explain the following applications of opamp (i)voltage to current converter (ii)Clamper

6 Explain the working of (i) Weighted resistor type DAC (ii) Dual slope type ADC

7 Discuss the operation of ladder network DAC with relevant circuit diagram and waveforms

8 Draw and explain the circuit of a voltage to current converter if the load is

(1) Floating

(2) Grounded

9 (i) Explain the working of OP-AMP based Schmitt trigger circuit (8)

(ii) Design an OP-AMP based second order active low pass filter with cut offfrequency 2 kHz

10 (i)draw an instrumentation amplifier using op amp and explain (6)

(ii) Explain the following op amp circuits

(1) Peak detector (2) Clamper (10)

11(i)draw a neat R-2R ladder DAC and explain its principle(6)

(ii) draw a flash type ADC and explain its working(10)

12(i) Explain how to measure phase difference between two signals

(ii) Explain the operation of square wave generator by drawing the capacitor and output voltage

waveforms

13 (i) Draw a sample and hold circuit Explain its operation and indicate its uses

(ii) Describe a circuit which will clip the input signal below a reference voltage

14 (i) Describe the operation of current to voltage converter with appropriate diagrams

(ii) Draw and explain the operation of the following

(i) Triangle wave generator (ii) monostable multivibrator

15 Elaborate on the operation of comparator and describe its applications

16Explain the working principle of RC phase shift sine wave generator using op-amp and derive

expression for f

17 (i) Explain the important specifications of DAC

(ii) With diagrams and example explain the working principle of successive approximation type

ADC

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

UNIT IV SPECIAL ICs

SYLLABUS 555 Timer circuit ndash Functional block characteristics amp applications 566-voltage

controlled oscillator circuit 565-phase lock loop circuit functioning and applications Analog multiplier ICs

TWO MARK QUESTIONS

1 Mention some applications of 555 timer

Oscillator

pulse generator

ramp and square wave generator

burglar alarm

traffic light control

Missing pulse detector

Linear ramp generator

Frequency divider

Pulse width modulation

FSK generator

Pulse position modulator

Schmitt trigger

2 List the applications of 555 timer in monostable mode of operation

Missing pulse detector

Linear ramp generator

Frequency divider

Pulse width modulation

3 List the applications of 555 timer in Astable mode of operation

FSK generator

Pulse-position modulator

4 Enumerate the basic blocks of IC 555 timer

5 Highlight the features of 555 Timer

available in three packages 8 pin metal can 8 pin dip 14 pin dip

6 What is the use of reset pin of 555 timer

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

This is an interrupt for the timing device when pin 4 is grounded it stops the working of device

and turns it off

7 What is the purpose of control voltage pin (5) of 555 timer This pin is the inverting input terminal of comparator This is reference level for comparator with

which threshold is compared If reference level is other than 23 VCC then external input is to

be given to pin 5 Pulse width modulation is possible due to pin 5

8Write the expression for pulse width of 555 timer in monostable mode Pulse width W = 11 RC seconds

R ndash resistor in ohms C ndash capacitor in farads

9Write the expression for total time period of 555 timer in astable mode T = 0693 (RA + 2 RB) C seconds

10 Define duty cycle

The ratio of high output and low output period is given by a mathematical parameter called duty

cycle It is defined as the ratio of ON Time to total time

11 What is a voltage controlled oscillator V o l t age con t r o l l ed o s c i l l a to r i s a f r e e r u nn in g m ul t i v i b ra to r op e r a t in g a t a

s e t frequency called the free running frequency This frequency can be shifted to

either side by applying a dc control voltage and the frequency deviation is

proportional to the dc control voltage

12 On what parameters does the free running frequency of VCO depend on bullExternal timing resistor RT

bullExternal timing capacitor CT

bullThe dc control voltage Vc

13 Give the expression for the VCO free running frequency

f o= 025 RTCT

14 Define Voltage to Frequency conversion factor Voltage to Frequency conversion factor is defined as

Kv = Δfo ΔVc = Vcc

Where ΔVc is the modulation voltage required to produce the frequency shift Δfo

15 List the features of 566 VCO

-24V)

temperature stability

16 State the function of a PLL

A PLL is a basically a closed loop system designed to lock output frequency and phase to the

frequency and phase of an input signal

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

17 Define lock range capture range and pull in time

Lock range

When PLL is in lock it can trap freq changes in the incoming signal The range of frequencies

over which the PLL can maintain lock with the incoming signal is called as lock range Lock in

range ∆fL = +- 78 fo V fo is free running frequency

Capture range

The range of frequencies over which the PLL can acquire lock with the input signal is called as

capture range Capture range = +- = [∆fL (2prodRC)] 12

Define pull-in time

The total time taken by the PLL to establish lock is called pull-in time

18 List out the blocks of PLL a Frequency multiplicationdivision

b Frequency translation c AM detection

d FM demodulation

e FSK demodulation

19 What is the purpose of having a low pass filter in PLL bullIt removes the high frequency components and noise

bullControls the dynamic characteristics of the PLL such as capture range lock -in

range band-width and transient response

bullThe charge on the filter capacitor gives a short- time memory to the PLL

20 Discuss the effect of having large capture range The PLL cannot acquire a signal outside the capture range but once captured it will hold on till

the frequency goes beyond the lock-in range Thus to increase the ability of lock range large

capture range is required But a large capture range will make the PLL more

susceptible to noise and undesirable signal

21 List the applications of 565 PLL

22 What is a switch type phase detector An electronic switch is opened and closed by signal coming from VCO and the input signal is

chopped at a repetition rate determined by the VCO frequency This type of Phase detector is

called a half wave detector since the phase information for only one half of the input signal is

detected and averaged

23 What are the problems associated with switch type phase detector The output voltage Ve is proportional to the input signal amplitude This is undesirable because

it makes phase detector gain and loop gain dependent on the input signal amplitude The output

is proportional to cosφ making it non linear

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

24 What is analog multiplier

An analog multiplier is a circuit in which the output is proportional to the multiplication of two

input voltages It is used in modulation frequency converters and to solve non-linear equations

25 Mention any two analog multiplier Ics

a) IC AD 533

b) IC AD 534

26 What is ICAD 533

It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is a low cost IC comprising a transconductance

multiplying element stable reference and an output amplifier

27 List the features of ICAD533

28 What is ICAD 534List its features

It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is the first general purpose multiplier capable of

providing gain upto X100

Features

Adjustable scale factor

Low noise

Excellent long time stability

29 Mention the applications of analog multipliers 1 Voltage squarer

2 Frequency doubler

3 Voltage divider

4 Square rooter

5 Phase angle detector

6 Rectifier

30 Explain how a frequency doubler can be realized using analog multiplier The multiplication of two sine waves of the same frequency but of possibly different amplitudes

and phase allows doubling a frequency using an analog multiplier

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1 Explain the functional block diagram of 555timer

2 Explain working of PLL using appropriate block diagram and explain any one application of

the same

3 Draw the block diagram of an Astable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression

for its frequency of oscillation

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

4 Draw the block diagram of monostable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression

for its frequency of oscillation Discuss some applications of 555 timer in monostable mode

5 write short notes on

i) capture range

ii) Lock in range

iii) Pull in time

6 Briefly explain the block diagram of PLL and derive the expression for Lock range and

capture range

7 With a neat functional diagram explain the operation of VCO Also derive an expression for

fodiscuss the applications of PLL

8 What is 555 timer What are the features of 555 timer Explain the monostable mode in detail

With neat block diagram explain IC566 VCO operation and discuss any 2 applications

9 What are the modes of operation of IC555 Derive the expression of time delay of monostable

multivibrator

10 (i)Explain the VCO with neat block diagram Give its typical connection diagram and output

waveforms

(ii)Derive the expression for capture range for PLL where a simple RC network is used as a LPF

11 (i)Explain the working of VCO

(ii)What is PLL Explain its operation as frequency multiplier

12 Explain the astable and bistable operation of IC555 with necessary waveforms

13 With the help of schematic circuit explain the operation of 566 VCO Also derive the

expression for output frequenct

14 (i) List and define the various performance parameters of a Multiplier IC (6)

(ii) How the multiplier is used as voltage divider (5)

(iii) How the multiplier is used as frequency doubler (5)

15 Explain with neat block diagrams how PLL is used as

(i) AM Detector (5)

(ii) FM Detector (5)

(iii) Frequency Synthesizer (6)

16(i) describe in details the characteristics and applications of 555 timer (6)

(ii) Draw a neat block diagram of VCO and explain (10)

17(i) Draw the 565 PLL and explain itrsquos functioning in detail (8)

(ii) Give an account on ldquoAnalog multiplier ICrdquo (8)

18 (i)How is an astable multivibrator connected into a pulse position modulator

(ii) Draw the circuit of Schmitt trigger using 555 timer and explain its operation

19Design and draw the waveforms of a 1KHz square wave generator using 555 timer for duty

cycle (i) D=25 (ii) D=50

20(i) Perform the closed loop analysis of PLL

(ii) Explain any two applications of PLL

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

UNIT V APPLICATION ICs

SYLLABUS IC voltage regulators - LM317 723 regulators switching regulator MA 7840 LM

380 power amplifier ICL 8038 function generator IC isolation amplifiers opto coupler opto

electronic ICs

TWO MARK QUESTIONS

1 What is a voltage regulator

A voltage regulator is an electronic circuit that provides a stable dc voltage independent of the

load current temperature and ac line voltage variations

2 Give the classification of voltage regulators

Series Linear regulators

Switching regulators

3 Write about a linear voltage regulator

Series or linear regulator uses a power transistor connected in series between the unregulated dc

input and the load and it conducts in the linear region The output voltage is controlled by the

continuous voltage drop taking place across the series pass transistor

4 What is a switching regulator

Switching regulators are those which operate the power transistor as a high frequency onoff

switchso that the power transistor does not conduct current continouslyThis give improved

efficiency over series regulators

5 List the advantages of IC voltage regulators

Low cost high reliability reduction in size and excellent performance

6 Give some examples of monolithic IC voltage regulators

78XX series fixed output positive voltage regulators

79XX series fixed output negative voltage regulators

723 general purpose regulator

7 What is the purpose of having input and output capacitors in three terminal IC

regulators

A capacitor connected between the input terminal and ground cancels the inductive effects due to

long distribution leads The output capacitor improves the transient response

8 Define line regulation

Line regulation is defined as the percentage change in the output voltage for a change in the

input voltageIt is expressed in millivolts or as a percentage of the output voltage

9 Define load regulation

Load regulation is defined as the change in output voltage for a change in load current It is

expressed in mill volts or as a percentage of the output voltage

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

10 What is meant by current limiting

Current limiting refers to the ability of a regulator to prevent the load current from increasing

above a preset value

11 Give the drawbacks of linear regulators

The input step down transformer is bulky and expensive because of low line frequency Because

of low line frequency large values of filter capacitors are required to decrease the ripple

Efficiency is reduced due to the continuous power dissipation by the transistor as it operates in

the linear region

12 What is the advantage of switching regulators

Greater efficiency is achieved as the power transistor is made to operate as low impedance

switch Power transmitted across the transistor is in discrete pulses rather than as a steady current

flowBy using suitable switching loss reduction technique the switching frequency can be

increased so as to reduce the size and weight of the inductors and capacitors

13 Why do switching regulators have better efficiency than series regulators

The transistor in linear regulator will operate in linear area at all times Considerable power is

dissipated in linear operation since the transistor has voltage across it and current flowing

through itSince the series element in a switching regulator is either fully conducting(V=0 hence

power=0) or switched off(I=0 hence power=0) it dissipates almost no power this is what gives

the switching design its efficiency

14 What are the advantages of adjustable voltage regulators over the fixed voltage

regulators i) Improved line and load regulation by a factor of 10 or more

ii) Because of the improved overload protection greater load current can be drawn

iii) Improved reliability

15 List out the parameters related to the fixed voltage regulators 1) Line regulation

2) Load regulation

3) Ripple rejection

4) Output impedance

5) Maximum power dissipation

6) Rated output current

16 Define dropout voltage of a fixed voltage regulator It is the minimum voltage that must exist between input and output terminals For most of

regulators it is 2 to 3 volts

17 What is an opto-coupler IC

Opto-coupler IC is a combined package of a photo-emitting device and a photo-sensing device

14 What are the types of opto couplers

LED and a photo diode

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

LED and photo transistor

LED and Darlington

15 Give two examples of IC optocouplers

Examples for opto-coupler IC

MCT 2F

16 Mention the advantages of opto-couplers

Better isolation between the two stages

Impedance problem between the stages is eliminated

Wide frequency response

Easily interfaced with digital circuit

Compact and light weight

Problems such as noise transients contact bounce are eliminated

17 Specify the need for isolation amplifier

Isolation amplifiers provide electrical isolation and an electrical safety barrier They protect data

acquisition components from common mode voltages which are potential differences between

instrument ground and signal ground Instruments that are applied in the presence of a common

mode voltage without an isolation barrier allow ground currents to circulate leading in the best

case to a noisy representation of the signal under investigation In the worst case assuming that

the magnitude of common mode voltage or current is sufficient instrument destruction is likely

Isolation amplifiers are used in medical instruments to ensure isolation of a patient from power

supply leakage current

18What are the features of MA78s40

Step upstep down or inverting operation

Operation from 25 to 40 V

80Db line and load regulation

19List the important parts of a regulated power supply

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

(i) Transformer (ii) Rectifier (iii) Filter (iv)Regulator

20 Using LM380 draw the circuit for audio power amplifier

21 What are onetwo and four quadrant multipliers

A four-quadrant multiplier is one where inputs and outputs may swing positive and negative

Many multipliers only work in 2 quadrants (one input may only have one polarity) or single

quadrant (inputs and outputs have only one polarity usually all positive)

22 List the parameters of optocoupler

a Current transfer ratio

b Isolation voltage

c Response time

d Common mode rejection

23Why current boosting is done in 723 regulator

The maximum current capability of 723 regulator is 140mA In certain applications this value of

current is not sufficient Hence current boosting is done using series pass transistor

24 What are the limitations of three terminal regulator

1 For fixed output regulators the output voltage is not precise

2 Only selected values of output voltages are available

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

3 Current boosting by external series pass transistor is required if load current beyond the

capability of basic regulator is required

25 Draw the typical connection diagram of IC LM317

26 What is the function od a series pass transistor in voltage regulator

The series pass transistor acsts as a control element The value of VcE gets adjusted in such a

way that the output voltage of the regulator always remains constant In addition the series pass

transistor supplies the load current

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1Draw and explain the functional block diagram of 723 voltage regulator and how this IC can be

used as high voltage regulator

2Write an explanatory note on

(i) Power amplifier (ii) Isolation amplifier

3 With neat diagrams explain the working of switched mode power supply

4 Write brief notes on

(i)IC MA 7840

(ii) Optocoupler

5 (i)Explain the working of series voltage regulator

(ii)Write notes on optocoupler

6 What is a switching regulator With neat block diagram explain the internals of MA7840

7 Draw the functional block diagram of IC 723 and explain

8 Explain with the help of functional block diagram the working of voltage regulator IC723

Clearly explain how current limit and foldback type current limiting facility can be provided with

723 circuits

9 Draw the circuit of series voltage regulator Design this circuit to operate from a supply of 20v

and to provide an output of 12V with maximum load current of 40mA

10 Draw the functional diagram of ICL 8038 Function generator IC and explain its operation

Give its frequency of oscillation at the output

11 (i) With neat diagram explain the working principle of isolation amplifier (8)

(ii) With neat diagram explain the principle of operation of optocouplers (8)

12 With the help of neat circuit diagram explain the operation of an adjustable regulator using

LM317

13 State the features and applications of IC LM 380 and explain them

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

14 Design a waveform generator using IC8038 The frequency of oscillation is 5kHz and duty

cycle is 50 From data sheet Vcc=5V VoH=36V VoL=02V ILL=16mA ILH=409uA

15 (i) Design low voltage regulator using IC 723 for 5V and explain its characteristics

(ii) Describe the features of function generator IC

(iii)Write short notes on optocoupler ICs

Page 18: EE2254 LICA QB

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

2 False triggering due to noise voltages is

possible

False triggering due to noise voltages is

not possible

3 A single reference voltage exists Two different threshold voltages exists as

VUT and VLT

4 No hysteresis exists Hysteresis exists with a width H=VUT -

VLT

14 What is a filter

Filter is a frequency selective circuit that passes signal of specified band of frequencies

andattenuates the signals of frequencies outside the band

15 What are the demerits of passive filters

Passive filters works well for high frequencies But at audio frequencies the inductorsbecome

problematic as they become large heavy and expensive For low frequencyapplications more

number of turns of wire must be used which in turn adds to the seriesresistance degrading

inductorrsquos performance ie low Q resulting in high power dissipation

16 What are the advantages of active filters

bull Active filters used op- amp as the active element and resistors and capacitors as

passiveelements

bull By enclosing a capacitor in the feed back loop inductor less active filters can be obtained

bull Op-amp used in non ndash inverting configuration offers high input impedance and low output

impedance thus improving the load drive capacity

17What are the different types of filters

Based on the components used Active filters and passive filters

Based on frequency responses Low pass filterHigh pass filterBand pass filterBand reject filter

Based on order of transfer function first second third higher order filters

Based on configuration Bessel Chebyshev Butterworth filters

18What is frequency scaling

Once the filter is designed sometimes it is necessary to change the value of cut-off frequency

The method used to change the original cut-off frequency to new cut-off frequency is called

frequency scaling

19Briefly describe a voltage follower

bull A circuit in which the output voltage follows the input voltage is called voltage followercircuit

bull In Op-amp if the inverting input and the output terminals are shorted and if any signal isapplied

at the non-inverting terminal it appears at the output without any change

bullIt is also called as source follower unity gain amplifier buffer amplifier or isolationamplifier

20 Describe about a bandpass filter

A bandpass filter is basically a frequency selector It allows one particular band of frequencies to

pass Thus the pass band is between the two cut-off frequencies fH and fL where fH gt fL Any

frequency outside this band gets attenuated

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

21Sketch the circuit diagram of first order active low pass filter

22 What is a notch filter and what is its application

A narrow band reject filter is called a notch filter and is used for rejection of a single frequency

such as 50Hz power line frequency

23 Classify the ADCs broadly

1 Direct type ADC

2 Integrating type ADC

24 Differentiate between direct ADC and integrating type ADC a) The integrating type of ADCrsquos do not need a sampleHold circuit at the input

b) It is possible to transmit frequency even in noisy environment or in an isolated form

25 List out some integrating type converters

1 Charge balancing ADC

2 Dual slope ADC

26 What is integrating type converter

An ADC converter that perform conversion in an indirect manner by first changing the

analog IP signal to a linear function of time or frequency and then to a digital code is known as

integrating type AD converter

27List the main advantages of integrating type ADCs

i The integrating type of ADCrsquos doing not need a sampleHold circuit at the input

ii It is possible to transmit frequency even in noisy environment or in an isolated form

28 What are the types of ADC and DAC Types of ADC 1 Flash (comparator) type converter

2 Counter type converter

3 Tracking or servo converter

4 Successive approximation type converter

Types of DAC 1 Weighted resistor DAC

2 R-2R Ladder

3 Inverted R-2R Ladder

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

29 Explain in brief the principle of operation of successive Approximation ADC

The circuit of successive approximation ADC consists of a successive approximation

register (SAR) to find the required value of each bit by trial amp error With the arrival of START

command SAR sets the MSB bit to 1 The OP is converted into an analog signal amp it is

compared with IP signal This OP is low or High This process continues until all bits are

checked

30 Provide the advantages and disadvantages of flash type ADC Flash type ADC is the fastest as well as the most expensive

The disadvantage is the number of comparators needed almost doubles for each added bit (For a

n-bit convertor 2(n-1) comparators 2n resistors are required)

31Define conversion time

It is defined as the total time required converting an analog signal into its digital output It

depends on the conversion technique used amp the propagation delay of circuit components

The conversion time of a successive approximation type ADC is given by T(n+1) Where T---

clock period Tc---conversion time n- no of bits

32 Define resolution of a data converter

The resolution of a converter is the smallest change in voltage which may be produced at the

output or input of the converter Resolution (in volts)= VFS2n-1=1 LSB increment The

resolution of an ADC is defined as the smallest change in analog input for a one-bit change at the

output

33 Explain in brief stability of a converter

The performance of converter changes with temperature age amp power supply variation So all the

relevant parameters such as offset gain linearity error amp monotonicity must be specified over

the full temperature amp power supply ranges to have better stability performances

34 What is meant by linearity

The linearity of an ADCDAC is an important measure of its accuracy amp tells us how close the

converter output is to its ideal transfer characteristics The linearity error is usually expressed as

a fraction of LSB increment or percentage of full-scale voltage A good converter exhibits a

linearity error of less than plusmnfrac12LSB

35 What is a sample and hold circuit Where it is used

A sample and hold circuit is one which samples an input signal and holds on to its last sampled

value until the input is sampled again This circuit is mainly used in digital interfacing analog to

digital systems and pulse code modulation systems

36 Explain the operation of basic sample and hold circuit A typical sample and hold circuit stores electric charge in a capacitor and contains at least one

fast FET switch and at least one operational amplifier To sample the input signal the switch

connects the capacitor to the output of a buffer amplifier The buffer amplifier charges or

discharges the capacitor so that the voltage across the capacitor is practically equal or

proportional to input voltage In hold mode the switch disconnects the capacitor from the buffer

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

The capacitor is invariably discharged by its own leakage currents and useful load currents

which makes the circuit inherently volatile but the loss of voltage (voltage droop) within a

specified hold time remains within an acceptable error margin

37 Define start of conversion and end of conversion Start of Conversion in ADC (SOC) This is the control signal for start of conversion which

initiates AD conversion process

End of Conversion in ADC (EOC) This is the control signal which is activated when the

conversion is completed

38 Define sample period and hold period

The time during which the voltage across the capacitor in sample and hold circuit is equal to

the input voltage is called sample period The time period during which the voltage across the

capacitor is held constant is called hold period

39 Define the following performance parameters of DA converters

(a) Resolution (b)Accuracy (c) Monotonicity d) Conversion time

a) Resolution The resolution of a converter is the smallest change in voltage which may be produced at the

output or input of the converter

Resolution (in volts)= VFS2n-1=1 LSB increment

Example 8 bit DAC has 28-1 =255 equal intervals Hence the smallest change in output voltage

is (1255) of full scale output range

The resolution of an ADC is defined as the smallest change in analog input for a one bit change

at the output

Example The input range of 8 bit AD converter is divided into 255 intervals So the resolution

for 10V input range = 10V255 = 3922mV

b) Accuracy

Absolute accuracy It is the maximum deviation between the actual converter output amp the ideal converter output

Relative accuracy It is the maximum deviation after gain amp offset errors have been removed

The accuracy of a converter is also specified in form of LSB increments or of full scale

voltage

c) Monotonicity A monotonic DAC is one whose analog output increases for an increase in digital input A

monotonic characteristic is essential in control applications otherwise oscillations result

d) Conversion time It is defined as the total time required to convert an analog signal into its digital output It

depends on the conversion technique used amp the propagation delay of circuit componentsThe

conversion time of a successive approximation type ADC is given by T(n+1)

where T---clock period

Tc---conversion time n----no of bits

What is settling time

It represents the time it takes for the output to settle within a specified band plusmnfrac12LSB of itsfinal

value following a code change at the input (usually a full scale change) It depends uponthe

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

switching time of the logic circuitry due to internal parasitic capacitance amp inductancesSettling

time ranges from 100ns to 10micros depending on word length amp type circuit used

40 List the drawbacks of binary weighted resistor technique of DA conversion a) Wide range of resistor values needed

b) Difficulty in achieving and maintaining accurate ratios over a wide range of variations

41 The basic step of a 9 bit DAC is 103 mV If 000000000 represents 0Volts what is the

output for an input of 101101111 The output voltage for input of 101101111 is

= 103 mV (128+027+126+125+024+123+122+121+120)

= 103 10-3 367 = 378 V

42 What are the advantages and disadvantages of R-2R ladder DAC

Advantages a) Easier to build accurately as only two precision metal films are required

b) Number of bits can be expanded by adding more sections of same R2R values

Disadvantage In this type of DAC when there is a change in the input changes the current flow in the resistor

which causes more power dissipation which creates non-linearity in DAC

43 Which is the fastest AD converter and why

Flash type AD converter is the fastest ADC because the fast conversion speed isaccomplished

by providing 2n-1 comparators and simultaneously comparing the input signal with unique

reference levels spaced 1 LSB apart

44 What are the applications of V-I converter

bull Low voltage dc and ac voltmeter

bull L E D

bull Zener diode tester

45 What do you mean by a precision diode

The major limitation of ordinary diode is that it cannot rectify voltages below the cut ndash involtage

of the diode A circuit designed by placing a diode in the feedback loop of an op ndash ampis called

the precision diode and it is capable of rectifying input signals of the order of millivolt

46 Write down the applications of precision diode

bullHalf - wave rectifier

bullFull - Wave rectifier

bullPeak ndash value detector

bullClipper

bullClamper

47 Draw the circuit diagram of sample and hold circuit

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1 Design and explain triangular wave generator using Schmitt trigger and integrator circuit

2 (i) Explain the operation of dual slope ADC

(ii)Explain the following characteristics of ADC

(i)Resolution (ii) Accuracy (iii)Settling time (iv) Linearity

3 (i) Describe the first order lowpass butterworth filter Derive its frequency response and plot

the same

(ii) Design a low pass filter with a cutoff frequency if 1kHz and with a passband gain of 2

4 What is an instrumentation amplifier List its features Explain the operation of three op-amp

instrumentation amplifier and give its application

5 Explain the following applications of opamp (i)voltage to current converter (ii)Clamper

6 Explain the working of (i) Weighted resistor type DAC (ii) Dual slope type ADC

7 Discuss the operation of ladder network DAC with relevant circuit diagram and waveforms

8 Draw and explain the circuit of a voltage to current converter if the load is

(1) Floating

(2) Grounded

9 (i) Explain the working of OP-AMP based Schmitt trigger circuit (8)

(ii) Design an OP-AMP based second order active low pass filter with cut offfrequency 2 kHz

10 (i)draw an instrumentation amplifier using op amp and explain (6)

(ii) Explain the following op amp circuits

(1) Peak detector (2) Clamper (10)

11(i)draw a neat R-2R ladder DAC and explain its principle(6)

(ii) draw a flash type ADC and explain its working(10)

12(i) Explain how to measure phase difference between two signals

(ii) Explain the operation of square wave generator by drawing the capacitor and output voltage

waveforms

13 (i) Draw a sample and hold circuit Explain its operation and indicate its uses

(ii) Describe a circuit which will clip the input signal below a reference voltage

14 (i) Describe the operation of current to voltage converter with appropriate diagrams

(ii) Draw and explain the operation of the following

(i) Triangle wave generator (ii) monostable multivibrator

15 Elaborate on the operation of comparator and describe its applications

16Explain the working principle of RC phase shift sine wave generator using op-amp and derive

expression for f

17 (i) Explain the important specifications of DAC

(ii) With diagrams and example explain the working principle of successive approximation type

ADC

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

UNIT IV SPECIAL ICs

SYLLABUS 555 Timer circuit ndash Functional block characteristics amp applications 566-voltage

controlled oscillator circuit 565-phase lock loop circuit functioning and applications Analog multiplier ICs

TWO MARK QUESTIONS

1 Mention some applications of 555 timer

Oscillator

pulse generator

ramp and square wave generator

burglar alarm

traffic light control

Missing pulse detector

Linear ramp generator

Frequency divider

Pulse width modulation

FSK generator

Pulse position modulator

Schmitt trigger

2 List the applications of 555 timer in monostable mode of operation

Missing pulse detector

Linear ramp generator

Frequency divider

Pulse width modulation

3 List the applications of 555 timer in Astable mode of operation

FSK generator

Pulse-position modulator

4 Enumerate the basic blocks of IC 555 timer

5 Highlight the features of 555 Timer

available in three packages 8 pin metal can 8 pin dip 14 pin dip

6 What is the use of reset pin of 555 timer

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

This is an interrupt for the timing device when pin 4 is grounded it stops the working of device

and turns it off

7 What is the purpose of control voltage pin (5) of 555 timer This pin is the inverting input terminal of comparator This is reference level for comparator with

which threshold is compared If reference level is other than 23 VCC then external input is to

be given to pin 5 Pulse width modulation is possible due to pin 5

8Write the expression for pulse width of 555 timer in monostable mode Pulse width W = 11 RC seconds

R ndash resistor in ohms C ndash capacitor in farads

9Write the expression for total time period of 555 timer in astable mode T = 0693 (RA + 2 RB) C seconds

10 Define duty cycle

The ratio of high output and low output period is given by a mathematical parameter called duty

cycle It is defined as the ratio of ON Time to total time

11 What is a voltage controlled oscillator V o l t age con t r o l l ed o s c i l l a to r i s a f r e e r u nn in g m ul t i v i b ra to r op e r a t in g a t a

s e t frequency called the free running frequency This frequency can be shifted to

either side by applying a dc control voltage and the frequency deviation is

proportional to the dc control voltage

12 On what parameters does the free running frequency of VCO depend on bullExternal timing resistor RT

bullExternal timing capacitor CT

bullThe dc control voltage Vc

13 Give the expression for the VCO free running frequency

f o= 025 RTCT

14 Define Voltage to Frequency conversion factor Voltage to Frequency conversion factor is defined as

Kv = Δfo ΔVc = Vcc

Where ΔVc is the modulation voltage required to produce the frequency shift Δfo

15 List the features of 566 VCO

-24V)

temperature stability

16 State the function of a PLL

A PLL is a basically a closed loop system designed to lock output frequency and phase to the

frequency and phase of an input signal

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

17 Define lock range capture range and pull in time

Lock range

When PLL is in lock it can trap freq changes in the incoming signal The range of frequencies

over which the PLL can maintain lock with the incoming signal is called as lock range Lock in

range ∆fL = +- 78 fo V fo is free running frequency

Capture range

The range of frequencies over which the PLL can acquire lock with the input signal is called as

capture range Capture range = +- = [∆fL (2prodRC)] 12

Define pull-in time

The total time taken by the PLL to establish lock is called pull-in time

18 List out the blocks of PLL a Frequency multiplicationdivision

b Frequency translation c AM detection

d FM demodulation

e FSK demodulation

19 What is the purpose of having a low pass filter in PLL bullIt removes the high frequency components and noise

bullControls the dynamic characteristics of the PLL such as capture range lock -in

range band-width and transient response

bullThe charge on the filter capacitor gives a short- time memory to the PLL

20 Discuss the effect of having large capture range The PLL cannot acquire a signal outside the capture range but once captured it will hold on till

the frequency goes beyond the lock-in range Thus to increase the ability of lock range large

capture range is required But a large capture range will make the PLL more

susceptible to noise and undesirable signal

21 List the applications of 565 PLL

22 What is a switch type phase detector An electronic switch is opened and closed by signal coming from VCO and the input signal is

chopped at a repetition rate determined by the VCO frequency This type of Phase detector is

called a half wave detector since the phase information for only one half of the input signal is

detected and averaged

23 What are the problems associated with switch type phase detector The output voltage Ve is proportional to the input signal amplitude This is undesirable because

it makes phase detector gain and loop gain dependent on the input signal amplitude The output

is proportional to cosφ making it non linear

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

24 What is analog multiplier

An analog multiplier is a circuit in which the output is proportional to the multiplication of two

input voltages It is used in modulation frequency converters and to solve non-linear equations

25 Mention any two analog multiplier Ics

a) IC AD 533

b) IC AD 534

26 What is ICAD 533

It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is a low cost IC comprising a transconductance

multiplying element stable reference and an output amplifier

27 List the features of ICAD533

28 What is ICAD 534List its features

It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is the first general purpose multiplier capable of

providing gain upto X100

Features

Adjustable scale factor

Low noise

Excellent long time stability

29 Mention the applications of analog multipliers 1 Voltage squarer

2 Frequency doubler

3 Voltage divider

4 Square rooter

5 Phase angle detector

6 Rectifier

30 Explain how a frequency doubler can be realized using analog multiplier The multiplication of two sine waves of the same frequency but of possibly different amplitudes

and phase allows doubling a frequency using an analog multiplier

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1 Explain the functional block diagram of 555timer

2 Explain working of PLL using appropriate block diagram and explain any one application of

the same

3 Draw the block diagram of an Astable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression

for its frequency of oscillation

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

4 Draw the block diagram of monostable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression

for its frequency of oscillation Discuss some applications of 555 timer in monostable mode

5 write short notes on

i) capture range

ii) Lock in range

iii) Pull in time

6 Briefly explain the block diagram of PLL and derive the expression for Lock range and

capture range

7 With a neat functional diagram explain the operation of VCO Also derive an expression for

fodiscuss the applications of PLL

8 What is 555 timer What are the features of 555 timer Explain the monostable mode in detail

With neat block diagram explain IC566 VCO operation and discuss any 2 applications

9 What are the modes of operation of IC555 Derive the expression of time delay of monostable

multivibrator

10 (i)Explain the VCO with neat block diagram Give its typical connection diagram and output

waveforms

(ii)Derive the expression for capture range for PLL where a simple RC network is used as a LPF

11 (i)Explain the working of VCO

(ii)What is PLL Explain its operation as frequency multiplier

12 Explain the astable and bistable operation of IC555 with necessary waveforms

13 With the help of schematic circuit explain the operation of 566 VCO Also derive the

expression for output frequenct

14 (i) List and define the various performance parameters of a Multiplier IC (6)

(ii) How the multiplier is used as voltage divider (5)

(iii) How the multiplier is used as frequency doubler (5)

15 Explain with neat block diagrams how PLL is used as

(i) AM Detector (5)

(ii) FM Detector (5)

(iii) Frequency Synthesizer (6)

16(i) describe in details the characteristics and applications of 555 timer (6)

(ii) Draw a neat block diagram of VCO and explain (10)

17(i) Draw the 565 PLL and explain itrsquos functioning in detail (8)

(ii) Give an account on ldquoAnalog multiplier ICrdquo (8)

18 (i)How is an astable multivibrator connected into a pulse position modulator

(ii) Draw the circuit of Schmitt trigger using 555 timer and explain its operation

19Design and draw the waveforms of a 1KHz square wave generator using 555 timer for duty

cycle (i) D=25 (ii) D=50

20(i) Perform the closed loop analysis of PLL

(ii) Explain any two applications of PLL

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

UNIT V APPLICATION ICs

SYLLABUS IC voltage regulators - LM317 723 regulators switching regulator MA 7840 LM

380 power amplifier ICL 8038 function generator IC isolation amplifiers opto coupler opto

electronic ICs

TWO MARK QUESTIONS

1 What is a voltage regulator

A voltage regulator is an electronic circuit that provides a stable dc voltage independent of the

load current temperature and ac line voltage variations

2 Give the classification of voltage regulators

Series Linear regulators

Switching regulators

3 Write about a linear voltage regulator

Series or linear regulator uses a power transistor connected in series between the unregulated dc

input and the load and it conducts in the linear region The output voltage is controlled by the

continuous voltage drop taking place across the series pass transistor

4 What is a switching regulator

Switching regulators are those which operate the power transistor as a high frequency onoff

switchso that the power transistor does not conduct current continouslyThis give improved

efficiency over series regulators

5 List the advantages of IC voltage regulators

Low cost high reliability reduction in size and excellent performance

6 Give some examples of monolithic IC voltage regulators

78XX series fixed output positive voltage regulators

79XX series fixed output negative voltage regulators

723 general purpose regulator

7 What is the purpose of having input and output capacitors in three terminal IC

regulators

A capacitor connected between the input terminal and ground cancels the inductive effects due to

long distribution leads The output capacitor improves the transient response

8 Define line regulation

Line regulation is defined as the percentage change in the output voltage for a change in the

input voltageIt is expressed in millivolts or as a percentage of the output voltage

9 Define load regulation

Load regulation is defined as the change in output voltage for a change in load current It is

expressed in mill volts or as a percentage of the output voltage

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

10 What is meant by current limiting

Current limiting refers to the ability of a regulator to prevent the load current from increasing

above a preset value

11 Give the drawbacks of linear regulators

The input step down transformer is bulky and expensive because of low line frequency Because

of low line frequency large values of filter capacitors are required to decrease the ripple

Efficiency is reduced due to the continuous power dissipation by the transistor as it operates in

the linear region

12 What is the advantage of switching regulators

Greater efficiency is achieved as the power transistor is made to operate as low impedance

switch Power transmitted across the transistor is in discrete pulses rather than as a steady current

flowBy using suitable switching loss reduction technique the switching frequency can be

increased so as to reduce the size and weight of the inductors and capacitors

13 Why do switching regulators have better efficiency than series regulators

The transistor in linear regulator will operate in linear area at all times Considerable power is

dissipated in linear operation since the transistor has voltage across it and current flowing

through itSince the series element in a switching regulator is either fully conducting(V=0 hence

power=0) or switched off(I=0 hence power=0) it dissipates almost no power this is what gives

the switching design its efficiency

14 What are the advantages of adjustable voltage regulators over the fixed voltage

regulators i) Improved line and load regulation by a factor of 10 or more

ii) Because of the improved overload protection greater load current can be drawn

iii) Improved reliability

15 List out the parameters related to the fixed voltage regulators 1) Line regulation

2) Load regulation

3) Ripple rejection

4) Output impedance

5) Maximum power dissipation

6) Rated output current

16 Define dropout voltage of a fixed voltage regulator It is the minimum voltage that must exist between input and output terminals For most of

regulators it is 2 to 3 volts

17 What is an opto-coupler IC

Opto-coupler IC is a combined package of a photo-emitting device and a photo-sensing device

14 What are the types of opto couplers

LED and a photo diode

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

LED and photo transistor

LED and Darlington

15 Give two examples of IC optocouplers

Examples for opto-coupler IC

MCT 2F

16 Mention the advantages of opto-couplers

Better isolation between the two stages

Impedance problem between the stages is eliminated

Wide frequency response

Easily interfaced with digital circuit

Compact and light weight

Problems such as noise transients contact bounce are eliminated

17 Specify the need for isolation amplifier

Isolation amplifiers provide electrical isolation and an electrical safety barrier They protect data

acquisition components from common mode voltages which are potential differences between

instrument ground and signal ground Instruments that are applied in the presence of a common

mode voltage without an isolation barrier allow ground currents to circulate leading in the best

case to a noisy representation of the signal under investigation In the worst case assuming that

the magnitude of common mode voltage or current is sufficient instrument destruction is likely

Isolation amplifiers are used in medical instruments to ensure isolation of a patient from power

supply leakage current

18What are the features of MA78s40

Step upstep down or inverting operation

Operation from 25 to 40 V

80Db line and load regulation

19List the important parts of a regulated power supply

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

(i) Transformer (ii) Rectifier (iii) Filter (iv)Regulator

20 Using LM380 draw the circuit for audio power amplifier

21 What are onetwo and four quadrant multipliers

A four-quadrant multiplier is one where inputs and outputs may swing positive and negative

Many multipliers only work in 2 quadrants (one input may only have one polarity) or single

quadrant (inputs and outputs have only one polarity usually all positive)

22 List the parameters of optocoupler

a Current transfer ratio

b Isolation voltage

c Response time

d Common mode rejection

23Why current boosting is done in 723 regulator

The maximum current capability of 723 regulator is 140mA In certain applications this value of

current is not sufficient Hence current boosting is done using series pass transistor

24 What are the limitations of three terminal regulator

1 For fixed output regulators the output voltage is not precise

2 Only selected values of output voltages are available

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

3 Current boosting by external series pass transistor is required if load current beyond the

capability of basic regulator is required

25 Draw the typical connection diagram of IC LM317

26 What is the function od a series pass transistor in voltage regulator

The series pass transistor acsts as a control element The value of VcE gets adjusted in such a

way that the output voltage of the regulator always remains constant In addition the series pass

transistor supplies the load current

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1Draw and explain the functional block diagram of 723 voltage regulator and how this IC can be

used as high voltage regulator

2Write an explanatory note on

(i) Power amplifier (ii) Isolation amplifier

3 With neat diagrams explain the working of switched mode power supply

4 Write brief notes on

(i)IC MA 7840

(ii) Optocoupler

5 (i)Explain the working of series voltage regulator

(ii)Write notes on optocoupler

6 What is a switching regulator With neat block diagram explain the internals of MA7840

7 Draw the functional block diagram of IC 723 and explain

8 Explain with the help of functional block diagram the working of voltage regulator IC723

Clearly explain how current limit and foldback type current limiting facility can be provided with

723 circuits

9 Draw the circuit of series voltage regulator Design this circuit to operate from a supply of 20v

and to provide an output of 12V with maximum load current of 40mA

10 Draw the functional diagram of ICL 8038 Function generator IC and explain its operation

Give its frequency of oscillation at the output

11 (i) With neat diagram explain the working principle of isolation amplifier (8)

(ii) With neat diagram explain the principle of operation of optocouplers (8)

12 With the help of neat circuit diagram explain the operation of an adjustable regulator using

LM317

13 State the features and applications of IC LM 380 and explain them

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

14 Design a waveform generator using IC8038 The frequency of oscillation is 5kHz and duty

cycle is 50 From data sheet Vcc=5V VoH=36V VoL=02V ILL=16mA ILH=409uA

15 (i) Design low voltage regulator using IC 723 for 5V and explain its characteristics

(ii) Describe the features of function generator IC

(iii)Write short notes on optocoupler ICs

Page 19: EE2254 LICA QB

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

21Sketch the circuit diagram of first order active low pass filter

22 What is a notch filter and what is its application

A narrow band reject filter is called a notch filter and is used for rejection of a single frequency

such as 50Hz power line frequency

23 Classify the ADCs broadly

1 Direct type ADC

2 Integrating type ADC

24 Differentiate between direct ADC and integrating type ADC a) The integrating type of ADCrsquos do not need a sampleHold circuit at the input

b) It is possible to transmit frequency even in noisy environment or in an isolated form

25 List out some integrating type converters

1 Charge balancing ADC

2 Dual slope ADC

26 What is integrating type converter

An ADC converter that perform conversion in an indirect manner by first changing the

analog IP signal to a linear function of time or frequency and then to a digital code is known as

integrating type AD converter

27List the main advantages of integrating type ADCs

i The integrating type of ADCrsquos doing not need a sampleHold circuit at the input

ii It is possible to transmit frequency even in noisy environment or in an isolated form

28 What are the types of ADC and DAC Types of ADC 1 Flash (comparator) type converter

2 Counter type converter

3 Tracking or servo converter

4 Successive approximation type converter

Types of DAC 1 Weighted resistor DAC

2 R-2R Ladder

3 Inverted R-2R Ladder

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

29 Explain in brief the principle of operation of successive Approximation ADC

The circuit of successive approximation ADC consists of a successive approximation

register (SAR) to find the required value of each bit by trial amp error With the arrival of START

command SAR sets the MSB bit to 1 The OP is converted into an analog signal amp it is

compared with IP signal This OP is low or High This process continues until all bits are

checked

30 Provide the advantages and disadvantages of flash type ADC Flash type ADC is the fastest as well as the most expensive

The disadvantage is the number of comparators needed almost doubles for each added bit (For a

n-bit convertor 2(n-1) comparators 2n resistors are required)

31Define conversion time

It is defined as the total time required converting an analog signal into its digital output It

depends on the conversion technique used amp the propagation delay of circuit components

The conversion time of a successive approximation type ADC is given by T(n+1) Where T---

clock period Tc---conversion time n- no of bits

32 Define resolution of a data converter

The resolution of a converter is the smallest change in voltage which may be produced at the

output or input of the converter Resolution (in volts)= VFS2n-1=1 LSB increment The

resolution of an ADC is defined as the smallest change in analog input for a one-bit change at the

output

33 Explain in brief stability of a converter

The performance of converter changes with temperature age amp power supply variation So all the

relevant parameters such as offset gain linearity error amp monotonicity must be specified over

the full temperature amp power supply ranges to have better stability performances

34 What is meant by linearity

The linearity of an ADCDAC is an important measure of its accuracy amp tells us how close the

converter output is to its ideal transfer characteristics The linearity error is usually expressed as

a fraction of LSB increment or percentage of full-scale voltage A good converter exhibits a

linearity error of less than plusmnfrac12LSB

35 What is a sample and hold circuit Where it is used

A sample and hold circuit is one which samples an input signal and holds on to its last sampled

value until the input is sampled again This circuit is mainly used in digital interfacing analog to

digital systems and pulse code modulation systems

36 Explain the operation of basic sample and hold circuit A typical sample and hold circuit stores electric charge in a capacitor and contains at least one

fast FET switch and at least one operational amplifier To sample the input signal the switch

connects the capacitor to the output of a buffer amplifier The buffer amplifier charges or

discharges the capacitor so that the voltage across the capacitor is practically equal or

proportional to input voltage In hold mode the switch disconnects the capacitor from the buffer

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

The capacitor is invariably discharged by its own leakage currents and useful load currents

which makes the circuit inherently volatile but the loss of voltage (voltage droop) within a

specified hold time remains within an acceptable error margin

37 Define start of conversion and end of conversion Start of Conversion in ADC (SOC) This is the control signal for start of conversion which

initiates AD conversion process

End of Conversion in ADC (EOC) This is the control signal which is activated when the

conversion is completed

38 Define sample period and hold period

The time during which the voltage across the capacitor in sample and hold circuit is equal to

the input voltage is called sample period The time period during which the voltage across the

capacitor is held constant is called hold period

39 Define the following performance parameters of DA converters

(a) Resolution (b)Accuracy (c) Monotonicity d) Conversion time

a) Resolution The resolution of a converter is the smallest change in voltage which may be produced at the

output or input of the converter

Resolution (in volts)= VFS2n-1=1 LSB increment

Example 8 bit DAC has 28-1 =255 equal intervals Hence the smallest change in output voltage

is (1255) of full scale output range

The resolution of an ADC is defined as the smallest change in analog input for a one bit change

at the output

Example The input range of 8 bit AD converter is divided into 255 intervals So the resolution

for 10V input range = 10V255 = 3922mV

b) Accuracy

Absolute accuracy It is the maximum deviation between the actual converter output amp the ideal converter output

Relative accuracy It is the maximum deviation after gain amp offset errors have been removed

The accuracy of a converter is also specified in form of LSB increments or of full scale

voltage

c) Monotonicity A monotonic DAC is one whose analog output increases for an increase in digital input A

monotonic characteristic is essential in control applications otherwise oscillations result

d) Conversion time It is defined as the total time required to convert an analog signal into its digital output It

depends on the conversion technique used amp the propagation delay of circuit componentsThe

conversion time of a successive approximation type ADC is given by T(n+1)

where T---clock period

Tc---conversion time n----no of bits

What is settling time

It represents the time it takes for the output to settle within a specified band plusmnfrac12LSB of itsfinal

value following a code change at the input (usually a full scale change) It depends uponthe

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

switching time of the logic circuitry due to internal parasitic capacitance amp inductancesSettling

time ranges from 100ns to 10micros depending on word length amp type circuit used

40 List the drawbacks of binary weighted resistor technique of DA conversion a) Wide range of resistor values needed

b) Difficulty in achieving and maintaining accurate ratios over a wide range of variations

41 The basic step of a 9 bit DAC is 103 mV If 000000000 represents 0Volts what is the

output for an input of 101101111 The output voltage for input of 101101111 is

= 103 mV (128+027+126+125+024+123+122+121+120)

= 103 10-3 367 = 378 V

42 What are the advantages and disadvantages of R-2R ladder DAC

Advantages a) Easier to build accurately as only two precision metal films are required

b) Number of bits can be expanded by adding more sections of same R2R values

Disadvantage In this type of DAC when there is a change in the input changes the current flow in the resistor

which causes more power dissipation which creates non-linearity in DAC

43 Which is the fastest AD converter and why

Flash type AD converter is the fastest ADC because the fast conversion speed isaccomplished

by providing 2n-1 comparators and simultaneously comparing the input signal with unique

reference levels spaced 1 LSB apart

44 What are the applications of V-I converter

bull Low voltage dc and ac voltmeter

bull L E D

bull Zener diode tester

45 What do you mean by a precision diode

The major limitation of ordinary diode is that it cannot rectify voltages below the cut ndash involtage

of the diode A circuit designed by placing a diode in the feedback loop of an op ndash ampis called

the precision diode and it is capable of rectifying input signals of the order of millivolt

46 Write down the applications of precision diode

bullHalf - wave rectifier

bullFull - Wave rectifier

bullPeak ndash value detector

bullClipper

bullClamper

47 Draw the circuit diagram of sample and hold circuit

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1 Design and explain triangular wave generator using Schmitt trigger and integrator circuit

2 (i) Explain the operation of dual slope ADC

(ii)Explain the following characteristics of ADC

(i)Resolution (ii) Accuracy (iii)Settling time (iv) Linearity

3 (i) Describe the first order lowpass butterworth filter Derive its frequency response and plot

the same

(ii) Design a low pass filter with a cutoff frequency if 1kHz and with a passband gain of 2

4 What is an instrumentation amplifier List its features Explain the operation of three op-amp

instrumentation amplifier and give its application

5 Explain the following applications of opamp (i)voltage to current converter (ii)Clamper

6 Explain the working of (i) Weighted resistor type DAC (ii) Dual slope type ADC

7 Discuss the operation of ladder network DAC with relevant circuit diagram and waveforms

8 Draw and explain the circuit of a voltage to current converter if the load is

(1) Floating

(2) Grounded

9 (i) Explain the working of OP-AMP based Schmitt trigger circuit (8)

(ii) Design an OP-AMP based second order active low pass filter with cut offfrequency 2 kHz

10 (i)draw an instrumentation amplifier using op amp and explain (6)

(ii) Explain the following op amp circuits

(1) Peak detector (2) Clamper (10)

11(i)draw a neat R-2R ladder DAC and explain its principle(6)

(ii) draw a flash type ADC and explain its working(10)

12(i) Explain how to measure phase difference between two signals

(ii) Explain the operation of square wave generator by drawing the capacitor and output voltage

waveforms

13 (i) Draw a sample and hold circuit Explain its operation and indicate its uses

(ii) Describe a circuit which will clip the input signal below a reference voltage

14 (i) Describe the operation of current to voltage converter with appropriate diagrams

(ii) Draw and explain the operation of the following

(i) Triangle wave generator (ii) monostable multivibrator

15 Elaborate on the operation of comparator and describe its applications

16Explain the working principle of RC phase shift sine wave generator using op-amp and derive

expression for f

17 (i) Explain the important specifications of DAC

(ii) With diagrams and example explain the working principle of successive approximation type

ADC

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

UNIT IV SPECIAL ICs

SYLLABUS 555 Timer circuit ndash Functional block characteristics amp applications 566-voltage

controlled oscillator circuit 565-phase lock loop circuit functioning and applications Analog multiplier ICs

TWO MARK QUESTIONS

1 Mention some applications of 555 timer

Oscillator

pulse generator

ramp and square wave generator

burglar alarm

traffic light control

Missing pulse detector

Linear ramp generator

Frequency divider

Pulse width modulation

FSK generator

Pulse position modulator

Schmitt trigger

2 List the applications of 555 timer in monostable mode of operation

Missing pulse detector

Linear ramp generator

Frequency divider

Pulse width modulation

3 List the applications of 555 timer in Astable mode of operation

FSK generator

Pulse-position modulator

4 Enumerate the basic blocks of IC 555 timer

5 Highlight the features of 555 Timer

available in three packages 8 pin metal can 8 pin dip 14 pin dip

6 What is the use of reset pin of 555 timer

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

This is an interrupt for the timing device when pin 4 is grounded it stops the working of device

and turns it off

7 What is the purpose of control voltage pin (5) of 555 timer This pin is the inverting input terminal of comparator This is reference level for comparator with

which threshold is compared If reference level is other than 23 VCC then external input is to

be given to pin 5 Pulse width modulation is possible due to pin 5

8Write the expression for pulse width of 555 timer in monostable mode Pulse width W = 11 RC seconds

R ndash resistor in ohms C ndash capacitor in farads

9Write the expression for total time period of 555 timer in astable mode T = 0693 (RA + 2 RB) C seconds

10 Define duty cycle

The ratio of high output and low output period is given by a mathematical parameter called duty

cycle It is defined as the ratio of ON Time to total time

11 What is a voltage controlled oscillator V o l t age con t r o l l ed o s c i l l a to r i s a f r e e r u nn in g m ul t i v i b ra to r op e r a t in g a t a

s e t frequency called the free running frequency This frequency can be shifted to

either side by applying a dc control voltage and the frequency deviation is

proportional to the dc control voltage

12 On what parameters does the free running frequency of VCO depend on bullExternal timing resistor RT

bullExternal timing capacitor CT

bullThe dc control voltage Vc

13 Give the expression for the VCO free running frequency

f o= 025 RTCT

14 Define Voltage to Frequency conversion factor Voltage to Frequency conversion factor is defined as

Kv = Δfo ΔVc = Vcc

Where ΔVc is the modulation voltage required to produce the frequency shift Δfo

15 List the features of 566 VCO

-24V)

temperature stability

16 State the function of a PLL

A PLL is a basically a closed loop system designed to lock output frequency and phase to the

frequency and phase of an input signal

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

17 Define lock range capture range and pull in time

Lock range

When PLL is in lock it can trap freq changes in the incoming signal The range of frequencies

over which the PLL can maintain lock with the incoming signal is called as lock range Lock in

range ∆fL = +- 78 fo V fo is free running frequency

Capture range

The range of frequencies over which the PLL can acquire lock with the input signal is called as

capture range Capture range = +- = [∆fL (2prodRC)] 12

Define pull-in time

The total time taken by the PLL to establish lock is called pull-in time

18 List out the blocks of PLL a Frequency multiplicationdivision

b Frequency translation c AM detection

d FM demodulation

e FSK demodulation

19 What is the purpose of having a low pass filter in PLL bullIt removes the high frequency components and noise

bullControls the dynamic characteristics of the PLL such as capture range lock -in

range band-width and transient response

bullThe charge on the filter capacitor gives a short- time memory to the PLL

20 Discuss the effect of having large capture range The PLL cannot acquire a signal outside the capture range but once captured it will hold on till

the frequency goes beyond the lock-in range Thus to increase the ability of lock range large

capture range is required But a large capture range will make the PLL more

susceptible to noise and undesirable signal

21 List the applications of 565 PLL

22 What is a switch type phase detector An electronic switch is opened and closed by signal coming from VCO and the input signal is

chopped at a repetition rate determined by the VCO frequency This type of Phase detector is

called a half wave detector since the phase information for only one half of the input signal is

detected and averaged

23 What are the problems associated with switch type phase detector The output voltage Ve is proportional to the input signal amplitude This is undesirable because

it makes phase detector gain and loop gain dependent on the input signal amplitude The output

is proportional to cosφ making it non linear

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

24 What is analog multiplier

An analog multiplier is a circuit in which the output is proportional to the multiplication of two

input voltages It is used in modulation frequency converters and to solve non-linear equations

25 Mention any two analog multiplier Ics

a) IC AD 533

b) IC AD 534

26 What is ICAD 533

It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is a low cost IC comprising a transconductance

multiplying element stable reference and an output amplifier

27 List the features of ICAD533

28 What is ICAD 534List its features

It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is the first general purpose multiplier capable of

providing gain upto X100

Features

Adjustable scale factor

Low noise

Excellent long time stability

29 Mention the applications of analog multipliers 1 Voltage squarer

2 Frequency doubler

3 Voltage divider

4 Square rooter

5 Phase angle detector

6 Rectifier

30 Explain how a frequency doubler can be realized using analog multiplier The multiplication of two sine waves of the same frequency but of possibly different amplitudes

and phase allows doubling a frequency using an analog multiplier

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1 Explain the functional block diagram of 555timer

2 Explain working of PLL using appropriate block diagram and explain any one application of

the same

3 Draw the block diagram of an Astable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression

for its frequency of oscillation

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

4 Draw the block diagram of monostable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression

for its frequency of oscillation Discuss some applications of 555 timer in monostable mode

5 write short notes on

i) capture range

ii) Lock in range

iii) Pull in time

6 Briefly explain the block diagram of PLL and derive the expression for Lock range and

capture range

7 With a neat functional diagram explain the operation of VCO Also derive an expression for

fodiscuss the applications of PLL

8 What is 555 timer What are the features of 555 timer Explain the monostable mode in detail

With neat block diagram explain IC566 VCO operation and discuss any 2 applications

9 What are the modes of operation of IC555 Derive the expression of time delay of monostable

multivibrator

10 (i)Explain the VCO with neat block diagram Give its typical connection diagram and output

waveforms

(ii)Derive the expression for capture range for PLL where a simple RC network is used as a LPF

11 (i)Explain the working of VCO

(ii)What is PLL Explain its operation as frequency multiplier

12 Explain the astable and bistable operation of IC555 with necessary waveforms

13 With the help of schematic circuit explain the operation of 566 VCO Also derive the

expression for output frequenct

14 (i) List and define the various performance parameters of a Multiplier IC (6)

(ii) How the multiplier is used as voltage divider (5)

(iii) How the multiplier is used as frequency doubler (5)

15 Explain with neat block diagrams how PLL is used as

(i) AM Detector (5)

(ii) FM Detector (5)

(iii) Frequency Synthesizer (6)

16(i) describe in details the characteristics and applications of 555 timer (6)

(ii) Draw a neat block diagram of VCO and explain (10)

17(i) Draw the 565 PLL and explain itrsquos functioning in detail (8)

(ii) Give an account on ldquoAnalog multiplier ICrdquo (8)

18 (i)How is an astable multivibrator connected into a pulse position modulator

(ii) Draw the circuit of Schmitt trigger using 555 timer and explain its operation

19Design and draw the waveforms of a 1KHz square wave generator using 555 timer for duty

cycle (i) D=25 (ii) D=50

20(i) Perform the closed loop analysis of PLL

(ii) Explain any two applications of PLL

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

UNIT V APPLICATION ICs

SYLLABUS IC voltage regulators - LM317 723 regulators switching regulator MA 7840 LM

380 power amplifier ICL 8038 function generator IC isolation amplifiers opto coupler opto

electronic ICs

TWO MARK QUESTIONS

1 What is a voltage regulator

A voltage regulator is an electronic circuit that provides a stable dc voltage independent of the

load current temperature and ac line voltage variations

2 Give the classification of voltage regulators

Series Linear regulators

Switching regulators

3 Write about a linear voltage regulator

Series or linear regulator uses a power transistor connected in series between the unregulated dc

input and the load and it conducts in the linear region The output voltage is controlled by the

continuous voltage drop taking place across the series pass transistor

4 What is a switching regulator

Switching regulators are those which operate the power transistor as a high frequency onoff

switchso that the power transistor does not conduct current continouslyThis give improved

efficiency over series regulators

5 List the advantages of IC voltage regulators

Low cost high reliability reduction in size and excellent performance

6 Give some examples of monolithic IC voltage regulators

78XX series fixed output positive voltage regulators

79XX series fixed output negative voltage regulators

723 general purpose regulator

7 What is the purpose of having input and output capacitors in three terminal IC

regulators

A capacitor connected between the input terminal and ground cancels the inductive effects due to

long distribution leads The output capacitor improves the transient response

8 Define line regulation

Line regulation is defined as the percentage change in the output voltage for a change in the

input voltageIt is expressed in millivolts or as a percentage of the output voltage

9 Define load regulation

Load regulation is defined as the change in output voltage for a change in load current It is

expressed in mill volts or as a percentage of the output voltage

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

10 What is meant by current limiting

Current limiting refers to the ability of a regulator to prevent the load current from increasing

above a preset value

11 Give the drawbacks of linear regulators

The input step down transformer is bulky and expensive because of low line frequency Because

of low line frequency large values of filter capacitors are required to decrease the ripple

Efficiency is reduced due to the continuous power dissipation by the transistor as it operates in

the linear region

12 What is the advantage of switching regulators

Greater efficiency is achieved as the power transistor is made to operate as low impedance

switch Power transmitted across the transistor is in discrete pulses rather than as a steady current

flowBy using suitable switching loss reduction technique the switching frequency can be

increased so as to reduce the size and weight of the inductors and capacitors

13 Why do switching regulators have better efficiency than series regulators

The transistor in linear regulator will operate in linear area at all times Considerable power is

dissipated in linear operation since the transistor has voltage across it and current flowing

through itSince the series element in a switching regulator is either fully conducting(V=0 hence

power=0) or switched off(I=0 hence power=0) it dissipates almost no power this is what gives

the switching design its efficiency

14 What are the advantages of adjustable voltage regulators over the fixed voltage

regulators i) Improved line and load regulation by a factor of 10 or more

ii) Because of the improved overload protection greater load current can be drawn

iii) Improved reliability

15 List out the parameters related to the fixed voltage regulators 1) Line regulation

2) Load regulation

3) Ripple rejection

4) Output impedance

5) Maximum power dissipation

6) Rated output current

16 Define dropout voltage of a fixed voltage regulator It is the minimum voltage that must exist between input and output terminals For most of

regulators it is 2 to 3 volts

17 What is an opto-coupler IC

Opto-coupler IC is a combined package of a photo-emitting device and a photo-sensing device

14 What are the types of opto couplers

LED and a photo diode

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

LED and photo transistor

LED and Darlington

15 Give two examples of IC optocouplers

Examples for opto-coupler IC

MCT 2F

16 Mention the advantages of opto-couplers

Better isolation between the two stages

Impedance problem between the stages is eliminated

Wide frequency response

Easily interfaced with digital circuit

Compact and light weight

Problems such as noise transients contact bounce are eliminated

17 Specify the need for isolation amplifier

Isolation amplifiers provide electrical isolation and an electrical safety barrier They protect data

acquisition components from common mode voltages which are potential differences between

instrument ground and signal ground Instruments that are applied in the presence of a common

mode voltage without an isolation barrier allow ground currents to circulate leading in the best

case to a noisy representation of the signal under investigation In the worst case assuming that

the magnitude of common mode voltage or current is sufficient instrument destruction is likely

Isolation amplifiers are used in medical instruments to ensure isolation of a patient from power

supply leakage current

18What are the features of MA78s40

Step upstep down or inverting operation

Operation from 25 to 40 V

80Db line and load regulation

19List the important parts of a regulated power supply

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

(i) Transformer (ii) Rectifier (iii) Filter (iv)Regulator

20 Using LM380 draw the circuit for audio power amplifier

21 What are onetwo and four quadrant multipliers

A four-quadrant multiplier is one where inputs and outputs may swing positive and negative

Many multipliers only work in 2 quadrants (one input may only have one polarity) or single

quadrant (inputs and outputs have only one polarity usually all positive)

22 List the parameters of optocoupler

a Current transfer ratio

b Isolation voltage

c Response time

d Common mode rejection

23Why current boosting is done in 723 regulator

The maximum current capability of 723 regulator is 140mA In certain applications this value of

current is not sufficient Hence current boosting is done using series pass transistor

24 What are the limitations of three terminal regulator

1 For fixed output regulators the output voltage is not precise

2 Only selected values of output voltages are available

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

3 Current boosting by external series pass transistor is required if load current beyond the

capability of basic regulator is required

25 Draw the typical connection diagram of IC LM317

26 What is the function od a series pass transistor in voltage regulator

The series pass transistor acsts as a control element The value of VcE gets adjusted in such a

way that the output voltage of the regulator always remains constant In addition the series pass

transistor supplies the load current

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1Draw and explain the functional block diagram of 723 voltage regulator and how this IC can be

used as high voltage regulator

2Write an explanatory note on

(i) Power amplifier (ii) Isolation amplifier

3 With neat diagrams explain the working of switched mode power supply

4 Write brief notes on

(i)IC MA 7840

(ii) Optocoupler

5 (i)Explain the working of series voltage regulator

(ii)Write notes on optocoupler

6 What is a switching regulator With neat block diagram explain the internals of MA7840

7 Draw the functional block diagram of IC 723 and explain

8 Explain with the help of functional block diagram the working of voltage regulator IC723

Clearly explain how current limit and foldback type current limiting facility can be provided with

723 circuits

9 Draw the circuit of series voltage regulator Design this circuit to operate from a supply of 20v

and to provide an output of 12V with maximum load current of 40mA

10 Draw the functional diagram of ICL 8038 Function generator IC and explain its operation

Give its frequency of oscillation at the output

11 (i) With neat diagram explain the working principle of isolation amplifier (8)

(ii) With neat diagram explain the principle of operation of optocouplers (8)

12 With the help of neat circuit diagram explain the operation of an adjustable regulator using

LM317

13 State the features and applications of IC LM 380 and explain them

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

14 Design a waveform generator using IC8038 The frequency of oscillation is 5kHz and duty

cycle is 50 From data sheet Vcc=5V VoH=36V VoL=02V ILL=16mA ILH=409uA

15 (i) Design low voltage regulator using IC 723 for 5V and explain its characteristics

(ii) Describe the features of function generator IC

(iii)Write short notes on optocoupler ICs

Page 20: EE2254 LICA QB

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

29 Explain in brief the principle of operation of successive Approximation ADC

The circuit of successive approximation ADC consists of a successive approximation

register (SAR) to find the required value of each bit by trial amp error With the arrival of START

command SAR sets the MSB bit to 1 The OP is converted into an analog signal amp it is

compared with IP signal This OP is low or High This process continues until all bits are

checked

30 Provide the advantages and disadvantages of flash type ADC Flash type ADC is the fastest as well as the most expensive

The disadvantage is the number of comparators needed almost doubles for each added bit (For a

n-bit convertor 2(n-1) comparators 2n resistors are required)

31Define conversion time

It is defined as the total time required converting an analog signal into its digital output It

depends on the conversion technique used amp the propagation delay of circuit components

The conversion time of a successive approximation type ADC is given by T(n+1) Where T---

clock period Tc---conversion time n- no of bits

32 Define resolution of a data converter

The resolution of a converter is the smallest change in voltage which may be produced at the

output or input of the converter Resolution (in volts)= VFS2n-1=1 LSB increment The

resolution of an ADC is defined as the smallest change in analog input for a one-bit change at the

output

33 Explain in brief stability of a converter

The performance of converter changes with temperature age amp power supply variation So all the

relevant parameters such as offset gain linearity error amp monotonicity must be specified over

the full temperature amp power supply ranges to have better stability performances

34 What is meant by linearity

The linearity of an ADCDAC is an important measure of its accuracy amp tells us how close the

converter output is to its ideal transfer characteristics The linearity error is usually expressed as

a fraction of LSB increment or percentage of full-scale voltage A good converter exhibits a

linearity error of less than plusmnfrac12LSB

35 What is a sample and hold circuit Where it is used

A sample and hold circuit is one which samples an input signal and holds on to its last sampled

value until the input is sampled again This circuit is mainly used in digital interfacing analog to

digital systems and pulse code modulation systems

36 Explain the operation of basic sample and hold circuit A typical sample and hold circuit stores electric charge in a capacitor and contains at least one

fast FET switch and at least one operational amplifier To sample the input signal the switch

connects the capacitor to the output of a buffer amplifier The buffer amplifier charges or

discharges the capacitor so that the voltage across the capacitor is practically equal or

proportional to input voltage In hold mode the switch disconnects the capacitor from the buffer

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

The capacitor is invariably discharged by its own leakage currents and useful load currents

which makes the circuit inherently volatile but the loss of voltage (voltage droop) within a

specified hold time remains within an acceptable error margin

37 Define start of conversion and end of conversion Start of Conversion in ADC (SOC) This is the control signal for start of conversion which

initiates AD conversion process

End of Conversion in ADC (EOC) This is the control signal which is activated when the

conversion is completed

38 Define sample period and hold period

The time during which the voltage across the capacitor in sample and hold circuit is equal to

the input voltage is called sample period The time period during which the voltage across the

capacitor is held constant is called hold period

39 Define the following performance parameters of DA converters

(a) Resolution (b)Accuracy (c) Monotonicity d) Conversion time

a) Resolution The resolution of a converter is the smallest change in voltage which may be produced at the

output or input of the converter

Resolution (in volts)= VFS2n-1=1 LSB increment

Example 8 bit DAC has 28-1 =255 equal intervals Hence the smallest change in output voltage

is (1255) of full scale output range

The resolution of an ADC is defined as the smallest change in analog input for a one bit change

at the output

Example The input range of 8 bit AD converter is divided into 255 intervals So the resolution

for 10V input range = 10V255 = 3922mV

b) Accuracy

Absolute accuracy It is the maximum deviation between the actual converter output amp the ideal converter output

Relative accuracy It is the maximum deviation after gain amp offset errors have been removed

The accuracy of a converter is also specified in form of LSB increments or of full scale

voltage

c) Monotonicity A monotonic DAC is one whose analog output increases for an increase in digital input A

monotonic characteristic is essential in control applications otherwise oscillations result

d) Conversion time It is defined as the total time required to convert an analog signal into its digital output It

depends on the conversion technique used amp the propagation delay of circuit componentsThe

conversion time of a successive approximation type ADC is given by T(n+1)

where T---clock period

Tc---conversion time n----no of bits

What is settling time

It represents the time it takes for the output to settle within a specified band plusmnfrac12LSB of itsfinal

value following a code change at the input (usually a full scale change) It depends uponthe

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

switching time of the logic circuitry due to internal parasitic capacitance amp inductancesSettling

time ranges from 100ns to 10micros depending on word length amp type circuit used

40 List the drawbacks of binary weighted resistor technique of DA conversion a) Wide range of resistor values needed

b) Difficulty in achieving and maintaining accurate ratios over a wide range of variations

41 The basic step of a 9 bit DAC is 103 mV If 000000000 represents 0Volts what is the

output for an input of 101101111 The output voltage for input of 101101111 is

= 103 mV (128+027+126+125+024+123+122+121+120)

= 103 10-3 367 = 378 V

42 What are the advantages and disadvantages of R-2R ladder DAC

Advantages a) Easier to build accurately as only two precision metal films are required

b) Number of bits can be expanded by adding more sections of same R2R values

Disadvantage In this type of DAC when there is a change in the input changes the current flow in the resistor

which causes more power dissipation which creates non-linearity in DAC

43 Which is the fastest AD converter and why

Flash type AD converter is the fastest ADC because the fast conversion speed isaccomplished

by providing 2n-1 comparators and simultaneously comparing the input signal with unique

reference levels spaced 1 LSB apart

44 What are the applications of V-I converter

bull Low voltage dc and ac voltmeter

bull L E D

bull Zener diode tester

45 What do you mean by a precision diode

The major limitation of ordinary diode is that it cannot rectify voltages below the cut ndash involtage

of the diode A circuit designed by placing a diode in the feedback loop of an op ndash ampis called

the precision diode and it is capable of rectifying input signals of the order of millivolt

46 Write down the applications of precision diode

bullHalf - wave rectifier

bullFull - Wave rectifier

bullPeak ndash value detector

bullClipper

bullClamper

47 Draw the circuit diagram of sample and hold circuit

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1 Design and explain triangular wave generator using Schmitt trigger and integrator circuit

2 (i) Explain the operation of dual slope ADC

(ii)Explain the following characteristics of ADC

(i)Resolution (ii) Accuracy (iii)Settling time (iv) Linearity

3 (i) Describe the first order lowpass butterworth filter Derive its frequency response and plot

the same

(ii) Design a low pass filter with a cutoff frequency if 1kHz and with a passband gain of 2

4 What is an instrumentation amplifier List its features Explain the operation of three op-amp

instrumentation amplifier and give its application

5 Explain the following applications of opamp (i)voltage to current converter (ii)Clamper

6 Explain the working of (i) Weighted resistor type DAC (ii) Dual slope type ADC

7 Discuss the operation of ladder network DAC with relevant circuit diagram and waveforms

8 Draw and explain the circuit of a voltage to current converter if the load is

(1) Floating

(2) Grounded

9 (i) Explain the working of OP-AMP based Schmitt trigger circuit (8)

(ii) Design an OP-AMP based second order active low pass filter with cut offfrequency 2 kHz

10 (i)draw an instrumentation amplifier using op amp and explain (6)

(ii) Explain the following op amp circuits

(1) Peak detector (2) Clamper (10)

11(i)draw a neat R-2R ladder DAC and explain its principle(6)

(ii) draw a flash type ADC and explain its working(10)

12(i) Explain how to measure phase difference between two signals

(ii) Explain the operation of square wave generator by drawing the capacitor and output voltage

waveforms

13 (i) Draw a sample and hold circuit Explain its operation and indicate its uses

(ii) Describe a circuit which will clip the input signal below a reference voltage

14 (i) Describe the operation of current to voltage converter with appropriate diagrams

(ii) Draw and explain the operation of the following

(i) Triangle wave generator (ii) monostable multivibrator

15 Elaborate on the operation of comparator and describe its applications

16Explain the working principle of RC phase shift sine wave generator using op-amp and derive

expression for f

17 (i) Explain the important specifications of DAC

(ii) With diagrams and example explain the working principle of successive approximation type

ADC

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

UNIT IV SPECIAL ICs

SYLLABUS 555 Timer circuit ndash Functional block characteristics amp applications 566-voltage

controlled oscillator circuit 565-phase lock loop circuit functioning and applications Analog multiplier ICs

TWO MARK QUESTIONS

1 Mention some applications of 555 timer

Oscillator

pulse generator

ramp and square wave generator

burglar alarm

traffic light control

Missing pulse detector

Linear ramp generator

Frequency divider

Pulse width modulation

FSK generator

Pulse position modulator

Schmitt trigger

2 List the applications of 555 timer in monostable mode of operation

Missing pulse detector

Linear ramp generator

Frequency divider

Pulse width modulation

3 List the applications of 555 timer in Astable mode of operation

FSK generator

Pulse-position modulator

4 Enumerate the basic blocks of IC 555 timer

5 Highlight the features of 555 Timer

available in three packages 8 pin metal can 8 pin dip 14 pin dip

6 What is the use of reset pin of 555 timer

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

This is an interrupt for the timing device when pin 4 is grounded it stops the working of device

and turns it off

7 What is the purpose of control voltage pin (5) of 555 timer This pin is the inverting input terminal of comparator This is reference level for comparator with

which threshold is compared If reference level is other than 23 VCC then external input is to

be given to pin 5 Pulse width modulation is possible due to pin 5

8Write the expression for pulse width of 555 timer in monostable mode Pulse width W = 11 RC seconds

R ndash resistor in ohms C ndash capacitor in farads

9Write the expression for total time period of 555 timer in astable mode T = 0693 (RA + 2 RB) C seconds

10 Define duty cycle

The ratio of high output and low output period is given by a mathematical parameter called duty

cycle It is defined as the ratio of ON Time to total time

11 What is a voltage controlled oscillator V o l t age con t r o l l ed o s c i l l a to r i s a f r e e r u nn in g m ul t i v i b ra to r op e r a t in g a t a

s e t frequency called the free running frequency This frequency can be shifted to

either side by applying a dc control voltage and the frequency deviation is

proportional to the dc control voltage

12 On what parameters does the free running frequency of VCO depend on bullExternal timing resistor RT

bullExternal timing capacitor CT

bullThe dc control voltage Vc

13 Give the expression for the VCO free running frequency

f o= 025 RTCT

14 Define Voltage to Frequency conversion factor Voltage to Frequency conversion factor is defined as

Kv = Δfo ΔVc = Vcc

Where ΔVc is the modulation voltage required to produce the frequency shift Δfo

15 List the features of 566 VCO

-24V)

temperature stability

16 State the function of a PLL

A PLL is a basically a closed loop system designed to lock output frequency and phase to the

frequency and phase of an input signal

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

17 Define lock range capture range and pull in time

Lock range

When PLL is in lock it can trap freq changes in the incoming signal The range of frequencies

over which the PLL can maintain lock with the incoming signal is called as lock range Lock in

range ∆fL = +- 78 fo V fo is free running frequency

Capture range

The range of frequencies over which the PLL can acquire lock with the input signal is called as

capture range Capture range = +- = [∆fL (2prodRC)] 12

Define pull-in time

The total time taken by the PLL to establish lock is called pull-in time

18 List out the blocks of PLL a Frequency multiplicationdivision

b Frequency translation c AM detection

d FM demodulation

e FSK demodulation

19 What is the purpose of having a low pass filter in PLL bullIt removes the high frequency components and noise

bullControls the dynamic characteristics of the PLL such as capture range lock -in

range band-width and transient response

bullThe charge on the filter capacitor gives a short- time memory to the PLL

20 Discuss the effect of having large capture range The PLL cannot acquire a signal outside the capture range but once captured it will hold on till

the frequency goes beyond the lock-in range Thus to increase the ability of lock range large

capture range is required But a large capture range will make the PLL more

susceptible to noise and undesirable signal

21 List the applications of 565 PLL

22 What is a switch type phase detector An electronic switch is opened and closed by signal coming from VCO and the input signal is

chopped at a repetition rate determined by the VCO frequency This type of Phase detector is

called a half wave detector since the phase information for only one half of the input signal is

detected and averaged

23 What are the problems associated with switch type phase detector The output voltage Ve is proportional to the input signal amplitude This is undesirable because

it makes phase detector gain and loop gain dependent on the input signal amplitude The output

is proportional to cosφ making it non linear

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

24 What is analog multiplier

An analog multiplier is a circuit in which the output is proportional to the multiplication of two

input voltages It is used in modulation frequency converters and to solve non-linear equations

25 Mention any two analog multiplier Ics

a) IC AD 533

b) IC AD 534

26 What is ICAD 533

It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is a low cost IC comprising a transconductance

multiplying element stable reference and an output amplifier

27 List the features of ICAD533

28 What is ICAD 534List its features

It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is the first general purpose multiplier capable of

providing gain upto X100

Features

Adjustable scale factor

Low noise

Excellent long time stability

29 Mention the applications of analog multipliers 1 Voltage squarer

2 Frequency doubler

3 Voltage divider

4 Square rooter

5 Phase angle detector

6 Rectifier

30 Explain how a frequency doubler can be realized using analog multiplier The multiplication of two sine waves of the same frequency but of possibly different amplitudes

and phase allows doubling a frequency using an analog multiplier

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1 Explain the functional block diagram of 555timer

2 Explain working of PLL using appropriate block diagram and explain any one application of

the same

3 Draw the block diagram of an Astable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression

for its frequency of oscillation

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

4 Draw the block diagram of monostable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression

for its frequency of oscillation Discuss some applications of 555 timer in monostable mode

5 write short notes on

i) capture range

ii) Lock in range

iii) Pull in time

6 Briefly explain the block diagram of PLL and derive the expression for Lock range and

capture range

7 With a neat functional diagram explain the operation of VCO Also derive an expression for

fodiscuss the applications of PLL

8 What is 555 timer What are the features of 555 timer Explain the monostable mode in detail

With neat block diagram explain IC566 VCO operation and discuss any 2 applications

9 What are the modes of operation of IC555 Derive the expression of time delay of monostable

multivibrator

10 (i)Explain the VCO with neat block diagram Give its typical connection diagram and output

waveforms

(ii)Derive the expression for capture range for PLL where a simple RC network is used as a LPF

11 (i)Explain the working of VCO

(ii)What is PLL Explain its operation as frequency multiplier

12 Explain the astable and bistable operation of IC555 with necessary waveforms

13 With the help of schematic circuit explain the operation of 566 VCO Also derive the

expression for output frequenct

14 (i) List and define the various performance parameters of a Multiplier IC (6)

(ii) How the multiplier is used as voltage divider (5)

(iii) How the multiplier is used as frequency doubler (5)

15 Explain with neat block diagrams how PLL is used as

(i) AM Detector (5)

(ii) FM Detector (5)

(iii) Frequency Synthesizer (6)

16(i) describe in details the characteristics and applications of 555 timer (6)

(ii) Draw a neat block diagram of VCO and explain (10)

17(i) Draw the 565 PLL and explain itrsquos functioning in detail (8)

(ii) Give an account on ldquoAnalog multiplier ICrdquo (8)

18 (i)How is an astable multivibrator connected into a pulse position modulator

(ii) Draw the circuit of Schmitt trigger using 555 timer and explain its operation

19Design and draw the waveforms of a 1KHz square wave generator using 555 timer for duty

cycle (i) D=25 (ii) D=50

20(i) Perform the closed loop analysis of PLL

(ii) Explain any two applications of PLL

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

UNIT V APPLICATION ICs

SYLLABUS IC voltage regulators - LM317 723 regulators switching regulator MA 7840 LM

380 power amplifier ICL 8038 function generator IC isolation amplifiers opto coupler opto

electronic ICs

TWO MARK QUESTIONS

1 What is a voltage regulator

A voltage regulator is an electronic circuit that provides a stable dc voltage independent of the

load current temperature and ac line voltage variations

2 Give the classification of voltage regulators

Series Linear regulators

Switching regulators

3 Write about a linear voltage regulator

Series or linear regulator uses a power transistor connected in series between the unregulated dc

input and the load and it conducts in the linear region The output voltage is controlled by the

continuous voltage drop taking place across the series pass transistor

4 What is a switching regulator

Switching regulators are those which operate the power transistor as a high frequency onoff

switchso that the power transistor does not conduct current continouslyThis give improved

efficiency over series regulators

5 List the advantages of IC voltage regulators

Low cost high reliability reduction in size and excellent performance

6 Give some examples of monolithic IC voltage regulators

78XX series fixed output positive voltage regulators

79XX series fixed output negative voltage regulators

723 general purpose regulator

7 What is the purpose of having input and output capacitors in three terminal IC

regulators

A capacitor connected between the input terminal and ground cancels the inductive effects due to

long distribution leads The output capacitor improves the transient response

8 Define line regulation

Line regulation is defined as the percentage change in the output voltage for a change in the

input voltageIt is expressed in millivolts or as a percentage of the output voltage

9 Define load regulation

Load regulation is defined as the change in output voltage for a change in load current It is

expressed in mill volts or as a percentage of the output voltage

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

10 What is meant by current limiting

Current limiting refers to the ability of a regulator to prevent the load current from increasing

above a preset value

11 Give the drawbacks of linear regulators

The input step down transformer is bulky and expensive because of low line frequency Because

of low line frequency large values of filter capacitors are required to decrease the ripple

Efficiency is reduced due to the continuous power dissipation by the transistor as it operates in

the linear region

12 What is the advantage of switching regulators

Greater efficiency is achieved as the power transistor is made to operate as low impedance

switch Power transmitted across the transistor is in discrete pulses rather than as a steady current

flowBy using suitable switching loss reduction technique the switching frequency can be

increased so as to reduce the size and weight of the inductors and capacitors

13 Why do switching regulators have better efficiency than series regulators

The transistor in linear regulator will operate in linear area at all times Considerable power is

dissipated in linear operation since the transistor has voltage across it and current flowing

through itSince the series element in a switching regulator is either fully conducting(V=0 hence

power=0) or switched off(I=0 hence power=0) it dissipates almost no power this is what gives

the switching design its efficiency

14 What are the advantages of adjustable voltage regulators over the fixed voltage

regulators i) Improved line and load regulation by a factor of 10 or more

ii) Because of the improved overload protection greater load current can be drawn

iii) Improved reliability

15 List out the parameters related to the fixed voltage regulators 1) Line regulation

2) Load regulation

3) Ripple rejection

4) Output impedance

5) Maximum power dissipation

6) Rated output current

16 Define dropout voltage of a fixed voltage regulator It is the minimum voltage that must exist between input and output terminals For most of

regulators it is 2 to 3 volts

17 What is an opto-coupler IC

Opto-coupler IC is a combined package of a photo-emitting device and a photo-sensing device

14 What are the types of opto couplers

LED and a photo diode

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

LED and photo transistor

LED and Darlington

15 Give two examples of IC optocouplers

Examples for opto-coupler IC

MCT 2F

16 Mention the advantages of opto-couplers

Better isolation between the two stages

Impedance problem between the stages is eliminated

Wide frequency response

Easily interfaced with digital circuit

Compact and light weight

Problems such as noise transients contact bounce are eliminated

17 Specify the need for isolation amplifier

Isolation amplifiers provide electrical isolation and an electrical safety barrier They protect data

acquisition components from common mode voltages which are potential differences between

instrument ground and signal ground Instruments that are applied in the presence of a common

mode voltage without an isolation barrier allow ground currents to circulate leading in the best

case to a noisy representation of the signal under investigation In the worst case assuming that

the magnitude of common mode voltage or current is sufficient instrument destruction is likely

Isolation amplifiers are used in medical instruments to ensure isolation of a patient from power

supply leakage current

18What are the features of MA78s40

Step upstep down or inverting operation

Operation from 25 to 40 V

80Db line and load regulation

19List the important parts of a regulated power supply

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

(i) Transformer (ii) Rectifier (iii) Filter (iv)Regulator

20 Using LM380 draw the circuit for audio power amplifier

21 What are onetwo and four quadrant multipliers

A four-quadrant multiplier is one where inputs and outputs may swing positive and negative

Many multipliers only work in 2 quadrants (one input may only have one polarity) or single

quadrant (inputs and outputs have only one polarity usually all positive)

22 List the parameters of optocoupler

a Current transfer ratio

b Isolation voltage

c Response time

d Common mode rejection

23Why current boosting is done in 723 regulator

The maximum current capability of 723 regulator is 140mA In certain applications this value of

current is not sufficient Hence current boosting is done using series pass transistor

24 What are the limitations of three terminal regulator

1 For fixed output regulators the output voltage is not precise

2 Only selected values of output voltages are available

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

3 Current boosting by external series pass transistor is required if load current beyond the

capability of basic regulator is required

25 Draw the typical connection diagram of IC LM317

26 What is the function od a series pass transistor in voltage regulator

The series pass transistor acsts as a control element The value of VcE gets adjusted in such a

way that the output voltage of the regulator always remains constant In addition the series pass

transistor supplies the load current

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1Draw and explain the functional block diagram of 723 voltage regulator and how this IC can be

used as high voltage regulator

2Write an explanatory note on

(i) Power amplifier (ii) Isolation amplifier

3 With neat diagrams explain the working of switched mode power supply

4 Write brief notes on

(i)IC MA 7840

(ii) Optocoupler

5 (i)Explain the working of series voltage regulator

(ii)Write notes on optocoupler

6 What is a switching regulator With neat block diagram explain the internals of MA7840

7 Draw the functional block diagram of IC 723 and explain

8 Explain with the help of functional block diagram the working of voltage regulator IC723

Clearly explain how current limit and foldback type current limiting facility can be provided with

723 circuits

9 Draw the circuit of series voltage regulator Design this circuit to operate from a supply of 20v

and to provide an output of 12V with maximum load current of 40mA

10 Draw the functional diagram of ICL 8038 Function generator IC and explain its operation

Give its frequency of oscillation at the output

11 (i) With neat diagram explain the working principle of isolation amplifier (8)

(ii) With neat diagram explain the principle of operation of optocouplers (8)

12 With the help of neat circuit diagram explain the operation of an adjustable regulator using

LM317

13 State the features and applications of IC LM 380 and explain them

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

14 Design a waveform generator using IC8038 The frequency of oscillation is 5kHz and duty

cycle is 50 From data sheet Vcc=5V VoH=36V VoL=02V ILL=16mA ILH=409uA

15 (i) Design low voltage regulator using IC 723 for 5V and explain its characteristics

(ii) Describe the features of function generator IC

(iii)Write short notes on optocoupler ICs

Page 21: EE2254 LICA QB

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

The capacitor is invariably discharged by its own leakage currents and useful load currents

which makes the circuit inherently volatile but the loss of voltage (voltage droop) within a

specified hold time remains within an acceptable error margin

37 Define start of conversion and end of conversion Start of Conversion in ADC (SOC) This is the control signal for start of conversion which

initiates AD conversion process

End of Conversion in ADC (EOC) This is the control signal which is activated when the

conversion is completed

38 Define sample period and hold period

The time during which the voltage across the capacitor in sample and hold circuit is equal to

the input voltage is called sample period The time period during which the voltage across the

capacitor is held constant is called hold period

39 Define the following performance parameters of DA converters

(a) Resolution (b)Accuracy (c) Monotonicity d) Conversion time

a) Resolution The resolution of a converter is the smallest change in voltage which may be produced at the

output or input of the converter

Resolution (in volts)= VFS2n-1=1 LSB increment

Example 8 bit DAC has 28-1 =255 equal intervals Hence the smallest change in output voltage

is (1255) of full scale output range

The resolution of an ADC is defined as the smallest change in analog input for a one bit change

at the output

Example The input range of 8 bit AD converter is divided into 255 intervals So the resolution

for 10V input range = 10V255 = 3922mV

b) Accuracy

Absolute accuracy It is the maximum deviation between the actual converter output amp the ideal converter output

Relative accuracy It is the maximum deviation after gain amp offset errors have been removed

The accuracy of a converter is also specified in form of LSB increments or of full scale

voltage

c) Monotonicity A monotonic DAC is one whose analog output increases for an increase in digital input A

monotonic characteristic is essential in control applications otherwise oscillations result

d) Conversion time It is defined as the total time required to convert an analog signal into its digital output It

depends on the conversion technique used amp the propagation delay of circuit componentsThe

conversion time of a successive approximation type ADC is given by T(n+1)

where T---clock period

Tc---conversion time n----no of bits

What is settling time

It represents the time it takes for the output to settle within a specified band plusmnfrac12LSB of itsfinal

value following a code change at the input (usually a full scale change) It depends uponthe

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

switching time of the logic circuitry due to internal parasitic capacitance amp inductancesSettling

time ranges from 100ns to 10micros depending on word length amp type circuit used

40 List the drawbacks of binary weighted resistor technique of DA conversion a) Wide range of resistor values needed

b) Difficulty in achieving and maintaining accurate ratios over a wide range of variations

41 The basic step of a 9 bit DAC is 103 mV If 000000000 represents 0Volts what is the

output for an input of 101101111 The output voltage for input of 101101111 is

= 103 mV (128+027+126+125+024+123+122+121+120)

= 103 10-3 367 = 378 V

42 What are the advantages and disadvantages of R-2R ladder DAC

Advantages a) Easier to build accurately as only two precision metal films are required

b) Number of bits can be expanded by adding more sections of same R2R values

Disadvantage In this type of DAC when there is a change in the input changes the current flow in the resistor

which causes more power dissipation which creates non-linearity in DAC

43 Which is the fastest AD converter and why

Flash type AD converter is the fastest ADC because the fast conversion speed isaccomplished

by providing 2n-1 comparators and simultaneously comparing the input signal with unique

reference levels spaced 1 LSB apart

44 What are the applications of V-I converter

bull Low voltage dc and ac voltmeter

bull L E D

bull Zener diode tester

45 What do you mean by a precision diode

The major limitation of ordinary diode is that it cannot rectify voltages below the cut ndash involtage

of the diode A circuit designed by placing a diode in the feedback loop of an op ndash ampis called

the precision diode and it is capable of rectifying input signals of the order of millivolt

46 Write down the applications of precision diode

bullHalf - wave rectifier

bullFull - Wave rectifier

bullPeak ndash value detector

bullClipper

bullClamper

47 Draw the circuit diagram of sample and hold circuit

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1 Design and explain triangular wave generator using Schmitt trigger and integrator circuit

2 (i) Explain the operation of dual slope ADC

(ii)Explain the following characteristics of ADC

(i)Resolution (ii) Accuracy (iii)Settling time (iv) Linearity

3 (i) Describe the first order lowpass butterworth filter Derive its frequency response and plot

the same

(ii) Design a low pass filter with a cutoff frequency if 1kHz and with a passband gain of 2

4 What is an instrumentation amplifier List its features Explain the operation of three op-amp

instrumentation amplifier and give its application

5 Explain the following applications of opamp (i)voltage to current converter (ii)Clamper

6 Explain the working of (i) Weighted resistor type DAC (ii) Dual slope type ADC

7 Discuss the operation of ladder network DAC with relevant circuit diagram and waveforms

8 Draw and explain the circuit of a voltage to current converter if the load is

(1) Floating

(2) Grounded

9 (i) Explain the working of OP-AMP based Schmitt trigger circuit (8)

(ii) Design an OP-AMP based second order active low pass filter with cut offfrequency 2 kHz

10 (i)draw an instrumentation amplifier using op amp and explain (6)

(ii) Explain the following op amp circuits

(1) Peak detector (2) Clamper (10)

11(i)draw a neat R-2R ladder DAC and explain its principle(6)

(ii) draw a flash type ADC and explain its working(10)

12(i) Explain how to measure phase difference between two signals

(ii) Explain the operation of square wave generator by drawing the capacitor and output voltage

waveforms

13 (i) Draw a sample and hold circuit Explain its operation and indicate its uses

(ii) Describe a circuit which will clip the input signal below a reference voltage

14 (i) Describe the operation of current to voltage converter with appropriate diagrams

(ii) Draw and explain the operation of the following

(i) Triangle wave generator (ii) monostable multivibrator

15 Elaborate on the operation of comparator and describe its applications

16Explain the working principle of RC phase shift sine wave generator using op-amp and derive

expression for f

17 (i) Explain the important specifications of DAC

(ii) With diagrams and example explain the working principle of successive approximation type

ADC

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

UNIT IV SPECIAL ICs

SYLLABUS 555 Timer circuit ndash Functional block characteristics amp applications 566-voltage

controlled oscillator circuit 565-phase lock loop circuit functioning and applications Analog multiplier ICs

TWO MARK QUESTIONS

1 Mention some applications of 555 timer

Oscillator

pulse generator

ramp and square wave generator

burglar alarm

traffic light control

Missing pulse detector

Linear ramp generator

Frequency divider

Pulse width modulation

FSK generator

Pulse position modulator

Schmitt trigger

2 List the applications of 555 timer in monostable mode of operation

Missing pulse detector

Linear ramp generator

Frequency divider

Pulse width modulation

3 List the applications of 555 timer in Astable mode of operation

FSK generator

Pulse-position modulator

4 Enumerate the basic blocks of IC 555 timer

5 Highlight the features of 555 Timer

available in three packages 8 pin metal can 8 pin dip 14 pin dip

6 What is the use of reset pin of 555 timer

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

This is an interrupt for the timing device when pin 4 is grounded it stops the working of device

and turns it off

7 What is the purpose of control voltage pin (5) of 555 timer This pin is the inverting input terminal of comparator This is reference level for comparator with

which threshold is compared If reference level is other than 23 VCC then external input is to

be given to pin 5 Pulse width modulation is possible due to pin 5

8Write the expression for pulse width of 555 timer in monostable mode Pulse width W = 11 RC seconds

R ndash resistor in ohms C ndash capacitor in farads

9Write the expression for total time period of 555 timer in astable mode T = 0693 (RA + 2 RB) C seconds

10 Define duty cycle

The ratio of high output and low output period is given by a mathematical parameter called duty

cycle It is defined as the ratio of ON Time to total time

11 What is a voltage controlled oscillator V o l t age con t r o l l ed o s c i l l a to r i s a f r e e r u nn in g m ul t i v i b ra to r op e r a t in g a t a

s e t frequency called the free running frequency This frequency can be shifted to

either side by applying a dc control voltage and the frequency deviation is

proportional to the dc control voltage

12 On what parameters does the free running frequency of VCO depend on bullExternal timing resistor RT

bullExternal timing capacitor CT

bullThe dc control voltage Vc

13 Give the expression for the VCO free running frequency

f o= 025 RTCT

14 Define Voltage to Frequency conversion factor Voltage to Frequency conversion factor is defined as

Kv = Δfo ΔVc = Vcc

Where ΔVc is the modulation voltage required to produce the frequency shift Δfo

15 List the features of 566 VCO

-24V)

temperature stability

16 State the function of a PLL

A PLL is a basically a closed loop system designed to lock output frequency and phase to the

frequency and phase of an input signal

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

17 Define lock range capture range and pull in time

Lock range

When PLL is in lock it can trap freq changes in the incoming signal The range of frequencies

over which the PLL can maintain lock with the incoming signal is called as lock range Lock in

range ∆fL = +- 78 fo V fo is free running frequency

Capture range

The range of frequencies over which the PLL can acquire lock with the input signal is called as

capture range Capture range = +- = [∆fL (2prodRC)] 12

Define pull-in time

The total time taken by the PLL to establish lock is called pull-in time

18 List out the blocks of PLL a Frequency multiplicationdivision

b Frequency translation c AM detection

d FM demodulation

e FSK demodulation

19 What is the purpose of having a low pass filter in PLL bullIt removes the high frequency components and noise

bullControls the dynamic characteristics of the PLL such as capture range lock -in

range band-width and transient response

bullThe charge on the filter capacitor gives a short- time memory to the PLL

20 Discuss the effect of having large capture range The PLL cannot acquire a signal outside the capture range but once captured it will hold on till

the frequency goes beyond the lock-in range Thus to increase the ability of lock range large

capture range is required But a large capture range will make the PLL more

susceptible to noise and undesirable signal

21 List the applications of 565 PLL

22 What is a switch type phase detector An electronic switch is opened and closed by signal coming from VCO and the input signal is

chopped at a repetition rate determined by the VCO frequency This type of Phase detector is

called a half wave detector since the phase information for only one half of the input signal is

detected and averaged

23 What are the problems associated with switch type phase detector The output voltage Ve is proportional to the input signal amplitude This is undesirable because

it makes phase detector gain and loop gain dependent on the input signal amplitude The output

is proportional to cosφ making it non linear

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

24 What is analog multiplier

An analog multiplier is a circuit in which the output is proportional to the multiplication of two

input voltages It is used in modulation frequency converters and to solve non-linear equations

25 Mention any two analog multiplier Ics

a) IC AD 533

b) IC AD 534

26 What is ICAD 533

It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is a low cost IC comprising a transconductance

multiplying element stable reference and an output amplifier

27 List the features of ICAD533

28 What is ICAD 534List its features

It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is the first general purpose multiplier capable of

providing gain upto X100

Features

Adjustable scale factor

Low noise

Excellent long time stability

29 Mention the applications of analog multipliers 1 Voltage squarer

2 Frequency doubler

3 Voltage divider

4 Square rooter

5 Phase angle detector

6 Rectifier

30 Explain how a frequency doubler can be realized using analog multiplier The multiplication of two sine waves of the same frequency but of possibly different amplitudes

and phase allows doubling a frequency using an analog multiplier

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1 Explain the functional block diagram of 555timer

2 Explain working of PLL using appropriate block diagram and explain any one application of

the same

3 Draw the block diagram of an Astable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression

for its frequency of oscillation

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

4 Draw the block diagram of monostable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression

for its frequency of oscillation Discuss some applications of 555 timer in monostable mode

5 write short notes on

i) capture range

ii) Lock in range

iii) Pull in time

6 Briefly explain the block diagram of PLL and derive the expression for Lock range and

capture range

7 With a neat functional diagram explain the operation of VCO Also derive an expression for

fodiscuss the applications of PLL

8 What is 555 timer What are the features of 555 timer Explain the monostable mode in detail

With neat block diagram explain IC566 VCO operation and discuss any 2 applications

9 What are the modes of operation of IC555 Derive the expression of time delay of monostable

multivibrator

10 (i)Explain the VCO with neat block diagram Give its typical connection diagram and output

waveforms

(ii)Derive the expression for capture range for PLL where a simple RC network is used as a LPF

11 (i)Explain the working of VCO

(ii)What is PLL Explain its operation as frequency multiplier

12 Explain the astable and bistable operation of IC555 with necessary waveforms

13 With the help of schematic circuit explain the operation of 566 VCO Also derive the

expression for output frequenct

14 (i) List and define the various performance parameters of a Multiplier IC (6)

(ii) How the multiplier is used as voltage divider (5)

(iii) How the multiplier is used as frequency doubler (5)

15 Explain with neat block diagrams how PLL is used as

(i) AM Detector (5)

(ii) FM Detector (5)

(iii) Frequency Synthesizer (6)

16(i) describe in details the characteristics and applications of 555 timer (6)

(ii) Draw a neat block diagram of VCO and explain (10)

17(i) Draw the 565 PLL and explain itrsquos functioning in detail (8)

(ii) Give an account on ldquoAnalog multiplier ICrdquo (8)

18 (i)How is an astable multivibrator connected into a pulse position modulator

(ii) Draw the circuit of Schmitt trigger using 555 timer and explain its operation

19Design and draw the waveforms of a 1KHz square wave generator using 555 timer for duty

cycle (i) D=25 (ii) D=50

20(i) Perform the closed loop analysis of PLL

(ii) Explain any two applications of PLL

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

UNIT V APPLICATION ICs

SYLLABUS IC voltage regulators - LM317 723 regulators switching regulator MA 7840 LM

380 power amplifier ICL 8038 function generator IC isolation amplifiers opto coupler opto

electronic ICs

TWO MARK QUESTIONS

1 What is a voltage regulator

A voltage regulator is an electronic circuit that provides a stable dc voltage independent of the

load current temperature and ac line voltage variations

2 Give the classification of voltage regulators

Series Linear regulators

Switching regulators

3 Write about a linear voltage regulator

Series or linear regulator uses a power transistor connected in series between the unregulated dc

input and the load and it conducts in the linear region The output voltage is controlled by the

continuous voltage drop taking place across the series pass transistor

4 What is a switching regulator

Switching regulators are those which operate the power transistor as a high frequency onoff

switchso that the power transistor does not conduct current continouslyThis give improved

efficiency over series regulators

5 List the advantages of IC voltage regulators

Low cost high reliability reduction in size and excellent performance

6 Give some examples of monolithic IC voltage regulators

78XX series fixed output positive voltage regulators

79XX series fixed output negative voltage regulators

723 general purpose regulator

7 What is the purpose of having input and output capacitors in three terminal IC

regulators

A capacitor connected between the input terminal and ground cancels the inductive effects due to

long distribution leads The output capacitor improves the transient response

8 Define line regulation

Line regulation is defined as the percentage change in the output voltage for a change in the

input voltageIt is expressed in millivolts or as a percentage of the output voltage

9 Define load regulation

Load regulation is defined as the change in output voltage for a change in load current It is

expressed in mill volts or as a percentage of the output voltage

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

10 What is meant by current limiting

Current limiting refers to the ability of a regulator to prevent the load current from increasing

above a preset value

11 Give the drawbacks of linear regulators

The input step down transformer is bulky and expensive because of low line frequency Because

of low line frequency large values of filter capacitors are required to decrease the ripple

Efficiency is reduced due to the continuous power dissipation by the transistor as it operates in

the linear region

12 What is the advantage of switching regulators

Greater efficiency is achieved as the power transistor is made to operate as low impedance

switch Power transmitted across the transistor is in discrete pulses rather than as a steady current

flowBy using suitable switching loss reduction technique the switching frequency can be

increased so as to reduce the size and weight of the inductors and capacitors

13 Why do switching regulators have better efficiency than series regulators

The transistor in linear regulator will operate in linear area at all times Considerable power is

dissipated in linear operation since the transistor has voltage across it and current flowing

through itSince the series element in a switching regulator is either fully conducting(V=0 hence

power=0) or switched off(I=0 hence power=0) it dissipates almost no power this is what gives

the switching design its efficiency

14 What are the advantages of adjustable voltage regulators over the fixed voltage

regulators i) Improved line and load regulation by a factor of 10 or more

ii) Because of the improved overload protection greater load current can be drawn

iii) Improved reliability

15 List out the parameters related to the fixed voltage regulators 1) Line regulation

2) Load regulation

3) Ripple rejection

4) Output impedance

5) Maximum power dissipation

6) Rated output current

16 Define dropout voltage of a fixed voltage regulator It is the minimum voltage that must exist between input and output terminals For most of

regulators it is 2 to 3 volts

17 What is an opto-coupler IC

Opto-coupler IC is a combined package of a photo-emitting device and a photo-sensing device

14 What are the types of opto couplers

LED and a photo diode

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

LED and photo transistor

LED and Darlington

15 Give two examples of IC optocouplers

Examples for opto-coupler IC

MCT 2F

16 Mention the advantages of opto-couplers

Better isolation between the two stages

Impedance problem between the stages is eliminated

Wide frequency response

Easily interfaced with digital circuit

Compact and light weight

Problems such as noise transients contact bounce are eliminated

17 Specify the need for isolation amplifier

Isolation amplifiers provide electrical isolation and an electrical safety barrier They protect data

acquisition components from common mode voltages which are potential differences between

instrument ground and signal ground Instruments that are applied in the presence of a common

mode voltage without an isolation barrier allow ground currents to circulate leading in the best

case to a noisy representation of the signal under investigation In the worst case assuming that

the magnitude of common mode voltage or current is sufficient instrument destruction is likely

Isolation amplifiers are used in medical instruments to ensure isolation of a patient from power

supply leakage current

18What are the features of MA78s40

Step upstep down or inverting operation

Operation from 25 to 40 V

80Db line and load regulation

19List the important parts of a regulated power supply

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

(i) Transformer (ii) Rectifier (iii) Filter (iv)Regulator

20 Using LM380 draw the circuit for audio power amplifier

21 What are onetwo and four quadrant multipliers

A four-quadrant multiplier is one where inputs and outputs may swing positive and negative

Many multipliers only work in 2 quadrants (one input may only have one polarity) or single

quadrant (inputs and outputs have only one polarity usually all positive)

22 List the parameters of optocoupler

a Current transfer ratio

b Isolation voltage

c Response time

d Common mode rejection

23Why current boosting is done in 723 regulator

The maximum current capability of 723 regulator is 140mA In certain applications this value of

current is not sufficient Hence current boosting is done using series pass transistor

24 What are the limitations of three terminal regulator

1 For fixed output regulators the output voltage is not precise

2 Only selected values of output voltages are available

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

3 Current boosting by external series pass transistor is required if load current beyond the

capability of basic regulator is required

25 Draw the typical connection diagram of IC LM317

26 What is the function od a series pass transistor in voltage regulator

The series pass transistor acsts as a control element The value of VcE gets adjusted in such a

way that the output voltage of the regulator always remains constant In addition the series pass

transistor supplies the load current

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1Draw and explain the functional block diagram of 723 voltage regulator and how this IC can be

used as high voltage regulator

2Write an explanatory note on

(i) Power amplifier (ii) Isolation amplifier

3 With neat diagrams explain the working of switched mode power supply

4 Write brief notes on

(i)IC MA 7840

(ii) Optocoupler

5 (i)Explain the working of series voltage regulator

(ii)Write notes on optocoupler

6 What is a switching regulator With neat block diagram explain the internals of MA7840

7 Draw the functional block diagram of IC 723 and explain

8 Explain with the help of functional block diagram the working of voltage regulator IC723

Clearly explain how current limit and foldback type current limiting facility can be provided with

723 circuits

9 Draw the circuit of series voltage regulator Design this circuit to operate from a supply of 20v

and to provide an output of 12V with maximum load current of 40mA

10 Draw the functional diagram of ICL 8038 Function generator IC and explain its operation

Give its frequency of oscillation at the output

11 (i) With neat diagram explain the working principle of isolation amplifier (8)

(ii) With neat diagram explain the principle of operation of optocouplers (8)

12 With the help of neat circuit diagram explain the operation of an adjustable regulator using

LM317

13 State the features and applications of IC LM 380 and explain them

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

14 Design a waveform generator using IC8038 The frequency of oscillation is 5kHz and duty

cycle is 50 From data sheet Vcc=5V VoH=36V VoL=02V ILL=16mA ILH=409uA

15 (i) Design low voltage regulator using IC 723 for 5V and explain its characteristics

(ii) Describe the features of function generator IC

(iii)Write short notes on optocoupler ICs

Page 22: EE2254 LICA QB

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

switching time of the logic circuitry due to internal parasitic capacitance amp inductancesSettling

time ranges from 100ns to 10micros depending on word length amp type circuit used

40 List the drawbacks of binary weighted resistor technique of DA conversion a) Wide range of resistor values needed

b) Difficulty in achieving and maintaining accurate ratios over a wide range of variations

41 The basic step of a 9 bit DAC is 103 mV If 000000000 represents 0Volts what is the

output for an input of 101101111 The output voltage for input of 101101111 is

= 103 mV (128+027+126+125+024+123+122+121+120)

= 103 10-3 367 = 378 V

42 What are the advantages and disadvantages of R-2R ladder DAC

Advantages a) Easier to build accurately as only two precision metal films are required

b) Number of bits can be expanded by adding more sections of same R2R values

Disadvantage In this type of DAC when there is a change in the input changes the current flow in the resistor

which causes more power dissipation which creates non-linearity in DAC

43 Which is the fastest AD converter and why

Flash type AD converter is the fastest ADC because the fast conversion speed isaccomplished

by providing 2n-1 comparators and simultaneously comparing the input signal with unique

reference levels spaced 1 LSB apart

44 What are the applications of V-I converter

bull Low voltage dc and ac voltmeter

bull L E D

bull Zener diode tester

45 What do you mean by a precision diode

The major limitation of ordinary diode is that it cannot rectify voltages below the cut ndash involtage

of the diode A circuit designed by placing a diode in the feedback loop of an op ndash ampis called

the precision diode and it is capable of rectifying input signals of the order of millivolt

46 Write down the applications of precision diode

bullHalf - wave rectifier

bullFull - Wave rectifier

bullPeak ndash value detector

bullClipper

bullClamper

47 Draw the circuit diagram of sample and hold circuit

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1 Design and explain triangular wave generator using Schmitt trigger and integrator circuit

2 (i) Explain the operation of dual slope ADC

(ii)Explain the following characteristics of ADC

(i)Resolution (ii) Accuracy (iii)Settling time (iv) Linearity

3 (i) Describe the first order lowpass butterworth filter Derive its frequency response and plot

the same

(ii) Design a low pass filter with a cutoff frequency if 1kHz and with a passband gain of 2

4 What is an instrumentation amplifier List its features Explain the operation of three op-amp

instrumentation amplifier and give its application

5 Explain the following applications of opamp (i)voltage to current converter (ii)Clamper

6 Explain the working of (i) Weighted resistor type DAC (ii) Dual slope type ADC

7 Discuss the operation of ladder network DAC with relevant circuit diagram and waveforms

8 Draw and explain the circuit of a voltage to current converter if the load is

(1) Floating

(2) Grounded

9 (i) Explain the working of OP-AMP based Schmitt trigger circuit (8)

(ii) Design an OP-AMP based second order active low pass filter with cut offfrequency 2 kHz

10 (i)draw an instrumentation amplifier using op amp and explain (6)

(ii) Explain the following op amp circuits

(1) Peak detector (2) Clamper (10)

11(i)draw a neat R-2R ladder DAC and explain its principle(6)

(ii) draw a flash type ADC and explain its working(10)

12(i) Explain how to measure phase difference between two signals

(ii) Explain the operation of square wave generator by drawing the capacitor and output voltage

waveforms

13 (i) Draw a sample and hold circuit Explain its operation and indicate its uses

(ii) Describe a circuit which will clip the input signal below a reference voltage

14 (i) Describe the operation of current to voltage converter with appropriate diagrams

(ii) Draw and explain the operation of the following

(i) Triangle wave generator (ii) monostable multivibrator

15 Elaborate on the operation of comparator and describe its applications

16Explain the working principle of RC phase shift sine wave generator using op-amp and derive

expression for f

17 (i) Explain the important specifications of DAC

(ii) With diagrams and example explain the working principle of successive approximation type

ADC

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

UNIT IV SPECIAL ICs

SYLLABUS 555 Timer circuit ndash Functional block characteristics amp applications 566-voltage

controlled oscillator circuit 565-phase lock loop circuit functioning and applications Analog multiplier ICs

TWO MARK QUESTIONS

1 Mention some applications of 555 timer

Oscillator

pulse generator

ramp and square wave generator

burglar alarm

traffic light control

Missing pulse detector

Linear ramp generator

Frequency divider

Pulse width modulation

FSK generator

Pulse position modulator

Schmitt trigger

2 List the applications of 555 timer in monostable mode of operation

Missing pulse detector

Linear ramp generator

Frequency divider

Pulse width modulation

3 List the applications of 555 timer in Astable mode of operation

FSK generator

Pulse-position modulator

4 Enumerate the basic blocks of IC 555 timer

5 Highlight the features of 555 Timer

available in three packages 8 pin metal can 8 pin dip 14 pin dip

6 What is the use of reset pin of 555 timer

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

This is an interrupt for the timing device when pin 4 is grounded it stops the working of device

and turns it off

7 What is the purpose of control voltage pin (5) of 555 timer This pin is the inverting input terminal of comparator This is reference level for comparator with

which threshold is compared If reference level is other than 23 VCC then external input is to

be given to pin 5 Pulse width modulation is possible due to pin 5

8Write the expression for pulse width of 555 timer in monostable mode Pulse width W = 11 RC seconds

R ndash resistor in ohms C ndash capacitor in farads

9Write the expression for total time period of 555 timer in astable mode T = 0693 (RA + 2 RB) C seconds

10 Define duty cycle

The ratio of high output and low output period is given by a mathematical parameter called duty

cycle It is defined as the ratio of ON Time to total time

11 What is a voltage controlled oscillator V o l t age con t r o l l ed o s c i l l a to r i s a f r e e r u nn in g m ul t i v i b ra to r op e r a t in g a t a

s e t frequency called the free running frequency This frequency can be shifted to

either side by applying a dc control voltage and the frequency deviation is

proportional to the dc control voltage

12 On what parameters does the free running frequency of VCO depend on bullExternal timing resistor RT

bullExternal timing capacitor CT

bullThe dc control voltage Vc

13 Give the expression for the VCO free running frequency

f o= 025 RTCT

14 Define Voltage to Frequency conversion factor Voltage to Frequency conversion factor is defined as

Kv = Δfo ΔVc = Vcc

Where ΔVc is the modulation voltage required to produce the frequency shift Δfo

15 List the features of 566 VCO

-24V)

temperature stability

16 State the function of a PLL

A PLL is a basically a closed loop system designed to lock output frequency and phase to the

frequency and phase of an input signal

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

17 Define lock range capture range and pull in time

Lock range

When PLL is in lock it can trap freq changes in the incoming signal The range of frequencies

over which the PLL can maintain lock with the incoming signal is called as lock range Lock in

range ∆fL = +- 78 fo V fo is free running frequency

Capture range

The range of frequencies over which the PLL can acquire lock with the input signal is called as

capture range Capture range = +- = [∆fL (2prodRC)] 12

Define pull-in time

The total time taken by the PLL to establish lock is called pull-in time

18 List out the blocks of PLL a Frequency multiplicationdivision

b Frequency translation c AM detection

d FM demodulation

e FSK demodulation

19 What is the purpose of having a low pass filter in PLL bullIt removes the high frequency components and noise

bullControls the dynamic characteristics of the PLL such as capture range lock -in

range band-width and transient response

bullThe charge on the filter capacitor gives a short- time memory to the PLL

20 Discuss the effect of having large capture range The PLL cannot acquire a signal outside the capture range but once captured it will hold on till

the frequency goes beyond the lock-in range Thus to increase the ability of lock range large

capture range is required But a large capture range will make the PLL more

susceptible to noise and undesirable signal

21 List the applications of 565 PLL

22 What is a switch type phase detector An electronic switch is opened and closed by signal coming from VCO and the input signal is

chopped at a repetition rate determined by the VCO frequency This type of Phase detector is

called a half wave detector since the phase information for only one half of the input signal is

detected and averaged

23 What are the problems associated with switch type phase detector The output voltage Ve is proportional to the input signal amplitude This is undesirable because

it makes phase detector gain and loop gain dependent on the input signal amplitude The output

is proportional to cosφ making it non linear

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

24 What is analog multiplier

An analog multiplier is a circuit in which the output is proportional to the multiplication of two

input voltages It is used in modulation frequency converters and to solve non-linear equations

25 Mention any two analog multiplier Ics

a) IC AD 533

b) IC AD 534

26 What is ICAD 533

It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is a low cost IC comprising a transconductance

multiplying element stable reference and an output amplifier

27 List the features of ICAD533

28 What is ICAD 534List its features

It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is the first general purpose multiplier capable of

providing gain upto X100

Features

Adjustable scale factor

Low noise

Excellent long time stability

29 Mention the applications of analog multipliers 1 Voltage squarer

2 Frequency doubler

3 Voltage divider

4 Square rooter

5 Phase angle detector

6 Rectifier

30 Explain how a frequency doubler can be realized using analog multiplier The multiplication of two sine waves of the same frequency but of possibly different amplitudes

and phase allows doubling a frequency using an analog multiplier

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1 Explain the functional block diagram of 555timer

2 Explain working of PLL using appropriate block diagram and explain any one application of

the same

3 Draw the block diagram of an Astable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression

for its frequency of oscillation

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

4 Draw the block diagram of monostable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression

for its frequency of oscillation Discuss some applications of 555 timer in monostable mode

5 write short notes on

i) capture range

ii) Lock in range

iii) Pull in time

6 Briefly explain the block diagram of PLL and derive the expression for Lock range and

capture range

7 With a neat functional diagram explain the operation of VCO Also derive an expression for

fodiscuss the applications of PLL

8 What is 555 timer What are the features of 555 timer Explain the monostable mode in detail

With neat block diagram explain IC566 VCO operation and discuss any 2 applications

9 What are the modes of operation of IC555 Derive the expression of time delay of monostable

multivibrator

10 (i)Explain the VCO with neat block diagram Give its typical connection diagram and output

waveforms

(ii)Derive the expression for capture range for PLL where a simple RC network is used as a LPF

11 (i)Explain the working of VCO

(ii)What is PLL Explain its operation as frequency multiplier

12 Explain the astable and bistable operation of IC555 with necessary waveforms

13 With the help of schematic circuit explain the operation of 566 VCO Also derive the

expression for output frequenct

14 (i) List and define the various performance parameters of a Multiplier IC (6)

(ii) How the multiplier is used as voltage divider (5)

(iii) How the multiplier is used as frequency doubler (5)

15 Explain with neat block diagrams how PLL is used as

(i) AM Detector (5)

(ii) FM Detector (5)

(iii) Frequency Synthesizer (6)

16(i) describe in details the characteristics and applications of 555 timer (6)

(ii) Draw a neat block diagram of VCO and explain (10)

17(i) Draw the 565 PLL and explain itrsquos functioning in detail (8)

(ii) Give an account on ldquoAnalog multiplier ICrdquo (8)

18 (i)How is an astable multivibrator connected into a pulse position modulator

(ii) Draw the circuit of Schmitt trigger using 555 timer and explain its operation

19Design and draw the waveforms of a 1KHz square wave generator using 555 timer for duty

cycle (i) D=25 (ii) D=50

20(i) Perform the closed loop analysis of PLL

(ii) Explain any two applications of PLL

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

UNIT V APPLICATION ICs

SYLLABUS IC voltage regulators - LM317 723 regulators switching regulator MA 7840 LM

380 power amplifier ICL 8038 function generator IC isolation amplifiers opto coupler opto

electronic ICs

TWO MARK QUESTIONS

1 What is a voltage regulator

A voltage regulator is an electronic circuit that provides a stable dc voltage independent of the

load current temperature and ac line voltage variations

2 Give the classification of voltage regulators

Series Linear regulators

Switching regulators

3 Write about a linear voltage regulator

Series or linear regulator uses a power transistor connected in series between the unregulated dc

input and the load and it conducts in the linear region The output voltage is controlled by the

continuous voltage drop taking place across the series pass transistor

4 What is a switching regulator

Switching regulators are those which operate the power transistor as a high frequency onoff

switchso that the power transistor does not conduct current continouslyThis give improved

efficiency over series regulators

5 List the advantages of IC voltage regulators

Low cost high reliability reduction in size and excellent performance

6 Give some examples of monolithic IC voltage regulators

78XX series fixed output positive voltage regulators

79XX series fixed output negative voltage regulators

723 general purpose regulator

7 What is the purpose of having input and output capacitors in three terminal IC

regulators

A capacitor connected between the input terminal and ground cancels the inductive effects due to

long distribution leads The output capacitor improves the transient response

8 Define line regulation

Line regulation is defined as the percentage change in the output voltage for a change in the

input voltageIt is expressed in millivolts or as a percentage of the output voltage

9 Define load regulation

Load regulation is defined as the change in output voltage for a change in load current It is

expressed in mill volts or as a percentage of the output voltage

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

10 What is meant by current limiting

Current limiting refers to the ability of a regulator to prevent the load current from increasing

above a preset value

11 Give the drawbacks of linear regulators

The input step down transformer is bulky and expensive because of low line frequency Because

of low line frequency large values of filter capacitors are required to decrease the ripple

Efficiency is reduced due to the continuous power dissipation by the transistor as it operates in

the linear region

12 What is the advantage of switching regulators

Greater efficiency is achieved as the power transistor is made to operate as low impedance

switch Power transmitted across the transistor is in discrete pulses rather than as a steady current

flowBy using suitable switching loss reduction technique the switching frequency can be

increased so as to reduce the size and weight of the inductors and capacitors

13 Why do switching regulators have better efficiency than series regulators

The transistor in linear regulator will operate in linear area at all times Considerable power is

dissipated in linear operation since the transistor has voltage across it and current flowing

through itSince the series element in a switching regulator is either fully conducting(V=0 hence

power=0) or switched off(I=0 hence power=0) it dissipates almost no power this is what gives

the switching design its efficiency

14 What are the advantages of adjustable voltage regulators over the fixed voltage

regulators i) Improved line and load regulation by a factor of 10 or more

ii) Because of the improved overload protection greater load current can be drawn

iii) Improved reliability

15 List out the parameters related to the fixed voltage regulators 1) Line regulation

2) Load regulation

3) Ripple rejection

4) Output impedance

5) Maximum power dissipation

6) Rated output current

16 Define dropout voltage of a fixed voltage regulator It is the minimum voltage that must exist between input and output terminals For most of

regulators it is 2 to 3 volts

17 What is an opto-coupler IC

Opto-coupler IC is a combined package of a photo-emitting device and a photo-sensing device

14 What are the types of opto couplers

LED and a photo diode

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

LED and photo transistor

LED and Darlington

15 Give two examples of IC optocouplers

Examples for opto-coupler IC

MCT 2F

16 Mention the advantages of opto-couplers

Better isolation between the two stages

Impedance problem between the stages is eliminated

Wide frequency response

Easily interfaced with digital circuit

Compact and light weight

Problems such as noise transients contact bounce are eliminated

17 Specify the need for isolation amplifier

Isolation amplifiers provide electrical isolation and an electrical safety barrier They protect data

acquisition components from common mode voltages which are potential differences between

instrument ground and signal ground Instruments that are applied in the presence of a common

mode voltage without an isolation barrier allow ground currents to circulate leading in the best

case to a noisy representation of the signal under investigation In the worst case assuming that

the magnitude of common mode voltage or current is sufficient instrument destruction is likely

Isolation amplifiers are used in medical instruments to ensure isolation of a patient from power

supply leakage current

18What are the features of MA78s40

Step upstep down or inverting operation

Operation from 25 to 40 V

80Db line and load regulation

19List the important parts of a regulated power supply

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

(i) Transformer (ii) Rectifier (iii) Filter (iv)Regulator

20 Using LM380 draw the circuit for audio power amplifier

21 What are onetwo and four quadrant multipliers

A four-quadrant multiplier is one where inputs and outputs may swing positive and negative

Many multipliers only work in 2 quadrants (one input may only have one polarity) or single

quadrant (inputs and outputs have only one polarity usually all positive)

22 List the parameters of optocoupler

a Current transfer ratio

b Isolation voltage

c Response time

d Common mode rejection

23Why current boosting is done in 723 regulator

The maximum current capability of 723 regulator is 140mA In certain applications this value of

current is not sufficient Hence current boosting is done using series pass transistor

24 What are the limitations of three terminal regulator

1 For fixed output regulators the output voltage is not precise

2 Only selected values of output voltages are available

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

3 Current boosting by external series pass transistor is required if load current beyond the

capability of basic regulator is required

25 Draw the typical connection diagram of IC LM317

26 What is the function od a series pass transistor in voltage regulator

The series pass transistor acsts as a control element The value of VcE gets adjusted in such a

way that the output voltage of the regulator always remains constant In addition the series pass

transistor supplies the load current

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1Draw and explain the functional block diagram of 723 voltage regulator and how this IC can be

used as high voltage regulator

2Write an explanatory note on

(i) Power amplifier (ii) Isolation amplifier

3 With neat diagrams explain the working of switched mode power supply

4 Write brief notes on

(i)IC MA 7840

(ii) Optocoupler

5 (i)Explain the working of series voltage regulator

(ii)Write notes on optocoupler

6 What is a switching regulator With neat block diagram explain the internals of MA7840

7 Draw the functional block diagram of IC 723 and explain

8 Explain with the help of functional block diagram the working of voltage regulator IC723

Clearly explain how current limit and foldback type current limiting facility can be provided with

723 circuits

9 Draw the circuit of series voltage regulator Design this circuit to operate from a supply of 20v

and to provide an output of 12V with maximum load current of 40mA

10 Draw the functional diagram of ICL 8038 Function generator IC and explain its operation

Give its frequency of oscillation at the output

11 (i) With neat diagram explain the working principle of isolation amplifier (8)

(ii) With neat diagram explain the principle of operation of optocouplers (8)

12 With the help of neat circuit diagram explain the operation of an adjustable regulator using

LM317

13 State the features and applications of IC LM 380 and explain them

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

14 Design a waveform generator using IC8038 The frequency of oscillation is 5kHz and duty

cycle is 50 From data sheet Vcc=5V VoH=36V VoL=02V ILL=16mA ILH=409uA

15 (i) Design low voltage regulator using IC 723 for 5V and explain its characteristics

(ii) Describe the features of function generator IC

(iii)Write short notes on optocoupler ICs

Page 23: EE2254 LICA QB

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1 Design and explain triangular wave generator using Schmitt trigger and integrator circuit

2 (i) Explain the operation of dual slope ADC

(ii)Explain the following characteristics of ADC

(i)Resolution (ii) Accuracy (iii)Settling time (iv) Linearity

3 (i) Describe the first order lowpass butterworth filter Derive its frequency response and plot

the same

(ii) Design a low pass filter with a cutoff frequency if 1kHz and with a passband gain of 2

4 What is an instrumentation amplifier List its features Explain the operation of three op-amp

instrumentation amplifier and give its application

5 Explain the following applications of opamp (i)voltage to current converter (ii)Clamper

6 Explain the working of (i) Weighted resistor type DAC (ii) Dual slope type ADC

7 Discuss the operation of ladder network DAC with relevant circuit diagram and waveforms

8 Draw and explain the circuit of a voltage to current converter if the load is

(1) Floating

(2) Grounded

9 (i) Explain the working of OP-AMP based Schmitt trigger circuit (8)

(ii) Design an OP-AMP based second order active low pass filter with cut offfrequency 2 kHz

10 (i)draw an instrumentation amplifier using op amp and explain (6)

(ii) Explain the following op amp circuits

(1) Peak detector (2) Clamper (10)

11(i)draw a neat R-2R ladder DAC and explain its principle(6)

(ii) draw a flash type ADC and explain its working(10)

12(i) Explain how to measure phase difference between two signals

(ii) Explain the operation of square wave generator by drawing the capacitor and output voltage

waveforms

13 (i) Draw a sample and hold circuit Explain its operation and indicate its uses

(ii) Describe a circuit which will clip the input signal below a reference voltage

14 (i) Describe the operation of current to voltage converter with appropriate diagrams

(ii) Draw and explain the operation of the following

(i) Triangle wave generator (ii) monostable multivibrator

15 Elaborate on the operation of comparator and describe its applications

16Explain the working principle of RC phase shift sine wave generator using op-amp and derive

expression for f

17 (i) Explain the important specifications of DAC

(ii) With diagrams and example explain the working principle of successive approximation type

ADC

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

UNIT IV SPECIAL ICs

SYLLABUS 555 Timer circuit ndash Functional block characteristics amp applications 566-voltage

controlled oscillator circuit 565-phase lock loop circuit functioning and applications Analog multiplier ICs

TWO MARK QUESTIONS

1 Mention some applications of 555 timer

Oscillator

pulse generator

ramp and square wave generator

burglar alarm

traffic light control

Missing pulse detector

Linear ramp generator

Frequency divider

Pulse width modulation

FSK generator

Pulse position modulator

Schmitt trigger

2 List the applications of 555 timer in monostable mode of operation

Missing pulse detector

Linear ramp generator

Frequency divider

Pulse width modulation

3 List the applications of 555 timer in Astable mode of operation

FSK generator

Pulse-position modulator

4 Enumerate the basic blocks of IC 555 timer

5 Highlight the features of 555 Timer

available in three packages 8 pin metal can 8 pin dip 14 pin dip

6 What is the use of reset pin of 555 timer

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

This is an interrupt for the timing device when pin 4 is grounded it stops the working of device

and turns it off

7 What is the purpose of control voltage pin (5) of 555 timer This pin is the inverting input terminal of comparator This is reference level for comparator with

which threshold is compared If reference level is other than 23 VCC then external input is to

be given to pin 5 Pulse width modulation is possible due to pin 5

8Write the expression for pulse width of 555 timer in monostable mode Pulse width W = 11 RC seconds

R ndash resistor in ohms C ndash capacitor in farads

9Write the expression for total time period of 555 timer in astable mode T = 0693 (RA + 2 RB) C seconds

10 Define duty cycle

The ratio of high output and low output period is given by a mathematical parameter called duty

cycle It is defined as the ratio of ON Time to total time

11 What is a voltage controlled oscillator V o l t age con t r o l l ed o s c i l l a to r i s a f r e e r u nn in g m ul t i v i b ra to r op e r a t in g a t a

s e t frequency called the free running frequency This frequency can be shifted to

either side by applying a dc control voltage and the frequency deviation is

proportional to the dc control voltage

12 On what parameters does the free running frequency of VCO depend on bullExternal timing resistor RT

bullExternal timing capacitor CT

bullThe dc control voltage Vc

13 Give the expression for the VCO free running frequency

f o= 025 RTCT

14 Define Voltage to Frequency conversion factor Voltage to Frequency conversion factor is defined as

Kv = Δfo ΔVc = Vcc

Where ΔVc is the modulation voltage required to produce the frequency shift Δfo

15 List the features of 566 VCO

-24V)

temperature stability

16 State the function of a PLL

A PLL is a basically a closed loop system designed to lock output frequency and phase to the

frequency and phase of an input signal

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

17 Define lock range capture range and pull in time

Lock range

When PLL is in lock it can trap freq changes in the incoming signal The range of frequencies

over which the PLL can maintain lock with the incoming signal is called as lock range Lock in

range ∆fL = +- 78 fo V fo is free running frequency

Capture range

The range of frequencies over which the PLL can acquire lock with the input signal is called as

capture range Capture range = +- = [∆fL (2prodRC)] 12

Define pull-in time

The total time taken by the PLL to establish lock is called pull-in time

18 List out the blocks of PLL a Frequency multiplicationdivision

b Frequency translation c AM detection

d FM demodulation

e FSK demodulation

19 What is the purpose of having a low pass filter in PLL bullIt removes the high frequency components and noise

bullControls the dynamic characteristics of the PLL such as capture range lock -in

range band-width and transient response

bullThe charge on the filter capacitor gives a short- time memory to the PLL

20 Discuss the effect of having large capture range The PLL cannot acquire a signal outside the capture range but once captured it will hold on till

the frequency goes beyond the lock-in range Thus to increase the ability of lock range large

capture range is required But a large capture range will make the PLL more

susceptible to noise and undesirable signal

21 List the applications of 565 PLL

22 What is a switch type phase detector An electronic switch is opened and closed by signal coming from VCO and the input signal is

chopped at a repetition rate determined by the VCO frequency This type of Phase detector is

called a half wave detector since the phase information for only one half of the input signal is

detected and averaged

23 What are the problems associated with switch type phase detector The output voltage Ve is proportional to the input signal amplitude This is undesirable because

it makes phase detector gain and loop gain dependent on the input signal amplitude The output

is proportional to cosφ making it non linear

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

24 What is analog multiplier

An analog multiplier is a circuit in which the output is proportional to the multiplication of two

input voltages It is used in modulation frequency converters and to solve non-linear equations

25 Mention any two analog multiplier Ics

a) IC AD 533

b) IC AD 534

26 What is ICAD 533

It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is a low cost IC comprising a transconductance

multiplying element stable reference and an output amplifier

27 List the features of ICAD533

28 What is ICAD 534List its features

It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is the first general purpose multiplier capable of

providing gain upto X100

Features

Adjustable scale factor

Low noise

Excellent long time stability

29 Mention the applications of analog multipliers 1 Voltage squarer

2 Frequency doubler

3 Voltage divider

4 Square rooter

5 Phase angle detector

6 Rectifier

30 Explain how a frequency doubler can be realized using analog multiplier The multiplication of two sine waves of the same frequency but of possibly different amplitudes

and phase allows doubling a frequency using an analog multiplier

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1 Explain the functional block diagram of 555timer

2 Explain working of PLL using appropriate block diagram and explain any one application of

the same

3 Draw the block diagram of an Astable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression

for its frequency of oscillation

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

4 Draw the block diagram of monostable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression

for its frequency of oscillation Discuss some applications of 555 timer in monostable mode

5 write short notes on

i) capture range

ii) Lock in range

iii) Pull in time

6 Briefly explain the block diagram of PLL and derive the expression for Lock range and

capture range

7 With a neat functional diagram explain the operation of VCO Also derive an expression for

fodiscuss the applications of PLL

8 What is 555 timer What are the features of 555 timer Explain the monostable mode in detail

With neat block diagram explain IC566 VCO operation and discuss any 2 applications

9 What are the modes of operation of IC555 Derive the expression of time delay of monostable

multivibrator

10 (i)Explain the VCO with neat block diagram Give its typical connection diagram and output

waveforms

(ii)Derive the expression for capture range for PLL where a simple RC network is used as a LPF

11 (i)Explain the working of VCO

(ii)What is PLL Explain its operation as frequency multiplier

12 Explain the astable and bistable operation of IC555 with necessary waveforms

13 With the help of schematic circuit explain the operation of 566 VCO Also derive the

expression for output frequenct

14 (i) List and define the various performance parameters of a Multiplier IC (6)

(ii) How the multiplier is used as voltage divider (5)

(iii) How the multiplier is used as frequency doubler (5)

15 Explain with neat block diagrams how PLL is used as

(i) AM Detector (5)

(ii) FM Detector (5)

(iii) Frequency Synthesizer (6)

16(i) describe in details the characteristics and applications of 555 timer (6)

(ii) Draw a neat block diagram of VCO and explain (10)

17(i) Draw the 565 PLL and explain itrsquos functioning in detail (8)

(ii) Give an account on ldquoAnalog multiplier ICrdquo (8)

18 (i)How is an astable multivibrator connected into a pulse position modulator

(ii) Draw the circuit of Schmitt trigger using 555 timer and explain its operation

19Design and draw the waveforms of a 1KHz square wave generator using 555 timer for duty

cycle (i) D=25 (ii) D=50

20(i) Perform the closed loop analysis of PLL

(ii) Explain any two applications of PLL

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

UNIT V APPLICATION ICs

SYLLABUS IC voltage regulators - LM317 723 regulators switching regulator MA 7840 LM

380 power amplifier ICL 8038 function generator IC isolation amplifiers opto coupler opto

electronic ICs

TWO MARK QUESTIONS

1 What is a voltage regulator

A voltage regulator is an electronic circuit that provides a stable dc voltage independent of the

load current temperature and ac line voltage variations

2 Give the classification of voltage regulators

Series Linear regulators

Switching regulators

3 Write about a linear voltage regulator

Series or linear regulator uses a power transistor connected in series between the unregulated dc

input and the load and it conducts in the linear region The output voltage is controlled by the

continuous voltage drop taking place across the series pass transistor

4 What is a switching regulator

Switching regulators are those which operate the power transistor as a high frequency onoff

switchso that the power transistor does not conduct current continouslyThis give improved

efficiency over series regulators

5 List the advantages of IC voltage regulators

Low cost high reliability reduction in size and excellent performance

6 Give some examples of monolithic IC voltage regulators

78XX series fixed output positive voltage regulators

79XX series fixed output negative voltage regulators

723 general purpose regulator

7 What is the purpose of having input and output capacitors in three terminal IC

regulators

A capacitor connected between the input terminal and ground cancels the inductive effects due to

long distribution leads The output capacitor improves the transient response

8 Define line regulation

Line regulation is defined as the percentage change in the output voltage for a change in the

input voltageIt is expressed in millivolts or as a percentage of the output voltage

9 Define load regulation

Load regulation is defined as the change in output voltage for a change in load current It is

expressed in mill volts or as a percentage of the output voltage

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

10 What is meant by current limiting

Current limiting refers to the ability of a regulator to prevent the load current from increasing

above a preset value

11 Give the drawbacks of linear regulators

The input step down transformer is bulky and expensive because of low line frequency Because

of low line frequency large values of filter capacitors are required to decrease the ripple

Efficiency is reduced due to the continuous power dissipation by the transistor as it operates in

the linear region

12 What is the advantage of switching regulators

Greater efficiency is achieved as the power transistor is made to operate as low impedance

switch Power transmitted across the transistor is in discrete pulses rather than as a steady current

flowBy using suitable switching loss reduction technique the switching frequency can be

increased so as to reduce the size and weight of the inductors and capacitors

13 Why do switching regulators have better efficiency than series regulators

The transistor in linear regulator will operate in linear area at all times Considerable power is

dissipated in linear operation since the transistor has voltage across it and current flowing

through itSince the series element in a switching regulator is either fully conducting(V=0 hence

power=0) or switched off(I=0 hence power=0) it dissipates almost no power this is what gives

the switching design its efficiency

14 What are the advantages of adjustable voltage regulators over the fixed voltage

regulators i) Improved line and load regulation by a factor of 10 or more

ii) Because of the improved overload protection greater load current can be drawn

iii) Improved reliability

15 List out the parameters related to the fixed voltage regulators 1) Line regulation

2) Load regulation

3) Ripple rejection

4) Output impedance

5) Maximum power dissipation

6) Rated output current

16 Define dropout voltage of a fixed voltage regulator It is the minimum voltage that must exist between input and output terminals For most of

regulators it is 2 to 3 volts

17 What is an opto-coupler IC

Opto-coupler IC is a combined package of a photo-emitting device and a photo-sensing device

14 What are the types of opto couplers

LED and a photo diode

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

LED and photo transistor

LED and Darlington

15 Give two examples of IC optocouplers

Examples for opto-coupler IC

MCT 2F

16 Mention the advantages of opto-couplers

Better isolation between the two stages

Impedance problem between the stages is eliminated

Wide frequency response

Easily interfaced with digital circuit

Compact and light weight

Problems such as noise transients contact bounce are eliminated

17 Specify the need for isolation amplifier

Isolation amplifiers provide electrical isolation and an electrical safety barrier They protect data

acquisition components from common mode voltages which are potential differences between

instrument ground and signal ground Instruments that are applied in the presence of a common

mode voltage without an isolation barrier allow ground currents to circulate leading in the best

case to a noisy representation of the signal under investigation In the worst case assuming that

the magnitude of common mode voltage or current is sufficient instrument destruction is likely

Isolation amplifiers are used in medical instruments to ensure isolation of a patient from power

supply leakage current

18What are the features of MA78s40

Step upstep down or inverting operation

Operation from 25 to 40 V

80Db line and load regulation

19List the important parts of a regulated power supply

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

(i) Transformer (ii) Rectifier (iii) Filter (iv)Regulator

20 Using LM380 draw the circuit for audio power amplifier

21 What are onetwo and four quadrant multipliers

A four-quadrant multiplier is one where inputs and outputs may swing positive and negative

Many multipliers only work in 2 quadrants (one input may only have one polarity) or single

quadrant (inputs and outputs have only one polarity usually all positive)

22 List the parameters of optocoupler

a Current transfer ratio

b Isolation voltage

c Response time

d Common mode rejection

23Why current boosting is done in 723 regulator

The maximum current capability of 723 regulator is 140mA In certain applications this value of

current is not sufficient Hence current boosting is done using series pass transistor

24 What are the limitations of three terminal regulator

1 For fixed output regulators the output voltage is not precise

2 Only selected values of output voltages are available

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

3 Current boosting by external series pass transistor is required if load current beyond the

capability of basic regulator is required

25 Draw the typical connection diagram of IC LM317

26 What is the function od a series pass transistor in voltage regulator

The series pass transistor acsts as a control element The value of VcE gets adjusted in such a

way that the output voltage of the regulator always remains constant In addition the series pass

transistor supplies the load current

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1Draw and explain the functional block diagram of 723 voltage regulator and how this IC can be

used as high voltage regulator

2Write an explanatory note on

(i) Power amplifier (ii) Isolation amplifier

3 With neat diagrams explain the working of switched mode power supply

4 Write brief notes on

(i)IC MA 7840

(ii) Optocoupler

5 (i)Explain the working of series voltage regulator

(ii)Write notes on optocoupler

6 What is a switching regulator With neat block diagram explain the internals of MA7840

7 Draw the functional block diagram of IC 723 and explain

8 Explain with the help of functional block diagram the working of voltage regulator IC723

Clearly explain how current limit and foldback type current limiting facility can be provided with

723 circuits

9 Draw the circuit of series voltage regulator Design this circuit to operate from a supply of 20v

and to provide an output of 12V with maximum load current of 40mA

10 Draw the functional diagram of ICL 8038 Function generator IC and explain its operation

Give its frequency of oscillation at the output

11 (i) With neat diagram explain the working principle of isolation amplifier (8)

(ii) With neat diagram explain the principle of operation of optocouplers (8)

12 With the help of neat circuit diagram explain the operation of an adjustable regulator using

LM317

13 State the features and applications of IC LM 380 and explain them

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

14 Design a waveform generator using IC8038 The frequency of oscillation is 5kHz and duty

cycle is 50 From data sheet Vcc=5V VoH=36V VoL=02V ILL=16mA ILH=409uA

15 (i) Design low voltage regulator using IC 723 for 5V and explain its characteristics

(ii) Describe the features of function generator IC

(iii)Write short notes on optocoupler ICs

Page 24: EE2254 LICA QB

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

UNIT IV SPECIAL ICs

SYLLABUS 555 Timer circuit ndash Functional block characteristics amp applications 566-voltage

controlled oscillator circuit 565-phase lock loop circuit functioning and applications Analog multiplier ICs

TWO MARK QUESTIONS

1 Mention some applications of 555 timer

Oscillator

pulse generator

ramp and square wave generator

burglar alarm

traffic light control

Missing pulse detector

Linear ramp generator

Frequency divider

Pulse width modulation

FSK generator

Pulse position modulator

Schmitt trigger

2 List the applications of 555 timer in monostable mode of operation

Missing pulse detector

Linear ramp generator

Frequency divider

Pulse width modulation

3 List the applications of 555 timer in Astable mode of operation

FSK generator

Pulse-position modulator

4 Enumerate the basic blocks of IC 555 timer

5 Highlight the features of 555 Timer

available in three packages 8 pin metal can 8 pin dip 14 pin dip

6 What is the use of reset pin of 555 timer

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

This is an interrupt for the timing device when pin 4 is grounded it stops the working of device

and turns it off

7 What is the purpose of control voltage pin (5) of 555 timer This pin is the inverting input terminal of comparator This is reference level for comparator with

which threshold is compared If reference level is other than 23 VCC then external input is to

be given to pin 5 Pulse width modulation is possible due to pin 5

8Write the expression for pulse width of 555 timer in monostable mode Pulse width W = 11 RC seconds

R ndash resistor in ohms C ndash capacitor in farads

9Write the expression for total time period of 555 timer in astable mode T = 0693 (RA + 2 RB) C seconds

10 Define duty cycle

The ratio of high output and low output period is given by a mathematical parameter called duty

cycle It is defined as the ratio of ON Time to total time

11 What is a voltage controlled oscillator V o l t age con t r o l l ed o s c i l l a to r i s a f r e e r u nn in g m ul t i v i b ra to r op e r a t in g a t a

s e t frequency called the free running frequency This frequency can be shifted to

either side by applying a dc control voltage and the frequency deviation is

proportional to the dc control voltage

12 On what parameters does the free running frequency of VCO depend on bullExternal timing resistor RT

bullExternal timing capacitor CT

bullThe dc control voltage Vc

13 Give the expression for the VCO free running frequency

f o= 025 RTCT

14 Define Voltage to Frequency conversion factor Voltage to Frequency conversion factor is defined as

Kv = Δfo ΔVc = Vcc

Where ΔVc is the modulation voltage required to produce the frequency shift Δfo

15 List the features of 566 VCO

-24V)

temperature stability

16 State the function of a PLL

A PLL is a basically a closed loop system designed to lock output frequency and phase to the

frequency and phase of an input signal

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

17 Define lock range capture range and pull in time

Lock range

When PLL is in lock it can trap freq changes in the incoming signal The range of frequencies

over which the PLL can maintain lock with the incoming signal is called as lock range Lock in

range ∆fL = +- 78 fo V fo is free running frequency

Capture range

The range of frequencies over which the PLL can acquire lock with the input signal is called as

capture range Capture range = +- = [∆fL (2prodRC)] 12

Define pull-in time

The total time taken by the PLL to establish lock is called pull-in time

18 List out the blocks of PLL a Frequency multiplicationdivision

b Frequency translation c AM detection

d FM demodulation

e FSK demodulation

19 What is the purpose of having a low pass filter in PLL bullIt removes the high frequency components and noise

bullControls the dynamic characteristics of the PLL such as capture range lock -in

range band-width and transient response

bullThe charge on the filter capacitor gives a short- time memory to the PLL

20 Discuss the effect of having large capture range The PLL cannot acquire a signal outside the capture range but once captured it will hold on till

the frequency goes beyond the lock-in range Thus to increase the ability of lock range large

capture range is required But a large capture range will make the PLL more

susceptible to noise and undesirable signal

21 List the applications of 565 PLL

22 What is a switch type phase detector An electronic switch is opened and closed by signal coming from VCO and the input signal is

chopped at a repetition rate determined by the VCO frequency This type of Phase detector is

called a half wave detector since the phase information for only one half of the input signal is

detected and averaged

23 What are the problems associated with switch type phase detector The output voltage Ve is proportional to the input signal amplitude This is undesirable because

it makes phase detector gain and loop gain dependent on the input signal amplitude The output

is proportional to cosφ making it non linear

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

24 What is analog multiplier

An analog multiplier is a circuit in which the output is proportional to the multiplication of two

input voltages It is used in modulation frequency converters and to solve non-linear equations

25 Mention any two analog multiplier Ics

a) IC AD 533

b) IC AD 534

26 What is ICAD 533

It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is a low cost IC comprising a transconductance

multiplying element stable reference and an output amplifier

27 List the features of ICAD533

28 What is ICAD 534List its features

It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is the first general purpose multiplier capable of

providing gain upto X100

Features

Adjustable scale factor

Low noise

Excellent long time stability

29 Mention the applications of analog multipliers 1 Voltage squarer

2 Frequency doubler

3 Voltage divider

4 Square rooter

5 Phase angle detector

6 Rectifier

30 Explain how a frequency doubler can be realized using analog multiplier The multiplication of two sine waves of the same frequency but of possibly different amplitudes

and phase allows doubling a frequency using an analog multiplier

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1 Explain the functional block diagram of 555timer

2 Explain working of PLL using appropriate block diagram and explain any one application of

the same

3 Draw the block diagram of an Astable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression

for its frequency of oscillation

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

4 Draw the block diagram of monostable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression

for its frequency of oscillation Discuss some applications of 555 timer in monostable mode

5 write short notes on

i) capture range

ii) Lock in range

iii) Pull in time

6 Briefly explain the block diagram of PLL and derive the expression for Lock range and

capture range

7 With a neat functional diagram explain the operation of VCO Also derive an expression for

fodiscuss the applications of PLL

8 What is 555 timer What are the features of 555 timer Explain the monostable mode in detail

With neat block diagram explain IC566 VCO operation and discuss any 2 applications

9 What are the modes of operation of IC555 Derive the expression of time delay of monostable

multivibrator

10 (i)Explain the VCO with neat block diagram Give its typical connection diagram and output

waveforms

(ii)Derive the expression for capture range for PLL where a simple RC network is used as a LPF

11 (i)Explain the working of VCO

(ii)What is PLL Explain its operation as frequency multiplier

12 Explain the astable and bistable operation of IC555 with necessary waveforms

13 With the help of schematic circuit explain the operation of 566 VCO Also derive the

expression for output frequenct

14 (i) List and define the various performance parameters of a Multiplier IC (6)

(ii) How the multiplier is used as voltage divider (5)

(iii) How the multiplier is used as frequency doubler (5)

15 Explain with neat block diagrams how PLL is used as

(i) AM Detector (5)

(ii) FM Detector (5)

(iii) Frequency Synthesizer (6)

16(i) describe in details the characteristics and applications of 555 timer (6)

(ii) Draw a neat block diagram of VCO and explain (10)

17(i) Draw the 565 PLL and explain itrsquos functioning in detail (8)

(ii) Give an account on ldquoAnalog multiplier ICrdquo (8)

18 (i)How is an astable multivibrator connected into a pulse position modulator

(ii) Draw the circuit of Schmitt trigger using 555 timer and explain its operation

19Design and draw the waveforms of a 1KHz square wave generator using 555 timer for duty

cycle (i) D=25 (ii) D=50

20(i) Perform the closed loop analysis of PLL

(ii) Explain any two applications of PLL

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

UNIT V APPLICATION ICs

SYLLABUS IC voltage regulators - LM317 723 regulators switching regulator MA 7840 LM

380 power amplifier ICL 8038 function generator IC isolation amplifiers opto coupler opto

electronic ICs

TWO MARK QUESTIONS

1 What is a voltage regulator

A voltage regulator is an electronic circuit that provides a stable dc voltage independent of the

load current temperature and ac line voltage variations

2 Give the classification of voltage regulators

Series Linear regulators

Switching regulators

3 Write about a linear voltage regulator

Series or linear regulator uses a power transistor connected in series between the unregulated dc

input and the load and it conducts in the linear region The output voltage is controlled by the

continuous voltage drop taking place across the series pass transistor

4 What is a switching regulator

Switching regulators are those which operate the power transistor as a high frequency onoff

switchso that the power transistor does not conduct current continouslyThis give improved

efficiency over series regulators

5 List the advantages of IC voltage regulators

Low cost high reliability reduction in size and excellent performance

6 Give some examples of monolithic IC voltage regulators

78XX series fixed output positive voltage regulators

79XX series fixed output negative voltage regulators

723 general purpose regulator

7 What is the purpose of having input and output capacitors in three terminal IC

regulators

A capacitor connected between the input terminal and ground cancels the inductive effects due to

long distribution leads The output capacitor improves the transient response

8 Define line regulation

Line regulation is defined as the percentage change in the output voltage for a change in the

input voltageIt is expressed in millivolts or as a percentage of the output voltage

9 Define load regulation

Load regulation is defined as the change in output voltage for a change in load current It is

expressed in mill volts or as a percentage of the output voltage

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

10 What is meant by current limiting

Current limiting refers to the ability of a regulator to prevent the load current from increasing

above a preset value

11 Give the drawbacks of linear regulators

The input step down transformer is bulky and expensive because of low line frequency Because

of low line frequency large values of filter capacitors are required to decrease the ripple

Efficiency is reduced due to the continuous power dissipation by the transistor as it operates in

the linear region

12 What is the advantage of switching regulators

Greater efficiency is achieved as the power transistor is made to operate as low impedance

switch Power transmitted across the transistor is in discrete pulses rather than as a steady current

flowBy using suitable switching loss reduction technique the switching frequency can be

increased so as to reduce the size and weight of the inductors and capacitors

13 Why do switching regulators have better efficiency than series regulators

The transistor in linear regulator will operate in linear area at all times Considerable power is

dissipated in linear operation since the transistor has voltage across it and current flowing

through itSince the series element in a switching regulator is either fully conducting(V=0 hence

power=0) or switched off(I=0 hence power=0) it dissipates almost no power this is what gives

the switching design its efficiency

14 What are the advantages of adjustable voltage regulators over the fixed voltage

regulators i) Improved line and load regulation by a factor of 10 or more

ii) Because of the improved overload protection greater load current can be drawn

iii) Improved reliability

15 List out the parameters related to the fixed voltage regulators 1) Line regulation

2) Load regulation

3) Ripple rejection

4) Output impedance

5) Maximum power dissipation

6) Rated output current

16 Define dropout voltage of a fixed voltage regulator It is the minimum voltage that must exist between input and output terminals For most of

regulators it is 2 to 3 volts

17 What is an opto-coupler IC

Opto-coupler IC is a combined package of a photo-emitting device and a photo-sensing device

14 What are the types of opto couplers

LED and a photo diode

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

LED and photo transistor

LED and Darlington

15 Give two examples of IC optocouplers

Examples for opto-coupler IC

MCT 2F

16 Mention the advantages of opto-couplers

Better isolation between the two stages

Impedance problem between the stages is eliminated

Wide frequency response

Easily interfaced with digital circuit

Compact and light weight

Problems such as noise transients contact bounce are eliminated

17 Specify the need for isolation amplifier

Isolation amplifiers provide electrical isolation and an electrical safety barrier They protect data

acquisition components from common mode voltages which are potential differences between

instrument ground and signal ground Instruments that are applied in the presence of a common

mode voltage without an isolation barrier allow ground currents to circulate leading in the best

case to a noisy representation of the signal under investigation In the worst case assuming that

the magnitude of common mode voltage or current is sufficient instrument destruction is likely

Isolation amplifiers are used in medical instruments to ensure isolation of a patient from power

supply leakage current

18What are the features of MA78s40

Step upstep down or inverting operation

Operation from 25 to 40 V

80Db line and load regulation

19List the important parts of a regulated power supply

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

(i) Transformer (ii) Rectifier (iii) Filter (iv)Regulator

20 Using LM380 draw the circuit for audio power amplifier

21 What are onetwo and four quadrant multipliers

A four-quadrant multiplier is one where inputs and outputs may swing positive and negative

Many multipliers only work in 2 quadrants (one input may only have one polarity) or single

quadrant (inputs and outputs have only one polarity usually all positive)

22 List the parameters of optocoupler

a Current transfer ratio

b Isolation voltage

c Response time

d Common mode rejection

23Why current boosting is done in 723 regulator

The maximum current capability of 723 regulator is 140mA In certain applications this value of

current is not sufficient Hence current boosting is done using series pass transistor

24 What are the limitations of three terminal regulator

1 For fixed output regulators the output voltage is not precise

2 Only selected values of output voltages are available

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

3 Current boosting by external series pass transistor is required if load current beyond the

capability of basic regulator is required

25 Draw the typical connection diagram of IC LM317

26 What is the function od a series pass transistor in voltage regulator

The series pass transistor acsts as a control element The value of VcE gets adjusted in such a

way that the output voltage of the regulator always remains constant In addition the series pass

transistor supplies the load current

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1Draw and explain the functional block diagram of 723 voltage regulator and how this IC can be

used as high voltage regulator

2Write an explanatory note on

(i) Power amplifier (ii) Isolation amplifier

3 With neat diagrams explain the working of switched mode power supply

4 Write brief notes on

(i)IC MA 7840

(ii) Optocoupler

5 (i)Explain the working of series voltage regulator

(ii)Write notes on optocoupler

6 What is a switching regulator With neat block diagram explain the internals of MA7840

7 Draw the functional block diagram of IC 723 and explain

8 Explain with the help of functional block diagram the working of voltage regulator IC723

Clearly explain how current limit and foldback type current limiting facility can be provided with

723 circuits

9 Draw the circuit of series voltage regulator Design this circuit to operate from a supply of 20v

and to provide an output of 12V with maximum load current of 40mA

10 Draw the functional diagram of ICL 8038 Function generator IC and explain its operation

Give its frequency of oscillation at the output

11 (i) With neat diagram explain the working principle of isolation amplifier (8)

(ii) With neat diagram explain the principle of operation of optocouplers (8)

12 With the help of neat circuit diagram explain the operation of an adjustable regulator using

LM317

13 State the features and applications of IC LM 380 and explain them

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

14 Design a waveform generator using IC8038 The frequency of oscillation is 5kHz and duty

cycle is 50 From data sheet Vcc=5V VoH=36V VoL=02V ILL=16mA ILH=409uA

15 (i) Design low voltage regulator using IC 723 for 5V and explain its characteristics

(ii) Describe the features of function generator IC

(iii)Write short notes on optocoupler ICs

Page 25: EE2254 LICA QB

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

This is an interrupt for the timing device when pin 4 is grounded it stops the working of device

and turns it off

7 What is the purpose of control voltage pin (5) of 555 timer This pin is the inverting input terminal of comparator This is reference level for comparator with

which threshold is compared If reference level is other than 23 VCC then external input is to

be given to pin 5 Pulse width modulation is possible due to pin 5

8Write the expression for pulse width of 555 timer in monostable mode Pulse width W = 11 RC seconds

R ndash resistor in ohms C ndash capacitor in farads

9Write the expression for total time period of 555 timer in astable mode T = 0693 (RA + 2 RB) C seconds

10 Define duty cycle

The ratio of high output and low output period is given by a mathematical parameter called duty

cycle It is defined as the ratio of ON Time to total time

11 What is a voltage controlled oscillator V o l t age con t r o l l ed o s c i l l a to r i s a f r e e r u nn in g m ul t i v i b ra to r op e r a t in g a t a

s e t frequency called the free running frequency This frequency can be shifted to

either side by applying a dc control voltage and the frequency deviation is

proportional to the dc control voltage

12 On what parameters does the free running frequency of VCO depend on bullExternal timing resistor RT

bullExternal timing capacitor CT

bullThe dc control voltage Vc

13 Give the expression for the VCO free running frequency

f o= 025 RTCT

14 Define Voltage to Frequency conversion factor Voltage to Frequency conversion factor is defined as

Kv = Δfo ΔVc = Vcc

Where ΔVc is the modulation voltage required to produce the frequency shift Δfo

15 List the features of 566 VCO

-24V)

temperature stability

16 State the function of a PLL

A PLL is a basically a closed loop system designed to lock output frequency and phase to the

frequency and phase of an input signal

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

17 Define lock range capture range and pull in time

Lock range

When PLL is in lock it can trap freq changes in the incoming signal The range of frequencies

over which the PLL can maintain lock with the incoming signal is called as lock range Lock in

range ∆fL = +- 78 fo V fo is free running frequency

Capture range

The range of frequencies over which the PLL can acquire lock with the input signal is called as

capture range Capture range = +- = [∆fL (2prodRC)] 12

Define pull-in time

The total time taken by the PLL to establish lock is called pull-in time

18 List out the blocks of PLL a Frequency multiplicationdivision

b Frequency translation c AM detection

d FM demodulation

e FSK demodulation

19 What is the purpose of having a low pass filter in PLL bullIt removes the high frequency components and noise

bullControls the dynamic characteristics of the PLL such as capture range lock -in

range band-width and transient response

bullThe charge on the filter capacitor gives a short- time memory to the PLL

20 Discuss the effect of having large capture range The PLL cannot acquire a signal outside the capture range but once captured it will hold on till

the frequency goes beyond the lock-in range Thus to increase the ability of lock range large

capture range is required But a large capture range will make the PLL more

susceptible to noise and undesirable signal

21 List the applications of 565 PLL

22 What is a switch type phase detector An electronic switch is opened and closed by signal coming from VCO and the input signal is

chopped at a repetition rate determined by the VCO frequency This type of Phase detector is

called a half wave detector since the phase information for only one half of the input signal is

detected and averaged

23 What are the problems associated with switch type phase detector The output voltage Ve is proportional to the input signal amplitude This is undesirable because

it makes phase detector gain and loop gain dependent on the input signal amplitude The output

is proportional to cosφ making it non linear

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

24 What is analog multiplier

An analog multiplier is a circuit in which the output is proportional to the multiplication of two

input voltages It is used in modulation frequency converters and to solve non-linear equations

25 Mention any two analog multiplier Ics

a) IC AD 533

b) IC AD 534

26 What is ICAD 533

It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is a low cost IC comprising a transconductance

multiplying element stable reference and an output amplifier

27 List the features of ICAD533

28 What is ICAD 534List its features

It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is the first general purpose multiplier capable of

providing gain upto X100

Features

Adjustable scale factor

Low noise

Excellent long time stability

29 Mention the applications of analog multipliers 1 Voltage squarer

2 Frequency doubler

3 Voltage divider

4 Square rooter

5 Phase angle detector

6 Rectifier

30 Explain how a frequency doubler can be realized using analog multiplier The multiplication of two sine waves of the same frequency but of possibly different amplitudes

and phase allows doubling a frequency using an analog multiplier

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1 Explain the functional block diagram of 555timer

2 Explain working of PLL using appropriate block diagram and explain any one application of

the same

3 Draw the block diagram of an Astable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression

for its frequency of oscillation

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

4 Draw the block diagram of monostable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression

for its frequency of oscillation Discuss some applications of 555 timer in monostable mode

5 write short notes on

i) capture range

ii) Lock in range

iii) Pull in time

6 Briefly explain the block diagram of PLL and derive the expression for Lock range and

capture range

7 With a neat functional diagram explain the operation of VCO Also derive an expression for

fodiscuss the applications of PLL

8 What is 555 timer What are the features of 555 timer Explain the monostable mode in detail

With neat block diagram explain IC566 VCO operation and discuss any 2 applications

9 What are the modes of operation of IC555 Derive the expression of time delay of monostable

multivibrator

10 (i)Explain the VCO with neat block diagram Give its typical connection diagram and output

waveforms

(ii)Derive the expression for capture range for PLL where a simple RC network is used as a LPF

11 (i)Explain the working of VCO

(ii)What is PLL Explain its operation as frequency multiplier

12 Explain the astable and bistable operation of IC555 with necessary waveforms

13 With the help of schematic circuit explain the operation of 566 VCO Also derive the

expression for output frequenct

14 (i) List and define the various performance parameters of a Multiplier IC (6)

(ii) How the multiplier is used as voltage divider (5)

(iii) How the multiplier is used as frequency doubler (5)

15 Explain with neat block diagrams how PLL is used as

(i) AM Detector (5)

(ii) FM Detector (5)

(iii) Frequency Synthesizer (6)

16(i) describe in details the characteristics and applications of 555 timer (6)

(ii) Draw a neat block diagram of VCO and explain (10)

17(i) Draw the 565 PLL and explain itrsquos functioning in detail (8)

(ii) Give an account on ldquoAnalog multiplier ICrdquo (8)

18 (i)How is an astable multivibrator connected into a pulse position modulator

(ii) Draw the circuit of Schmitt trigger using 555 timer and explain its operation

19Design and draw the waveforms of a 1KHz square wave generator using 555 timer for duty

cycle (i) D=25 (ii) D=50

20(i) Perform the closed loop analysis of PLL

(ii) Explain any two applications of PLL

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

UNIT V APPLICATION ICs

SYLLABUS IC voltage regulators - LM317 723 regulators switching regulator MA 7840 LM

380 power amplifier ICL 8038 function generator IC isolation amplifiers opto coupler opto

electronic ICs

TWO MARK QUESTIONS

1 What is a voltage regulator

A voltage regulator is an electronic circuit that provides a stable dc voltage independent of the

load current temperature and ac line voltage variations

2 Give the classification of voltage regulators

Series Linear regulators

Switching regulators

3 Write about a linear voltage regulator

Series or linear regulator uses a power transistor connected in series between the unregulated dc

input and the load and it conducts in the linear region The output voltage is controlled by the

continuous voltage drop taking place across the series pass transistor

4 What is a switching regulator

Switching regulators are those which operate the power transistor as a high frequency onoff

switchso that the power transistor does not conduct current continouslyThis give improved

efficiency over series regulators

5 List the advantages of IC voltage regulators

Low cost high reliability reduction in size and excellent performance

6 Give some examples of monolithic IC voltage regulators

78XX series fixed output positive voltage regulators

79XX series fixed output negative voltage regulators

723 general purpose regulator

7 What is the purpose of having input and output capacitors in three terminal IC

regulators

A capacitor connected between the input terminal and ground cancels the inductive effects due to

long distribution leads The output capacitor improves the transient response

8 Define line regulation

Line regulation is defined as the percentage change in the output voltage for a change in the

input voltageIt is expressed in millivolts or as a percentage of the output voltage

9 Define load regulation

Load regulation is defined as the change in output voltage for a change in load current It is

expressed in mill volts or as a percentage of the output voltage

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

10 What is meant by current limiting

Current limiting refers to the ability of a regulator to prevent the load current from increasing

above a preset value

11 Give the drawbacks of linear regulators

The input step down transformer is bulky and expensive because of low line frequency Because

of low line frequency large values of filter capacitors are required to decrease the ripple

Efficiency is reduced due to the continuous power dissipation by the transistor as it operates in

the linear region

12 What is the advantage of switching regulators

Greater efficiency is achieved as the power transistor is made to operate as low impedance

switch Power transmitted across the transistor is in discrete pulses rather than as a steady current

flowBy using suitable switching loss reduction technique the switching frequency can be

increased so as to reduce the size and weight of the inductors and capacitors

13 Why do switching regulators have better efficiency than series regulators

The transistor in linear regulator will operate in linear area at all times Considerable power is

dissipated in linear operation since the transistor has voltage across it and current flowing

through itSince the series element in a switching regulator is either fully conducting(V=0 hence

power=0) or switched off(I=0 hence power=0) it dissipates almost no power this is what gives

the switching design its efficiency

14 What are the advantages of adjustable voltage regulators over the fixed voltage

regulators i) Improved line and load regulation by a factor of 10 or more

ii) Because of the improved overload protection greater load current can be drawn

iii) Improved reliability

15 List out the parameters related to the fixed voltage regulators 1) Line regulation

2) Load regulation

3) Ripple rejection

4) Output impedance

5) Maximum power dissipation

6) Rated output current

16 Define dropout voltage of a fixed voltage regulator It is the minimum voltage that must exist between input and output terminals For most of

regulators it is 2 to 3 volts

17 What is an opto-coupler IC

Opto-coupler IC is a combined package of a photo-emitting device and a photo-sensing device

14 What are the types of opto couplers

LED and a photo diode

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

LED and photo transistor

LED and Darlington

15 Give two examples of IC optocouplers

Examples for opto-coupler IC

MCT 2F

16 Mention the advantages of opto-couplers

Better isolation between the two stages

Impedance problem between the stages is eliminated

Wide frequency response

Easily interfaced with digital circuit

Compact and light weight

Problems such as noise transients contact bounce are eliminated

17 Specify the need for isolation amplifier

Isolation amplifiers provide electrical isolation and an electrical safety barrier They protect data

acquisition components from common mode voltages which are potential differences between

instrument ground and signal ground Instruments that are applied in the presence of a common

mode voltage without an isolation barrier allow ground currents to circulate leading in the best

case to a noisy representation of the signal under investigation In the worst case assuming that

the magnitude of common mode voltage or current is sufficient instrument destruction is likely

Isolation amplifiers are used in medical instruments to ensure isolation of a patient from power

supply leakage current

18What are the features of MA78s40

Step upstep down or inverting operation

Operation from 25 to 40 V

80Db line and load regulation

19List the important parts of a regulated power supply

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

(i) Transformer (ii) Rectifier (iii) Filter (iv)Regulator

20 Using LM380 draw the circuit for audio power amplifier

21 What are onetwo and four quadrant multipliers

A four-quadrant multiplier is one where inputs and outputs may swing positive and negative

Many multipliers only work in 2 quadrants (one input may only have one polarity) or single

quadrant (inputs and outputs have only one polarity usually all positive)

22 List the parameters of optocoupler

a Current transfer ratio

b Isolation voltage

c Response time

d Common mode rejection

23Why current boosting is done in 723 regulator

The maximum current capability of 723 regulator is 140mA In certain applications this value of

current is not sufficient Hence current boosting is done using series pass transistor

24 What are the limitations of three terminal regulator

1 For fixed output regulators the output voltage is not precise

2 Only selected values of output voltages are available

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

3 Current boosting by external series pass transistor is required if load current beyond the

capability of basic regulator is required

25 Draw the typical connection diagram of IC LM317

26 What is the function od a series pass transistor in voltage regulator

The series pass transistor acsts as a control element The value of VcE gets adjusted in such a

way that the output voltage of the regulator always remains constant In addition the series pass

transistor supplies the load current

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1Draw and explain the functional block diagram of 723 voltage regulator and how this IC can be

used as high voltage regulator

2Write an explanatory note on

(i) Power amplifier (ii) Isolation amplifier

3 With neat diagrams explain the working of switched mode power supply

4 Write brief notes on

(i)IC MA 7840

(ii) Optocoupler

5 (i)Explain the working of series voltage regulator

(ii)Write notes on optocoupler

6 What is a switching regulator With neat block diagram explain the internals of MA7840

7 Draw the functional block diagram of IC 723 and explain

8 Explain with the help of functional block diagram the working of voltage regulator IC723

Clearly explain how current limit and foldback type current limiting facility can be provided with

723 circuits

9 Draw the circuit of series voltage regulator Design this circuit to operate from a supply of 20v

and to provide an output of 12V with maximum load current of 40mA

10 Draw the functional diagram of ICL 8038 Function generator IC and explain its operation

Give its frequency of oscillation at the output

11 (i) With neat diagram explain the working principle of isolation amplifier (8)

(ii) With neat diagram explain the principle of operation of optocouplers (8)

12 With the help of neat circuit diagram explain the operation of an adjustable regulator using

LM317

13 State the features and applications of IC LM 380 and explain them

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

14 Design a waveform generator using IC8038 The frequency of oscillation is 5kHz and duty

cycle is 50 From data sheet Vcc=5V VoH=36V VoL=02V ILL=16mA ILH=409uA

15 (i) Design low voltage regulator using IC 723 for 5V and explain its characteristics

(ii) Describe the features of function generator IC

(iii)Write short notes on optocoupler ICs

Page 26: EE2254 LICA QB

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

17 Define lock range capture range and pull in time

Lock range

When PLL is in lock it can trap freq changes in the incoming signal The range of frequencies

over which the PLL can maintain lock with the incoming signal is called as lock range Lock in

range ∆fL = +- 78 fo V fo is free running frequency

Capture range

The range of frequencies over which the PLL can acquire lock with the input signal is called as

capture range Capture range = +- = [∆fL (2prodRC)] 12

Define pull-in time

The total time taken by the PLL to establish lock is called pull-in time

18 List out the blocks of PLL a Frequency multiplicationdivision

b Frequency translation c AM detection

d FM demodulation

e FSK demodulation

19 What is the purpose of having a low pass filter in PLL bullIt removes the high frequency components and noise

bullControls the dynamic characteristics of the PLL such as capture range lock -in

range band-width and transient response

bullThe charge on the filter capacitor gives a short- time memory to the PLL

20 Discuss the effect of having large capture range The PLL cannot acquire a signal outside the capture range but once captured it will hold on till

the frequency goes beyond the lock-in range Thus to increase the ability of lock range large

capture range is required But a large capture range will make the PLL more

susceptible to noise and undesirable signal

21 List the applications of 565 PLL

22 What is a switch type phase detector An electronic switch is opened and closed by signal coming from VCO and the input signal is

chopped at a repetition rate determined by the VCO frequency This type of Phase detector is

called a half wave detector since the phase information for only one half of the input signal is

detected and averaged

23 What are the problems associated with switch type phase detector The output voltage Ve is proportional to the input signal amplitude This is undesirable because

it makes phase detector gain and loop gain dependent on the input signal amplitude The output

is proportional to cosφ making it non linear

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

24 What is analog multiplier

An analog multiplier is a circuit in which the output is proportional to the multiplication of two

input voltages It is used in modulation frequency converters and to solve non-linear equations

25 Mention any two analog multiplier Ics

a) IC AD 533

b) IC AD 534

26 What is ICAD 533

It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is a low cost IC comprising a transconductance

multiplying element stable reference and an output amplifier

27 List the features of ICAD533

28 What is ICAD 534List its features

It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is the first general purpose multiplier capable of

providing gain upto X100

Features

Adjustable scale factor

Low noise

Excellent long time stability

29 Mention the applications of analog multipliers 1 Voltage squarer

2 Frequency doubler

3 Voltage divider

4 Square rooter

5 Phase angle detector

6 Rectifier

30 Explain how a frequency doubler can be realized using analog multiplier The multiplication of two sine waves of the same frequency but of possibly different amplitudes

and phase allows doubling a frequency using an analog multiplier

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1 Explain the functional block diagram of 555timer

2 Explain working of PLL using appropriate block diagram and explain any one application of

the same

3 Draw the block diagram of an Astable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression

for its frequency of oscillation

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

4 Draw the block diagram of monostable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression

for its frequency of oscillation Discuss some applications of 555 timer in monostable mode

5 write short notes on

i) capture range

ii) Lock in range

iii) Pull in time

6 Briefly explain the block diagram of PLL and derive the expression for Lock range and

capture range

7 With a neat functional diagram explain the operation of VCO Also derive an expression for

fodiscuss the applications of PLL

8 What is 555 timer What are the features of 555 timer Explain the monostable mode in detail

With neat block diagram explain IC566 VCO operation and discuss any 2 applications

9 What are the modes of operation of IC555 Derive the expression of time delay of monostable

multivibrator

10 (i)Explain the VCO with neat block diagram Give its typical connection diagram and output

waveforms

(ii)Derive the expression for capture range for PLL where a simple RC network is used as a LPF

11 (i)Explain the working of VCO

(ii)What is PLL Explain its operation as frequency multiplier

12 Explain the astable and bistable operation of IC555 with necessary waveforms

13 With the help of schematic circuit explain the operation of 566 VCO Also derive the

expression for output frequenct

14 (i) List and define the various performance parameters of a Multiplier IC (6)

(ii) How the multiplier is used as voltage divider (5)

(iii) How the multiplier is used as frequency doubler (5)

15 Explain with neat block diagrams how PLL is used as

(i) AM Detector (5)

(ii) FM Detector (5)

(iii) Frequency Synthesizer (6)

16(i) describe in details the characteristics and applications of 555 timer (6)

(ii) Draw a neat block diagram of VCO and explain (10)

17(i) Draw the 565 PLL and explain itrsquos functioning in detail (8)

(ii) Give an account on ldquoAnalog multiplier ICrdquo (8)

18 (i)How is an astable multivibrator connected into a pulse position modulator

(ii) Draw the circuit of Schmitt trigger using 555 timer and explain its operation

19Design and draw the waveforms of a 1KHz square wave generator using 555 timer for duty

cycle (i) D=25 (ii) D=50

20(i) Perform the closed loop analysis of PLL

(ii) Explain any two applications of PLL

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

UNIT V APPLICATION ICs

SYLLABUS IC voltage regulators - LM317 723 regulators switching regulator MA 7840 LM

380 power amplifier ICL 8038 function generator IC isolation amplifiers opto coupler opto

electronic ICs

TWO MARK QUESTIONS

1 What is a voltage regulator

A voltage regulator is an electronic circuit that provides a stable dc voltage independent of the

load current temperature and ac line voltage variations

2 Give the classification of voltage regulators

Series Linear regulators

Switching regulators

3 Write about a linear voltage regulator

Series or linear regulator uses a power transistor connected in series between the unregulated dc

input and the load and it conducts in the linear region The output voltage is controlled by the

continuous voltage drop taking place across the series pass transistor

4 What is a switching regulator

Switching regulators are those which operate the power transistor as a high frequency onoff

switchso that the power transistor does not conduct current continouslyThis give improved

efficiency over series regulators

5 List the advantages of IC voltage regulators

Low cost high reliability reduction in size and excellent performance

6 Give some examples of monolithic IC voltage regulators

78XX series fixed output positive voltage regulators

79XX series fixed output negative voltage regulators

723 general purpose regulator

7 What is the purpose of having input and output capacitors in three terminal IC

regulators

A capacitor connected between the input terminal and ground cancels the inductive effects due to

long distribution leads The output capacitor improves the transient response

8 Define line regulation

Line regulation is defined as the percentage change in the output voltage for a change in the

input voltageIt is expressed in millivolts or as a percentage of the output voltage

9 Define load regulation

Load regulation is defined as the change in output voltage for a change in load current It is

expressed in mill volts or as a percentage of the output voltage

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

10 What is meant by current limiting

Current limiting refers to the ability of a regulator to prevent the load current from increasing

above a preset value

11 Give the drawbacks of linear regulators

The input step down transformer is bulky and expensive because of low line frequency Because

of low line frequency large values of filter capacitors are required to decrease the ripple

Efficiency is reduced due to the continuous power dissipation by the transistor as it operates in

the linear region

12 What is the advantage of switching regulators

Greater efficiency is achieved as the power transistor is made to operate as low impedance

switch Power transmitted across the transistor is in discrete pulses rather than as a steady current

flowBy using suitable switching loss reduction technique the switching frequency can be

increased so as to reduce the size and weight of the inductors and capacitors

13 Why do switching regulators have better efficiency than series regulators

The transistor in linear regulator will operate in linear area at all times Considerable power is

dissipated in linear operation since the transistor has voltage across it and current flowing

through itSince the series element in a switching regulator is either fully conducting(V=0 hence

power=0) or switched off(I=0 hence power=0) it dissipates almost no power this is what gives

the switching design its efficiency

14 What are the advantages of adjustable voltage regulators over the fixed voltage

regulators i) Improved line and load regulation by a factor of 10 or more

ii) Because of the improved overload protection greater load current can be drawn

iii) Improved reliability

15 List out the parameters related to the fixed voltage regulators 1) Line regulation

2) Load regulation

3) Ripple rejection

4) Output impedance

5) Maximum power dissipation

6) Rated output current

16 Define dropout voltage of a fixed voltage regulator It is the minimum voltage that must exist between input and output terminals For most of

regulators it is 2 to 3 volts

17 What is an opto-coupler IC

Opto-coupler IC is a combined package of a photo-emitting device and a photo-sensing device

14 What are the types of opto couplers

LED and a photo diode

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

LED and photo transistor

LED and Darlington

15 Give two examples of IC optocouplers

Examples for opto-coupler IC

MCT 2F

16 Mention the advantages of opto-couplers

Better isolation between the two stages

Impedance problem between the stages is eliminated

Wide frequency response

Easily interfaced with digital circuit

Compact and light weight

Problems such as noise transients contact bounce are eliminated

17 Specify the need for isolation amplifier

Isolation amplifiers provide electrical isolation and an electrical safety barrier They protect data

acquisition components from common mode voltages which are potential differences between

instrument ground and signal ground Instruments that are applied in the presence of a common

mode voltage without an isolation barrier allow ground currents to circulate leading in the best

case to a noisy representation of the signal under investigation In the worst case assuming that

the magnitude of common mode voltage or current is sufficient instrument destruction is likely

Isolation amplifiers are used in medical instruments to ensure isolation of a patient from power

supply leakage current

18What are the features of MA78s40

Step upstep down or inverting operation

Operation from 25 to 40 V

80Db line and load regulation

19List the important parts of a regulated power supply

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

(i) Transformer (ii) Rectifier (iii) Filter (iv)Regulator

20 Using LM380 draw the circuit for audio power amplifier

21 What are onetwo and four quadrant multipliers

A four-quadrant multiplier is one where inputs and outputs may swing positive and negative

Many multipliers only work in 2 quadrants (one input may only have one polarity) or single

quadrant (inputs and outputs have only one polarity usually all positive)

22 List the parameters of optocoupler

a Current transfer ratio

b Isolation voltage

c Response time

d Common mode rejection

23Why current boosting is done in 723 regulator

The maximum current capability of 723 regulator is 140mA In certain applications this value of

current is not sufficient Hence current boosting is done using series pass transistor

24 What are the limitations of three terminal regulator

1 For fixed output regulators the output voltage is not precise

2 Only selected values of output voltages are available

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

3 Current boosting by external series pass transistor is required if load current beyond the

capability of basic regulator is required

25 Draw the typical connection diagram of IC LM317

26 What is the function od a series pass transistor in voltage regulator

The series pass transistor acsts as a control element The value of VcE gets adjusted in such a

way that the output voltage of the regulator always remains constant In addition the series pass

transistor supplies the load current

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1Draw and explain the functional block diagram of 723 voltage regulator and how this IC can be

used as high voltage regulator

2Write an explanatory note on

(i) Power amplifier (ii) Isolation amplifier

3 With neat diagrams explain the working of switched mode power supply

4 Write brief notes on

(i)IC MA 7840

(ii) Optocoupler

5 (i)Explain the working of series voltage regulator

(ii)Write notes on optocoupler

6 What is a switching regulator With neat block diagram explain the internals of MA7840

7 Draw the functional block diagram of IC 723 and explain

8 Explain with the help of functional block diagram the working of voltage regulator IC723

Clearly explain how current limit and foldback type current limiting facility can be provided with

723 circuits

9 Draw the circuit of series voltage regulator Design this circuit to operate from a supply of 20v

and to provide an output of 12V with maximum load current of 40mA

10 Draw the functional diagram of ICL 8038 Function generator IC and explain its operation

Give its frequency of oscillation at the output

11 (i) With neat diagram explain the working principle of isolation amplifier (8)

(ii) With neat diagram explain the principle of operation of optocouplers (8)

12 With the help of neat circuit diagram explain the operation of an adjustable regulator using

LM317

13 State the features and applications of IC LM 380 and explain them

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

14 Design a waveform generator using IC8038 The frequency of oscillation is 5kHz and duty

cycle is 50 From data sheet Vcc=5V VoH=36V VoL=02V ILL=16mA ILH=409uA

15 (i) Design low voltage regulator using IC 723 for 5V and explain its characteristics

(ii) Describe the features of function generator IC

(iii)Write short notes on optocoupler ICs

Page 27: EE2254 LICA QB

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

24 What is analog multiplier

An analog multiplier is a circuit in which the output is proportional to the multiplication of two

input voltages It is used in modulation frequency converters and to solve non-linear equations

25 Mention any two analog multiplier Ics

a) IC AD 533

b) IC AD 534

26 What is ICAD 533

It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is a low cost IC comprising a transconductance

multiplying element stable reference and an output amplifier

27 List the features of ICAD533

28 What is ICAD 534List its features

It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is the first general purpose multiplier capable of

providing gain upto X100

Features

Adjustable scale factor

Low noise

Excellent long time stability

29 Mention the applications of analog multipliers 1 Voltage squarer

2 Frequency doubler

3 Voltage divider

4 Square rooter

5 Phase angle detector

6 Rectifier

30 Explain how a frequency doubler can be realized using analog multiplier The multiplication of two sine waves of the same frequency but of possibly different amplitudes

and phase allows doubling a frequency using an analog multiplier

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1 Explain the functional block diagram of 555timer

2 Explain working of PLL using appropriate block diagram and explain any one application of

the same

3 Draw the block diagram of an Astable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression

for its frequency of oscillation

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

4 Draw the block diagram of monostable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression

for its frequency of oscillation Discuss some applications of 555 timer in monostable mode

5 write short notes on

i) capture range

ii) Lock in range

iii) Pull in time

6 Briefly explain the block diagram of PLL and derive the expression for Lock range and

capture range

7 With a neat functional diagram explain the operation of VCO Also derive an expression for

fodiscuss the applications of PLL

8 What is 555 timer What are the features of 555 timer Explain the monostable mode in detail

With neat block diagram explain IC566 VCO operation and discuss any 2 applications

9 What are the modes of operation of IC555 Derive the expression of time delay of monostable

multivibrator

10 (i)Explain the VCO with neat block diagram Give its typical connection diagram and output

waveforms

(ii)Derive the expression for capture range for PLL where a simple RC network is used as a LPF

11 (i)Explain the working of VCO

(ii)What is PLL Explain its operation as frequency multiplier

12 Explain the astable and bistable operation of IC555 with necessary waveforms

13 With the help of schematic circuit explain the operation of 566 VCO Also derive the

expression for output frequenct

14 (i) List and define the various performance parameters of a Multiplier IC (6)

(ii) How the multiplier is used as voltage divider (5)

(iii) How the multiplier is used as frequency doubler (5)

15 Explain with neat block diagrams how PLL is used as

(i) AM Detector (5)

(ii) FM Detector (5)

(iii) Frequency Synthesizer (6)

16(i) describe in details the characteristics and applications of 555 timer (6)

(ii) Draw a neat block diagram of VCO and explain (10)

17(i) Draw the 565 PLL and explain itrsquos functioning in detail (8)

(ii) Give an account on ldquoAnalog multiplier ICrdquo (8)

18 (i)How is an astable multivibrator connected into a pulse position modulator

(ii) Draw the circuit of Schmitt trigger using 555 timer and explain its operation

19Design and draw the waveforms of a 1KHz square wave generator using 555 timer for duty

cycle (i) D=25 (ii) D=50

20(i) Perform the closed loop analysis of PLL

(ii) Explain any two applications of PLL

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

UNIT V APPLICATION ICs

SYLLABUS IC voltage regulators - LM317 723 regulators switching regulator MA 7840 LM

380 power amplifier ICL 8038 function generator IC isolation amplifiers opto coupler opto

electronic ICs

TWO MARK QUESTIONS

1 What is a voltage regulator

A voltage regulator is an electronic circuit that provides a stable dc voltage independent of the

load current temperature and ac line voltage variations

2 Give the classification of voltage regulators

Series Linear regulators

Switching regulators

3 Write about a linear voltage regulator

Series or linear regulator uses a power transistor connected in series between the unregulated dc

input and the load and it conducts in the linear region The output voltage is controlled by the

continuous voltage drop taking place across the series pass transistor

4 What is a switching regulator

Switching regulators are those which operate the power transistor as a high frequency onoff

switchso that the power transistor does not conduct current continouslyThis give improved

efficiency over series regulators

5 List the advantages of IC voltage regulators

Low cost high reliability reduction in size and excellent performance

6 Give some examples of monolithic IC voltage regulators

78XX series fixed output positive voltage regulators

79XX series fixed output negative voltage regulators

723 general purpose regulator

7 What is the purpose of having input and output capacitors in three terminal IC

regulators

A capacitor connected between the input terminal and ground cancels the inductive effects due to

long distribution leads The output capacitor improves the transient response

8 Define line regulation

Line regulation is defined as the percentage change in the output voltage for a change in the

input voltageIt is expressed in millivolts or as a percentage of the output voltage

9 Define load regulation

Load regulation is defined as the change in output voltage for a change in load current It is

expressed in mill volts or as a percentage of the output voltage

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

10 What is meant by current limiting

Current limiting refers to the ability of a regulator to prevent the load current from increasing

above a preset value

11 Give the drawbacks of linear regulators

The input step down transformer is bulky and expensive because of low line frequency Because

of low line frequency large values of filter capacitors are required to decrease the ripple

Efficiency is reduced due to the continuous power dissipation by the transistor as it operates in

the linear region

12 What is the advantage of switching regulators

Greater efficiency is achieved as the power transistor is made to operate as low impedance

switch Power transmitted across the transistor is in discrete pulses rather than as a steady current

flowBy using suitable switching loss reduction technique the switching frequency can be

increased so as to reduce the size and weight of the inductors and capacitors

13 Why do switching regulators have better efficiency than series regulators

The transistor in linear regulator will operate in linear area at all times Considerable power is

dissipated in linear operation since the transistor has voltage across it and current flowing

through itSince the series element in a switching regulator is either fully conducting(V=0 hence

power=0) or switched off(I=0 hence power=0) it dissipates almost no power this is what gives

the switching design its efficiency

14 What are the advantages of adjustable voltage regulators over the fixed voltage

regulators i) Improved line and load regulation by a factor of 10 or more

ii) Because of the improved overload protection greater load current can be drawn

iii) Improved reliability

15 List out the parameters related to the fixed voltage regulators 1) Line regulation

2) Load regulation

3) Ripple rejection

4) Output impedance

5) Maximum power dissipation

6) Rated output current

16 Define dropout voltage of a fixed voltage regulator It is the minimum voltage that must exist between input and output terminals For most of

regulators it is 2 to 3 volts

17 What is an opto-coupler IC

Opto-coupler IC is a combined package of a photo-emitting device and a photo-sensing device

14 What are the types of opto couplers

LED and a photo diode

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

LED and photo transistor

LED and Darlington

15 Give two examples of IC optocouplers

Examples for opto-coupler IC

MCT 2F

16 Mention the advantages of opto-couplers

Better isolation between the two stages

Impedance problem between the stages is eliminated

Wide frequency response

Easily interfaced with digital circuit

Compact and light weight

Problems such as noise transients contact bounce are eliminated

17 Specify the need for isolation amplifier

Isolation amplifiers provide electrical isolation and an electrical safety barrier They protect data

acquisition components from common mode voltages which are potential differences between

instrument ground and signal ground Instruments that are applied in the presence of a common

mode voltage without an isolation barrier allow ground currents to circulate leading in the best

case to a noisy representation of the signal under investigation In the worst case assuming that

the magnitude of common mode voltage or current is sufficient instrument destruction is likely

Isolation amplifiers are used in medical instruments to ensure isolation of a patient from power

supply leakage current

18What are the features of MA78s40

Step upstep down or inverting operation

Operation from 25 to 40 V

80Db line and load regulation

19List the important parts of a regulated power supply

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

(i) Transformer (ii) Rectifier (iii) Filter (iv)Regulator

20 Using LM380 draw the circuit for audio power amplifier

21 What are onetwo and four quadrant multipliers

A four-quadrant multiplier is one where inputs and outputs may swing positive and negative

Many multipliers only work in 2 quadrants (one input may only have one polarity) or single

quadrant (inputs and outputs have only one polarity usually all positive)

22 List the parameters of optocoupler

a Current transfer ratio

b Isolation voltage

c Response time

d Common mode rejection

23Why current boosting is done in 723 regulator

The maximum current capability of 723 regulator is 140mA In certain applications this value of

current is not sufficient Hence current boosting is done using series pass transistor

24 What are the limitations of three terminal regulator

1 For fixed output regulators the output voltage is not precise

2 Only selected values of output voltages are available

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

3 Current boosting by external series pass transistor is required if load current beyond the

capability of basic regulator is required

25 Draw the typical connection diagram of IC LM317

26 What is the function od a series pass transistor in voltage regulator

The series pass transistor acsts as a control element The value of VcE gets adjusted in such a

way that the output voltage of the regulator always remains constant In addition the series pass

transistor supplies the load current

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1Draw and explain the functional block diagram of 723 voltage regulator and how this IC can be

used as high voltage regulator

2Write an explanatory note on

(i) Power amplifier (ii) Isolation amplifier

3 With neat diagrams explain the working of switched mode power supply

4 Write brief notes on

(i)IC MA 7840

(ii) Optocoupler

5 (i)Explain the working of series voltage regulator

(ii)Write notes on optocoupler

6 What is a switching regulator With neat block diagram explain the internals of MA7840

7 Draw the functional block diagram of IC 723 and explain

8 Explain with the help of functional block diagram the working of voltage regulator IC723

Clearly explain how current limit and foldback type current limiting facility can be provided with

723 circuits

9 Draw the circuit of series voltage regulator Design this circuit to operate from a supply of 20v

and to provide an output of 12V with maximum load current of 40mA

10 Draw the functional diagram of ICL 8038 Function generator IC and explain its operation

Give its frequency of oscillation at the output

11 (i) With neat diagram explain the working principle of isolation amplifier (8)

(ii) With neat diagram explain the principle of operation of optocouplers (8)

12 With the help of neat circuit diagram explain the operation of an adjustable regulator using

LM317

13 State the features and applications of IC LM 380 and explain them

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

14 Design a waveform generator using IC8038 The frequency of oscillation is 5kHz and duty

cycle is 50 From data sheet Vcc=5V VoH=36V VoL=02V ILL=16mA ILH=409uA

15 (i) Design low voltage regulator using IC 723 for 5V and explain its characteristics

(ii) Describe the features of function generator IC

(iii)Write short notes on optocoupler ICs

Page 28: EE2254 LICA QB

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

4 Draw the block diagram of monostable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression

for its frequency of oscillation Discuss some applications of 555 timer in monostable mode

5 write short notes on

i) capture range

ii) Lock in range

iii) Pull in time

6 Briefly explain the block diagram of PLL and derive the expression for Lock range and

capture range

7 With a neat functional diagram explain the operation of VCO Also derive an expression for

fodiscuss the applications of PLL

8 What is 555 timer What are the features of 555 timer Explain the monostable mode in detail

With neat block diagram explain IC566 VCO operation and discuss any 2 applications

9 What are the modes of operation of IC555 Derive the expression of time delay of monostable

multivibrator

10 (i)Explain the VCO with neat block diagram Give its typical connection diagram and output

waveforms

(ii)Derive the expression for capture range for PLL where a simple RC network is used as a LPF

11 (i)Explain the working of VCO

(ii)What is PLL Explain its operation as frequency multiplier

12 Explain the astable and bistable operation of IC555 with necessary waveforms

13 With the help of schematic circuit explain the operation of 566 VCO Also derive the

expression for output frequenct

14 (i) List and define the various performance parameters of a Multiplier IC (6)

(ii) How the multiplier is used as voltage divider (5)

(iii) How the multiplier is used as frequency doubler (5)

15 Explain with neat block diagrams how PLL is used as

(i) AM Detector (5)

(ii) FM Detector (5)

(iii) Frequency Synthesizer (6)

16(i) describe in details the characteristics and applications of 555 timer (6)

(ii) Draw a neat block diagram of VCO and explain (10)

17(i) Draw the 565 PLL and explain itrsquos functioning in detail (8)

(ii) Give an account on ldquoAnalog multiplier ICrdquo (8)

18 (i)How is an astable multivibrator connected into a pulse position modulator

(ii) Draw the circuit of Schmitt trigger using 555 timer and explain its operation

19Design and draw the waveforms of a 1KHz square wave generator using 555 timer for duty

cycle (i) D=25 (ii) D=50

20(i) Perform the closed loop analysis of PLL

(ii) Explain any two applications of PLL

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

UNIT V APPLICATION ICs

SYLLABUS IC voltage regulators - LM317 723 regulators switching regulator MA 7840 LM

380 power amplifier ICL 8038 function generator IC isolation amplifiers opto coupler opto

electronic ICs

TWO MARK QUESTIONS

1 What is a voltage regulator

A voltage regulator is an electronic circuit that provides a stable dc voltage independent of the

load current temperature and ac line voltage variations

2 Give the classification of voltage regulators

Series Linear regulators

Switching regulators

3 Write about a linear voltage regulator

Series or linear regulator uses a power transistor connected in series between the unregulated dc

input and the load and it conducts in the linear region The output voltage is controlled by the

continuous voltage drop taking place across the series pass transistor

4 What is a switching regulator

Switching regulators are those which operate the power transistor as a high frequency onoff

switchso that the power transistor does not conduct current continouslyThis give improved

efficiency over series regulators

5 List the advantages of IC voltage regulators

Low cost high reliability reduction in size and excellent performance

6 Give some examples of monolithic IC voltage regulators

78XX series fixed output positive voltage regulators

79XX series fixed output negative voltage regulators

723 general purpose regulator

7 What is the purpose of having input and output capacitors in three terminal IC

regulators

A capacitor connected between the input terminal and ground cancels the inductive effects due to

long distribution leads The output capacitor improves the transient response

8 Define line regulation

Line regulation is defined as the percentage change in the output voltage for a change in the

input voltageIt is expressed in millivolts or as a percentage of the output voltage

9 Define load regulation

Load regulation is defined as the change in output voltage for a change in load current It is

expressed in mill volts or as a percentage of the output voltage

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

10 What is meant by current limiting

Current limiting refers to the ability of a regulator to prevent the load current from increasing

above a preset value

11 Give the drawbacks of linear regulators

The input step down transformer is bulky and expensive because of low line frequency Because

of low line frequency large values of filter capacitors are required to decrease the ripple

Efficiency is reduced due to the continuous power dissipation by the transistor as it operates in

the linear region

12 What is the advantage of switching regulators

Greater efficiency is achieved as the power transistor is made to operate as low impedance

switch Power transmitted across the transistor is in discrete pulses rather than as a steady current

flowBy using suitable switching loss reduction technique the switching frequency can be

increased so as to reduce the size and weight of the inductors and capacitors

13 Why do switching regulators have better efficiency than series regulators

The transistor in linear regulator will operate in linear area at all times Considerable power is

dissipated in linear operation since the transistor has voltage across it and current flowing

through itSince the series element in a switching regulator is either fully conducting(V=0 hence

power=0) or switched off(I=0 hence power=0) it dissipates almost no power this is what gives

the switching design its efficiency

14 What are the advantages of adjustable voltage regulators over the fixed voltage

regulators i) Improved line and load regulation by a factor of 10 or more

ii) Because of the improved overload protection greater load current can be drawn

iii) Improved reliability

15 List out the parameters related to the fixed voltage regulators 1) Line regulation

2) Load regulation

3) Ripple rejection

4) Output impedance

5) Maximum power dissipation

6) Rated output current

16 Define dropout voltage of a fixed voltage regulator It is the minimum voltage that must exist between input and output terminals For most of

regulators it is 2 to 3 volts

17 What is an opto-coupler IC

Opto-coupler IC is a combined package of a photo-emitting device and a photo-sensing device

14 What are the types of opto couplers

LED and a photo diode

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

LED and photo transistor

LED and Darlington

15 Give two examples of IC optocouplers

Examples for opto-coupler IC

MCT 2F

16 Mention the advantages of opto-couplers

Better isolation between the two stages

Impedance problem between the stages is eliminated

Wide frequency response

Easily interfaced with digital circuit

Compact and light weight

Problems such as noise transients contact bounce are eliminated

17 Specify the need for isolation amplifier

Isolation amplifiers provide electrical isolation and an electrical safety barrier They protect data

acquisition components from common mode voltages which are potential differences between

instrument ground and signal ground Instruments that are applied in the presence of a common

mode voltage without an isolation barrier allow ground currents to circulate leading in the best

case to a noisy representation of the signal under investigation In the worst case assuming that

the magnitude of common mode voltage or current is sufficient instrument destruction is likely

Isolation amplifiers are used in medical instruments to ensure isolation of a patient from power

supply leakage current

18What are the features of MA78s40

Step upstep down or inverting operation

Operation from 25 to 40 V

80Db line and load regulation

19List the important parts of a regulated power supply

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

(i) Transformer (ii) Rectifier (iii) Filter (iv)Regulator

20 Using LM380 draw the circuit for audio power amplifier

21 What are onetwo and four quadrant multipliers

A four-quadrant multiplier is one where inputs and outputs may swing positive and negative

Many multipliers only work in 2 quadrants (one input may only have one polarity) or single

quadrant (inputs and outputs have only one polarity usually all positive)

22 List the parameters of optocoupler

a Current transfer ratio

b Isolation voltage

c Response time

d Common mode rejection

23Why current boosting is done in 723 regulator

The maximum current capability of 723 regulator is 140mA In certain applications this value of

current is not sufficient Hence current boosting is done using series pass transistor

24 What are the limitations of three terminal regulator

1 For fixed output regulators the output voltage is not precise

2 Only selected values of output voltages are available

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

3 Current boosting by external series pass transistor is required if load current beyond the

capability of basic regulator is required

25 Draw the typical connection diagram of IC LM317

26 What is the function od a series pass transistor in voltage regulator

The series pass transistor acsts as a control element The value of VcE gets adjusted in such a

way that the output voltage of the regulator always remains constant In addition the series pass

transistor supplies the load current

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1Draw and explain the functional block diagram of 723 voltage regulator and how this IC can be

used as high voltage regulator

2Write an explanatory note on

(i) Power amplifier (ii) Isolation amplifier

3 With neat diagrams explain the working of switched mode power supply

4 Write brief notes on

(i)IC MA 7840

(ii) Optocoupler

5 (i)Explain the working of series voltage regulator

(ii)Write notes on optocoupler

6 What is a switching regulator With neat block diagram explain the internals of MA7840

7 Draw the functional block diagram of IC 723 and explain

8 Explain with the help of functional block diagram the working of voltage regulator IC723

Clearly explain how current limit and foldback type current limiting facility can be provided with

723 circuits

9 Draw the circuit of series voltage regulator Design this circuit to operate from a supply of 20v

and to provide an output of 12V with maximum load current of 40mA

10 Draw the functional diagram of ICL 8038 Function generator IC and explain its operation

Give its frequency of oscillation at the output

11 (i) With neat diagram explain the working principle of isolation amplifier (8)

(ii) With neat diagram explain the principle of operation of optocouplers (8)

12 With the help of neat circuit diagram explain the operation of an adjustable regulator using

LM317

13 State the features and applications of IC LM 380 and explain them

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

14 Design a waveform generator using IC8038 The frequency of oscillation is 5kHz and duty

cycle is 50 From data sheet Vcc=5V VoH=36V VoL=02V ILL=16mA ILH=409uA

15 (i) Design low voltage regulator using IC 723 for 5V and explain its characteristics

(ii) Describe the features of function generator IC

(iii)Write short notes on optocoupler ICs

Page 29: EE2254 LICA QB

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

UNIT V APPLICATION ICs

SYLLABUS IC voltage regulators - LM317 723 regulators switching regulator MA 7840 LM

380 power amplifier ICL 8038 function generator IC isolation amplifiers opto coupler opto

electronic ICs

TWO MARK QUESTIONS

1 What is a voltage regulator

A voltage regulator is an electronic circuit that provides a stable dc voltage independent of the

load current temperature and ac line voltage variations

2 Give the classification of voltage regulators

Series Linear regulators

Switching regulators

3 Write about a linear voltage regulator

Series or linear regulator uses a power transistor connected in series between the unregulated dc

input and the load and it conducts in the linear region The output voltage is controlled by the

continuous voltage drop taking place across the series pass transistor

4 What is a switching regulator

Switching regulators are those which operate the power transistor as a high frequency onoff

switchso that the power transistor does not conduct current continouslyThis give improved

efficiency over series regulators

5 List the advantages of IC voltage regulators

Low cost high reliability reduction in size and excellent performance

6 Give some examples of monolithic IC voltage regulators

78XX series fixed output positive voltage regulators

79XX series fixed output negative voltage regulators

723 general purpose regulator

7 What is the purpose of having input and output capacitors in three terminal IC

regulators

A capacitor connected between the input terminal and ground cancels the inductive effects due to

long distribution leads The output capacitor improves the transient response

8 Define line regulation

Line regulation is defined as the percentage change in the output voltage for a change in the

input voltageIt is expressed in millivolts or as a percentage of the output voltage

9 Define load regulation

Load regulation is defined as the change in output voltage for a change in load current It is

expressed in mill volts or as a percentage of the output voltage

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

10 What is meant by current limiting

Current limiting refers to the ability of a regulator to prevent the load current from increasing

above a preset value

11 Give the drawbacks of linear regulators

The input step down transformer is bulky and expensive because of low line frequency Because

of low line frequency large values of filter capacitors are required to decrease the ripple

Efficiency is reduced due to the continuous power dissipation by the transistor as it operates in

the linear region

12 What is the advantage of switching regulators

Greater efficiency is achieved as the power transistor is made to operate as low impedance

switch Power transmitted across the transistor is in discrete pulses rather than as a steady current

flowBy using suitable switching loss reduction technique the switching frequency can be

increased so as to reduce the size and weight of the inductors and capacitors

13 Why do switching regulators have better efficiency than series regulators

The transistor in linear regulator will operate in linear area at all times Considerable power is

dissipated in linear operation since the transistor has voltage across it and current flowing

through itSince the series element in a switching regulator is either fully conducting(V=0 hence

power=0) or switched off(I=0 hence power=0) it dissipates almost no power this is what gives

the switching design its efficiency

14 What are the advantages of adjustable voltage regulators over the fixed voltage

regulators i) Improved line and load regulation by a factor of 10 or more

ii) Because of the improved overload protection greater load current can be drawn

iii) Improved reliability

15 List out the parameters related to the fixed voltage regulators 1) Line regulation

2) Load regulation

3) Ripple rejection

4) Output impedance

5) Maximum power dissipation

6) Rated output current

16 Define dropout voltage of a fixed voltage regulator It is the minimum voltage that must exist between input and output terminals For most of

regulators it is 2 to 3 volts

17 What is an opto-coupler IC

Opto-coupler IC is a combined package of a photo-emitting device and a photo-sensing device

14 What are the types of opto couplers

LED and a photo diode

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

LED and photo transistor

LED and Darlington

15 Give two examples of IC optocouplers

Examples for opto-coupler IC

MCT 2F

16 Mention the advantages of opto-couplers

Better isolation between the two stages

Impedance problem between the stages is eliminated

Wide frequency response

Easily interfaced with digital circuit

Compact and light weight

Problems such as noise transients contact bounce are eliminated

17 Specify the need for isolation amplifier

Isolation amplifiers provide electrical isolation and an electrical safety barrier They protect data

acquisition components from common mode voltages which are potential differences between

instrument ground and signal ground Instruments that are applied in the presence of a common

mode voltage without an isolation barrier allow ground currents to circulate leading in the best

case to a noisy representation of the signal under investigation In the worst case assuming that

the magnitude of common mode voltage or current is sufficient instrument destruction is likely

Isolation amplifiers are used in medical instruments to ensure isolation of a patient from power

supply leakage current

18What are the features of MA78s40

Step upstep down or inverting operation

Operation from 25 to 40 V

80Db line and load regulation

19List the important parts of a regulated power supply

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

(i) Transformer (ii) Rectifier (iii) Filter (iv)Regulator

20 Using LM380 draw the circuit for audio power amplifier

21 What are onetwo and four quadrant multipliers

A four-quadrant multiplier is one where inputs and outputs may swing positive and negative

Many multipliers only work in 2 quadrants (one input may only have one polarity) or single

quadrant (inputs and outputs have only one polarity usually all positive)

22 List the parameters of optocoupler

a Current transfer ratio

b Isolation voltage

c Response time

d Common mode rejection

23Why current boosting is done in 723 regulator

The maximum current capability of 723 regulator is 140mA In certain applications this value of

current is not sufficient Hence current boosting is done using series pass transistor

24 What are the limitations of three terminal regulator

1 For fixed output regulators the output voltage is not precise

2 Only selected values of output voltages are available

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

3 Current boosting by external series pass transistor is required if load current beyond the

capability of basic regulator is required

25 Draw the typical connection diagram of IC LM317

26 What is the function od a series pass transistor in voltage regulator

The series pass transistor acsts as a control element The value of VcE gets adjusted in such a

way that the output voltage of the regulator always remains constant In addition the series pass

transistor supplies the load current

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1Draw and explain the functional block diagram of 723 voltage regulator and how this IC can be

used as high voltage regulator

2Write an explanatory note on

(i) Power amplifier (ii) Isolation amplifier

3 With neat diagrams explain the working of switched mode power supply

4 Write brief notes on

(i)IC MA 7840

(ii) Optocoupler

5 (i)Explain the working of series voltage regulator

(ii)Write notes on optocoupler

6 What is a switching regulator With neat block diagram explain the internals of MA7840

7 Draw the functional block diagram of IC 723 and explain

8 Explain with the help of functional block diagram the working of voltage regulator IC723

Clearly explain how current limit and foldback type current limiting facility can be provided with

723 circuits

9 Draw the circuit of series voltage regulator Design this circuit to operate from a supply of 20v

and to provide an output of 12V with maximum load current of 40mA

10 Draw the functional diagram of ICL 8038 Function generator IC and explain its operation

Give its frequency of oscillation at the output

11 (i) With neat diagram explain the working principle of isolation amplifier (8)

(ii) With neat diagram explain the principle of operation of optocouplers (8)

12 With the help of neat circuit diagram explain the operation of an adjustable regulator using

LM317

13 State the features and applications of IC LM 380 and explain them

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

14 Design a waveform generator using IC8038 The frequency of oscillation is 5kHz and duty

cycle is 50 From data sheet Vcc=5V VoH=36V VoL=02V ILL=16mA ILH=409uA

15 (i) Design low voltage regulator using IC 723 for 5V and explain its characteristics

(ii) Describe the features of function generator IC

(iii)Write short notes on optocoupler ICs

Page 30: EE2254 LICA QB

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

10 What is meant by current limiting

Current limiting refers to the ability of a regulator to prevent the load current from increasing

above a preset value

11 Give the drawbacks of linear regulators

The input step down transformer is bulky and expensive because of low line frequency Because

of low line frequency large values of filter capacitors are required to decrease the ripple

Efficiency is reduced due to the continuous power dissipation by the transistor as it operates in

the linear region

12 What is the advantage of switching regulators

Greater efficiency is achieved as the power transistor is made to operate as low impedance

switch Power transmitted across the transistor is in discrete pulses rather than as a steady current

flowBy using suitable switching loss reduction technique the switching frequency can be

increased so as to reduce the size and weight of the inductors and capacitors

13 Why do switching regulators have better efficiency than series regulators

The transistor in linear regulator will operate in linear area at all times Considerable power is

dissipated in linear operation since the transistor has voltage across it and current flowing

through itSince the series element in a switching regulator is either fully conducting(V=0 hence

power=0) or switched off(I=0 hence power=0) it dissipates almost no power this is what gives

the switching design its efficiency

14 What are the advantages of adjustable voltage regulators over the fixed voltage

regulators i) Improved line and load regulation by a factor of 10 or more

ii) Because of the improved overload protection greater load current can be drawn

iii) Improved reliability

15 List out the parameters related to the fixed voltage regulators 1) Line regulation

2) Load regulation

3) Ripple rejection

4) Output impedance

5) Maximum power dissipation

6) Rated output current

16 Define dropout voltage of a fixed voltage regulator It is the minimum voltage that must exist between input and output terminals For most of

regulators it is 2 to 3 volts

17 What is an opto-coupler IC

Opto-coupler IC is a combined package of a photo-emitting device and a photo-sensing device

14 What are the types of opto couplers

LED and a photo diode

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

LED and photo transistor

LED and Darlington

15 Give two examples of IC optocouplers

Examples for opto-coupler IC

MCT 2F

16 Mention the advantages of opto-couplers

Better isolation between the two stages

Impedance problem between the stages is eliminated

Wide frequency response

Easily interfaced with digital circuit

Compact and light weight

Problems such as noise transients contact bounce are eliminated

17 Specify the need for isolation amplifier

Isolation amplifiers provide electrical isolation and an electrical safety barrier They protect data

acquisition components from common mode voltages which are potential differences between

instrument ground and signal ground Instruments that are applied in the presence of a common

mode voltage without an isolation barrier allow ground currents to circulate leading in the best

case to a noisy representation of the signal under investigation In the worst case assuming that

the magnitude of common mode voltage or current is sufficient instrument destruction is likely

Isolation amplifiers are used in medical instruments to ensure isolation of a patient from power

supply leakage current

18What are the features of MA78s40

Step upstep down or inverting operation

Operation from 25 to 40 V

80Db line and load regulation

19List the important parts of a regulated power supply

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

(i) Transformer (ii) Rectifier (iii) Filter (iv)Regulator

20 Using LM380 draw the circuit for audio power amplifier

21 What are onetwo and four quadrant multipliers

A four-quadrant multiplier is one where inputs and outputs may swing positive and negative

Many multipliers only work in 2 quadrants (one input may only have one polarity) or single

quadrant (inputs and outputs have only one polarity usually all positive)

22 List the parameters of optocoupler

a Current transfer ratio

b Isolation voltage

c Response time

d Common mode rejection

23Why current boosting is done in 723 regulator

The maximum current capability of 723 regulator is 140mA In certain applications this value of

current is not sufficient Hence current boosting is done using series pass transistor

24 What are the limitations of three terminal regulator

1 For fixed output regulators the output voltage is not precise

2 Only selected values of output voltages are available

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

3 Current boosting by external series pass transistor is required if load current beyond the

capability of basic regulator is required

25 Draw the typical connection diagram of IC LM317

26 What is the function od a series pass transistor in voltage regulator

The series pass transistor acsts as a control element The value of VcE gets adjusted in such a

way that the output voltage of the regulator always remains constant In addition the series pass

transistor supplies the load current

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1Draw and explain the functional block diagram of 723 voltage regulator and how this IC can be

used as high voltage regulator

2Write an explanatory note on

(i) Power amplifier (ii) Isolation amplifier

3 With neat diagrams explain the working of switched mode power supply

4 Write brief notes on

(i)IC MA 7840

(ii) Optocoupler

5 (i)Explain the working of series voltage regulator

(ii)Write notes on optocoupler

6 What is a switching regulator With neat block diagram explain the internals of MA7840

7 Draw the functional block diagram of IC 723 and explain

8 Explain with the help of functional block diagram the working of voltage regulator IC723

Clearly explain how current limit and foldback type current limiting facility can be provided with

723 circuits

9 Draw the circuit of series voltage regulator Design this circuit to operate from a supply of 20v

and to provide an output of 12V with maximum load current of 40mA

10 Draw the functional diagram of ICL 8038 Function generator IC and explain its operation

Give its frequency of oscillation at the output

11 (i) With neat diagram explain the working principle of isolation amplifier (8)

(ii) With neat diagram explain the principle of operation of optocouplers (8)

12 With the help of neat circuit diagram explain the operation of an adjustable regulator using

LM317

13 State the features and applications of IC LM 380 and explain them

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

14 Design a waveform generator using IC8038 The frequency of oscillation is 5kHz and duty

cycle is 50 From data sheet Vcc=5V VoH=36V VoL=02V ILL=16mA ILH=409uA

15 (i) Design low voltage regulator using IC 723 for 5V and explain its characteristics

(ii) Describe the features of function generator IC

(iii)Write short notes on optocoupler ICs

Page 31: EE2254 LICA QB

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

LED and photo transistor

LED and Darlington

15 Give two examples of IC optocouplers

Examples for opto-coupler IC

MCT 2F

16 Mention the advantages of opto-couplers

Better isolation between the two stages

Impedance problem between the stages is eliminated

Wide frequency response

Easily interfaced with digital circuit

Compact and light weight

Problems such as noise transients contact bounce are eliminated

17 Specify the need for isolation amplifier

Isolation amplifiers provide electrical isolation and an electrical safety barrier They protect data

acquisition components from common mode voltages which are potential differences between

instrument ground and signal ground Instruments that are applied in the presence of a common

mode voltage without an isolation barrier allow ground currents to circulate leading in the best

case to a noisy representation of the signal under investigation In the worst case assuming that

the magnitude of common mode voltage or current is sufficient instrument destruction is likely

Isolation amplifiers are used in medical instruments to ensure isolation of a patient from power

supply leakage current

18What are the features of MA78s40

Step upstep down or inverting operation

Operation from 25 to 40 V

80Db line and load regulation

19List the important parts of a regulated power supply

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

(i) Transformer (ii) Rectifier (iii) Filter (iv)Regulator

20 Using LM380 draw the circuit for audio power amplifier

21 What are onetwo and four quadrant multipliers

A four-quadrant multiplier is one where inputs and outputs may swing positive and negative

Many multipliers only work in 2 quadrants (one input may only have one polarity) or single

quadrant (inputs and outputs have only one polarity usually all positive)

22 List the parameters of optocoupler

a Current transfer ratio

b Isolation voltage

c Response time

d Common mode rejection

23Why current boosting is done in 723 regulator

The maximum current capability of 723 regulator is 140mA In certain applications this value of

current is not sufficient Hence current boosting is done using series pass transistor

24 What are the limitations of three terminal regulator

1 For fixed output regulators the output voltage is not precise

2 Only selected values of output voltages are available

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

3 Current boosting by external series pass transistor is required if load current beyond the

capability of basic regulator is required

25 Draw the typical connection diagram of IC LM317

26 What is the function od a series pass transistor in voltage regulator

The series pass transistor acsts as a control element The value of VcE gets adjusted in such a

way that the output voltage of the regulator always remains constant In addition the series pass

transistor supplies the load current

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1Draw and explain the functional block diagram of 723 voltage regulator and how this IC can be

used as high voltage regulator

2Write an explanatory note on

(i) Power amplifier (ii) Isolation amplifier

3 With neat diagrams explain the working of switched mode power supply

4 Write brief notes on

(i)IC MA 7840

(ii) Optocoupler

5 (i)Explain the working of series voltage regulator

(ii)Write notes on optocoupler

6 What is a switching regulator With neat block diagram explain the internals of MA7840

7 Draw the functional block diagram of IC 723 and explain

8 Explain with the help of functional block diagram the working of voltage regulator IC723

Clearly explain how current limit and foldback type current limiting facility can be provided with

723 circuits

9 Draw the circuit of series voltage regulator Design this circuit to operate from a supply of 20v

and to provide an output of 12V with maximum load current of 40mA

10 Draw the functional diagram of ICL 8038 Function generator IC and explain its operation

Give its frequency of oscillation at the output

11 (i) With neat diagram explain the working principle of isolation amplifier (8)

(ii) With neat diagram explain the principle of operation of optocouplers (8)

12 With the help of neat circuit diagram explain the operation of an adjustable regulator using

LM317

13 State the features and applications of IC LM 380 and explain them

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

14 Design a waveform generator using IC8038 The frequency of oscillation is 5kHz and duty

cycle is 50 From data sheet Vcc=5V VoH=36V VoL=02V ILL=16mA ILH=409uA

15 (i) Design low voltage regulator using IC 723 for 5V and explain its characteristics

(ii) Describe the features of function generator IC

(iii)Write short notes on optocoupler ICs

Page 32: EE2254 LICA QB

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

(i) Transformer (ii) Rectifier (iii) Filter (iv)Regulator

20 Using LM380 draw the circuit for audio power amplifier

21 What are onetwo and four quadrant multipliers

A four-quadrant multiplier is one where inputs and outputs may swing positive and negative

Many multipliers only work in 2 quadrants (one input may only have one polarity) or single

quadrant (inputs and outputs have only one polarity usually all positive)

22 List the parameters of optocoupler

a Current transfer ratio

b Isolation voltage

c Response time

d Common mode rejection

23Why current boosting is done in 723 regulator

The maximum current capability of 723 regulator is 140mA In certain applications this value of

current is not sufficient Hence current boosting is done using series pass transistor

24 What are the limitations of three terminal regulator

1 For fixed output regulators the output voltage is not precise

2 Only selected values of output voltages are available

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

3 Current boosting by external series pass transistor is required if load current beyond the

capability of basic regulator is required

25 Draw the typical connection diagram of IC LM317

26 What is the function od a series pass transistor in voltage regulator

The series pass transistor acsts as a control element The value of VcE gets adjusted in such a

way that the output voltage of the regulator always remains constant In addition the series pass

transistor supplies the load current

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1Draw and explain the functional block diagram of 723 voltage regulator and how this IC can be

used as high voltage regulator

2Write an explanatory note on

(i) Power amplifier (ii) Isolation amplifier

3 With neat diagrams explain the working of switched mode power supply

4 Write brief notes on

(i)IC MA 7840

(ii) Optocoupler

5 (i)Explain the working of series voltage regulator

(ii)Write notes on optocoupler

6 What is a switching regulator With neat block diagram explain the internals of MA7840

7 Draw the functional block diagram of IC 723 and explain

8 Explain with the help of functional block diagram the working of voltage regulator IC723

Clearly explain how current limit and foldback type current limiting facility can be provided with

723 circuits

9 Draw the circuit of series voltage regulator Design this circuit to operate from a supply of 20v

and to provide an output of 12V with maximum load current of 40mA

10 Draw the functional diagram of ICL 8038 Function generator IC and explain its operation

Give its frequency of oscillation at the output

11 (i) With neat diagram explain the working principle of isolation amplifier (8)

(ii) With neat diagram explain the principle of operation of optocouplers (8)

12 With the help of neat circuit diagram explain the operation of an adjustable regulator using

LM317

13 State the features and applications of IC LM 380 and explain them

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

14 Design a waveform generator using IC8038 The frequency of oscillation is 5kHz and duty

cycle is 50 From data sheet Vcc=5V VoH=36V VoL=02V ILL=16mA ILH=409uA

15 (i) Design low voltage regulator using IC 723 for 5V and explain its characteristics

(ii) Describe the features of function generator IC

(iii)Write short notes on optocoupler ICs

Page 33: EE2254 LICA QB

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

3 Current boosting by external series pass transistor is required if load current beyond the

capability of basic regulator is required

25 Draw the typical connection diagram of IC LM317

26 What is the function od a series pass transistor in voltage regulator

The series pass transistor acsts as a control element The value of VcE gets adjusted in such a

way that the output voltage of the regulator always remains constant In addition the series pass

transistor supplies the load current

16 MARK QUESTIONS

1Draw and explain the functional block diagram of 723 voltage regulator and how this IC can be

used as high voltage regulator

2Write an explanatory note on

(i) Power amplifier (ii) Isolation amplifier

3 With neat diagrams explain the working of switched mode power supply

4 Write brief notes on

(i)IC MA 7840

(ii) Optocoupler

5 (i)Explain the working of series voltage regulator

(ii)Write notes on optocoupler

6 What is a switching regulator With neat block diagram explain the internals of MA7840

7 Draw the functional block diagram of IC 723 and explain

8 Explain with the help of functional block diagram the working of voltage regulator IC723

Clearly explain how current limit and foldback type current limiting facility can be provided with

723 circuits

9 Draw the circuit of series voltage regulator Design this circuit to operate from a supply of 20v

and to provide an output of 12V with maximum load current of 40mA

10 Draw the functional diagram of ICL 8038 Function generator IC and explain its operation

Give its frequency of oscillation at the output

11 (i) With neat diagram explain the working principle of isolation amplifier (8)

(ii) With neat diagram explain the principle of operation of optocouplers (8)

12 With the help of neat circuit diagram explain the operation of an adjustable regulator using

LM317

13 State the features and applications of IC LM 380 and explain them

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

14 Design a waveform generator using IC8038 The frequency of oscillation is 5kHz and duty

cycle is 50 From data sheet Vcc=5V VoH=36V VoL=02V ILL=16mA ILH=409uA

15 (i) Design low voltage regulator using IC 723 for 5V and explain its characteristics

(ii) Describe the features of function generator IC

(iii)Write short notes on optocoupler ICs

Page 34: EE2254 LICA QB

Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore

14 Design a waveform generator using IC8038 The frequency of oscillation is 5kHz and duty

cycle is 50 From data sheet Vcc=5V VoH=36V VoL=02V ILL=16mA ILH=409uA

15 (i) Design low voltage regulator using IC 723 for 5V and explain its characteristics

(ii) Describe the features of function generator IC

(iii)Write short notes on optocoupler ICs